Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
R2015-119 2015-07-13
RESOLUTION NO. R2015-119 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a bid for construction of the Tom Bass Park Waterline Project to Alcott, Inc., in the amount of $453,635.00. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That competitive bids for the construction of the Tom Bass Park Waterline Project have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Alcott, Inc. (dba, TCH), in the amount of $453,635.00 Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for the construction of the Tom Bass Park Waterline Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 13th day of July, A.D., 2015. TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: D A RRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY Resolution No. R2015-119 Exhibit "A" EXHIBIT A 111!"1 BROWN & GAY ENGINEERS June 18, 2015 Ms. Andrea Brinkley City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Re: Recommendation of Award Tom Bass Park City of Pearland Project Number: WA 1203 Bid No.: 0415-44 Dear Ms. Brinkley: On June 16, 2015 three (3) bids were received for the Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop project. A summary of the bid proposals is as follows. The Engineer's cost estimate for the project was $607,230. The low bid is 25% under the Engineer's estimate. Attached is a copy of the bid tabulation. Based on their previous experience with the City of Pearland, TCH has a positive experience record with this type of work. TCH has also performed water line construction projects for BGE clients with successful completion. Based on the bid submitted, it is recommended that TCH be authorized to perform the work for the proposed amount of $453,635, contingent upon verification of their bonds and insurance coverage. Sincerely, Emmanuel De au, PE Project Manager lv ( -i /Iii!/iny 417 )ear, 10777 ✓�-- 10777 Westheimer 1 Suite 400 1 Houston. Texas 77042 1 281-558-8700 Contractor Base Bid • Extra Work Items Mobilization Base Bid Plus Extra Work Items Plus Mobilization 1. TCH $426,585.00 $13,850.00 $13,200.00 $453,635.00 2. Huff& Mitchell, Inc. $467,935.00 S13,600.00 $13,500.00 $495,035.00 3. Resicom, Inc. $500,375.00 $22,360.00 $15,600.00 $538,335.00 The Engineer's cost estimate for the project was $607,230. The low bid is 25% under the Engineer's estimate. Attached is a copy of the bid tabulation. Based on their previous experience with the City of Pearland, TCH has a positive experience record with this type of work. TCH has also performed water line construction projects for BGE clients with successful completion. Based on the bid submitted, it is recommended that TCH be authorized to perform the work for the proposed amount of $453,635, contingent upon verification of their bonds and insurance coverage. Sincerely, Emmanuel De au, PE Project Manager lv ( -i /Iii!/iny 417 )ear, 10777 ✓�-- 10777 Westheimer 1 Suite 400 1 Houston. Texas 77042 1 281-558-8700 Tom Bass Park Water Line/Fellows Loop Bid No. 0415-44 Addendum 2 Bid Date: June 16, 2015 TOTAL PKGs 1-3 $ 453,635.00 $ 495,035.00 $ 538,335.00 5 607,230.00 Pkg 4 Alternate Work Items Jit tuff & Mitchel+l Inc Resicom. Inc. Engineers Estimate Line Description 1 UOM QTY Unit 1 Extended Unit 1 Extended Unit I Extended Unit I Extended Pkg 1 Base Bld Items 00 $ 148,000.00 $ 115 00 $ 136,160.00 $ 180 00 $ 213.120.00 1.1 Traffic Control and Regulation LS 1 $ 2,500 00 $ 2,500.00 $ 5,000 00 5 5.030 00 6 - 25,000.00 $ 25,000 00 $ 5.000.00 $ 5,000.00 1.2 Flagmen LS 1 $ 2,000.00 $ 2.00000 $ 10.000.00 $ 10.030.00 $ 45,01)000 $ 45,00000 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 1.3 Storm Water vollul on Prevention Plan Implementation LS 1 $ 1.000.00 $ 1,00000 $ 10000.00 $ 10.030.00 S 8.000.00 $ 8,000 00 $ 1.500.00 $ 1.50000 1.4 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barner LF 1,700 $ 2 00 $ 3,400.00 $ 2.00 $ 3.430.00 5 3.00 $ 5,100 00 5 2.00 $ 3.400.00 1.5 Inlet Protection Barrier LF 2 $ 100.00 $ 200.00 $ 60.00 $ 120.00 $ 25.00 $ 50 00 5 150.00 $ 300.00 1 5 Slabilzed Construction Exit (Install) SY 50 $ 10.00 $ 500.00 $ 45.00 $ 2,250.00 5 75.00 $ 3,750 00 $ 20.00 $ 1,000.00 1 7 Stabilized Construction Exit (Remove) SY 50 5 10.00 5 500.00 $ 8.00 $ 400.00 5 25.00 $ 1.250 00 5 5.00 $ 250.00 1 8 Trench Safety System LF 65 $ 1.00 $ 65.00 $ 1.00 $ 65.00 $ 25 00 $ 1.625 00 $ 2.00 $ 130.00 1.9 Pipeline Markers EA 2 $ 150 00 $ 300.00 $ 400.00 $ 800.00 6 600 00 $ 1,200.00 $ 500.00 $ 1,000.00 1.10 Remove ale Dispose - Concrete Cart Path SY 20 $ 35 00 $ 700.00 $ 20.00 $ 400.00 $ 100 00 $ 2,000.00 $ 5.00 $ 100.00 1.11 Replace Concrete Cart Path SY 20 $ 90.00 $ 1,800.00 $ 300.00 $ 6,000.00 $ 12500 $ 2,500.00 $ 45.00 $ 900.00 1.12 Regrade Existing Swales and Roadside Ditch LF 200 $ 5.00 $ 1,000.00 $ 12.00 $ 2,400.00 $ 25 00 $ 5,000.00 $ 5.00 $ 1,000.00 1.13 Hydromulch Seeding AC 1 $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 6 1.500.00 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 $ 1.500 00 5 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 1.14 12 -inch HDPE AWWA C906 Water Main Motel! by Horizontal LF 2,895 $ 122 00 $ 353,190 00 $ 120.00 $ 347,400 00 $ 115.00 $ 332,925 00 $ 180.00 $ 521,100.00 Directional Drill (Intermitted bore oils are incidental) 1.15 12-mch HDPE AWWA C906 Water Main Install by Open -Cut LF 65 $ 162 00 S 10,530 00 $ 300.00 $ 19,500.00 $ 115 00 $ 7,475 00 $ 60.00 $ 3,900.00 1.16 8" Wet Connection EA 1 $ 1,900 00 $ 1,900 00 $ 1200.00 $ 1,200.00 $ 2,500 00 $ 2,500 00 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 1.17 12' Wet Connection EA 1 $ 2,500.00 $ 2.500.00 $ 1.500.00 $ 1,500.00 S 2,500 00 $ 2.500 00 $ 1,800,00 6 1.800.00 1.18 8' Gate Valve wl Box EA 2 $ 1,600 00 $ 3,200.00 $ 2 500.00 $ 5000 00 S 1,900 00 $ 3.800 00 $ 1,500.00 $ 3,000.00 1.19 12" Gate Valve wI Box EA 5 $ 3,000 00 $ 15,000.00 $ 4.500.00 $ 22,500 00 $ 3,100.00 $ 15.500 00 $ 1800.00 $ 9,000.00 1.20 2" Air Release Valve with Manho:e EA 2 $ 9.300 00 $ 18,600.00 $ 10 500.00 $ 21,000.00 S 14,000.00 $ 28,000.00 $ 10.000.00 $ 20,000.00 1.21 Fire Hydrant Assembly Including 6" Branch, 6" Gate Valve & EA 1 $ 5,700 00 $ 5.700 00 $ 7.500.00 $ 7,500.00 $ 5,700 00 $ 5,700.00 $ 3 500.00 $ 3,500.00 (lox Total - Package 1 $ 426,585 00 $ 467,935 00 $ 500,375.00 $ 581,880.00 Pkg 2 Extra Work Items: These items are extra work items and are to be used only If ordered by the Owner's Engineer or Construction Manager. No compensadon will be received for any part of the quantities unless they are ordered end used on the Job. The cost of these Homs should be Included In the total construction bid. 2.1 Groundwater Control for Open Cut Construction LF 40 540 00 $ 1,600.00 $ 50.00 $ 2,000.00 $ 10.00 $ 400 00 $ 20.00 $ 800.00 2.2 Adddidnal Removal and Replace of Concrete Cartpalh SY 50 5125 00 $ 8,250.00 $ 125.00 $ 6,250.00 S 125 00 $ 6,250.00 $ 25.00 5 1,250.00 2.3 Additional Regrade Existing Swales and Roadside Ditch LF 500 55 00 $ 2,500.00 $ 6.00 $ 3,00000 S 25 00 $ 12,500.00 $ 500 $ 2,500.00 2 4 Additional Sodding SY 50 59 00 $ 450 00 $ 4.00 $ 200.00 S 7.00 $ 350.00 $ 12.00 $ 600.00 2.5 Additional Hand Excavation CY 10 330 00 $ 30000 $ 15.00 $ 150.00 $ 25.00 $ 250.00 $ 25.00 $ 250.00 2.6 Additional Skilled Labor HR 50 325 00 $ 1,250 00 $ 20.00 $ 1,000 00 $ 25 00 5 1.250.00 $ 25.00 $ 1,250 00 2 7 Additional Unskit'.ed Labor HR 50 $20 00 $ 1,00000 5 13.00 $ 650.00 5 20.00 5 1,000.00 $ 15.00 $ 750 00 2.8 Extra Cemert Stabilized Sand CY 10 550 00 $ 500.00 5 35.00 $ 350.00 5 36.00 $ 360.00 $ 25.00 $ 250.00 Total - Package 2 $ 13,850.00 $ 13,600.00 $ 22,360.00 $ 7,650 00 Pkg 3 3.1 (Mobilization 8 3% f I LS I 1 513,200 00 $ 13,200.03 $ 13.500 00 $ 13,500.00 $ 15,600 00 $ 15,600.00 17700 5 17,700.00 TOTAL PKGs 1-3 $ 453,635.00 $ 495,035.00 $ 538,335.00 5 607,230.00 Pkg 4 Alternate Work Items 4.1 12 -inch HOPE AWVVA C906 Water Main Install by Horizontal LF 1184 6122 00 $ 144,448.03 $ 125 00 $ 148,000.00 $ 115 00 $ 136,160.00 $ 180 00 $ 213.120.00 Directional Drill (Intermitted bore oils are incidentall 4.2 12 -inch HOPE AWWA C906 or PVC AWWA C900 'Valor Main nstall by 0oen•Cut LF 17/6 6102 00 S 181,152.00 $ 125 00 S 222,000.00 $ 115 00 $ 204,240 00 $ 60 00 5 106,560 00 Page 1 of 1 .e,.P O F TFC tt . A 41% 82627 /cc 1EMMFtEa`, i Qe'VeSG..t•G -e zvv 5 F -j046 Resolution No. R2015-119 Exhibit "B" EXHIBIT B Tom Bass Park Water Line Loop Proposed Water Line between Tom Bass Park and existing water line at E. Cedar Hollow Dr. (Lakes at Country Place) Inn product is for informational purposes and may not rave been prepared for 01 be sortable for legal engineering or wrveyeq purposes. M1 does not repesenf an on-OregrouM survey and repeseres only M approximate relative booboo of property boundaries Scale 1:8,821 1 in = 736 ft November 10. 2014 NatTlik Resolution No. R2015-119 Exhibit "A" Project M for Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop From Tom Bass Park to E. Cedar Hollow Drive COP Project No. WA1203 100% Submittal Bid No.: 0415-44 May 2015 Prepared By: !IR= BROWN &GAY ENGINEERS TBPE Registration No. F-1046 10777 Westheimer, Suite 400 Houston, Texas 77042 281-558-8700 ,...--44747.116%.!‘.7:1%,?‘l #'*: .* D m Nati EL. DE... Is 82627 i•4 P +1\e5,s;ioji ti t 5. t4 -20a { • ii Project Manual for Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop From Tom Bass Park to E. Cedar Hollow Drive COP Project No.: WA1203 Bid No.: 041544 a May 2015 Prepared By: t3ROWN GL\\ cU1tb TBPE Registration No. F-1046 10777 Westheimer, Suite 400 Houston, Texas 77042 281-558-8700 SECTION CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Proposal 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00610 Performance Bond 00611 Payment Bond 00612 One -Year Maintenance Bond 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 01140 01200 01290 01310 01350 01380 01420 01430 01440 01450 01500 01505 01550 01555 01561 01562 01563 01564 01565 01566 01570 01580 01600 01630 01720 Summary of Work Contractor's Use of Premises Measurement and Payment Procedures Change Order Procedures Coordination and Meetings Submittals Construction Photographs Referenced Standards Contractor s Quality Control Inspection Services Testing Laboratory Services Temporary Facilities and Controls Mobilization Stabilized Construction Exit Traffic Control and Regulation Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier Waste Material Disposal Tree and Plant Piotection Control of Ground Water and Surface Water TPDES Requirements Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation Trench Safety System Project Identification Signs Material and Equipment Product Options and Substitutions Field Surveying 00010-1of2 TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF PEARLAND 01760 Project Record Documents 01770 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02200 Site Preparation 02220 Site Demolition 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 02255 Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Materials 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 02420 Utility Horizontal Directional Drilling 02510 Water Mains 02514 Fire Hydrant Assembly 02520 Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults 02532W High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) Solid Wall 02540 Tapping Sleeves and Valves 02541 Water and Wastewater Line Valves 02542 Concrete Manholes and Accessories 02603 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers 02633 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, and Valve Boxes 02634 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02751 Concrete Pavement 02771 Concrete Sidewalks 02775 Concrete Driveways 02811 Landscape Irrigation 02910 Topsoil 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 02922 Sodding 02980 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast In Place Concrete APPENDIX • Geotechnical Report prepared by QC Laboratories, Inc dated March 2015. • Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 permit crossing (Permit # 2015-08-150028) END OF SECTION Pipe for Water 00010-2of2 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS Lowest Responsible Bidder INVITATION TO BID Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at. ter as a https•//pearland.ionwave.net/Lo in.aspx Allinterested aboveewebidders addressre andquired to cl clicking on g`SSupplier ` supplier" on the City's E-bid System atthe Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications However, submission of an E-bid re uirecommodity codes registrants ueonaire found on or Bid time and date. add the codes this web When prompted to add or removet * Building Construction Services, New (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services)listed below: * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) NS For more information regarding registration in, see viewable on thelOweb sitOe BQuDDE ons Section 00200, included in the project bid documents at regarding electronic bidding should be elecirected tronically oni allyowill IremainrconfidentiOf uint 1 the ebids(c�pearlandtx.�ov. All Bids submitted opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in are Citybi Pearland, City Hall located atystem and submitted i3519 cally through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, of Liberty Drive, Pearland Texas 77581 Electronic bids hpbormatioe nn the appropriate locations June 9 2015. All Bids shall reference the following project " and read m provided electronic format. All properly submittedbids ceshall uod for the constru tion of aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance per Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellovvs Loop City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WA1203 BID NO.: 0415-44 A mandatory pre -bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 9:00 a.m. on June, 2, 2015. er g The project will entail the installation of 2,945 linear feet f Hollow Drive iniTheiLakesnat appurtenances, from north side of Tom Bass Park to E. Cedar CountryPlace. 00100 - 1 of 3 02-2015 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project including but not limited to, all transmittals and material submittals, RFI's, RFC's, Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, and Engineer. This system has certain hardware, Internet access and operation requirements tts that form the basis for all project communications, documentation and records for the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200. Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: h ttps://pearland.ionwave.net/Lo in aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents are also available at the following locations. City of Pearland, City Hall Purchasing Department 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Amtek Plan Room 4001 Sherwood Houston, TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange 7035 W Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 McGrawHill Construction — Dodge Reports (281) 652-1600 (713) 956-0100 (713) 334-7100 (832) 613-0201 1-800-393-6343 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City s E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall 02-2015 00100 - 2 of 3 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND scan and up -load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond �as an attachment to their bidbiddeOrsiand del vexed to documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the fromty the lowest two the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business De art f th 2°aFOloor City Hall, 3519Liberty Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance p Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds s required by m ndeda upon the formlinpluded in 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law,as a the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundied rized to doercent 0busmesshn thetState of Texas, price such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly auho and named in the current list of `Treasury Department bidder shall be rOqui ed to providela one ty of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally, the successful year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Nondiscrimination: The City, in accordance wiTitle VI of the Civil Federal RegRights Act of 1964, 8 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, f Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally - Assisted programs of the Department of Transportationin is contract entered into pursuanto pursuant to such Act, reby this notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insureany advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded against dedfull the opgrportunity tof o submit o bids race, c, in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated or national origin in consideration for an award. DBE/SBE Goal. The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal for this project is 0%. The Small Business Enterprise (SBE) goal for this project is 0%. DBEs and SBEs selected must be TxDOT approved. Race neutral participation is encouraged and can be achieved through various supplier and subcontracting opportunities e idder Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded lowestn the basis of total bid price for est all workllisBted and In identifying this criteria the City will consider1)s specifically requested, including but not limited to Base Bidontra t based Extra Work itemny and selecte ion Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to binat of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been "opened" may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Young Loifing, TRMC City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date May 21 2015 Second Publication date Mav 28 2015 00100-3of3 02-2015 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 00200 INS 1'RUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term "the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City. 1.2 The term Bidder means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term 'Successful Bidder" means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner s evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids). 1.3 The term "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web - based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The term "e-bid" and/ or ` electronic bid' means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or "e-bid" are used inter -changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City s web -based contract administration and construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for communications and document management pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre -Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 2 Registration for E-bid System 2 1 The Owner s E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https://pearland ionwave.net/Login aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the Bill OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier. Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a ' Supplier' by clicking on the Suppher Registration button and completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below: * Building Construction Services, New (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade (New Construction) 00200 - 1 of 8 12-2014 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E- brd System will automatically send any and all updates changes or addenda associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to: ebids@pearlandtx.gov. 3. Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City s E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids. Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer. 3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders, whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub -bidders bidding to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download the project Bid Documents 3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including, but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 4. Qualifications of Bidders 4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested: 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; 12-2014 00200 - 2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2) A list, including owner name and project location of on -going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid; 4) A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by Bidder; and 5) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder s ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as ' confidential , and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder. 5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly (b) visit the site to become familiar with oval co Editions that may affect cost, prowess, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) ederal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review, but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracyte completeness of the data in reports, interpretations opinions contained therein, or thereof,for the purposesof bidding or construction. 5 3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof 5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in 12-2014 00200 - 3 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders rn the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, rn the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond ("Bid Security"). 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up -load a copy of their Bid Security (sealed Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check) as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 12-2014 00200 - 4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Securityve�Pearlandred to: �Texas 7758ffice of i1. ty Purchasing, Finance Department, 2 Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Dri 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder ndwi� neshedined until such time as the required Performance and der has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security bidders of Agreement and returned. rnish the If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver theStandard Form required performance and payment bonds within ten be entioed to make) after atclaimoagainst the Bce of �d Ownei may annul the Notice of Award and shall Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will bVerealldb dslareereJected,twhereupon Bid is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. 8. Contract Time in 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to bee , subjely ct to to supleteh ea ension of tas set hme the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, as may be due under the terms and conditions ofthe Contras act Dtivumem nts ("Contr ar days act Time"). All references to "time" or "days" shall be interpreted 9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 10 Substitute or "Or -Equal" Items materials 10.1 The Contract, if awarded will be on Specifications basis without consideration ons deration of possible ent described in the Plans or specified in the in the substitute or "or -equal" items. Wheneverit is nd�aterdin the Plans ial or equipmentrmay bet drnished Specifications that a substitute or or -equal" item lication for such acceptance will not be or used by the Contractor if acceptable to. Engineer, appre considered by Engineer until after the Agreement'becomes The procedure for lub nissgionlof any such ferences shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 11. Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 Bid Proposal) is andincludewith the signedaas required beldow, ing Documents when downloaded. This Documentmustbe printed and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid All E-bids must be submitted on the City s official E- id System dr filled in.d The Proposal Biddr document. All shall all blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be comp Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. e 11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed be evidence of author ty tos dgenn� accompanied or a vice-president (or other corporate officer and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary 00200 - 5 of 8 12-2014 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid 11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https //pearland.ionwave.net/Loin as Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the openin of Bid Pro .oposals. 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13 4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 12-2014 00200 - 6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 14. Opening of Bid Proposals 14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their entirety shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder Owner may reject a bid as non -responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security, 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as requited under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non -responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of one of the following criteria: A) provision of the "Best Value" or B) Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 Best Value. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services 8) the Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. A contract to be awarded to the Bidder offering the Best Value may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will consider: Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid Extra Work and Alternates, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the I2-2014 00200-7of8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre -bid meeting. 16.4 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, pioposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time. 17. Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner. 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner. 19. Pre -bid Conference 19.1 A pre -bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 20. Retainage 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 12-2014 00200 - 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Part A • l 15" •' is Date. ab at, an individual proprietorship Bid of � �-•- - - __ v Texas � a partnership consisting • existingunder the laws of the State of co oration organized and f. of for the construction Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop from north side of Tom Bass Park to E. Cedar Hollow Drive City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WA1203 BID NO.: 0415-44 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 . lions to Bidders, the undersigned published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions or, Pursuant to the all necessary superintendence, lab , • toperform all the work and furnish 1, Bidder hereby proposes else maybe necessary to complete a •equipment,tools and materials, and whatever coon of machinery, from the Contract Documents for the construction described in or reasonably inferable Park to E. Cedar the work from north side of Tom Bass the Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop, nal in accordance appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, Hollow Drive with all related app & GayEngineers, 10777 withSpecifications prepared by the Engineer, Brown • the Plans and u P,E, for the unit prices or • Houston,TX 77042, Emmanuel De Pau, ,, Westheimer, Suite 400, as contained in the City's E-bid • in Exhibit ``A", the electronic bid form applicable paces set forth a legal and executable proposal pp executed and submitted shall constituteg system, which, once fully are ordered on any part of the y understood that, in the event any changes from the Bidder. It is • • deductions from the total prices • bid shall apply as additions to or d Work, the applicable unit prices pp for the parts of the Work so changed. • is included and has been uploaded as Bidrequired under the Instructions to Bidders The Security signed and sealed hard copy has within the E-bid system and, that a fully executed,g 3519 an attachment Department, 2na Floor, City Hall, been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. L y . ' Bidder,including the Financial • to the Owner 'the Qualifications of. . The Bidder agrees to submit requested to do so as a condition required bythe Instructions to Bidders ifq Statement of Bidder, as q of the Bid review. execute the Standard Form of • upon acceptance of his proposal, to The Bidder binds himself, p p Bond and Maintenance Bond, furnish an acceptable Performance and Paymentthe Agreement and = the total Contract Price, according to inof one hundred percent (100%) of each the amountin and completing the said work Inche Contract Documents, for perform g included in I. forms includ � • ` Initial's ,s�► Bidder's Init 00300- 1 of3 BID PROPOSAL 10.2012 CITY OF PFARLAND time in Part B of this proposal along with all required insurance the stated and for the paces stated in the required amounts. BID PROPOSAL work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence Y to be SubstantiallyComplete within sixty (60) days to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the dat e • Contractor willpay liquidated damages in the established bythe Notice to Proceed. The • Form of A Bement, in the event the Work is s specified in Document 00500 �_ Standard�' amount(s) P not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or The undersigned agrees that the period as • following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer modified for ninety (90) days fo g may be agreed to in writingby the City of Pearland and Bidder. 1 Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of It is understood that in the event the Successful Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable' ewith all inamount of one hundred (100) percent ofalong Bond, each the the Contract Price, the Notice of Award, the insurancein the stated amounts within ten (10) days of . required •as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar days}. otherwise expressly provided herein, all Y • 'n Addenda have been received. The modifications to The Bidder acknowledges that the following the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are include d in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No.: Date: 6 Addendum No.: cia. _& Date: orparties interested in this offer as principals are Bidder hereby represents that the only personin directlyor indirectly entered into any agreement, participatedany those named. Bidder has not , . in s nyaction 'n res = i �t of free competitive bidding. collusion, or otherwise taken Firm Name :1 ICA _ 1. By: 'our Title: •- --.- Address: f t t 6 47 7 Phone No: s.,75 17515- 21 ett„,_,..n ATTEST: ese.6rtiA 5u4,00/1 41ive4,or Pri Name) ure b 10-2012 Addendum No.: Date: Addendum No.: Date: 1_42 ,l:7. s -C _r41211477_ci=: (Seal, if Bidder is a Corporation) Bidder's Initial's4 00300.2of3 Tom Bass Park Water Line/Fellows Loop Bid No. 0415-44 Addendum 2 Bid Date: June 16, 2015 Line iescription Pkg 1 Base Bid Items 1.1 Traffic Control and Regulation 1.2 Flagmen 1.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Implementation LS 1,4 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 1.5 Inlet Protection Barrier 1.6 Stabilized Construction Exit (Install) SY 1,7 Stabilized Construction Exit (Remove) SY 50 1,8 Trench Safety System LF EA 1.9 Pipeline Markers 1.10 Remove and Dispose - Concrete Cart Path SY 20 SY 20 1.11 Replace Concrete Cart Path 1.12 Regrade Existing Swales and Roadside Ditch LF 200 AC 1 1.13 Hydromulch Seeding 1.14 12-inch HDPE AWWA C906 Water Main Install by Horizontal LF 2,895 Directional Drill (Intermitted bore pits are incidental) 1.15 12-inch HDPE AWWA C906 Water Main Install by Open -Cut LF 65 EA 1 1.16 8" Wet Connection UOM LS LS QTY TCH Extended $ 1.17 12" Wet Connection 1.18 8" Gate Valve w/ Box EA 1,19 12" Gate Valve w/ Box EA 1.20 2" Air Release Valve with Manhole EA 1.21 Fire Hydrant Assembly Including 6" Branch, 6" Gate Valve & EA LF LF EA Box Total - Package 1 1 1 1,700 2 50 65 2 1 2,500.00 $ 2,000.00 $ 1,000,00 $ 2,500,00 2,000.00 1,000.00 $ 2,00 $ 3,400.00 $ 100.00 $ $ 10.00 $ $ 10.00 $ $ 1.00 $ $ 150.00 $ $ 35.00 $ $ 90.00 $ $ 5.00 $ $ 2,000.00 $ 2 5 2 1 $ 122.00 $ 162.00 $ 1,900.00 $ 2,500.00 $ 1,600.00 $ 3,000.00 $ 9,300.00 5,700.00 200.00 500.00 500.00 65.00 300.00 700.00 1,800.00 1,000.00 2,000.00 $ 353,190.00 $ 10,530.00 $ 1,900.00 $ 2,500.00 $ 3,200.00 $ 15,000.00 $ 18,600.00 $ 5,700.00 $ 426,585.00 2 Extra Work Items: These items are extra work items and are to ner's Engineer Pkgbe u art of the quart ties unless sed nly if ordered by theOthey are ordered Construction Manager. No compensation wi I be'received for any p used on the job. ;The cost of these items should be included in the total construction bid, or and'. 2.1 Groundwater Control for Open Cut Construction LF 40 $40.00 $ 1,600.00 $125.00 $ $5.00 $ $9.00 $ $30.00 $ $25.00 $ $20.00 $ $50.00 $ 2.2 Additional Removal and Replace of Concrete Cartpath 2.3 Additional Regrade Existing Swales and Roadside Ditch 2.4 Additional Sodding 2.5 Additional Hand Excavation 2.6 Additional Skilled Labor 2.7 Additional Unskilled Labor 2.8 Extra Cement Stabilized Sand Total - Package 2 Pkg 3 3.1 Mobilization @ 3% TOTAL PKGs 1-3 Pkg 4 Alternate Work Items t 12-inch HDPE AWWA C906 Water Main Install by Horizontal Directional Drill (Intermitted bore pits are incidental) 12-inch HDPE AWWA C906 or PVC AWWA C900 Water Main Install b O•en-Cut 4.1 4.2 SY LF SY CY HR HR CY LS LF LF 50 500 50 10 50 50 10 6,250.00 2,500.00 450.00 300.00 1,250.00 1,000.00 500.00 $ 13,850.00 1184 1776 $13,200.00 $ 13,200.00 $ 453,635.00 $122.00 $ 1441448.00 $102.00 $ 181,152.00 Page 1of1 CITY OF PFARLAND END OF SECTION 10-2012 BID PROPOSAL Bidder's Initial's: 00300 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland (hereinaftercalled called CON R or CTOR) and Alcoa, Inc. dba TCH (hereinafter OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the `Work"). The Work is generally described as follows: Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop from north side of Tom Bass park to E. Cedar Hollow Drive City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: WA1203 BID NO.: 0415-44 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by Brown & Gay Engineers, Inc , 10777 Westheimer, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042, Emmanuel De Pau PE who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions) within 60 days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within 90 days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR RA fterOthe thmll e pay specifOWNER ied in paragraph 3 d for ed dollars ($300) for each day that expires 00500 - 1 of 7 12-2014 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER three hundred dollars ($300) for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds [$###,###.## edit as required] (the "Contract Price"). The Contract Price includes the Base Bid [and Alternate(s) #, #, #, & #, as accepted by OWNER and edit as required] as shown in Document 00300 — Bid Proposal. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR'S Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress g payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the tenus of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon 12-2014 written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable 00500 - 2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6.09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6.09. Article 6. INTEREST paid in Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER 025 of theOTexas GovernmentCTOR shall eCode, as accordance with the provisions of Chapter amended. Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not s or Contract Documents, and Owner information, orpo whethernor not they aresas to complet the accuracy of such documents o comprehensive, or all-inclusive. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, p gsica performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of 00500 - 3 of 7 12-2014 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference: 8.1 Standard Form of Agreement (Section 00500). 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612). 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor. 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement (Section 00800). 8.5 TxDOT Local Government Project Procedures documents (Section 00850). 8.6 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 16 inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title: Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop 8.7 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein. 8.8 Technical Specifications for the Work. 12-2014 00500 - 4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 8.9 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law. 9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 12-2014 00500 - 5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9.11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER (through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER: Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked, mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 9.12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A (attached) of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances. 12-2014 00500 - 6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT TOR have signed this Agreement in CONTRACTOR IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution g the City of Pearland and upon the following date: OWNER: CITY OF PEA ND By: Title: Date: C 11 ' 12-2014 JJ� MffiCit? 3-15 ,•`i(S"4. NQ•'•• • SS • •• . d attestation by authorized representatives of / , 20 kr CONTRACTOR: Alcoa, Inc. dba TCH By: Title: Date: 3 • lc (Corporate Seal) ATTEST Address for giving notices 14c6S FM 9551 Phone: dei-?7?-?qw Fax (291' 1 13 ow- iet03 Agent for service of process: END OF SECTION 00500-7of7 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. 713411P PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § of the City KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Alcott Inc. dba TCH al, and County of Harris , and State of Texas, as princi P of wood authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act Develo lo ers rs Sure and Indemnit Com an bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly for the payment whereof, the said (Owner), in the penal sum of $ 453,635.00 Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors-, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certaine written contract with Contract) to commenc0wner, effective as e and complete the of the day of , 2015 (t construction of certain improvements described as follows: Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop from north side of Tom B pearla ato E. CedarsHollow Drive City COP PN: WA1203 BID NO.: 0415-44 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined d therein ehis hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied in. d NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION Ishall in all TeS S s duly and faithfully, that if thesai Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work an observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and and peraccording to in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities oon this b f wond all reb coe pied ale determined in th accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agre es that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed ffect its obligation on ansthis specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be perform ed 00610 - 1 of 2 12/2007 CITY OF PEAILAND v PERFORMANCE BOND 1' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this day of , 2011 5 . = Principal: B By: co nc. dba TCH Title: fa-ima Address: P.O. Box 1250 Friendswood, Texas 77549 Telephone: Fax: 281-993-1999 281-993-2999 By: evelopers S r ty and Indemnity ompany nvi Sharon Cavanaugh #193638 Title: Attorney -in -Fact Address: 2591 Dallas Parkway, Suite 105 Frisco, Texas 75034 Telephone:800-530-5592 Fax: 800-530-5587 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS BE SENT MAY BE OF CLAIM SHOULDLEFHONE DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 12/2007 00610 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 00611 PAYMENT BOND Bond No. 713411P PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA. § of the City KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Alco and c. dba e of Texas, as principal, and TCH of Friend , County of I iarris Develo ers Suret and Indemnit Com an authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of $ 453,635.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these present the wner WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain ___written"Contract") to commencOe and complete the , effective as of the day of , 20, (the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop from north side of Tom BaPess Par to E. Cedar Hollow Drive City of COP PN: WA1203 BID NO.: 0415-44 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined t e eh his hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at in. U NO W THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGaAT ION orSa CH, that if subcontractor Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or mate the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; ,. of PR OVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to this the provishall be Chapter 22 in 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all hablht acc ordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or Surety, performed thereunder, or the plans, addition to the terms of the contract, or same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this specifications, or drawings accompanying bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension dor time, alteration or addition to the teiuis of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed 00611 - 1 of 2 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND agegINg PAYMENT BOND • •. have signed and sealed this instrument WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety IN WITNESS ��3 � � this day of 1 :..0.____. Princlp 'l Alcptt nc. dba TCH � ; ` 1 By. .,.2 %at By: Title: Address: P.O. Box 1250 Friendswood, Texas 77549 Telephone: 281-993 -2999 281-993-1999 Fax: By: Title: evelopers S ty and Indemnity Company Sharon Cavanaugh #193638 Attorney -in -Fact Address: 2591 Dallas Parkway, Suite 105 Frisco, Texas 75034 Telephone: 800-530-5592 Fax: 800-530-5587 DRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO �WHICHA►NY NOTICE NOTICE: THE AD E�D FROM THE TEXAS D BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED OF CLAIM SHOULD DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00611 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND Bond No. 713411P ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Section 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § of the City KNOW ALL 1\4EN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Alcott. andc. State TCH of Texas, as principal, ando ac of k`x Developers Su et ,County of t Developers Suret and Indemmit Com an authorized under bound unto City the State of Texas of Pearland as Obligee as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly for the payment whereof, the said (Owner), in the penal sum of $ 453 635.00 Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, an d p assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHER EAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, of the day of 2015 (the Co ) e and complete the , construction of certain improvements described as follows: Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop from north side of Tom Bass Park to E. Cedar Hollow Drive City of P as COP PN: WA1203 BID NO.: 0415-44 Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if which Contra copied at length herein. NOW THERE FORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGA CeONi h the Contract DocumentN IS SUCH, that if the said principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisionsallbe f Chappt r 2253 in of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bondwith the rovisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length accordance p herein. extension of time, alteration or Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no changetthe work , thereunder, the plans, t, or specifications, or drawings accompanying addition to the terms of the contracthe s me, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition performed thereunder. to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be p 00612 - 1 of 2 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND have signed and sealed this instrument he said Principal and Surety IN WITNESS WHEREOF,t this day of 2015. t,Inc. dba TCH Address: P.O. Box 1250 Friendswood, Texas 77549 Telephone: Fax: 281-993-2999 281-993-1999 - By: ONE-YEAR IVIAINTENANCE BOND evelopers urety and Indeninity Company Sharon Cavanau h #193638 Title: Attorney -in -Fact Address: 2591 Dallas Parkway, Suite 105 Frisco, Texas 75034 Telephone: Fax: 800-530-5592 800-530-5587 THE SUETY COMP TO WHICH ANY NOTICE NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF ROM THE TEXAS NSENTMAY BE OBTAINED F OF CLAIM SHOULD BE TOLL -FREE TELEPHONE OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 • 00612 - 2 of 2 POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY IIA NDEMNITY Boxn 19725, RV NE CA9 6 3 (949) 263-3300F 0RN KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, do each ***Andrew J. Janda, C.W. Adams, Sue Kohler, Leland L. Rauch, Sharon Cavanaugh, Cheryl R. Colson, Michael Cole, James Wynne hereby make, constitute and appoint: Tomforde, Kurt A. Risk, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and contracts of surety- rm said gpg and could unto said At reserving to each of saidt full corper and orations full power of substitution ority to do and to oandevery revocation, andnecessary, all f therequisite acts of said Attorey(s) nroper to be done fFact, pursuant to these presents, n connection therewith as each f said corporations could do, but reserving to each ofp are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimileunder CALIFORNIA,ndbyauthority uheifecf f t eafol ownuary lt resolutions adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF utive RESOLVED, that a mhere y s, atwo of the Chairman of the utthorized to execute this Power of Attomey,rd, the 'qualifying the attorney(s) sident, Senior Vice -President or any named in the Power of Attorney to execute, President of on behalf the of the corporations be, and that each of them hereby corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of either of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorize d to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; orney or to any RESOLVED, FURTHER, g thatthesignatures signatures shall be valid and binding uponuch theco corporatower of ions when so affixed and infe thelating thereto by futu e with respect facsimile, any bond, undertaking Power of Attorney or certificate beanng such facsimile or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY NINDEMNITY Assistant ad Secretary ItNDEMNITY 23,OMPANY OF CALIFORNIA have severally caused these presents to be signed by their respective officers and attested by their respectiveSecretary 2013. By: By: Daniel Young, Senior Vice -President regg N. 0 Jf ice -President State of Califomia County of Orange On __ Ma personally appeared 23, 2013 Date before me, GINA L GARNER COMM. it 2021213 2 NOTARY PUBLIC CALIFORNIA ORANle COUNTY trb My comm. expires May 1e, 2D'17 AND /4,+. • ' v) OCT. 3wt 10 rar. o• : 1936 %-`#; /owe . a Gina L. Garner Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Offcer Daniel Young and Gregg N. Okura Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by hislher/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Place Notary Seal Above Signature Gina L. Garner, Notary Public CERTIFICATE by The undersigned, as Secretary or Assistant Secretary e and has notEDEbeeVELOPERS SURETY oked TY AND INDEMNITY that theCMprPANYor ns INtheDEMNITY ITYfCOMPANY OFp CALIFORNIA, of Directors of certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in said corporations set forth in the Power of Attorney are in force as of the date of this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, this day of By Mark J. Lansdon, Assistant Secretary ID-13B0(Rev.05/13) IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call the Surety's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-782-1546 You may also write to the Surety at: P.O. Box 19725 Irvine, CA 92623-9725 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverage, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax# 512-475-1771 web: http://www.tdi state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you hive a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the Surety first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. AVISO IMPORTANCE Para obtener information o para someter una queja: Usted puede llamar al numero de telefono gratis de para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-800-782-1546 Usted tanbien puede escribir a Surety at: P.O. Box 19725 Irvine, CA 92623-9725 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de compa- nias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Department° de Seguros de Texas P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax# 512-475-1771 web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx.us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concernlente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el Surety primer°. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comuni- carrse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTEAVISOA SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condition del document° adjunto. 11' SCQjnco Insco Insurance Services, Inc. Underwriting Manager for: Developers Surety and Indemnity Company • Indemnity Company of California 17771 Cowan, Suite 100 Irvine, CA 92614 1-800-782-1546 www.InscoDico.com ID-1.404 (TX) (Rev. 5/12) CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT furnish in The undersigned contracted ovemeith nts t y of pealland prope��ty located in the City of Pearland, connection with certain imp improvements are described as follows: TX and owned by the City of Pearland which imp in the amount of $._____---- In consideration of Pay Estimate No. ___- labor and the undersigned on oath, states that all persons and firms who suppliedpaid within 30 materials to the undersigned in connection f or such work through oject will be fully days of the date of this document by theundersigned • • In consideration of the payment herewith made, the undersigned does fully and if any, finy all release and hold harmless the City of Pearland andits Bent , ifing out through this the above date from any and all claims, hens, or right to claim Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. ove It is understood that this affidavit is submitted theto induce payment of the Owner and thers that allb fens sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. Signature Printed Name & Title Company Name State of County of da of , 20 • Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this _ y My Commission Expires: Notary Public 5-12-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Pale TABLE OF CONTENTS No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1.02 Contract Documents 1.03 Subcontractor 1.04 Written Notice 1.05 Work 1.06 Extra Work 1.07 Work Day 1.07-1 Rain Day 1.07-2 Impact Day 1.08 Calendar Day 1.09 Substantially Completed 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 1.11 Referenced Standards 1.12 Contract Time 1.13 Construction Inspector 1.14 Balancing Change Order 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 No Warranty of Design 2.02 Right of Entry 2.03 Ownership of Plans 00700-i 10-2012 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.04 Changes and Alterations 2.05 Damages 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 Owner -Engineer Relationship 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 3.03 Preliminary Approval 3.04 Inspection by Engineer 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 3.06 Recommendation of Payment 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8 4.01 Independent Contractor 4.02 Contractor's Understanding 4.03 Laws and Ordinances 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond] 4.06 Insurance 4.07 Permits and Fees 4.08 Texas State Sales Tax 4.09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 4.10 Character of Workers 4.11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 4.12 Sanitation 4.13 Cleaning and Maintenance 4.14 Performance of Work 4.15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 00700 - ii GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND 4.16 Layout of Work 4.17 Shop Drawings 4.18 Engineer -Contractor Relationship; Observations 4.19 Observation and Testing 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, LaSS p borers, Materialmen, and Furnishers of Equipment, Machinery s 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 4.26 Indemnification 4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 4.28 Guarantee 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 5.02 Extension of Time 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 5.04 Suspension of Work 5.05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5.06 Change of Contract Time 5.07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 10-2012 18 21 00700 - iii CITY OF PEARLAND 6.03 Estimated Quantities 6.04 Price of Work 6.05 Payments 6.06 Partial Payments 6.07 Use of Completed Portions & Punchlist 6.08 Substantial Completion 6.08-1 6.09 Final Payment 6.10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 6.11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 6.12 Payments Withheld 6.13 Delayed Payments 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 Differing Site Conditions 7.02 Change Orders 7.03 Change Orders 7.04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non -Work s 7.05 Days Minor Changes 7.06 Extra Work 7.07 Time of Filing Claims 8.0 DEFAULT 8.01 Default by Contractor 8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 8.03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance 8.04 Cross -Default 10-2012 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 00700 - iv 30 27 CITY OF PEARLAND 8.05 Insolvency 8.06 Contingent Assignment 8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 8.08 Termination for Convenience 8.09 Default by Owner 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION ATTACHMENT NO. ATTACHMENT NO. ATTACHMENT NO 10-2012 1: WORKER 2: AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE . 3: OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT S' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE 35 Al B1 Cl 00700 - v CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those personserefer or organizations idto the Engineer as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall to act as or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable,to provide proeans a fessional onal serviceserson drequired in representative of the entity designated by the O P connection with the preparation of plans and specifications Condithons shall Contract.of tis The tot the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, tand o mcan pa person serviced to act as representative of the entity designated by the of the0 wok of this Contract. The Owner's required in connection with the performance representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as designated. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall which documents, of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard FormofAgreementffective ate excluding such documents as may be delivered or i s he inafter the ProjectE Ma ual for the of Work Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound tog All references to the "Contract' or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary and what is r uiredract y oneDoshall bets, binding he as if ct required by all. In the event of any conflict among the ContDocuments shall govern in the following order: (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders; (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; Addenda, if any; Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual; Instructions to Bidders; Bid Proposal; and 10-2012 00700 - 1 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL, CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein and are a part of this Contract: In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents or Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR sthe hall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom itof is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual partnership, joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement.nor 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well -know technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. ' 1.06 EXTRA WORK, The term `Extra Work' , as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing b the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed authorized basis only. s as 1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval ' in10-2012 from the Construction Manager or 00700-2of36 CITY OF PEARLAND all Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sunysand ineso doinces nq tired dor payto the charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management roc performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7.05 on nowcedurek to determine cost for Construction Management and Inspection Services for s. r 1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during wwhich we trvr related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or hours of work on critical path items as identified in ethe current sfor the review and truction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Ram Days on the Pay Applicationach possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1 12 Contract Time below) CT 1.07-2 IMPACT DAY. As used herein, is a day added to d fullt e COk Days (See T112 by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the ContractTime bY Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost outito conditioos that h toprevenn criticeld the ath CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more cod items Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change eO idn er onlis `ya tathe e d ofe to dwork elays and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month orhall mean year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s) calendar day(s). 1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED: The terms as used in thisuContralctl shall mean that all "Substantially Complete" or `Substantial Completion" major process components of the facility or thework ebeen made rtthat all of thee for use or omdpidual including appropriate documentation fromequipment suppliers components have been installed in accordance with the he ENG fINEER and cations d rte ns actu met recommendations, the installations have been approvedbyon to the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents sneous work and adjustment to ach eve serve its intended purpose or requires only minor mr Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by theUpal complia ce with the above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Subst n. f PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation be ogiven eotinrccomponents ork. of the Work that must be placed into service prior to thecompletion the contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shal be iIn on shall date of P rand tial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER . Tmake all such designations. When the 1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND �PHRASES. constiered necessaeyer"prescribed" words "directed' , "permitted' "designated", "required", "ordered", or words of like import are used, it shall be understood tas the rtheion OWNER'snreprasentative ermissions order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEERrt intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptERble'butsdoresanot relieve CONTRACTORctory" or words of like oof shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINE responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 00700 3 of 36 10-2012 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or provisions of the Contract Documents. performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to 1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER'S written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the remedy for delays. Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR'S sole and exclusive 1.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. p 1 14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work performed or installed by the Contractor. 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 10-2012 00700 4 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the COndNTRACToOR, ancend/or anby promptly variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes t In ormation. Work repo rted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Reques r for Iff CONTRACTOR performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the failshall h perform to its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR had rpay sudc costs and ors damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTORby omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the ContrachDocuments ctDoted byts. CONT RACTO RR TRAC which should have been noted by a careful study °oved modifications thereof and additions and shall comply with the Contract Documents all app ralterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied of anwith all approved thereuirement not the Contract P Documents and approved modifications they d alterations thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. pr or 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves e gconstructed to enter torero talledy for location on which the work herein contracted for performed ting it self or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose collateral work ascthe OWWNER may desire. e work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such co an d Th e OWNER shall have the right to make inspects f time nd/or co reasonable times, any loss the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension o or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS. All plans, specifications exceand tion ofithe sets forming the thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with ex the ception part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to OWNER the OWNER• on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONaeRAi TOR the erWNER may see agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions plans or fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line grade, heaeof,form, eitheribefore or after the specifications for the Work herein contemplated,any e innin of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding bg g Performance and Payment Bonds. to Iforsuch changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the dvalueeof inclngthe W Work lost be r done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for comp ork the a p pr ofits ated on the Work that may be affected. If the amount shall o paid for ac o didg to work can fairly be classified under the specifications, suchrk under the quantityactually done and at the unit price, if any, eastablished ov d d for unsuerch wor 7 hereof this C Contract otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for p for Extra Work In case the OWNER shall make such changdsor alterations as in said Work, then the IOWNER shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or usel loss compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor son usedpar d on forforthacWork as occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is he CONTRACTORmaged in the , or of the shouldwork the the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of 00700 - 5 of e 10-2012 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative during construction are set forth the the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the O rh in liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER Any communications by the O the regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER, wNER to the CONTRACTOR It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the O Work; representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved v d as provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue written stopo k orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the work accordance with the Contract Documents. Work in 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copes of all Plans and SpeciICATIONS fications Thes without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revision p cations CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans of s noted thereon. The accurately updated, for reference and review bythe OWNERand Specifications, timely and redlines during closeout. or the ENGINEER and submittal of 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration deletion change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or coor any non -conforming or defective work or material, or to stopwork, ee CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract,condemn shall release the limitation, the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material including without any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non -conforming or defective work r material. or Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shallnts, all OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications be paid for by the prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting p p ations q g prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 10-2012 00700 - 6 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT t 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER ia d will make to determine if such eriodic visits toe site to observe the progress and quality of the executed generally meets the essential performance and design features all other respects being performed and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, le in compliance with the Contract Documents. However,on-site e inspections to checkshall not be the for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in qn wayues, eqpot si lle, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods,techniques, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident eto the Work eviat on from the intent and ing performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonablepreventof substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR innthe ill keep the OWNER the Work and f any part thereof and, on the basis of such on -site observations,fects and the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against ainstn of this Agreement deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR Notwithstanding any other any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in anya yay r responsible or liable nor ts, any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, servants or employees or any other person firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS isOagreed ltht he ENGINEER shall, iISPUTES In order n all casest delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, under determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds uestionsWork, in relat on to saideWorkfor a d the this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all q construction thereof as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the nt the ENGINEER shall become aware of or interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the eve le shall receive information that there is a dispute possible Documentdispute or any other disputnor interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contractrovide a written interpretation of the question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, p Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions the arising relaContract.ve If thethe CONTcRACTOR or ution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all partiesinstructions of OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation claim toor ENGINEER hn ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall presentany accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04. ll review the 3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The documentsGs�l determER aine the amount CONTRACTOR' s application for payment and supporting owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written ttenurech recommendation onto t the opa ER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount s judgment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representationto theo OWNe best oRf of f thew Ge I E R' information and that the work has progressed to the point indicated, t belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR dsb al n of ot be deemed an acceptance of any defective .ect to O or non-conforming Bights to Any thhold payment under payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject Section 6 11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 00700 - 7 of 36 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR'S work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or to the CONTRACTOR'S own employees or to any other personas,firmeorr coWthNER's representative poratron 4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work the general and local conditions including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have bear all costs arising therefrom. known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein Neither the act 10-2012 00700 - 8 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER'S performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable pli able p ov all i suchere h ghto and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any contrary. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. 0811 The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project t sha0081ll be either WageDocument Scale for 0 ding Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTIN a ten The CONT tion to AChe T OR further ofthis es that he t will retain personal control and will give his person and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any or written rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, inwhole of the Work will be subletrrto anyone consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In ion, the onOOWNER ris serneswhatsoever.the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion ortion or feature of the Work or CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any p materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND B INTENANCE CONTRACTOR ohaDllSexecut . In the eseparate the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sumof one of hundred u der tred2percent (100%) xof as the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions will not Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25 000.00 ton forms apprhe statutry oved bonds by the be required. All required Bonds shall be payableto OWNER f the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate suretyt in accordance with Artishall not be in effect until such originalTexas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered toeredand aapproved by the OW ho R d The cost of the premium for the Performance Payment Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRAeCy OoR'p BidsProposal All bonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved 4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his and throupense, shalghout thel Guarantee Period, procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto i with rth egardd to d to Workers er'Insu mpc ensation Such Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto of insurance shall be carried with an insurance companythis Contract, nsed to sact business in the State whether performed by the Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. D 4.07 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwiseprovided and i inspections necessaoyufor proper ments, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, execution and completion of the Work and whwill be iseh are gally required at the d as a NO FEF perm time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearlan d it. s roject are 4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Taxials ncorporated into Code, Chapter 151,rSupbsectron H exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas00n00 H. of 36 10-2012 GENERAL, CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax due time of purchase. p y g at 4.09 CONTRACTOR S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language; the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control CONTRACTOR. of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CITY OF PEARLAND Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its or any other persons performing any of the Work. OWNER'S representative will be responsible for subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, other forms of protection, will be permitted only wg workers or offices, ith the ENGINEER's 10-2012 4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person, subcontractor or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities all means of construction and any and all parts of the Woik, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housin or the erection of tents or written permission, and at 00700 - 10 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary cond itions of the eENGINEERabout Any such structures shall at all times be maintained in amanner satisfactory to the structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility ° CONTRACTOR to i demnifpyroand holdper lthe placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agree ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained buildings or structures. y anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CON 4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary �bre con t ucted andlaborers maintamed and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shal by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such structures of any natureints as shall be pconstrovedrubt d or y the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced.Anyof erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein, therleof� and the CONTRACTOR the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER � for dd amages allegedly harmless from bylms of anyoneaby nature whatsoever brought against either of t reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR'S buildings. 4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation rash of atdebris, en trash oand h wwork dyaste. The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris,trashotrashand completion the Work. and surplus materials and shall leave the Work broom-cleanitsequivalent, upon The Work shall be left in good ord�and ialscondition and charge the �ofstlto the,the OWNECONTRACTORmay remove the debris, trash, waste and surplus ater 4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further b efurnished in accordance withtthe his Contract that all Work must be done and all material must generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. ORK. If at any time 4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACoche worTE Tk fo`force supplied are found totbe methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR inadequate to achieve the progress required to SubstantWNER's repally lete resent tive,e omay order the rk within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the O CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or to agChieveeSu,or work shifts or bstantial Completioneof the or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate ofprogress Woik within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically piovided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of nn conformancewstruction ith the and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and Contract Documents. 4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own lWoand/or °tsettmg drawings and schedules six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of shop 00700 - 11 of 36 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of a roval will not be considered and will be returned to him for ro er submission The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed The ENGINEER s approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER'S attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR s performance hereunder and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee 4.18 ENGINEER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER'S representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 10-2012 00700 - 12 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER s ro the ENobeGINEinspR as test the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements at any location whereverprovide Workis m facilities and access for such observation, spection and testing in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall certain OWNERe orthee of ny ENGINEERand shall inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work ect any Work found to be defective ill be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINES may �of or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the owheether itsthcENGNNEER has ompletion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless f ny Work is coverd without previously accepted the Work through oversight or b ithel0 aWNER or the ENGINEER be approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requestedy the uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of thelocation Oa ioRRACTORt In is not event Chant fyrpart te of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of suchWrequire or the CONTrequire RACTOR toi furnish then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may q or royal made by the OWNER or the ENGINEER s at the locationf inspection twhere esting that part of the work is independent persons competent to perform such taskibed being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be su � other applicable orgaance with the nation asrmay by the American Society for Testing and Materials or be required by law or the Contract Documents. is covered up t written If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or R p t nrust,dif requested by the O uWNER or approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINES the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and t , royals shall be borne by the at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, testsand apP CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any W Work k wihich mfailsts to mre nine s requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and yract of any such tests or approval but does not meet the require o her workof e Contaffrac Docume is shbe ll be considered defective. Such efective expense. Work and any corrected at the CONTRACTOR Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, o other iperpsons authorizetundertthis or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINE Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, h ll relieve utre CONTRACTOR RACe OR from ro ct g his obligation to perform the Work in accordance Documents. eed that if the Work or any 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEM REMEDIES.Iork for is fer use tithe Wo k or selected for the part thereof or any material brought on the site of thein same shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitablereceiptofnoticeythereof the fromContract the Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall after r pt of ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild is l or otherwise remedy t medyany such Work ch also action it shall in full erein shall be at rdance with CONTRACTOR's expense. agreed contemplated h 10-2012 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 00700 - 13 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instrt ns and informationconcerning otihe Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted the requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the ntent as of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance o Contract, including, without limitation the adequacy of all tem orar su c the scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safetyprecautions p Y pports, shoring, bracing, by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to const a do , as used nd for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such dama suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. ge be Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, any representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project or any agent, t site or y means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of site or by nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Contract Documents or P observing the extent and for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of Project including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONT his Work on the in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of anydesignsRACTOR accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER Corr the OWNER in visitingoor for observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation b t a CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR'S attention for not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents and further shall not relieve CONTRAC nor liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. TOR of his 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder.and CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies ofpWo kersCopensation The Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas Which CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees The others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal state municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machineryand equipment and and physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident qurpment and other Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except the e incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machineryp where guards safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 10-2012 00700 - 14 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe pran ices es shall b be al owed rom on Work the o rk to site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss. anyone participating uses with a doctor's authorization to for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug ovi sion perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this pr being under is the a default under the Contract. The use, p purchase possession sale, transfer, influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful soistance anc eby CONTRACTORoyees attator CONTRACTOR'S employees, or CONTRACTOR the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR'S employeesworking withon nhemeb site ght (8) hourbe reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, a he sole bility of e The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy or.11 be tlnclusion opthisiparagraphlin CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independente the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by he OaWN as the Work Grog eases, the OWNER'S representative concerning omissions under thus Par are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR oehresentativeand to supervise esafety precautions construed byby assumption her the CONTRACTOR or any of , or OWNER' his sub ontra ors. by either 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. Theol CONTRACTOR TOany Way all employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property properties pconstructto bey encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process reason of said process of undertaken under this Agreement from any damage or injury by construction& and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage Ton account of TO his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HA ANYLECLAIM ORS THE ONSTRU FOR MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST DAMAGES, LOSS COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO OF ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINE OF THE ING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT DAMAGE, CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR GOT SUCH GENCE, GROSS NEGLIGFNCE OR STRICTEXPENIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR S CAUSED IN PART BY ENGINEER. STRICT L LABORERS, 4 24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIS OF OF MACHINERYQU�MENTOAND SUPPLIES. MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY W EEHEN HARMLESD WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND LABORERS, ROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE IDEMA N DEMANDS OFFSUBCONTRACTORS, N BARS OFCMACH1NERy AND WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIANG PARTS THEREOF EQUIPMENT POWER TOOLS AND ALL PERFOLRMANCE OF CLUDIHIS COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR hOR shall furnish en u d,shisc satisfactory or evidence that all obligations of the nature hereina at the option of the waived. If the CONTRACTOR fun aid to bills of which t, then the OWNER h OWNERyhas written notice, or OWNER, either pay directly any p withhold from the CONTRACTOR'S unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed e s15 ably ly 10-2012 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of his Contrct payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR OR BY ANY UNION TRADE ASSOCIATION WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 10-2012 00700-16of36 CITY OF PEARLAND OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT COST OR EXPENSE: (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM LT�LTS FROM IN WHOLEWHOLE OR IN ROR IN , OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RE PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR, OR GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY UCT ON OF TANG BL, DISEASE E PROPERTY, OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTR INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSEOMISON OF TDHE IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT CT OCONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR,O�T� INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR HER OR NOT IT ISSE ACTS ANY OCAU ED MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED OF OWNER, ENGINEER BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement il to thecce contraryand in accordemedance with ode, the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify r harmless resulEs from defects his in plans, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the gs out of any ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of prospecifications e tsethat fare a part of itheg onstruction construction contract and the plans, designs orpec fication io ert injury, or anyother expense that arises contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property y J y� from personal injury, death, or property injury. This indemnity agre ement is a continuing obligation, and shall surviveeri notwithstanding of the completion of the Work, or takeover of theinal Payment, pWorkn of the warranty period, Contract, and abandonment imite d by a limitation CONTRACTOR'S indemnification obligations hereunder shall by or for l the CONTRACTOR oren a amount or type of damages compensation or benefit payable subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 4,27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. Alto°be, cost, doneeopense r from oadyi unforeseen age to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the the nf theelements, of the or from shall be unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in prosecution sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 00700 17 of 36 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material everyinarantees all the Work undere thein defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual particular and free from and agrees to replace or to re -execute without cost to the OWNERfoundork as may be use; to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with theContract Documents, and to maketo good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re -execution. This guarantee shall cover aperiod date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under of one year from the evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial the Contract, as Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve he CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conformingmaterialfor workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER S other rights under common law with respect to any or or non -conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guaranteer p defects, deficiencies warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern.conflicts with other 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and t time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a wholehe and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces the ENGINEER direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflictl be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER may harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate will shall be or such other contractors its Work with OWNER The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review be ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes tto carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedulesp P es to shall sho completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts aw CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delay ed.S 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that into entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract except when She shallubstantial not be and Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any any of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the sc such delay, give completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Co t actlTimoe from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, aton the 00700 - 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT tion, he ENGINEER shall submit such written request, togeter with is wholenor in part toa any a�tt or OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not att omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors ore suppliers, nder the andteri f the of tOWNER e Con Rct determines WNER CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR' sContsole l Time exclusiveshall be ceade dy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No for delays occurring prior to the Contractor' s mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION. The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Ram Days per calendar year or an avenge all weather related delays and to submit CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process �s anex�tensionuring rof thenon Contract of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the workprogress requre Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion 40 etro eDate equal to dent9n the the total numer of original Contract Time theThe r or Impact Days approved less the original daysge Addition of Weather or Impact Days will Comer the pletion letionoDatet Time when added by No Days will be added.h The Order If the Work is completed prior to the p o the addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be theCntractmeshall not affects sole y for delays the �ontracttP ice completion of the Work and their addition to the through any `per diem' adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the ee ce en into °ferwithin disruption, lZ•ndrances and delays , he has kncident consideration and made allowances for all int to such Work, whether growing out of delays in for damages, costs or expense esultinrgefrom . No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR ge, loss,s interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except wherethe ork sstoppedis pot orattsuspended anonder or er of the OWNER s representative and such stoppageor omission of CONTRACTOR. 5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, Contract Tle ime shall be adjusted for in part, for such r any incd of rease e as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or in the cost of or the time required for performance r would haveed by such suspebeen suspended by a cause . No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was o for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR s� ntiallll commence n the Cont �cspecified t herein or rn any Notice to Proceed, and will Sub y Complete the Work w thi Time It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the of the Work described heiein CONTRACTOR reasonable ble the OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion time for the completion of the same, taking into COn consideration loreality�The CONTaverage Rmatic range RACTOR furtherd conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing 00700 - 19 of 36 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the event -giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum, the following data: A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL• Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 10-2012 00700 - 20 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR'S sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays Delays attributed to, and within the CONTRACTOR of, Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CO 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies omissions oareTreceived, ents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids then it shall be and if no such request is received by full e Eunders�tandsER prior he Work to be performed and has provided considered that the CONTRACTORy sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to comPlete the Work in accordance with the Contract uest for clarification must be submitted no later Documents. It is further understood that any q than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered, unlessotherwise sp6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement including the Contract be Documents, and including any estimates containedtherein, estimated quantities vare sey hown for Work °te done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the is various classes of Work to be done a forto esbe matung the probablernished under hcost of thetthey are and matial Work and approximate and are to be used only as a bas for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the WOrk. It is understood and areed ract mayadiffer from the actual amount of Woik to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Cont the estimates and that the items listed or estimated toquantities a cla m by teand/or CONTRACTOR against the estimated and actual Work, shall not give sequantity differences, unrecovered OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, q ty overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. all 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that iseintent of this Contract that to be done for the prices bid b the ork described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall includeContraall purtenances t Documents cassary to nterpret interpreted the ete the Work in accordance with the intent of thesehead, and ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance lums equipment, and overmaterial rofit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor,ll completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR and upon full coompletion of formitwailk Workthe an d fact the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR gree the prices set forth in is the Standard a unit dard Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the finallled andContract amount is approved by the equalOwneto the unit cost multiplied by the number of units authorized The OWNER does not assume any obligation �ebypay agrees tosreceive suchmaterial pricesnot as actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR he payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid o 7r and 21 of 10-2012 Cll Y OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6.05 PAYMENTS No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non -conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR'S total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWN FR, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or provided in this Contract. any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Woik and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only. No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR'S application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro- Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. 10-2012 00700 - 22 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT by the Such applications for payment shall not be considered completeSectionon 00615, duly accompaniedunless executed CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien. and Payment Affidavit, by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed sums balance hat may beless rapplicable all further retainage and further less all previous payments and taior eernent. CONTRACTOR may submit a withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agrrror or corrected application for payment after its receipt bereviewed by tE ENGINEERe and disput dtor and such corrected application for payment shalle paid under the same procedure and payment under this Agreewithin the same time ment,its set out above CONTRACTOR shall execute and As a condition of any progressp yrect, deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release excluding retainage or anyrclai nstpreviously law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, submitted as required under the tel of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each pro ingleComss a 1 mention and atisfaction of all conditions ) of the amount thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until F p for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected orunn unusual delyn v°ritten , through no neglect recommendation of or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER Y the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER' CONTRACTOR shall rrelieved ,oatf the the obligation to fully complete the Work and thereupon, OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to, OW Eunder 6's rights to otherwise 08 FINAL PAYMENT; withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above -stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. completed T.The portions OWNER of the shall have ork, the right to take possession of and use any completedor pa notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such be deemed an accept n �e of any work not ns may not have expired but such taking possession and use shall not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. rdays ofeOWNER's cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. TheCONTRACTOR officer ORshall f CONTRtify the that OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualifiedagreed or an portion thereof is CONTRACTOR'S o. Such notification shall includeon, the Work of the a list of all outstanding or incomplete "Substantially Complete" items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable tim��rou h and nspect on ohereafter of such f the Work to determine e ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk g 00700 - 23 of 36 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed list of unfinished, incomplete defective and/or non -conforming Work ("Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non -conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the Owner and ENGINEER. for Final Acceptance b tune period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Workthe y 6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR'S uninterrupted access to thork for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as: (a) the Work including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents; (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER; (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As -Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions; 10-2012 00700 - 24 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections / approvals / acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction; CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNERassignments manufacturelrsguarantees and as well as names,rranties from subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment tools, temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER'S satisfaction; (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNERNo. R2ease and davit of Bills Paid in the form attached heietoas Attachment , executed by CONTRACTOR; (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER' s sole discretion; and (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. l by Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shaclaims constitute a wamade iver of in claims g by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any previouslyout of third CONTRACTOR against OWNER-, and still unsettled, and except for orims arising payable by OWNER to party actions, cross -claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due payathe terms to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant or er provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise leinordposseby ssionbor acceptance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the FinalPayment the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of rans blig`a�loh for correction beerequired by law or or the conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any Y Contract Documents. 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. Thequipment CONTRAWork CTOR h is shall promptly remove from OWNER'S premiseser all materials defective or otherwise not in conformance with t Contracte athis own expense, prom� actually eplace incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming f omin of the requirementsof the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear expense ring ll work of ent. If CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or unsuitable Work within to p(10)lbusmess CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such days after receipt of a written notice from the s exe pense. (g) 00700 - 25 of 36 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND (f) (g) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR'S use of fault materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered byO y insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Wo k upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWN FIR may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part from loss on account of: of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER (a) Defective or non -conforming Work not remedied; (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be made promptly If the said causes are not so remedied, OWN hR may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR'S account charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 10-2012 00700 - 26 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND from the Contiact Sum GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the wOWNERfailto the make Copayment Documents, to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance hthe terms ofin accordance with any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be Code as pdaid and payment of such the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Governmentout interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONORTan u TOR g d amounting of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CR within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable2251 law CO1NTof the TOxas G l give nt the notice required and comply with the provisions of S b ern Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS f 7.01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the of an unusual nature areess of the work, iencountered,at thet physical conditions or unknown physical conditions site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract for n ther ncontract, the CONTRACTOR those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided shall notify the OWNER' s Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. (a) Upon written notification, the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause work undenincrease or r the contract,an adjustment, ecrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any excluding anticipated profits, will b notifyde and the contract the CONTRACTORdin wifiedin wrriting of the iting accordingly The ENGINEER determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b) No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR Nwill be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the rotice. (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. 7.02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE or seven performance If the calendar days or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER ingENGINEER. me and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation sp bmitia written request for adjustment to the ue as a result of such suspension, the CONTRACTOR ENGINEER within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. f the (a) Upon receipt, the ENGINEER will evaluate requiredehfONor � e perfoOR's request. rmance of thelcontract ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was he CONTRACTOR, its supplieasbor conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of t subcontractors at any approved tier, and not caused by weather, the ENGINEER will 2 of ke 00700 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT an adjustment (excluding profit) and modify the contract in writing accordingly The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER s determination, in writing, whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b) No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c) No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. 7.03 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which may result from the change. 7.04 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non -Work Days, ing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested per od and submroviit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non -Work Day. 7.05 MINOR CHANGES The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to O e and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning theE R hanged worAny k. CONTRACTOR'S commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7.06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made shall be determined by one or more of the following methods• 10-2012 Method (A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or 00700 - 28 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Method (B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus: to fifteen a) For subcontractors performing o� °rk mark-up sforltheeGeneraldContractor percent, ten (10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) or b) For the General Contractor alone, self -performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed dcten percand ent (10%)xpenses, da s ect fuloran direct d final compensation for the Extra Work and allarising out of or related thereto. is In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change irective all apply orank the eAcrual Field rformed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph Cost is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR t 11 workers, such of hmas fury and timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and mat pp equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Worksarily orinChad together wWork Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges urreith all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extrat onincluding of premiums Perl formaOnce ld Aand Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable p pand Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liabilittyd adla Property orDa amage or the orders' Compensation and all other insurance as may be req by Documents, plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actul Field Costo the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available OWNER may also specify in writing before the work commences the se todso doi gers the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be hall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise a d hundred percent ( n, the prices for the, use of ss machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of EquipmentOwnership The hipmaExpense p of the optedual Field by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. d Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover a d e"A ual Field Cost" him for his profit, °as herein and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the lely on account defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR s fieldoofierate the samece must be nshall betained °included in the of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain dP "Actual Field Cost." R a No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unlesseordered rr eredralor bywhe ENit, IapEEear tof tha written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, CONTRACTOR to involve Extia Work for Whitten requeich he stld to the ENGINEER for a written ve compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time he shall makedays of ENGINEER s orders or Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) y instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. 0 7 eois u nf 3e to -cola CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work but shall merely constitute a direction to the CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof as provided under Method (C) Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR'S claim within ten (10) days It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER s decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR s claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER'S decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7.07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER'S decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER s decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR'S request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meetingwith the sn writing.aIf the representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have six OWNER and/or his r the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, sixty (60) file a ys Requestt for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0 In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation, the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR'S failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWN FaR CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding an claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. y pending 10-2012 00700 - 30 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.0 DEFAULT uld ndon 8.01 DEFAULT BY s after writtennotatio CONTRACTOR. In case the rfcOf omothe OWNER a and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to complwith the orders of the umentsy or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Do defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate �eofa and to complete such Work ntrct or any part thereof rfor to take over or cause others to take over the Work y part tl e on the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Perfornn conJce anunction witPaymenth theondnotice f default,s exist, the l and a these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly tools within theon the no more jothan an ot three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR machineryfailto romptl roemove e such machinery, equipment or tools OWNER may removeequipmentotools toof their store same at CONTRACTOR' s expense; return such machinery, equipment purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER be dse in the Any materials, supplies and/orequipment ER orthesurety rety on the Perffor use in the ormance man e ork, Bond, or another completion of the Work by th contractor in completion of the Work; it being understoodthat thethe Work and beh efle ed equipment, the final supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete settlement. ance Where there is no Performance Bond or in casvided for within ten (10) days after the e the surety should fail to commence compliservice of with the notice for completion hereinabove pro such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such suppliesforce as the O rWNER may deem s and use such machinery equipment, tools, materials and necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this ad been copleted sl promptly y such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shal pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or 00700 - 31 of 36 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in 10-2012 00700 - 32 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and withoutfully antopr ocurever the and furWish such ork, to supplement CONTRACTOR s forces and to expedite delivery of workers, materials tools, supplies or equipment for classCON RA work and charge the empeo cosg other contractors and suppliers engaged in the samedue or to thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from uwrth OWNER bor any parent, ecome due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any otheragreement subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER 8.03 CUMULATWE REMEDIES & SPECWICPERFOab 4 at law o Ain equity,ll ighsas d e remedies of OWNER under the terms of the Contract and/or cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its sb ontraciorsi on, dors or suppliers falls or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, furnished lahereu deraabCONTRACTOR les, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, Proljectnf not furnished shede n t and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a �dict on to ensure of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jur the timely furnishing of such items. 8.04 CROSS -DEFAULT. If, for any reasonCONTRACTOR , whetherdeclared related to the and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreementapply any amounts Project or not related to the Project OWNER shallright other such agreements against which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR or yaOy WNER underthe Contra under any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the the Contract. 8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR assignment for the benefit of voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings makes a general creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of hthenWork. lvenc Accordmglyevents it �s lagreed that d seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in withinbapwenty--four (24) houknitcy, either rs of the filing with or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing the bankruptcy court Further, it is agreed that uponoccurrence ts uccessorsf any e trustees or receivers, or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or iadequate assurances of future performance. In the event ttsucho72� hours of such request,quate assurances are OWNER the seasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-twoby law. shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies futureithis rmanc 8 OWNER may provided proceed Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of suchperfolus reasonable overhead and profit with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, p from any amounts due or which may become d OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delayse Contract or nn other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR all sbcontebys assigns s to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any 00700 - 33 of 36 to -cola CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL, CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR s default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of' withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's liability in this connection, however shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR s default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR s termination for default the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal including, ow ei ex but not en es including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding c pacit business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. y 8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVFNIENCE OWNER sole dison, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminats C nt act, nswhole or net part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR'S failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any interruption of business or loss of business opporrt nit est any cother ompeitems of consequentifor al damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR'S sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 10-2012 00700 - 34 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case thefailure repo pay CONTRACTOR a disputed NER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER as amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract r aoplrsoabtelaw,commence and dikedgeby ly Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse cuda s after written notification by the pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) y CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may nd andrallwholly mat materials on thethe siteoof,the Work and may remove therefrom all machinery tools and equipment,en that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and ndte have f the t not bel n inco porated ed into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the ofallcompleted Work at completeactually fair by said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra eaum at sto che pover the rices ecost of any ed upon or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable d provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole a final stk atement to completion anbalawhichnce duen of be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make he CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate allprevious terms of eat by Agreement, and an R and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER' s paymentof sh sof aid sum mt,osheaCONTRACTOR, satisfy OR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arisingout of or related to remedy for such defaulthA disputed default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR s sole and exclusive or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder. 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution of its ors between OWNER the ERtrand CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTORethe claim, ct and CONTRACTOR shall diligently beptweenute the Work notwithstanding OWNER and CONTRACTOR, any pending dispute, or dispute resolution process out of or All claims, disputes and other matters in question a conditionarising precedent to any other dispute ng to, the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to media resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless m otherwy a between ise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation ushall be filed with the other party. The parties shall share the mediators fee and any filing feesequally. Y If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding n all subbetwacts een a OW p Ri cha and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include e to orders related to the Work a specific provisions dereby the CONTRACTORractor or mvolvmg phelwork oflsuch being joined in mediation between OWNER subcontractor or supplier. consider ed This Contract shall be governed by the laws u theStateof T Furtheras and shshall OWWNER aed performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for vein purposes. CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispution heapng shall beroceeding n n Brazovolving ria County, touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration00700 - 35 of 36 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT county where the Project is located. Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or inpart, in such proceeding. 10-2012 00700 - 36 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") . A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-82ure issuedTWCC 8 borthe TWCC 84), showing statutory , or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, workers' compensation Insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. of the Duration of the Project includes the timefrom on the Project ha�been completed and Work on the Project until the contractor s/persons work the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project has undertaken to perform on the projectg, all or part of the services the contractor regardless of whether that person contracted directly This dueincontractor ludes, and regardless of whether that person has p Y out limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, Texas LaboreCode) leasing and owner - operators, (as defined at Section 406.121 companies, and employees of any such entity rorect.ployees Services'ancludeof ny t without which furnishes persons to provide services on theproject. limitation providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing t labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. Services" ch as food/beverage vendors, es officoe include activities unrelated to the project supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage 5Workers' eements, which meets the Compensation, Subtitle A statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the prod t. C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR'rmust, prior to the end of the rent certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, thCONTRACTOR coverage period file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project and provide to the OWNER: (I) a certificate of coverage, pi for to that person beginning how on the coverage f et,fso the OWNER will have on file certificates ofcoverage persons providing services on the Project; and 00700 Al 05/2007 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration the Project and for one year thereafter. anon of G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or person delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known of anal changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of anyy on the Project. person providing services H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all perso providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating howns person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it cont provide services on a project, too: racts to (1) (2) 05/2007 provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation Subtitle A Texas Workers Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: 00700 - A2 CITY OF PEARLAND provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension °f ring the durat o nofe, if the coverae pthe eriod shown on the current certificate of coverag ends du Project; 4 obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the (a) Project; and certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the (b) a new end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, ofri any chic geon hat the materectriayaffects nd the provision of coverage of any person providing contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by (7) with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person paragraphs (1) - (7 )� for whom they are providing services. By signing this Contract or providing or causing � be Nprovided that aallcertificate employeescoverage, t e J. workers' the CONTRACTOR is representing to t the Pioject, that the coverage agreements will CONTRACTOR who will provide servicesonthe Project will be covered by compensation coverage for the duration of amounts, and that all be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll a coverage $ a e agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier o r, in theProvicase faa self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance isleadin information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, or m g criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. with anyof these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, K. The CONTRACTOR s failure to comply entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and N RACTOR reme dies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity of breach Oro T OWNER does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt ofnotice (3) (5) 05/2007 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 00700 - A3 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain P contract d (hereafter [COntWNER") Company Name] (hereafter `CONTRACTOR) and the City of for the Project known as [Official Project Title] (the `Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporrati action of the n by action ofstthe pi esi dent and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath b said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf Y of the said corporation: 1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for and Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract ottm dified,tcorrhe e nal ted or changed inChange Order issued under the Contract if any, whether o some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Eaxmient in full forbit "A", are lle, correct altother Appl cations for accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received paymentn Payment submitted under the Contract, and tatCONTRACT e ORices has biesned liy compensated for all labor, materials equipment connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. hat 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the n undersign d out oOONT Athe TOchR R thalic on for the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as Payment the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE ab OW es and causes of R of and mtialn manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, or of any nature whatsoever, at law in outguity, of orin contract or related to the1Contract anytort, now 1Change which may hereafter accrue, arising Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3, The CONTRACTOR, acting by and Wear and affirm that alough the person or pbills and claims have ersons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnlyties been paid to all materialmen suppliers laborers oequipment subcontractorsand that OWNER s, or other hall performing services or supplying material quipment not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a prt of the shall not act as a and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNERaof f for rights g t Payment and as set out in the Contract itself butAgreement Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. 00700 Bi 05/2007 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the __ day of CONTRACTOR: By: Signature Print Name: Title: , 20 . [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; must sign; if a corporation, the following language should lbe f a p ed� rship, each general partner SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the 20 by ________ day of granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Chatter, By-L ws oraMinority utes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR: By: President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership In the event CONTRACTOR partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each is a individual ] 05/2007 00700 - B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said I (We) am (are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing the Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's e r Sworn e tat ons Releaseas made therein, and and I (we) have a(we) facts and statements as therein set out and the r p state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR - Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the __. day of 20_. Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] 00700 - B3 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Cont Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after beingbyractor's oaths deposed and said: me duly sworn, on their We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted tus in said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corp rat onf and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the 20 day of Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: 07/2006 00700 - B4 CITY OF PEARLAND ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1.1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) anyofficers, employees or agents of such persons or entities, and (c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any. 1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier. 1.4 ISO. "ISO" means Insurance Services Office. 2. Contractor Insurance Re resentations to Owner Parties 2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein: not to e 2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimumindemnityents anobl gat ons ase contained bn construed to void or limit the Contractors Y this Agreement nor represent in any manner a tain forntslown protect on; andon of the e coverages the Contractor should or should not main of the 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor insupport up ortther the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreementthe insolvency, requirements as to insurance o be u an e carried as compa yedcaor rying herein,the of the bankruptcy or failure of any c ac claims accruing, shall Contractor, nor the failure of any ins insurance company to pay ac be held to affect negate or waive anyof the provisions of this Agreement. al 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance Contractor shall fail toTratnedy breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages aiverd of theies specifuctingurance to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a any iequirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the evvisions of this ent of, the failure by the Contractor to comply T'o comith proe mising waiving any right or remedy at Owner may without in any way p such insurance, at the law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchaseo so Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall shall nothave be reliebed of or exligation to and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. 10-2012 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 00700 - Cl CITY OF PEARLAND 3. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Conditions Affectin All Insurance Re uired Herein 3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Ratin of Insurance Com an All insurance coverage shall be written through Insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide 3.3 Restrictive Limitingor Exclusionar Endorsements All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner. 3.4 Limits of Liabilit . The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Covera e. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision: In the event of cancellation, non -renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (3prior 0) notice shall be given to the certificate holder) byyacertiiifi d mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. 3.6 Waiver of Subro anon. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3.7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self -insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required: 10-2012 00700 - C2 CITY OF PEARLAND 4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance of 4.1.1 Covera e. Such insurance shall cover arising noout t 1 mit d It 11 ab 1'ty and operations of the Contractor, including but assumed under this contract (including the w provided aility of another assumed s an additional benefit in a business contract). Defense shallbepro and not included within the limit of liability. 4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT $1,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit $2,000,000 General Aggregate Limit Product -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 4.1.4 Sits a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: 1. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85; or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01; or any form providing equivalent protection to Owner. iv. Limit The ate b. Desi nated Construction ethrough use of an gS0 limit shall apply separately to this Agreement CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Covera e as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Iniury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted e. Primar and Non Contributall nburance iequirediailit It is ehereintshallof tbe parties to this Agreement that primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by Part any other insurance availabne to er ParteeOsWwner n ancieswhetherand 1prima y, seek no contribution from the Ow ance excess contingent, or endorsed other basis. The provide such primary and rnon- coverage shall b contributing liability. f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 10-2012 00700 - C3 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1.5 Continuin Commercial General Liabilit Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Cova, Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired, and non -owned). 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent). 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1 000,000. 4.2.4 Reauired Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation Nonrenewai or Material Reduction in Covera, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 4.3.1 Cov---eragP Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows: 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than: Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subro ation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.4 Umbrella Liabili Insurance 4.4.1 Covera e. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall include a drop -down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4.4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the commercial general liability insurance required above. 00700 - C4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $5 000,000. 4.4.4 Continuin Umbrella Liabilit Insu eo rafc � a d amount,including required Contractor such insurance in identical coverage, following Date of Substantial endorsements, for at least one (1) year Completion of the Work to be performed under do the this Ownereement. The stat ng Work Contractor shall provide writtenrepresentation completion date. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5.1 Covera e. The Contractor shall pronidaliability by the workcSuch e for any professional design or engingrawmg required insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. t to cover 4.5.2 Form. This insuranceby all n Contractor practs coverage and by its consultantsnunder this all services rendered they Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims -Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 shall in 4.5.4 Continuin Professional Liability Insurance. The amount forat leas or net(1) in such insurance in identical coverage, form and year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion 4.6 Builder's Risk 4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: a. Owner General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds; and b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. 00700 - C5 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.2 Covered Prosy Such insurance shall cover: a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass foundation(s), footings underground pipes and wiring excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site• c• all property including materials and supplies on site for installation; all property including materials and supplies at other locations but intended for use at the site; e• all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached. Form a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed -value basis, and shall be primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c. Required coverage shall further include: i Additional expenses due to delay in completion of project (where applicable ii. Agreed value Damage arising from error, omission or deficiency in construction methods design, specifications, workmanship or materials, including collapse iv. Debris removal additional limit v. Earthquake (where applicable) vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where applicable) vii. Expediting expenses viii. Flood (where applicable) ix. Freezing x. Mechanical breakdown including hot & cold testing (where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation non -renewal or 10-2012 $ TBD Included without sublimit Included without sublimit 25% of direct damage loss $ TBD $ TBD $ TBD $ TBD Included without sublimit Included without sublimit Included 00700 - C6 CITY OF PEARLAND 10-2012 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material reduction — 60 days prior written notice to each insured xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, below xiii. Oi dinance or law xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal xv. Preservation of property xvi. Replacement cost xvii. Theft xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, below. 4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall bcprovided � o debris removal for anyequal sangle t all times to the full replacement value and occurrence. 4.6.4 Dedu es. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per Occurrence, except b. Delayed Opening Waiting Period c. Flood, Per Occurrence d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler Leakage, Per Occurrence Included Included without sublimit $ TBD Included without sublimit Included Included without sublimit Included $5,000 5 Days $25,000 or excess of NFIP if in Flood Zone A, B or V $25,000 rovision l e 4.6.5 Termination of Coverage. The terminationcovered of png construct ld bo endorsed to permit occupancy of theproperty be long as such occupancy does not exceed Od%of the in effect, sunlessle rotherwise ea of the property This insurance shall be maintained provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates: a. the date on which all per sons and beterminated; an1zs who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall b. the date on which final payment as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or c. the date on which the insurable interests have ceased. the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor 00700 - C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.6 Waiver of Subro ation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows: 5. Intentionally left blank. 6. Evidence of Insurance 6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 10-2012 b. a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows: Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28 "Evidence of Property Insurance". 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance". 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify: 6.3.1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. 6.3.2 Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company. 6.3.4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3.6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3.7 Cancellation, non -renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and 'but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 00700 - C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. fi cate or er 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party insurance requirements ordemand such lfailure of any evidence of full compliance with these Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insuranceopolicies f necessary,ed shallrein within ten (10) be delivered to the days of any such request. Renewal policies, Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy. k provisi 6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement evidencef of°Tinsuran�et and/oro required of the required certificate of insurance, endorsements, or without compliance of The Ownernshall shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner. 7. Insurance Re uirements of Contractor's Subcontractors by all 7.1 Insurance similar to that required ° behalf of subcontractors) f the Conactor shall be pdto cover subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall p e held responsible for any modification in these insurance maintain certificatesirements as they apy of insurance from all to subcontractors. The Contractor shall subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional to the insured Owstatus, aner r gd primary liability as required herein, and make them available est. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and necege to its sary preca P ons to prevent rty on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its bt°andself shallinsure causei its k it is expressly agreed that the Contrator hereby waives 00700 - C9 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8. Use of the Owner's E ui ment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use 9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance whether required herein or not or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. 10-2012 00700 - C10 OP ID: DL ALCOT-1 Ac®FZL� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUING INSURER(S), BY1, AUTHORIZED AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES THIS THIS C ERTiFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFOATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. CELOCATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OERNSURANCE ANDTHE CERTEFICAS OE HOLDER CONSTITUTE A CONTmust be endoACT Esed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to REPRESENTATIVE IMPORTANT: c the certificate to holder is rt ADDITIONAL INSURED, the poocy(I ) and Ifconditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the the termsCONTACT certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). Phone: 713-681-2500 NAME: Michele MOi PHONE 713-681 2500 ADDRESS: Fax: 713 684 1600 EMAL�x ot• mmo' hafCO-'ns.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER Travelers Indemnity Co (Comm) INSURER B_Travelers ProplCas Of America_ INSURER c:Charter Oak Fire Ins (Comml INSURER D : Rockhlll Insurance Company INSURER E : INSURER F : REVISION NUMBER* COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TOC ALL THE H THIS H S TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE War LIMITS MMIDD MM1DD EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.oLIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. — — "-" POLICY NUMBER INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE I . i► EACH OCCURRENCE EXF � A. A - i -P C ,) 1110112014 1110112015 PREMISES (Ea occurrence) PRODUCER HARCO Insurance Services 700 10777 Northwest Frwy., Houston, TX 77092-7313 INSURED A A Alcottcnl dba TCH; Alcott Holdings, Inc. P. O Box 1250 Fr'endswood, TX 77549 GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIALGENERALL�IABILITY CLAIMS -MACE I X OCCUR D GENT AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER POLICY X PRO-. LOC JECT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X ■ ANV AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AI !TOG RETENTION $ OCCUR CLANIFFMADE 10 000 WORKERS AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY y IN ANY PROPRIETOPPARTt ERIEECUTIVE f A' (OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? Mandatory I N If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Pollution Liabilit NIA CO4C377364 BA4C377364 CUP54668480 4C37736414 ENVP001150.03 11/01/2014 1110112014 0310112015 11101/2015 DATE (MMIDDM'YY) 07117/2015 I (AIC FAX_No)713-6841600 _—_ 25674 25615 MED EXP (Any one person) 1 ,000,00 PERSota'L & ADV INJURY `F 112,000,00 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ _ 2,000,00 11101 /2015 1110112015 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea acc'.d r) _ - - -- BODILY (NARY (Per person) 1.i_ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) ) 0310112016 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS 1 LOCATIONS 1 VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) Please see attached CERTIFICATE HOLDER City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Dr Pearland, TX 77581 ACORD 25 (2010105) CTYPEAR CANCELLATION pROPERTY DAM A'=E (Per accident) EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE WC STATU- 0TH TOR'f_LitvilTS_�_ ER 4 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE\ $$ E.L. DISEASE - POLICYLIMIT :E EachLlmlt Aggregate 1,000,00 300,000 5,000 1,000,00 6,000,000 6,000,00C 1,000,001 1,000,001 1,000,00 5,000,00 5,000,0C SHOULD EXPIRATIION THE DATE ABOVE THEREOF, DESCRIBED NOTIICE POLICIES BE WILL CANCELLED DELIVERED BEFORE THEII ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Wit, 0 1988-2010 ACORD CORP The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD RATION. All rights reservec THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR AD CONTRACTORS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: CONTRACTORS POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: Any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization laave agreed m writing in a contract or agreement, effected prior to the date your operations for that person or organization commenced, that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy. (It no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability caused, in whole or in part, by youroperations performed for the additional insured(s), or p owned by or rented to you. RHIC 6226 (06111) Includes Copyrighted wastlof Insurance Services Office, s Page 1 of 1 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMENDED WAIVER OF SUBROGATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL UABIUTY COVERAGE PART CONTRACTORS POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART TRANSPORTATION POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: Any person or organization that is: 1. An owner of real or personal property on which you are performing operations, but only at the specific written request by that person or organization to you, and only if a. That request is made prior to the date your operations for that person oroorganihationd ommence agent. or b. A Certificate of Insurance. evidencing that request has been issued by yu broker; or rformin o erations, but only at the specific written request by that 2. A contractor on whose behalf you are pe g P person or organization to you, and only if: a. That request is made prior to the date your operations for that person orooti gamy rincommenced;ence and or b. A Certificate of insurance evidencing that request has been issued by y broker. reement, we of we may WAIVER OF SUBROGATION arequired by written additional insured shown in the Sct or chedule above per he terms of thisendorsement haveeagainst any entity is anperformed under a contract with that because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of "your work" pe person or organization. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. RHIC 6058 (01/10) Includes Copyrighted Matepermission of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 1 of 1 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY/NON-CONTRIBUTORY COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART CONTRACTORS POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART TRANSPORTATION POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART to the our PRIMARY/NON-CONTRIBUTORYsforersonor nizationn commenced and nawritten tract or med below. such insurance reement priors afforded by this ooeryttons for that person 9 insurance, and any insurance or self-insurance policy to any additional insureds under this policy shall be primary' maintained by such additional insured(s) shall not contribute to the insurance afforded to the named insured. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. SCHEDULE Any person or organization that is: 1. An owner of real or persona property on which you are performing operations, but only at the specific written request by that person or organization to you, and only if commenced; a. That request is Indesurance panne tevidencing denthe cinge your that request ons for has been issued by your at person or authorized insurance agent or b. A Certificate of broker; or erations, but only at the specific written request by that 2. A contractor on whose behalf you are performing o p person or organization to you, and only if: erson or organization commenced; and a. A request iomade u panne evidencing dencthe in that te your requesons hasfor beenist sued by your authorized insurance agent or b. A Certificate broker. RHIC 6048 (02/12) Includes Copyrighted MaterialtopemsiInsurance Services Office, Inc. Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BL ANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - AUTOMATIC STATUS IF REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT (CONTRACTORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1. The following is added to SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that: a. You agree in a "written contract requiring in- surance" to include as an additional insured on this Coverage Part; and b. Has not been added as an additional of an en- dorsementfor the same project by attachment includesich suchdperson orer this organizationzaton ie Part n endorsement's schedule; is an insured, but: a. Only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage' or "personal injury"; and b. Only as described in Paragraph (1), (2) or (3) below, whichever applies: If the 'written contract requiring insur- ance" specifically requires you to provide additional insured coverage to that per- son or organization by the use of: (a) The Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — (Form B) endorsement CG 20 10 11 85; or (b) Either or both of the following: the Additional Insured — Owners, Les- sees or Contractors — Scheduled Person Or Organizationthe Additional endorsement In- sured CG 20 10 10 01, or sured — Owners, Lessees or Contrac- tors — Completed Operations en- dorsement CG 20 37 10 01; the person or organization is an additional Insured only if the injury or damage arises out of "your work" to which the "written contract requiring insurance' applies; (2) If the ' written contract requiring insur- ance' specifically requires you to provide additional insured coverage to that per- son or organization by the use of (1) (a) The Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — Scheduled Person or Organization endorsement CG 20 10 07 04 or CG 20 10004 13, Owners, the Additional Insured Lessees or Contractors — Completed Operations endorsement CGo b20 37 i 07 04 or CG 20 37 04 13, such endorsements with either of those edition dates or (b) Either or both of the following: the Additional Insured — Owners, Les- sees or Contractors — Scheduled Person Or Organization endorsement CG 20 10, or the Additional Insured Owners, Lessees or Contractors — Completed Operations endorsement CG 20 37 without an edition date of such endorsement specified; the person or organization is an additional insured only if the injury or damage is caused, in whole or in part, by acts or omissions of you or your subcontractor in the performance of "your work" to which the 'written contract requiring insurance" applies; or (3) If neither Paragraph (1) nor (2) above ap- plies: (a) The person or organization is an ad- ditional insured only if, and damagetothe e ex- tent that, the injury or s caused by acts or omissions of you or your subcontractor in the perform- ance of your work" to which the "writ- ten contract requiring insurance" ap- plies; and (b) The person or organization does not qualify as an additional insured with respect to the independent acts or omissions of such person or organi- zation. © 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D6 04 08 13 Page 1 of 3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 2. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is limited as follows: a. If the Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part shown in the Declarations exceed the minimum limits of liability required by the "written contract requiring insurance' , the In- surance provided to the additional insured will be limited to such minimum required limits of liability. For the purposes of determining whether this limitation applies, the minimum limits of liability required by the "written con- tract requiring insurance" will be considered to include the minimum limits of liability of any Umbrella or Excess liability coverage required for the additional insured by that "written con- tract requiring insurance". This endorsement will not increase the limits of insurance de- scribed in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. and collectible other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the additional insured when that per- son or organization is an additional insured, or is any other Insured that does not qualify as a named insured, under such other rovi insurance,ed tee addi 4. Asa condition of coverage p b. The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to "bodily injury' "prop- erty damage" or "personal injury" arising out of the rendering of, or failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or sur- veying services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- ders or change orders, or the preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or ap- prove, drawings and specifications; and (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. c. The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to ' bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by "your work" and included in the "products -completed opera- tions hazard" unless the "written contract re- quiring insurance" specifically requires you to provide such coverage for that additional In- sured during the policy period. 3. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance, whetherbprimais, ry, ex- cess, contingent or on any other is available to the additional insured. However if the "written contract requiring insurance" specifically that this insurance apply aprimary basis or a primary and non-contributory basis this insurance is primary to other insurance available to the additional insured under which that person or organization qualifies as a named insured, and we will not share with that other insurance. But the insurance provided to by this endorsement stillthe isexcess additional over any valid Page 2 of 3 © 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. tional insured by this endorsement: a. The additional insured must give us written notice as soon as practicable of an "occur- rence" or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, such notice should include: (1) How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. b. If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against the additional insured, the additional insured must: (1) Immediately record the specifics of the claim or 'suit" and the date received; and (2) Notify us as soon as practicable. The additional insured must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c. The additional insured must immediately send us copies of all legal papers received in con- nection with the claim or "suit", cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit', and oth- erwise comply with all policy conditions. d. The additional insured must tender the de- fense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to any provider of other insurance which would cover the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement. However, this condition does not affect whether the insur- ance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is primary to other insurance available to the additional insured which cov- ers that person or organization as 3.above, insured as described in Paragraph 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Sec- tion: s that Written contract requiring any written contract orragreementn part ofunder which you are required to include a person or or- CG D6 04 08 13 ganization as an additional insured on this Cover- age Part, provided that the "bodily injury" and ' property damage" occurs and the "personal in- jury' is caused by an offense committed, during the policy period and: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY a. After the signing and execution of the contract or agreement by you; and b. While that part of the contract or agreement is in effect. © 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D6 04 08 13 Page 3 of 3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS XTEND ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART GENERAL or edION Ope s s d�G bed nThis any ofendorsement the provis onsbroadens of this a dorsement may berexcludedany or injury, damage or meth p these ply to the ex by anotheraco erageis excluded)s o limited brageys such anart, n endorsement. The follow ng listing is a general ns do not coverr- the extent that coverage I to these coverages Read all the provisions of this en - age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. Aircraft Chartered With Pilot H. Blanket Additional Insured — Lessors Of Leased Equipment B. Damage To Premises Rented To You I Blanket Additional Insured — States Or Political C. Increased Supplementary Payments Subdivisions — Permits D. Incidental Medical Malpractice J. Knowledge And Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense E. Who Is An Insured — Newly Acquired Or Formed K. Unintentional Omission Organizations L. Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation F. Who Is An Insured — Broadened Named Insured M. Amended Bodily Injury Definition —Unnamed Subsidiaries G. Blanket Additional Insured — Owners, Managers N. Contractual Liability — Railroads Or Lessors Of Premises INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LI- PROVISIONS ABILITY: A. AIRCRAFT CHARTERED WITH PILOT Exclusions c. and g. through n. do not apply Aircraft, to "premises damage' . Exclusion f.(1)(a) The following r added to Exclusion f Auto Or Watercraft in Paragraph 2. of SECTION does not apply to "premises damage" caused I —COVERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY IN by, JURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY a. Fire; This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft that b Explosion; is: c. Lightning; (a) Chartered with a pilot to any insured; (b) Not owned by any insured; and d. Smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning; or (c) Not being used to carry any person or prop- a Water; erty for a charge. B. DAMAGE TOunless Exclusion f. of Section I —Coverage Ai — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Lability 1. The firsttPREMISES RENTED TO YOU paragraph of the exceptions in Ex- is replaced by another endorsement to this eProperty,Coverage Part that has Exclusion — All Pau - graph j., Damage To OVA Para-Stion Injury Or Damage or Total Pollution Ex - graph 2. of SECTION I —COVERAGES — elusion in its title. COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND to PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is deleted. A separate limit of insurance applies Para Paragraph SECTION 2. The following replaces the last paragraph of "premises damage' as described in Pagraph 6. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF rIN- a COVERAGES —COVERAGEA. BODILY SURANCE © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 Page 1 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 3. The following replaces Paragraph 6. of SEC- TION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE' Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Prem- ises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "premises damage" to any one premises. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will apply to all "property damage" proximately caused by the same "occur- rence", whether such damage results from. fire; explosion; lightning smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning; or water; or any combination of any of these causes. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will be: a. The amount shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part; or b. $300,000 if no amount is shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part 4. The following replaces Paragraph a of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI- TIONS Section: a A contract for a lease of premises. How ever, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for "premises damage" is not an ' insured contract"; 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Premises damage" means "property dam- age" to: a. Any premises while rented to you or tem- porarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; or b. The contents of any premises while such premises is rented period of sevenrortsuch fewer premises for a a p consecutive days. 6. The following replaces Paragraph 4.b.(1)(b) of SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS. (b) That is insurance for 'premises damage"; or 7. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(c) of SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CON- DITIONS is deleted C. INCREASED SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 1. The following replaces Paragraph 1.b. of SUPPLEMENTARY AGES A AND Bof SECTION I - COVER- AGE' b. Up to $2,500 for the cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to Bodily Liability Coverage applies. We doothaveto fur- nish these bonds. 2. The following replaces Paragraph 1.d. of SUPPLEs- COVER- AGES AMAND BRPAYMENTS of SECTION - COVER- AGES d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit" including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. D. INCIDENTAL MEDICAL MALPRACTICE 1 The following is added to the definition of "oc- currence' in the DEFINITIONS Section: "Occurrence" also means an act or omission committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services' first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to a person. a. 1 of 2. The following is added to Paragraph( ) SECTION 11 WHO IS AN INSURED: Paragraph (1)(d) above does not apply to 'bodily injury' arising out of providing or fail- ing to provide: "Incidental medical services" by any of your "employees' who is a nurse practi- tioner, registered nurse, licensed practical nurse, nurse assistant,emergency medi- cal technician or paramedic; (10 First aid or "Good Samaritan services" by any of your "employees' or "volunteer workers' , other than an employed or vol- unteer doctor. Any such 'employees" or "volunteer workers" providing or failing to provide first aid or ' Good Samaritan ser- vices' during their work hours for you will be deemed to be acting within the scope of their employment by you or performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. (i) © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 6 CG D3 16 11 11 is added to graph 3 SECTION III g LIMITS OF INSURANCE S of The CE For the purposes of determining the applica- ble Each Occurrence Limit, all related acts or omissions committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services" first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any one per- son will be deemed to be one 'occurrence". 4. The following exclusion is added to Para- graph 2., Exclusions of SECTION 1 — COV- ERAGES A D PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY INJURYDILY Sale Of Pharmaceuticals "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the willful violation of a penal statute or ordinance relating to the sale of pharmaceuti- cals committed by, or with the knowledge or consent of, the insured. 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Incidental medical services" means: a. Medical, surgical, dental, laboratory, x-ray or nursing service or treatment, advice or instruction, or the related furnishing of food or beverages; or b. The furnishing or dispensing of drugs or medical, dental, or surgical supplies or appliances. "Good Samaritan services" means any emer- gency medical services for which no compen- sation is demanded or received 6. The following is added to Paragraph 4.b., Ex- cess Insurance, of SECTION IV — COM- MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDI- TIONS: The insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance (cavailable tin the hetin- sured, whether primary, or on any other basis, that is available to any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers" for ' bodily injury" that arises out of providing or failing to provide 'incidental medical ser- vices", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any person to the extent not subject to Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II — Who Is An Insured. E. WHO IS AN INSURED — NEWLY ACQUIRED OR FORMED ORGANIZATIONS The following replaces Paragraph 4. of SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 4. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or lim- ited liability company of which you are the sole owner or In which you maintain the ma- jority ownership interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other insurance which provides similar coverage to that or- ganization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only: Until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier, if you do not report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form it; or (2) Until the end of the policy period, when that date is later than 180 days after you acquire or form such organization, if you report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form it, and we agree in writing that it will con- tinue to be a Named Insured until the end of the policy period; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and Coverage B does not apply to "personal in- jury" or "advertising injury' arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization F. WHO IS AN INSURED — BROADENED NAMED (1) c. INSURED — UNNAMED SUBSIDIARIES The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any of your subsidiaries, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declara- tions is a Named Insured if you maintain an own- ership interest of more than policy 0o/periodin such subsidi- ary on the first day ofthe No such subsidiary is an insured for "bodily injury' or "property damage" that occurred, or "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of- fense committed after the date, if any, during the policy period that you no longer maintain an ownership interest of more than 50% in such sub- sidiary. CG D3 16 11 11 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY G. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, MANAGERS OR LESSORS OF PREMISES The following is added to SECTION 1I — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that Is a premises owner, manager or lessor and that you have agreed in a written contract or agreement to in- clude as an additional Insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury', "property damage" 'personal injury" or "advertising injury" that: a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is commit- ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- tract or agreement; and b. Arises out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of any premises leased to you. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is subject to the following pro- visions: a. The limits of insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor will be the minimum limits which you agreed to pro- vide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, which- ever are Tess. b. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor does not apply to: (1) Any "bodily injury" or 'property damage" that occurs, or "personal injury" or "adver- tising injury" caused by an offense that is committed, after you cease to be a tenant in that premises• or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such premises owner, lessor or manager. c. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such premises owner, manager or lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that this in- surance must be primary to, or non- contributory with such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non-contributory with, such other insur- ance. H. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — LESSORS OF LEASED EQUIPMENT The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is an equipment lessor and that you have agreed in a written con- tract or agreement to include as an insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with re- spect to liability for "bodily injury", "property dam- age' ' personal injury" or "advertising injury" that: a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising Injury" caused by an offense that is commit- ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- tract or agreement; and b. Is caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions in the maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such equipment lessor. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is subject to the following provisions: a. The limits of Insurance provided to such equipment lessor will be the minimum limits which you agreed to provide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, whichever are less. b. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor does not apply to any "bodily injury" or 'property damage' that occurs, or "personal injury" or "advertising injury caused by an of- fense that is committed, after the equipment lease expires. c. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such equipment lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that this insurance must be primary to, or non-contributory with, such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non-contributory with, such other in- surance, I. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — STATES OR POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS — PERMITS The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any state or political subdivision that has issued a permit in connection with operations performed by you or on your behalf and that you are required Page 4 of 6 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 by any ordinance, law or building code to include as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage', "personal in- jury' or "advertising injury" arising out of such op- erations. The insurance provided to such state or political subdivision does not apply to: a. Any 'bodily Injury " "property damage," ' per- sonal injury" or "advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for that state or po- litical subdivision; or b. Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" in- cluded in the "products -completed operations hazard". J. KNOWLEDGE AND NOTICE OF OCCUR- RENCE OR OFFENSE The following is added to Paragraph 2 , Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GEN- ERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS• e. The following provisions apply to Paragraph a above, but only for the purposes of the in- surance provided under this Coverage Part to you or any insured listed in Paragraph 1. or 2. of Section II — Who Is An Insured: Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of- fense must be given as soon as practica- ble only after the ' occurrence" or offense is known by you (if you are an individual), any of your partners or members who is an individual (if you are a partnership or joint venture), any of your managers who is an individual (if you are a limited liability company) any of your "executive offi- cers' or directors (if you are an organiza- tion other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or any "em- ployee' authorized by you to give notice of an "occurrence" or offense. (2) If you are a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and none of your partners, joint venture members or man- agers are individuals, notice to us of such "occurrence" or offense must be given as soon as practicable only after the "occur- rence" or offense is known by: (a) Any individual who is: (I) A partner or member of any part- nership or joint venture; (1) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY (ii) A manager of any limited liability company; or (iii) An executive officer or director of any other organization; that is your partner, joint venture member or manager; or (b) Any "employee" authorized by such partnership, joint venture, limited li- ability company or other organization to give notice of an "occurrence' or offense. Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of an offense will be deemed to be given as soon as practicable if it is given in good faith as soon as practicable to your work- ers compensation insurer. This applies only if you subsequently give notice to us of the "occurrence" or offense as soon as practicable after any of the persons de- scribed in Paragraphs e. (1) or (2) above discovers that the 'occurrence" or offense may result in sums to which the insurance provided under this Coverage Part may apply However, if this Coverage Part includes an en- dorsement that provides limited coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" or pollution costs arising out of a discharge, release or es- cape of "pollutants" which contains a requirement that the discharge, release or escape of "pollut- ants' must be reported to us within a specific number of days after its abrupt commencement, this Paragraph e. does not affect that require- ment. K. UNINTENTIONAL OMISSION The following is added to Paragraph 6., Repre- sentations, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: The unintentional omission of, or unintentional wh which error in, any information provided by you we relied upon in issuing this policy will not preju- dice your rights under this insurance. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or to exercise our rights of cancellation or nonrenewal in accordance with applicable insurance laws or regulations. L. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following is added to Paragraph 8., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LI- ABILITY CONDITIONS. (3) CG D3 16 11 11 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY If the insured has agreed in a contract or agree- ment to waive that insured's right of recovery against any person or organization, we waive our right of recovery against such person or organiza- tion but only for payments we make because of: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc- curs; or b. "Personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is committed; subsequent to the execution of that contract or agreement M. AMENDED BODILY INJURY DEFINITION The following replaces the definition of "bodily Injury" in the DEFINITIONS Section: 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright, disability, humiliation, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death resulting from any of these at any time. N. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY - RAILROADS 1. The following replaces Paragraph c. of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI- TIONS Section: c Any easement or license agreement; 2. Paragraph f (1) of the definition of "insured contract' in the DEFINITIONS Section is de- leted. Page 6 of 6 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 • COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modi- fied by the endorsement. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE — This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be s do eot xcludedy or limited by another endorsement to the Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening p n to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such anl e tlh rse coverages.nt.The f olio llowid ng all listing pros a nner this eal rr- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED K. AIRBAGS E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT LIMITS OR LOSS F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COVERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS PROVISIONS A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A,1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — LIABILITY COV- ERAGE: Any organization you newly acquire or form dur- ing the policy period over which you maintain 50% or more ownership interest and that is not separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. Coverage under this provision is afforded only un- til the 180th day after you acquire or form the or- ganization or the end of the policy period, which- ever is earlier. B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED The following is added to Paragraph c in A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any person or organization who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE — INCREASED LIMIT I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT J. PERSONAL EFFECTS M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS executed by you before the "bodily injury' or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an addi- tional insured is an "insured" for Liability Cover- age, but only for damages to which this insurance applies and only to the extent that person or or- ganization qualifies as an insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section I I. C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO 1. The following is added to Paragraph A.1.1 Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — LI- ABILITY COVERAGE: An ' employee" of yours is an "insured" while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in that ' employee's" name, with your permission while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. CA T3 53 03 10 © 2010 The Travelers Indemnity Company. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Page 1 of 4 COMMERCIAL AUTO 2. The following replaces Paragraph b. in B.5., Other Insurance, of SECTION IV — BUSI- NESS AUTO CONDITIONS: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Cover- age, the following are deemed to be cov- ered ' autos' you own: (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (2) Any covered "auto' hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in that individual "employee's" name, with your permission, while perform- ing duties related to the conduct of your business However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto". D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1„ Who Is An Insured, of SECTION 11 — LIABILITY COV- ERAGE: Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while us- ing a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED LIMITS 1. The of SECTION gII reLIABILITY places ragraph A 2 (2) COVERAGE: (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in- cluding bonds for related traffic law viola- tions) required because of an 'accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. agraph A.2 2. of SECTION yII reLIABILITY places r(4) The COVERAGE: (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, , including l dinday actual loss of earnings up $nc cause of time off from work. F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS The following replaces Subparagraph (5) in Para- graph B 7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: (5) Anywhere in the world, trade except sanction, ouy ntryy or jurisdiction while any m- bargo, or similar regulation imposed by the United States of America applies to and pro- hibits the transaction of business with or Page 2 of 4 within such country or jurisdiction, for Liability Coverage for any covered 'auto' that you lease hire, rent or borrow without a driver for a period of 30 clays or less and that is not an "auto' you lease hire rent or borrow from any of your "employees", partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you s ofre theira limited house- holds. company) or holds. (a) With respect to any claim made or "suit' brought outside the United States of America the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico and Canada: (I) You must arrange to defend the "in- sured" against, and investigate or set- tle any such claim or "suit" and keep us advised of all proceedings and ac- tions (ii) Neither you nor any other involved "insured" will make any settlement without our consent. Oil) We may, at our discretion, participate in defending the 'insured" against, or in the settlement of, any claim or 'suit". (iv) We will reimburse the "insured" for sums that the "insured" legally must pay as damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance applies, that the 'in- sured" pays with our consent, but only up to the limit described in Para- graph C„ Limit Of Insurance, of SEC- TION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE (v) We will reimburse the "insured" for the reasonable expenses incurred with our consent for your investiga- tion of such claims and your defense of the "insured" against any such "suit', but only up to and included within the limit described in Para- graph C„ Limit Of Insurance, of SECTION II — LIABILITY COVER- AGE, and not in addition to suchlimit. Our duty to make such payments ends when we have used up the ap- plicable limit of insurance in pay- ments for damages, settlements or defense expenses. ess over any valid (b) This insurance is and collectible other cinsurance available © 2010 The Travelers Indemnity Company. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. CAT3530310 to the "insured" whether primary, excess contingent or on any other basis. (c) This insurance is not a substitute for re- quired or compulsory insurance in any country outside the United States, its ter- ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Canada. You agree to maintain all required or compulsory insurance in any such coun- try up to the minimum limits required by local law Your failure to comply with compulsory insurance requirements will not invalidate the coverage afforded by this policy but we will only be liable to the same extent we would have been liable had you complied with the compulsory in- surance requirements. (d) It is understood that we are not an admit- ted or authorized insurer outside the United States of America, its territories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Can- ada. We assume no responsibility for the furnishing of certificates of insurance, or for compliance in any way with the laws of other countries relating to insurance. G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS The following is added to Paragraph D., Deducti- ble, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: No deductible for a covered "auto" will apply to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE — INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the last sentence of Para- graph nses, of TION III 4 PHYSICAL b. Loss ODAMAGE f Use ExCOVERAGEEC- However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of $750 for any one "accident" i. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the first sentence in Para- graph A 4.a., Transportation Expenses, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER- AGE We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1,500 for temporary transportation expense in- curred by you because of the total theft of a cov- ered "auto" of the private passenger type. COMMERCIAL AUTO J. PERSONAL EFFECTS The following is added to Paragraph A.4., Cover- age Extensions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE Personal Effects We will pay up to $400 for "loss" to wearing ap- parel and other personal effects which are: (1) Owned by an "insured': and (2) In or on your covered 'auto". This coverage applies only in the event of a total theft of your covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this Personal Effects coverage. K. AIRBAGS The following is added to Paragraph B.3.1 Exclu- sions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: Exclusion 3.a. does not apply to "loss" to one or more airbags in a covered ' auto" you own that in- flate due to a cause other than a cause of "loss" set forth in Paragraphs A 1.b. and A.1.c. but only a. If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Compre- hensive Coverage under this policy; b. The airbags are not covered under any war- ranty; and c. The airbags were not intentionally inflated. We will pay up to a maximum of $1,000 for any one "loss". L NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS The following is added to Paragraph A 2 a , of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Your duty to give us or our authorized representa- tive prompt notice of the ' accident' or ' loss" ap- plies only when the 'accident" or ' loss" is known to: (a) You (if you are an individual); (b) A partner (if you are a partnership); (c) A member (if you are a limited liability com- pany); (d) An executive officer, director or insurance manager (if you are a corporation or other or- ganization); or (e) Any "employee" authorized by you to give no- tice of the "accident" or "loss". CA T3 53 03 10 © 2010 The Travelers Indemnity Company includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Page 3 of 4 COMMERCIAL AUTO M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following replaces Paragraph A.5., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the ex- tent required of you by a written contract signed and executed prior to any 'accident" or "loss", provided that the "accident" or "loss" arises out of operations contemplated by such contract. The waiver applies only to the person or organization designated in such contract. N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS The following is added to Paragraph B 2., Con- cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error in any information given by you shall not prejudice your rights under this insurance. How- ever this provision does not affect our right to col- lect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non -renewal. Page 4 of 4 © 2010 The Travelers Indemnity Company. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. CA T3 53 03 10 TRAVELERS J ONE TOWER SQUARE HARTFORD, CT 06183 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY ENDORSEMENT WC 42 03 04 ( B) — 001 POLICY NUMBER' (DTOUB-4C37736-4-14) TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1 ❑ Specific Waiver Name of person or organization ® Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. Operations: ALL TEXAS OPERATIONS 3. Premium. The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium, SEE SCHEDULE This endorsement changes stated. (The information below is the policy.) Endorsement Effective Insured Insurance Company the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of Policy No. Endorsement No. Premium Countersigned by DATE OF ISSUE: 11-04-14 ST ASSIGN: © Copyright 2014 National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-4C377364-IND-14 GENERAL PURPOSE ENDORSEMENT THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED ENTITY -NOTICE 05 F0CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US (IL THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: NUMBER OF DAYS NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: 30 PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OF CANCELLATIONTOFNTHOI5WHOM pOLICYUWILLEBEGREED GIVEN INBUTONLYEIFCONTRACT THAT NOTICE 1. YOU SEND US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSURED RECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY; AND 2 WE RECEIVEN T AT INT 14 DAYS ORE THE BEGINNING OF THIS SCHEDULE. ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. Page 1 IL T8 03 POLICY NUMBER: BA 4C377364-14-CNS THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED ENTITY - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE Number of Days Notice of Cancellation: 30 CANCELLATION: PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: SEE CA T9 04 ADDRESS: • FRIENDSWOOD, TX 77546 ISSUE DATE 11-06-14 PROVISIONS. If we cancel this policy for any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for cancellation in the schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in the schedule IL T4 05 03 11 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company• All rights reserved. above. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the schedule above at least the number of days shown for cancellation in the schedule above before the effective date of cancellation Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL AUTO POLICY ENDORSEMENT - CA TS 04 11 14 POLICY NUMBER BA-4C377364-14-CNS ** THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ** IL T4 05 03 11 - DESIGNATED ENTITY IT IS AGREED THAT: PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN, BUT ONLY IF: 1. YOU SEND US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSURED RECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY; AND 2. WE RECEIVE SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST AT LEAST 14 DAYS BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE APPLICABLE NUMBER OF DAYS SHOWN IN THIS SCHEDULE. FOR THE ADDRESS: SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. EFFECTIVE DATE 11-01-14 PAGE 0001 DATE OF ISSUE EXPIRATION DATE 11-01-15 11-06-14 TRAVELERS) ONE TOWER SQUARE HARTFORD, CT 06183 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY ENDORSEMENT WC 42 06 01 (00) — 001 POLICY NUMBER' (DTOUB-4C37736-4-14) TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in item 3.A. of the Information Page. In the event of cancelation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. SCHEDULE 1. NUMBER OF DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE: 30 (or **) 2. NOTICE WILL BE MAILED TO: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION, NONRENEWAL OR MATERIAL REDUCTION IN COVERAGE OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN, BUT ONLY IF 1. YOU SEE TO IT THAT WE RECEIVE A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZRED FROM AFTER THET NAMED MATERIALULIMITATIONES OFNOTICE THIS POLICY; AND SEE ENDT. WC 42 06 01 (00) - 002 ** Number of days Notice specified in the Certificate of Insurance to all holders of such certificates. DATE OF ISSUE: 11- 04 -14 ST ASSIGN: TRAVELERS J ONE TOWER SQUARE HARTFORD, CT 06183 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY ENDORSEMENT WC 42 06 01 (00) — 002 POLICY NUMBER• (DTOUB-4C37736-4-14) TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in item 3.A. of the Information Page. In the event of cancelation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. SCHEDULE 1. NUMBER OF DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE: 30 (or **) 2. NOTICE WILL BE MAILED TO: CONT MDT. WC 42 06 01 (00) - 002 2. WE BEGINNINGSOFSTHECH APPLITTEN CABLERSQUEST AT NUMBER OF DAYST14 SHOWNAYS IN THIS THE ENDORSEMENT. ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. ** Number of days Notice specified in the Certificate of Insurance to all holders of such certificates. DATE OF ISSUE• 11-04-14 ST ASSIGN: CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01: The OWNER S representative on the project site is• Andrea Brinkley, PE telephone: 281. 652. 1797 The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is: Doug Talbot telephone: 281.652.1600 ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No. 3 To Geneial Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4.6 Builder's Risk — Builder s Risk Insurance is not required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.08 Add Article 5.08: The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all piecipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer for use by the OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BIDDER is not required to provide 00800 - 1 of 3 2-24-12 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT this equipment or include this cost in the Bid. See Section 13730 for full details regarding this computer equipment. Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed Internet access in the Field Office BIDDER is not required to provide either a Field Office or any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times, in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day. Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on -site construction office for the duration of this project. General & Special Coordination and Notes • Notify Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 (281) 485-1434 a minimum of 48 hours prior to beginning work within Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 right-of-ways or easements. Refer to executed permit for additional conditions, a copy is attached in the Appendix. • Obtain and comply with all applicable City, County, State, and Federal permits and approvals, with assistance from Engineer if necessary. Obtain permit (certifications) from Harris County Engineer to enter Harris County Flood Control District right-of-way. • Notify the Harris County Flood Control District's property management department in writing at least 48 hours prior to construction. Submit the HCFCD 48 hour preconstruction notification form, and a copy of the approved construction drawings to HCFCD, 9900 northwest freeway, Houston, Texas 77092, Attn: Property Management Pt. by hand delivery, or fax to 713-684-4129 (fax number). • Contractor shall not dispose of super -chlorinated water directly into Clear Creek, existing nearby ponds, existing storm sewers or sanitary sewers. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to have a disposal plan in place and approved by the Engineer prior to construction. • Work to be performed by the City shall be coordinated directly with the City's Project Manager and the Engineer. • Coordinate with Harris County Precinct 1 Park Superintendent (Chambers Washington, 713-991-6881 chambers_washington@cpl.hctx.net) for installations within Tom Bass Park. No construction activities shall occur within Tom Bass Park between June 28 - July 4, 2015. • Harris County plans to construction a water line that is separate from this Contract within Tom Bass Park. Coordinate activity schedule and extend full cooperation to Harris County 2-24-12 00800 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT contractor who have responsibilities either concurrent with, preceding, or following this project in the Tom Bass Park. • Coordinate as necessary with Lakes at CountryPlace onsite property manager (CJ Hood, 713-413-2300, managernthelakesatcountr)place.com. Extend full cooperation to the Lakes at CountryPlace Golf Course contractor who have responsibilities either concurrent with, preceding, or following this project. • Work within the Lakes at CountryPlace Golf Course (Station 0+00 to Station 6+42) shall be completed by September 1, 2015. Work includes construction of proposed water line, appurtenances, and site restoration. • Maintain local driveway access to residential adjacent to work area at all times. Coordinate work and schedule with impacted residents. END OF SECTION 2-24-12 00800 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc.) 00811-1 of 12 10-2012 MI' OFPEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION General Decision Number: TX150044 01/02/2015 TX44 S uperseded General Decision Number: TX20140044 S tate: Texas Construction Type: Heavy County: Brazoria County in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Including Water and Sewer Lines (Does Not Include Flood Control) Note: Executive Order (EC)) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EC, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2015 * SFTX0669-001 07/01/2013 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) $ 26.36 16.62 S UTX2005-018 05/18/2005 Rates Fringes Carperter $ 14.38 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER$ 11.37 1.13 ELECTRICIAN $ 18.40 1.34 Formbuilder/Formsetter $ 9.83 1.69 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 11.29 0.00 Laborers: Common $ 8.99 1.25 Landscape $ 7.35 0.00 Mason Tender Cement $ 9.96 0.00 Pipelayer $ 9.63 1.50 P IPEFITTER $ 17.00 0.04 P OWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: 10-2012 00811-2of12 CITY OF PEARLAND Backhoe WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Bulldozer Crane Excavator Front End Loader Grader Tractor TRUCK DRIVER $ 12.74 $ 12.46 $ 11.00 $ 16.74 $ 10.47 $ 12.20 $ 11.29 0.00 0.00 0.74 0.00 1.28 1.48 1.45 $ 14.42 1.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. U nlisted classifications needed for work not included within t he scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5 5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical o rder of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular ✓ ate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: P LUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of t he union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing t he wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. U nion prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing t his classification and rate. S urvey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and 00811-3of12 10-2012 CITY OFPEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2 ) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: 10-2012 00811 - 4 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Branch of Construction Wage Determinations W age and Hour Division U .S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. W ashington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: W age and Hour Administrator U .S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. W ashington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requester considers relevant to the issue 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) . Writo: Administrative Review Board U.S Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION 10-2012 00811-5 of 12 CITYOFPEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION General Decision Number: TX150282 03/06/2015 TX282 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20140282 State: Texas Construction Type: Building County: Brazoria County in Texas. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the solicitation is issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the E0, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/02/2015 1 01/30/2015 2 03/06/2015 ASBE0022-009 03/01/2014 Rates Fringes ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST INSULATOR (Duct, Pipe and Mechanical System Insulation)....$ 20.75 9.85 BOIL0074-003 01/01/2014 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER $ 23.14 21.55 CARP0551-009 04/01/2014 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Excludes Drywall Hanging, Form Work, and Metal Stud Installation) $ 21.97 7.98 ELEC0716-005 08/29/2011 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN (Excludes Low Voltage Wiring and 10-2012 00811-6of12 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Installation of Alarms) $ 27.65 7.70 ELEV0031-003 01/01/2015 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC $ 38.52 28.385 FOOTNOTES: A. 6% under 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. 8% over 5 years based on regular h ourly rate for all hours worked. N ew Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; Friday after Thanksgiving Day; Christmas Day; and Veterans Day. ENGI0450-002 04/01/2014 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $ 34.85 9.85 Cranes IRON0084-011 06/15/2014 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL $ 22.02 6.35 IRON0135-002 12/01/2013 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL $ 27.30 8.55 P LAS0079-004 01/01/2010 Rates Fringes P LASTERER $ 19.42 1.00 PLUM0068-012 10/01/2013 Rates Fringes PLUMBER (Excludes HVAC Pipe $ 31.30 9.49 Installation) PLUM0211-010 10/01/2013 Rates Fringes P IPEFITTER (Including HVAC $ 29.39 10.31 P ipe Installation) SHEE0054-003 07/01/2014 Rates Fringes 10-2012 00811-7of12 CITY OFPEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION SHEET METAL WORKER (Excludes HVAC Duct and Unit Installation) $ 25.67 12.39 SUTX2014-008 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes ACOUSTICAL CEILING MECHANIC $ 16.41 3.98 BRICKLAYER $ 19.86 0.00 CAULKER $ 15.36 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER$ 13.33 0.00 DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER $ 16.30 3.71 DRYWALL HANGER AND METAL STUD INSTALLER $ 17.45 3.96 ELECTRICIAN (Alarm Installation Only) $ 17.97 3.37 ELECTRICIAN (Low Voltage Wiring Only) $ 18.00 1.68 FLOOR LAYER• Carpet $ 20.00 0.00 FORM WORKER $ 12.57 0.00 GLAZIER $ 19.12 4.41 INSULATOR - BATT $ 14.87 0.73 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING $ 12.10 0.00 LABORER: Common or General $ 10.55 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender - Brick.. .$ 13.37 0.00 LABORER• Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete $ 10.86 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer $ 12.94 0.00 LABORER: Roof Tearoff $ 11.28 0.00 LABORER: Landscape and Irrigation $ 9.49 LATHER $ 19.73 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe $ 15.56 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader $ 13.93 10-2012 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 00811-8 of 12 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION O PERATOR: Bulldozer $ 20.77 O PERATOR: Drill $ 16.22 0.34 O PERATOR: Forklift $ 15.64 0.00 O PERATOR: Grader/Blade $ 13.37 0.00 O PERATOR: Loader $ 13.55 0.94 O PERATOR: Mechanic $ 17.52 3.33 O PERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, $ 16.03 0.00 Aggregate, and Concrete) OPERATOR: Roller $ 16.00 0.00 PAINTER (Brush, Roller and Spray), Excludes Drywall 4.51 Finishing/Taping $ 16.77 ROOFER $ 15.40 0.00 S HEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct $ 20.05 4.19 Installation Only) S HEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Unit $ 19.67 2.24 Installation Only) SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire $ 22.17 9.70 Sprinklers) TILE FINISHER $ 12.00 0.00 TILE SETTER $ 16.17 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: 1/Single Axle $ 14.95 5.23 Truck TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck $ 12.39 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck $ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi -Trailer $ 12.50 Truck TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck $ 12.00 WATERPROOFER $ 14.39 0.00 0.00 4.11 0.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within 00811 - 9 of 12 10-2012 CITY OFPEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5 5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG' denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers 10-2012 00811-10of12 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of e ach year, to reflect a weighted average of the current n egotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations W age and Hour Division U .S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the 00811-11of12 10-2012 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION 10-2012 00811-12of12 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Date: June 3, 2015 PROJECT. Tom • Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop; from Tom Bass Park to E. Cedar Hollow Drive BID NO.: 0415-44 BID DATE: June 16, 2015; 2 p.m. (New Bid Date) FROM: Emmanuel De Pau, PE Project Manager Brown & Gay Engineers, Inc. 10777 Westheimer, Ste. 400 Houston, Texas 77042 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum a part art of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are incon sistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: • _bid date and replace sentence on third (3rd ) 1. Section 00100 Invitation to Bid: Revise p paragraph on page 1 of 3, "Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m., Tuesday, June 16, 2015." 2. Section 00100 Invitation n to Bid: Add the follow sentence at the end of fourth (4th) paragraph on page 1 of 3, "A second pre -bid mandatory re-bid conference will be held at First Floor Conference Room at City of Pearland CityHall at 3 519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 1:00 p.m. on June 9' 2015 for Bidders that were unable to attend the previous re -bid conference. pre-bid that attended the re -bid conference on June 2, 2015 are not required to Contractorsp „ attend the second pre -bid conference, but may attend at their choosing. SPECIFICATIONS: No changes. 2-22-12 00901 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: No changes. CLARIFICATIONS FROM PRE -BID CONFERENCE HELD JLN E 2, 2015 1. Why is there an alternate bid for open -cut? Where is the open -cut? (A) It is the Cit 's desire to construct the water line in horizontal directional drill to minimize impact to Tom Bass Park and the golf course. The alternate bid is included to provide the City an option should the bids receive are above the project construction budget. p However, work across the golf course, Clear Creek, and adjacent to the pond in Tom Bass shall remain trenchless construction. 2. Pre Bid Meeting Sign in Sheet — attached. Emmanuel De Pau, PE Project Manager END OF ADDEINTDL-M D6,,,,...svAr '�Iv egrZs".4.•• 40:ff tip : ****,1/4 • i /*.e• # 4...6.•....e • gre 1 • • En 1 \ ii" •••• KN. 1 1 is 1 .E..L..p. ,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 0. ,,, : ,,,,, . e • 82027 "it,: :4411 0 1 tech*. Gist .•,gc a* ksesIONA Ott r r )04-4 • 2-22-12 00901 - 2 of 2 b • • 0. 0 0 co 0 on) O CN LL T" V '6 Q. a. 0 (i)0 co m E O 1- gin r 0 4t CO Ce U 'o a sc a U O 0 N c a 6 0 C c 0) O ?i .8 lat a) a ..r E 1/4t e LA ase CP v 7 asej J Q �.s ct) F.; 4 3 e •Th) Qi) FAX Number IV) SSa\ Pc 00 ewer ts. Phone Number C`k\ ttS ftN% aht—era-�o�-1 vo a � Fc? ors r T 4-mb lemsibs 0 h In+ 61-z--///0 beo ric E v ti i 0 ;tali cs/3 0 r r `V Y 3 Nid Lin • t wl v J (Z) 9t1e 6(2 -/730 l Y • 0., 0 J 3 c 1/4,2 ram' \s,� � � Sc4a. Cv37Ca\ -77<2. 0 sik sk, z%• 4. Revised 7/25/08 L) Q 't' CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00902 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Date: June 12, 2015 Tom Bass Park Waterline/Fellows Loop; from Tom Bass Park to E. Cedar Hollow Drive 0415-44 June 16, 2015; 2 p.m. (New Bid Date) PROJECT: BID NO.: BID DATE: FROM: Emmanuel De Pau, PE Project Manager Brown & Gay Engineers, Inc. 10777 Westheimer, Ste. 400 Houston, Texas 77042 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: No changes. SPECIFICATIONS: No changes. CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: Sheet 3 of 16. DELETE Note 16 (A-C) and Note 17 under Water Line Construction Dotes. Note is not applicable to this project. CLARIFICATIONS FROM PRE -BID CONFERENCE HELD DUNE 9, 2015 1. (Q) What is de -chlorination is acceptable to the City for super -chlorinated water? (A) Contractor is submit de -chlorination system in compliance with TCEQ and applicable governing regulations prior to discharging disinfected water. 2-22-12 00902 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM 2. (Q) On Sheet 3, clarify Note 16 under Water Line Construction Notes referencing a water line along SH 35. (A)Na plicable to this prof ect. The next addendum will delete Note 16 and Note 17. ote is not p 3. (Q) Is a locator wire required for the water line? (A) Yes, locator wire is required for the proposed 12-inch water line. 4. (Q) Why is City only specifying HDPE pipe material? Will the City allow PVC with Certa- Lok joints? (A) Due to the tight horizontal "S" curves, HDPE pipe material provided maximum flexibility. PVC with Certa-Lok joints will not be allowed for this project. 5. (Q) Will the City perform the disinfection? (A) No, per Note 15 under Water Line Construction, Sheet 3 of 16, the City will only perform the bacteriological testing. Contractor is responsible for disinfection and mitigation/disposal of super -chlorinated water. 6. (Q) Is the City providing pipeline markers? (A) No, the Contractor is responsible for providing and installing pipeline markers. Contractor shall submit shop drawing for approval. 7. Pre Bid Meeting Sign in Sheet — attached. Emmanuel De Pau, PE Project Manager El\D OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 dlittSierli% 1 t sr era li k V. a , N Pi f*/ -.6* PP A i .fir0 EMMANUEL DE PAU . �� op •-tot. 82627 . i • 0•4er, 0 cis 1 k Asec:.:4 /STE age.te. 6 - If - 20/5 Ik4PiliiiC€r NIN. / 2-22-12 00902 - 2 of 2 Q. 11) O O M a) _ O Li.'r' tal Co L _ C V MI .0 c r O -65 CLI M On0 (0 U) CO E O cn .a) O a cn .a) O Q 0 -C3 O ca: r L O 0 N Q 0 0 st a (0 a) 0 2S c (a (0 a) Q rim E W Lai so z v\ tA *‘4i N 0 sA tz- • 0` 2 c3 Q a) E Z bc;C: ax, • • De.) L%%.1 t_tt mcm c++ r Q S Cji r r ‘.9 c 4 • ?TI) Srla 41‘14 icL 2 4cr 4. Revised 7/25/08 N 0 L CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 04/2008 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100 - 1 of2 Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the construction of the following: 1. Approximately 2,945 LF - 12: diameter water line (via trenchless methods) at various depths 2. Approximately 5 - 12" Gate Valves and 2 - 8: Gate Valves 3. Two (2) - 2' Air Release Valves with Manhole 4. One (1) Fire Hydrant Assembly, including lead and 6" gate valve 5. Connections to existing water lines 6. Control of surface and ground water by extra work only 7. Site restoration including removal and replacement of concrete cartpath and site restoration as indicated on the plans 8 Preparation and implementation of a traffic control plan 9 Preparation and implementation of a stormwater pollution prevention plan 10. All associated construction related permits 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A None. 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A None. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A Coordinate as necessary with Harris County Precinct 1 Park Superintendent (Chambers Washington, 713-991-6881, chambers_washington@cpl.hctx.net) for installations within Tom Bass Park. B Coordinate as necessary with Lakes at CountryPlace onsite property manager (CJ Hood, 713-413-2300 manager@thelakesatcountryplace.com. The property owner plans to make renovations to the golf course will require field coordination of work. Extend full cooperation to golf course contractor. CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100 - 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100 - 2 of 2 C No construction activities shall occur within Tom Bass Park between June 28 - July 4, 2015. D Work within the Lakes at CountryPlace Golf Course (Stataion 0+00 to Station 6+42) shall be completed by September 1, 2015. Work includes construction of proposed water line, appurtenances, and site restoration. E Coordinate as necessary with Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 and Harris County Flood Control District for installations within Clear Creek rights -of -way. F Maintain local driveway access to residential adjacent to work area at all times. Coordinate work and schedule with impacted residents. G Coordinate activity schedule and extend full cooperation to Harris County contractor who have responsibilities either concurrent with, preceding, or following this project in the Tom Bass Park. H Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as specified in Section 01300 — Submittals. I Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01040 - Coordination and Meetings. 1.06 FUTURE WORK A None. 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as specified in Section 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer. B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350 — Submittals 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 Section 9 Section 10 Section 01730 — 01555 — 01562 — 01720 02980 — 02770 — 02255 — 02922 — 02921 1.02 SUBMITTALS Cutting & Patching Traffic Control & Regulation Waste Material Disposal Field Surveying Pavement Repair Curbs, Cuib & Gutter, & Headers Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials Sodding Hydromulch Seeding A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access, operations, and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1 Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor' s use must be removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity. C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 02/2008 01140 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.04 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s). B Means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted. C Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. D Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner. 1.05 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of -ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities, accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730 — Cutting & Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. 1.06 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. 02/2008 01140 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact, who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks, at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B Obtain the Engineer' s approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.08 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner. B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt, debris, scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day. D Promptly remove barriers, signs, and components of other control systems that are no longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. 02/2008 01140 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.09 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980 — Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs gutters, and headers in accordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Engineer. C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner. Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02922 — Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or sprigging Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 — Hydromulch Seeding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01140 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards: 1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300 — Bid Proposal B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the Engineer. D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supphed or placed in the Work, authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 05/2007 01200 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles• Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other. Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals; and election, application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work not specifically covered in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. 05/2007 01200 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The author ity of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time, 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, Work Change Directive Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit Price Change Order, Time and Materials Change Order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractoi Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents C Other References: 1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1. Original Quantities of items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time 4. Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following additional information may be required: 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.03 ` Extra Work". 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time -and -materials basis using Contractor - owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 2. Standby sates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders". 02/2008 01290 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02 ` Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications. The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to prop isions of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre -determined in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time -and -material basis as specified in this Section, 1.04 ` Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time". D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Foim of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Apphcation for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01290 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings.. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary. 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer , and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Woik designated for Owner's partial occupancy. C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy. 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3. Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. 5. Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to, Work Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7. Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8. Review of Subcontractors. 9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06 "Site Mobilization Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10. Procedures for testing. 11. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy. B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3. Construction controls provided by Owner 4. Temporary utilities 5. Survey and layout 6. Security and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer. B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording minutes. D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings 02/2008 01310 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meeting 2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment, payroll and compliance submittals. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7. Review status of Change Orders. 8. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9 Maintenance of updates to Constiuction Schedule. 10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15. Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work When Submittals aie required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer s Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7. Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01310 — Coordination & Meetings 2. Section 01630 — Product Options & Substitutions 3. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 4. Section 01380 — Construction Photographs 5. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 6. Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial ieview by the Engineer. This time foi review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans, Technical Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; ieview of 01/2008 01350 - 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with- the number 1.. Re - Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e., 2A for first Re -Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re -Submittal of Submittal 15) Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10 "Video". C Contractor's Certification 1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11", plain bond, white paper. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts, Mobilization, Bonds, and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350 - 2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued at five (5) percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Woik in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be, at a minimum, a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer. Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Engineer. 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5. For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered, and when installed. 6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. 7. A Billing Schedule (tabulation of the estimated monthly billings) for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re -submittal of the Construction Schedule for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350 - 3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer. Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1. Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b. Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete infoimation for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350 - 4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project, where required by the Technical. Specification. 4. For products specified only by reference standard, submit manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 5. For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal", submit manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard. 6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04 "Selection Options" and 1.07 Substitution Procedures". 7. For products that are neither Pre -Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, and supplier Contractor shall provide additional information upon written request by Engineer or Owner. C Samples 1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 `Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. 3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification; one of which will be retained by the Engineer. 4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. 01/2008 01350 - 5 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380 — Construction Photographs. 1. Prints• Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: 1. Prior to the commencement of any construction, take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs Two prints, color matte finish; 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 81/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3. Th photographs shall show: a. Date photographs were taken b. Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a label on the mountings.) 4. Photographs should show the condition of the following a. Esplanades and boulevards b. Yards (near, side and far side of street) c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1. On completion of construction, provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760— Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350 - 6 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review. B Contiactor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2008 01350 - 7 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals. B References Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. C Prepare three (3) prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project Manager within seven (7) days of taking photographs. One (1) print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer. E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each submittal, include photographic negatives in protective envelopes, identified by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 01/2008 01380 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD. B The photographs shall show on a non -elective chalkboard or white board, readable in the photograph• 1. Job number. 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3. Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number. C Indicate the condition of the following: 1. Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards (near side and far side of street). 3. House -walk and sidewalk. 4. Curb. 5. Area between walk and curb 6. Particular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.). 7. Date shall be on negative. 8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site. D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non- existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information: 1. Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer (if a professional photographer is used). 3. Name of the Contractor. 4. Date the photograph was taken. 5. Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three -ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site. 01/2008 01380 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 3.02 POST -CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Following the completion of the Work, take photographs from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time -lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION 01/2008 01380 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI AGC AI AITC American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, MD 20740 American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC AISI American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI APA API AREA American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia PA 19103 AWPA American Wood -Preservers Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers CRSI EJMA Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Diive Pearland, TX 77581 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604 FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville, MD 20857-0001 FS ICEA IFEE EE Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 Insulated Cable Engineer Association P .O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P .O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Street S.W. Washington, DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P . O. Box 986 Katy, TX 77450 02/2008 01420 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 PCA PCI SDI SSPC Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P. O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East l lth Street Austin, TX 78701 2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street — Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P.O. Box 12157 Austin, TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers products services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner. B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable and to initiate operation, as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. 02/2008 01430 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager. C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. Submit report within one (1) day of observation to Project Manager for review. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01430 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES Section 01440 OBSERVATION SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Observation services and references. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 INSPECTION A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as a representative of the Owner to oversee inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications. B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager, Engineer, and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Engineer and independent firm when noted. F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 09/2009 01440 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3740, ' Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction" b. ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction" 1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A Owner will select, employ, and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Technical Specifications. Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing laboratory, with prior approval of Owner, to perform the following: 1. Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi -rigid sanitary sewer collection system pipe installation 2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner. 3. Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements. 4. Cores to test for thickness. 5. Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience. 6. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. 04/2008 01450 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project Manager will receive 2 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager. 1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Engineer. B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on Project Site. C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested; to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 04/2008 01450 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329, as well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications. END OF SECTION 04/2008 01450 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office storage sheds and building, safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. B References to Technical Specifications: Section 00200 — Instructions to Bidders Section 01100 — Summary of Work Section 01350 — Submittals Section 01566 — Source Controls for Frosion & Sedimentation Section 01100 — Summary of Work Section 01600 — Material & Equipment Section 01570 — Trench Safety System Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation Section 01720 — Field Surveying Section 01563 — Tree & Plant Protection Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water & Surface Water Section 13730- Computer Equipment C Referenced Standards: Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas D Definitions: Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Surface Structures - existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to 12-2- 2011 01500 - 1 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A The facilities and- controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A Temporary Service Make arrangements with utility service companies for such temporary services as are necessary to construct the work and manage the site. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete. Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B Water Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 2 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAIVD TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Foi water to be drawn from public water supply, obtain special permit or license and meter from the proper City officials. For facilities under construction, establish a water/sewer billing account with City's Utility Billing Department. A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. For water drawn from fire hydrants, apply for and receive a construction water meter from City' Public Works Department. Identify specific location for construction water meter installation. Once installed water meter may not be moved without notification of Public Works Department. Install backflow preventer on fire hydrant supply if not included in City provided meter. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel. C Flectricity and Lighting 1 Provide temporary electric power service in Contractor s name, as required for the prosecution of the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor or as necessary to maintain any of Owner's on -going operations as may continue on the site during any scheduled shutdown. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10 foot-candles for stairs and shops. 2 Provide permanent electric power service, in the Contractor's name, to the work or site as and when required by the schedule of the work to achieve Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. D Natural Gas Provide and pay for natural gas service to the work as and when required by the schedule to achieve Substantial Completion. Contractor to establish service billing in its name and transfer service and billing to the Owner upon acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete and suitable for beneficial occupancy by the Owner. E Temporary Heat and Ventilation Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions, maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. F Telephone Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services. G Sanitary Facilities Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site, in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. Locate toilets on the Project Site near the 12-2- 2011 01500 - 3 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem, have sewage and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with local regulations. Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 1.06 FIELD OFFICE A Provision of a Field Office and other specific temporary facilities as required in paragraph B below UNLESS otherwise stated in Section 00800 - Special Conditions of the Agreement, or Section 01100 — Summary of Work. Provide for transportation, move -in, set-up, tie -down and, when project is complete, removal and move -out. The Contractor shall confirm location of office and other temporary facilities with Owner's Representative at Pre -Construction Meeting prior to delivery and set up Location of temporary facilities shall be approved by the Owner's Representative by way of the submittal process. B. At a minimum, the Contractor's field office shall provide for, contain or serve to: provide a secured space for project administrative operations, periodic progress meetings, on -site storage for project files and plans, office space for CONTRACTOR's field supervisory personnel and provide a separate securable office space for OWNER's Representative including: meeting table and chairs, a single two drawer filing cabinet, a built-in drawing table and plan holders. Provide electric lighting and HVAC to the mobile office. 1. Field Office shall provide for, at a minimum, a high speed internet connection for use by Owner's Representative or Construction Manager as controlled by Paragraph A above. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600 — Material & Equipment. 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes, and practices. Include in the Safety Program documented response to excavation, embankment, and trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety System. B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal, state and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Work. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 4 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Fngineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten (10) days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the Plans and Technical Specifications are obligations of the Contractor. G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.09 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the Project Site whenever work is in progress. 1.10 FIRE PROTECTION A Fire Protection Standards. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. Pi ovide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 5 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the Project Site. C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are continuously or intermittently hazardous. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.11 SECURITY MEASURES A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes Owner's property. B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing as approved by Owner's Representative. 1.12 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. 1.13 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Preventive Actions. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus, materials supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 6 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately owned land except on easements provided for construction. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B Barricades and Warning Signals. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation. C Preserving Control Points Maintain permanent benchmarks, public or private elevation or property demarcation and control monumentation, or other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner, those monuments, property corners or other permanent demarcations that are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 — Field Surveying. D Tree and Plant Protection. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 — Tree & Plant Protection. E Protection of Underground and Surface Structures Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making Locate Calls. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is damaged broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. 12-2-2011 01500-7of10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of five (5) working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operations reach and uncover the utility. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. 1.14 PROTECTION OF THE WORK Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of the Work. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 1.15 ROADS AND PARKING A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads. B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic. C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 8 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking Locate as approved by Engineer. G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing parking areas. 1.16 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B Comply with statutes, regulations and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91- 190, Executive Order 11514. C Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to temporary entrance, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract Documents. D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.17 POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. 12-2- 2011 01500 - 9 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local laws and regulations. 1.18 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site. B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the Project Site or adjoining properties. 1.19 NOISE CONTROL A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards - 29 CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the surrounding neighborhoods. B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. except as approved by Engineer. C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 1.20 DUST CONTROL A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the provisions of Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 1.21 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water and water pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project Site, or adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water & Surface Water and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 12-2- 2011 01500 - 10 of 10 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION Section 01505 MOBILIZATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work. B Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis and shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the total bid price. B. Payment for 50% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the first monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Schedule of Values (Section 01350 — Submittals) 2. Trench Safety Program (Section 01570 — Trench Safety System) 3. Construction Schedule (Section 01350 — Submittals) 4. Pre -construction Photographs (Section 01380 — Construction Photographs) 5. Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) (Section 01580 — Project Identification Signs) 6. Installation and acceptance of Field Office (Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls) 7. Installation and acceptance of TPDES requirements (Section 01565 - TPDES Requirements) C. Payment for 25% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the second monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable: 1. Installation of High Speed Internet Access (Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls) 2. Laptop Computer (Section 00800 — Special Conditions of Agreement) D. Payment for 15% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the third monthly Application for Payment. E. Payment for the remaining 10% of the Mobilization lump sum bid item may be included in the fourth monthly Application for Payment. 09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION G. Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 General Conditions of Agreement. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Provide specified number of project identification sign(s) per Section 01580. The name address and contact infoimation of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580, part 1.03, D visible to passing traffic or as directed by Engineer. END OF SECTION 09/2012 01505 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS Section 01550 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of erosion and sediment control for Stabilized Construction Exits used during construction and until final development of the Project site. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal 3. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on Geotextile fabric. C Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements in this Section, 2.02 "Course Aggregates". 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A Provide woven or non -woven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi any principal direction, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F. 02/2008 01550 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS D Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., Or -Equal. 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, concrete, crushed blast furnace slag, or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings, salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter. B Course aggregates shall conform to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size Percent Retained (Square Mesh) (by Weight) 21 ' 0 2" 0-20 11 " 15-50 3/4" 60 — 80 No. 4 95 - 100 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment, Contractor shall provide stabilized construction exits at the construction, staging, parking, storage, and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the Project Site until acceptance of the Work or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain them until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove stabilized construction exits promptly when directed by the Engineer Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. E Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. 02/2008 01550 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS F Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on -site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Plans. B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Plans or as specified in this Section. C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D Details for Stabilized Construction Exits are shown on the Plans. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas. Use sandbags, gravel, boards, or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately. G The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Plans, but not less than 50 feet. The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate, thickness, and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit, except where shown otherwise on the Plans. I Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Engineer. 02/2008 01550 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS J Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Plans, or when approved by the Engineer These methods include the following: 1. Cement -Stabilized Soil, Compacted cement -stabilized soil or other fill material in an application thickness of at least 8 inches. 2. Wood Mats/Mud Mats - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge -to - edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches. 3. Steel Mats - Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members. END OF SECTION 02/2008 01550 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION Section 01555 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for traffic control plans, signs, signals, control devices, flares, lights and traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises D Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic Control and Regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the one provided on the Plans, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for Flaggers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a Traffic Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer. C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed. D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name, badge number, time start, time finish, and hours worked. 03/2008 01555 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 1.04 FLAGGERS A Unless otherwise specified, use only Flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed, uniformed Peace Officers. B Flaggers are required at the following locations: 1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane vehicular traffic. 2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly. 3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic lanes and walks. 4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks. 5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience. 6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic around the work site. 7. When requested by Owner. C The use of Flaggers is for the purpose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers or personnel as the Contractor may deem necessary to protect the work and the public and does not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would otherwise be liable. Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as may be requited to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations. B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PUBLIC ROADS A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer. B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan. 03/2008 01555 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION C Contractoi shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7.00 a m. to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer. D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets: 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations Leave the area broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of the work day. F Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and access by emergency vehicles. G Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas. 3.02 FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.03 HAUL ROUTES A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic. B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic. D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul routes. 3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. 03/2008 01555 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed 1. On an existing bus route; 2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. C Repair damage caused by installation. D Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 03/2008 01555 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER Section 01561 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Installation of reinforced filter fabric barrier to control erosion and contain sediments and pollutants in channelized flow areas. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 3786, "Standard Test Method foi Hydraulic Bursting strength of Textile Fabrics' b. ASTM D 4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles" 1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for reinforced filter fabric barrier is on a linear foot basis between the limits of the beginning and ending fence posts, measured, accepted, and complete in place. B Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction.. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. 05/2008 01561 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B By ASTM - D4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM - D3786, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 FILTER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches. B Welded wire shall be galvanized, 2-inch by 4-inch, welded wire fabric, 121/2 gauge. 2.03 EXECUTION 2.04 PREPARATION A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric barrier. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials in accordance with Section 1562 — Waste Material Disposal. D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 05/2008 01561-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER 2.05 INSTALLATION A Install reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the Project Site. Reinforced filter fabric barriers ate used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. B Provide reinforced filter fabric barrier in accordance with the Plan detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Reinforced filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that runoff will percolate through the system and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. C Trench in the toe of the reinforced filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher as shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench Backfill and compact trench D Reinforced filter fabric barrier shall have a height of 18 inches. E Securely fasten the filter fabric to the wire with tie wires F Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. G Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 05/2008 01561 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01562 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 3. Section 01600 — Materials & Equipment 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals. B Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites. C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan. D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners, along with a description of the property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the City limits. 1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following information: 1. Schedule for collection and inspection. 2. Location of trash and waste receptacles. 3. Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material. B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety regulations and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 07/2006 01562 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A Excavated material: When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site. B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, asphaltic or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer. C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area. D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical Specifications. E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer. F When temporary, on -site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600 — Materials & Equipment. 3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the Project If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. B Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the designated area, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. D If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL, WASTE, AND EQUIPMENT A Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of. B Dispose of removed equipment, materials, waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this Section, 1.03D. 07/2006 01562 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area. E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01562 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Section 01563 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tree and plant protection. B References to Technical Specifications: None 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or root damage that could result from construction operations. B Prevent following types of damage: 1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage. 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting 3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts. 4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, paint, and other noxious materials. 5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6. Damage from lack of water due to: a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete, plaster, or other base materials near roots. 8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. 1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A When trees, other than those designated for removal, are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations, remove and replace with same size, species, and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Trees larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester. 02/2013 01563 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and coal creosote. B Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping. C Fertilizer: Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. D. Temporary Barrier Fence: Plastic, bright orange color for visibility, 48 inches in height, 8.5 pounds weight minimum. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed, all trees and shrubs within the Project Site area are to remain and be protected from damage. B For designated trees to be removed, perform the following: 1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the Engineer of intent to begin felling operations. 3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below. C For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following: 1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary. a. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. b. Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible 3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline) by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. 02/2013 01563 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material inside dripline of trees. c. Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline. 4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during construction period. a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a week in months receiving below average rainfall b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes. 6. At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTIVE CONTROLS A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area: 1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, at the dripline of the leaf canopy of trees or 2 ft. around shrubs. 2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground. 3. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, use moveable posts constructed from concrete -filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches minimum in diameter mounted in rubber auto tires filled with concrete 4. Mount plastic temporary barrier safety fence on posts. B Timber -wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical equipment and construction work: 1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap. 2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A Water newly planted trees adequately to maintain and support healthy plants at the time of planting. B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period. 1. Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions. 02/2013 01563-3of4 CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2. When tree must be replaced, the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner s inspection, for no less than one year. 3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. 4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 02/2013 01563 - 4 of 4 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER Section 01564 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and structure excavations and foundation beds in dry and stable condition. B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C Disposing of removed water. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems 4. Section 01565 — TPDES Requirements 5. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation E Referenced Standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) 3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas 4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI) F Definitions: 1. Ground Water Control Systems - installations external to the excavation such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering and depressurization. a. Dewatering - lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures and other installations. b. Depressurization - reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom 2. Surface Water Control - diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the excavation. 3. Excavation Drainage - keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 02/2008 01564 - 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT CONTROL OF GROUND WATER A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the area requiring ground water control. B Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for control of ground water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water. Include the cost to control non -pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Work requiring such controls. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following: 1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control. 2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating arrangement location depth and capacities of system components, installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures. 4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent data and characteristics. 5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and manufacturer's application recommendations 6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water control operation near contaminated areas. 7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 8. Excavation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump application and other necessary means 9. Surface water control and drainage installations. 10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation: 1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep wells. 02/2008 01564-2of8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER 2. Installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring wells. 3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells. 4. Initial flow rates. D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations: 1. Records of flow rates and piezometric elevations obtained during monitoring of dewatering and depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3.02 `Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, or Deep Wells". 2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers, and monitoring wells. E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning (abandonment) reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems of these Technical Specifications, to produce the following results: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water from excavation and other work areas. F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 02/2008 01564 - 3 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 TPDES, 3.02 "Certification Requirements". D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review 02/2008 01564 - 4 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.06 "Operations and Maintenance Data". B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. E Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the water -bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1.03B. B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawings and calculations with such notification. D Provide for continuous system operation including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E Monitor operations to vetify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade for prosecution of subsequent operations. F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan. 02/2008 01564 - 5 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. H During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose If removal of pipe is impractical provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a pennanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents. 3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatenng and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation. D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan are satisfied. 02/2008 01564 - 6 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER E Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03A. G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas. 3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained, stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following methods or combination of methods: 1. Sump pumping in combination with: a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabric. b. Sand and gravel drains. 2. Wells for ground water control. B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area. Keep system in good operating condition. B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when directed by the Engineer. 3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING A Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 02/2008 01564 - 7 of 8 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER B Observeand record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes sumps or other approved means. The requitement includes temporary works required to protect adjoimng properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction Provide settling basins when required by such agencies. C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan and by this Section Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B. END OF SECTION 02/2008 01564 - 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL A DEFINITIONS As used herein and in conjunction with TPDFS General Permit No. TXR150000, the term OPERATOR refers to the CONTRACTOR. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Description of the required documentation to be prepared signed and submitted by the Contractor before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit TXR150000 as issued March 5, 2003, re -issued March 5, 2013, by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Section 26.040 of the Texas Water Code. B Contractor's responsibility for implementation, maintenance, and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including, but not limited to erosion and sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste collection and disposal, off -site vehicle tracking, and other practices shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in this or other Technical Specifications. This Specification provides guidelines and Best Management Practices (BMP's) information for the Contractor to use in adhering to all local state and federal environmental regulations with respect to storm water pollution prevention during construction activity. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01310 — Coordination & Meetings 3. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout D Referenced Standards: 1. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) E Other References: 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) found in Appendix A of these Technical Specifications. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 04-2013 01565-1of4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 REQUIRED NOTICES A The Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent (NOI) attached in Appendix A. The Contractor's NOI shall be submitted to the TCEQ. It is the Contractor s responsibility to pay for any fees associated with the permit. Submission of the NOI is required by the Contractor before construction operations begin. B Upon completion of construction and acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Contractor shall complete, sign, date and submit the Contractor's Notice of Termination (NOT) attached in Appendix A. 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A On the Operator's Information form attached in Appendix A, the Contractor shall complete name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Contractor's Information form shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached in Appendix A. C The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form attached in Appendix A. D The Contractor's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the Owner before beginning construction E Contractor shall review implementation of the SWPPP in a meeting with the Owner and Engineer prior to start of construction in accordance with Section 01310 — Coordination & Meetings 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the SWPPP at the Project Site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date the Work is accepted by the Owner. B At Contract Closeout, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all TPDES forms and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP, in accordance with Section 04-2013 01565-2of4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS 01770 — Contract Closeout. The SWPPP records and data will be retained by Owner fot a period of 3 years from the date the Work is accepted by the Owner. 3.04 POSTING OF NOTICES A The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date the Work is accepted by the Owner: 1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the Contractor and a brief Description of Construction Activity being conducted at the Project Site, as given in Article 1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the Project Site or at Contractor s office in a prominent place for public viewing 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles instructing them to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area. 3. In an easily visible location on Project Site, post a notice of waste disposal procedures. 4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on Project Site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on Project Site that is known to all personnel. 5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the Project Site or at Contractor's office. APPENDIX A FOLLOWS THIS SECTION END OF SECTION 04-2013 01565-3of4 CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 TPDES REQUIREMENTS (APPENDIX A) TABLE OF CONTENTS TCEQ General Permit NOI TCEQ Form - 20022 TCEQ Form - 20134 NOC TCEQ Form - 20391 NOT TCEQ Form - 20023 Site Notice Forms 04-2013 01565 - 4 of 4 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3o87 • GENERAL PERMIT TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE TEXAS POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM under provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code This permit supersedes and replaces TPDES General Permit No. TXRi.S0000, issued March 5, 2008 Construction sites that discharge stormwater associated with construction activity located in the state of Texas may discharge to surface water in the state only according to monitoring requirements and other conditions set forth in this general permit, as well as the rules of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ or Commission) the laws of the State of Texas, and other orders of the Commission of the TCEQ. The issuance of this general permit does not grant to the permittee the right to use private of public property for conveyance of storrnwater and certain non-stormwater discharges along the discharge route. This includes property belonging to but not limited to any individual, partnership, corporation or other entity. Neither does this general permit authorize any invasion of personal rights nor any violation of federal, state or local laws or regulations. It is the respoiisiliility of the permittee to at quit e property rights as may be necessary to use the discharge route. This general permit and the authorization contained herein shall expire at midnight, five years from the permit effective date. EFFECTIVE DATE: March 5, 20133 ISSUED DATE: F E B '19 2013 LA) For _ C• mission Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 TPDES GENERAL PERMIT NUMBER TXRI50000 RELATING TO STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES Table of Contents Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions 5 Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required 5 Section B. Definitions 6 Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage 12 Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization 12 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity 12 2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities 12 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges 12 4. Other Permitted Discharges 13 Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out 13 Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 13 1. Post Construction Discharges 13 2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges 13 3. Compliance With Water Quality Standards 13 4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Requirements 14 5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone 14 6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas 14 7. Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities 14 8. Indian Country Lands 14 9. Oil and Gas Production 15 10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities 15 11. Endangered Species Act 15 12. Other 15 Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 15 1. Large Construction Activities 15 2. Small Construction Activities 15 Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 16 1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities With Low Potential for Erosion* 16 2. Automatic Authorization For All Other Small Construction Activities: 17 3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities: 17 Page 2 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities* 18 5. Effective Date of Coverage 18 6. Notice of Change (NOC) 18 7. Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms, Notice of Termination (NOT) Forms, NOC Letteis, and Construction Site Notices 19 8. Contents of the NOI 19 Section F. Terminating Coverage 20 1. Notice of Termination (NOT) Required 20 2. Minimum Contents of the NOT 20 3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators at Large Construction Sites 20 4. Transfer of Operational Control 21 Section G. Waivers from Coverage 21 1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage 22 2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver 22 3. Effective Date of Waiver 22 4. Activities Extending Beyond the Waiver Period 22 Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage 23 1. Individual Permit Alternative 23 2. Individual Permit Required 23 3. Alternative Discharge Authorization 23 Section I. Permit Expiration 23 Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans (SWP3) 24 Section A. Shared SWP3 Development 24 Section B. Responsibilities of Operators 25 1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans and Specifications 25 2. Primary Operators with Day -to -Day Operational Control 25 Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation, Implementation, and Compliance 25 Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available 26 Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s 26 Section F. Contents of SWP3 26 Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites 34 Part TV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants 35 Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements 35 Section B. Best Management Practices (BMPs) and SWP3 Requirements 37 Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges 39 Page 3 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements 40 Part VI. Retention of Records 40 Part VII Standard Permit Conditions 40 Part VIII. Fees 41 Appendix A: Automatic Authorization 43 Appendix B: Erosivity Index (EI) Zones in Texas 45 Appendix C: Isoerodent Map 46 Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas 47 Page 4 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Part I. Flow Chart and Definitions Section A. Flow Chart to Determine Whether Coverage is Required iiow much land will be disturbed? (*1.) I c I acre � ( 1} . Nt) (l or more acres t`1) Permit Coverage Not Required, unless Part of a Larger Common I'lan of Development or Sale Do you meet the definition of "operator?" (*2) ;W) 5 or more acres be disturbed? (*1) !' ?S Permit. Coverage Reauired Prepare and Impleme rt S\\'P3 Post Site Notice Submit Copy of Site Notice to M .S4 °pecltor 4 NO e you a "primary operator?' (*2) FES • Permit Coverage Required Prepare and Implement SWP3 Submit NOI to TC'i Q Post Site Notice Submit Copy of N01 to helS4 Operator To determine the size of the construction project, use the size of the entire area to he disturbed, and include the size of the larger common plan of development or sale, if the project is part of a larger project (refer to Part 1.R., "Definitions," for an explanation of "common plan of development or sale'). Refer to the definitions for "operator,'' "primary operator," and "secondary operator" in Part l., Section R. of thispermit. Page 5 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Section B. Definitions Arid Areas - Areas with an average annual rainfall of o to 10 inches. Best Management Practices (BMPs) - Schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, structural controls, local ordinances, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants. BMPs also include treatment requirements, operating procedures, and practices to control construction site runoff, spills or leaks, waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage areas Commencement of Construction - The initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing, grading, or excavation activities, as well as other construction -related activities (e.g., stockpiling of fill material, demolition). Common Plan of Development - A construction activity that is completed in separate stages, separate phases or in combination with other construction activities. A common plan of development (also known as a `common plan of development or sale") is identified by the documentation for the construction project that identifies the scope of the project, and may include plats, blueprints, marketing plans, contracts, building permits, a public notice or hearing zoning requests or other similar documentation and activities. A common plan of development does not necessarily include all construction projects within the jurisdiction of a public entity (e.g., -a city or university). Construction of roads or buildings in different parts of the jurisdiction would be considered separate "common plans," with only the interconnected parts of a project being considered part of a "common plan' (e.g , a building and its associated parking lot and driveways, airport runway and associated taxiways, a building complex, etc.). Where discrete construction projects occur within a larger common plan of development or sale but are located 1/4 mile or more apart, and the area between the projects is not being disturbed, each individual project can be treated as a separate plan of development or sale, provided that any interconnecting road, pipeline or utility project that is part of the same "common plan' is not included in the area to be disturbed. Construction Activity - Includes soil disturbance activities, including clearing, grading, and excavating, and does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the site- (e.g , the routine grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads, the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities). Regulated construction activity is defined in terms of small and large construction activity. Dewatering - The act of draining rainwater or groundwater from building foundations, vaults, and trenches. Discharge - For the purposes of this permit, the drainage, release, or disposal of pollutants in stormwater and certain non-stormwater from areas where soil disturbing activities (e.g., clearing, grading, excavation, stockpiling of fill material and demolition), construction materials or equipment storage or maintenance (e.g., fill piles, borrow area, concrete truck wash out, fueling), or other industrial stormwater directly related to the construction process (e.g , concrete or asphalt batch plants) are located. Drought -Stricken Area - For the purposes of this permit, an area in which the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's U.S. Seasonal Drought Outlook indicates for the period during which the construction will occur that any of the following conditions are likely: (1) `Drought to persist or intensify", (2) "Drought ongoing, some improvement", (3) `Drought likely to improve, impacts ease", or (4) "Drought development likely". See http://www.cpc ncep.noaa.gm/products/expert assessment/seasonal di ought.html. Edwards Aquifer - As defined under Texas Administrative Code (TAC) § 213.3 of this title (relating to the Edwards Aquifer), that portion of an arcuate belt of porous, water -bearing predominantly carbonate rocks known as the Edwards and Associated Limestones in the Balcones Fault Zone trending from west to east to northeast in Kinney, Uvalde, Medina, Bexar, Comal Hays, Travis, and Williamson Counties• and composed of the Salmon Peak Page 6 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Limestone, McKnight Formation, West Nueces Formation, Devil's River Limestone Person Formation, Kainer Formation, Edwards Formation, and Georgetown Formation The permeable aquifer units generally overlie the less -permeable Glen Rose Formation to the south, ON erlie the less -permeable Comanche Peak and Walnut Formations north of the Colorado River, and underlie the less -permeable Del Rio Clay regionally. Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone - Generally, that area where the stratigraphic units constituting the Edwards Aquifer crop out, including the outcrops of other geologic formations in proximity to the Edwards Aquifer, where caves, sinkholes, faults fractures, or other permeable features would create a potential for recharge of surface waters into the Edwards Aquifer The recharge zone is identified as that area designated as such on official maps located in the offices of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and the appropriate regional office The Edwards Aquifer Map Viewer, located at http://www.tceq.texas.gos /compliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html, can be used to determine where the recharge zone is located. Edwards Aquifer Contributing Zone - The area or watershed where runoff from precipitation flows downgradient to the recharge zone of the Edwards Aquifer. The contributing zone is located upstream (upgradient) and generally north and northwest of the recharge zone for the following counties* all areas within Kinney County, except the area within the watershed draining to Segment No. 2304 of the Rio Grande Basin; all areas within Uvalde, Medina, Bexar, and Comal Counties; all areas within Hays and Travis Counties, except the area within the watersheds draining to the Colorado River above a point 1.3 miles upstream from Tom Miller Dam, Lake Austin at the confluence of Barrow Brook Cove, Segment No. 1403 of the Colorado River Basin; and all areas within Williamson County, except the area within the watersheds draining to the Lampasas River above the dam at Stillhouse Hollow reservoir, Segment No. 1216 of the Brazos River Basin. The contributing zone is illustrated on the Edwards Aquifer map viewer at http: //www.tceq.texas.gov/compliance/field ops/eapp/mapdisclaimer.html. Effluent Limitations Guidehne (ELG) - Defined in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) § 122.2 as a regulation published by the Administrator under § 304(b) of the Clean Water Act (CWA) to adopt or revise effluent limitations Facility or Activity - For the purpose of this permit, a construction site or construction support activity that is regulated under this general permit, including all contiguous land and fixtures (for example, ponds and materials stockpiles), structures, or appurtances used at a construction site or industrial site described by this general permit Final Stabilization - A construction site status where any of the following conditions are met. A. All soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform (that is, evenly distributed, without large bare areas) perennial vegetative cover with a density of at least 7o% of the native background vegetative cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as the use of riprap, gabions or geotextiles) have been employed. B. For individual lots in a residential construction site by either: (1) the homebuilder completing final stabilization as specified in condition (a) above; or (2) the homebuilder establishing temporary stabilization for an individual lot prior to the time of transfer of the ownership of the home to the buyer and after informing the homeowner of the need for, and benefits of, final stabihzation. If temporary stabilization is not feasible then the homebuilder may fulfill this requirement by retaining perimeter controls or BMPs, and informing the homeowner of the need for removal of temporary controls and the estabhshment of final stabilization. Page 7 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRiS0000 Fullfillment of this requirement must be documented in the homebuilder's stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWP3). C. For construction activities on land used for agricultural purposes (such as pipelines across crop or range land), final stabilization may be accomplished by returning the disturbed land to its preconstruction agricultural use. Areas disturbed that were not previously used for agricultural activities, such as buffer strips immediately adjacent to surface water and areas that are not being returned to their preconstruction agricultural use must meet the final stabilization conditions of condition (a) above. D. In arid, semi -arid, and drought -stricken areas only, all soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and both of the following criteria have been met: (1) Temporary erosion control measures (for example, degradable rolled erosion control product) are selected, designed, and installed along with an appropriate seed base to provide erosion control for at least three years without active maintenance by the operator, and (2) The temporary erosion control measures are selected, designed, and installed to achieve 7o% of the native background vegetative coverage within three years Hyperchlorination of Waterlines - Treatment of potable water lines or tanks with chlorine for disinfection purposes, typically following repair or partial replacement of the waterline or tank and subsequently flushing the contents. Impaired Water - A surface water body that is identified on the latest approved CWA §303(d) List as not meeting applicable state water quality standards Impaired waters include waters with approved or established total maximum daily loads (TMDLs), and those where a TMDL has been proposed by TCEQ but has not yet been approved or established. Indian Country Land - (from 4o CFR §122.2) (1) all land within the limits of any Indian reservation under the jurisdiction of the United States government, notwithstanding the issuance of any patent and, including rights -of -way running through the reservation; (2) all dependent Indian communities with the borders of the United States whether within the originally or subsequently acquired territory thereof, and whether within or without the limits of a state; and (3) all Indian allotments the Indian titles to which have not been extinguished, including rights -of -way running through the same. Indian Tribe - (from 4o CFR §122.2) any Indian Tribe band, group, or community recognized by the Secretary of the Interior and exercising governmental authority over a Federal Indian Reservation. Large Construction Activity - Constructionactivities including clearing, grading, and excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than five (5) acres of land. Large construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than five (5) acres of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than five (5) acres of land Large construction activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the site (for example, the routine grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads, the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities.) Linear Project - Includes the construction of roads, bridges, conduits, substructures, pipelines, sewer lines, towers poles, cables, wires, connectors, switching, regulating and transforming equipment and associated ancillary facilities in a long, narrow area. Minimize - To reduce or eliminate to the extent achievable using stormwater controls that are technologically available and economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practices. Page 8 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) - A separate storm sewer system owned or operated by the United States, a state, city, town, county district, association, or other public body (created by or pursuant to state kw) having jurisdiction over the disposal of sewage industrial wastes, stormwater, or other wastes, including special districts under state law such as a sewer district, flood control or drainage district, or similar entity, or an Indian tribe or an authorized Indian tribal organization, that discharges to surface water in the state. Notice of Change (NOC) - Written notification to the executive director from a discharger authorized under this permit, providing changes to information that was previously provided to the agency in a notice of intent form. Notice of Intent (NOI) - A written submission to the executive director from an applicant requesting coverage under this general permit. Notice of Termination (NOT) - A written submission to the executive director from a discharger authorized under a general permit requesting termination of coverage. Operator - The person or persons associated with a large or small construction activity that is either a primary or secondary operator as defined below: Primary Operator - the person or persons associated with a large or small construction activity that meets either of the following two criteria: (a) the person or persons have on -site operational control over construction plans and specifications, including the ability to make modifications to those plans and specifications; or (b) the person or persons have day-to-day operational control of those activities at a construction site that are necessary to ensure compliance with a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3) for the site or other permit conditions (for example, they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities required by the SWP3 or comply with other permit conditions). Secondary Operator - The person or entity, often the property owner, whose operational control is limited to: (a) the employment of other operators, such as a general contractor, to perform or supervise construction activities; or (b) the ability to approve or disapprove changes to construction plans and specifications, but who does not have day-to-day on -site operational control over construction activities at the site. Secondary operators must either prepare their own SWP3 or participate in a shared SWP3 that covers the areas of the construction site where they have control over the plans and specifications. If there is not a primary operator at the construction site, then the secondary operator is defined as the primary operator and must comply with the requirements for primary operators. Outfall - For the purpose of this permit, a point source at the point where stormwater runoff associated with construction activity discharges to surface water in the state and does not include open conveyances connecting two municipal separate storm sewers, or pipes tunnels, or other conveyances that connect segments of the same stream or other water of the U.S. and are used to convey waters of the U.S. Permittee - An operator authorized under this general permit. The authorization may be gained through submission of a notice of intent, by waiver, or by meeting the requirements for automatic coverage to discharge stormwater runoff and certain non-stormwater discharges. Page 9 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Point Source - (from 4o CFR §122.2) Any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including but not limited to, any pipe, ditch, channel tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, container, rolling stock concentrated animal feeding operation, landfill leachate collection system, vessel or other floating craft from which pollutants are, or may be, discharged. This term does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture or agricultural stormwater runoff. Pollutant - Dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge, filter backwash, munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt, and industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste discharged into any surface water in the state. The term "pollutant" does not include tail water or runoff water from irrigation or rainwater runoff from cultivated or uncultivated rangeland, pastureland, and farmland. For the purpose of this permit, the term "pollutant" includes sediment. Pollution - (from Texas Water Code (TWC) §26.001(14)) The alteration of the physical, thermal, chemical, or biological quality of, or the contamination of, any surface water in the state that renders the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans, animal life, vegetation, or property or to public health, safety, or welfare, or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose. Rainfall Erosivity Factor (R factor) - the total annual erosive potential that is due to climatic effects, and is part of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE). Receiving Water - A "Water of the United States' as defined in 4o CFR §122.2 into which the regulated stormwater discharges. Semiarid Areas - areas with an average annual rainfall of 10 to 20 inches Separate Storm Sewer System - A conveyance or system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, man-made channels, or storm drains), designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater; that is not a combined sewer, and that is not part of a publicly owned treatment works (POTW) Small Construction Activity - Construction activities including clearing, grading, and excavating that result in land disturbance of equal to or greater than one (1) acre and less than five (5) acres of land. Small construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than one (1) acre of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale if the larger common plan will ultimately disturb equal to or greater than one (1) and less than five (5) acres of land. Small construction activity does not include routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the site (for example, the routine grading of existing dirt roads, asphalt overlays of existing roads, the routine clearing of existing right-of-ways, and similar maintenance activities.) Steep Slopes - Where a state, Tribe local government, or industry technical manual (e.g. stormwater BMP manual) has defined what is to be considered a `steep slope", this permit's definition automatically adopts that definition Where no such definition exists, steep slopes are automatically defined as those that are 15 percent or greater in grade. Stormwater (or Stormwater Runoff) - Rainfall runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface runoff and drainage. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity - Stoi mwater runoff from a construction activity where soil disturbing activities (including clearing, grading, excavating) result in the disturbance of one (1) or more acres of total land area, or are part of a larger common plan of development or sale that will result in disturbance of one (1) or more acres of total land area Structural Control (or Practice) - A pollution prevention practice that requires the construction of a device, or the use of a device, to reduce or prevent pollution in stormwater Page 10 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 runoff. Structural controls and practices may include but are not limited to: silt fences, earthen dikes drainage swales sediment traps, check dams, subsurface drains storm drain inlet protection rock outlet protection, reinforced soil retaining systems, gabions, and temporary or permanent sediment basins. Surface Water in the State - Lakes, bays, ponds, impounding reservoirs, springs, rivers, streams, creeks, estuaries, wetlands marshes, inlets, canals, the Gulf of Mexico inside the territorial limits of the state (from the mean high water mark (MHWM) out 10.36 miles into the Gulf), and all other bodies of surface water, natural or artificial inland or coastal, fresh or salt, navigable or nonnavigable, and including the beds and banks of all water -courses and bodies of surface water that are wholly or partially inside or bordering the state or subject to the jurisdiction of the state; except that waters in treatment systems which are authorized by state or federal law, regulation, or permit, and which are created for the purpose of waste treatment are not considered to be water in the state. Temporary Stabilization - A condition where exposed soils or disturbed areas are provided a protective cover or other structural control to prevent the migration of pollutants. Temporary stabilization may include temporary seeding, geotextiles, mulches, and other techniques to reduce or eliminate erosion until either permanent stabilization can be achieved or until further construction activities take place. Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) - The total amount of a pollutant that a water body can assimilate and still meet the Texas Surface Water Quality Standards. Turbidity - A condition of water quality characterized by the presence of suspended solids and/or organic material. Waters of the United States - (from 4o CFR §122.2) Waters of the United States or waters of the U.S. means: (a) all waters which are currently used, were used in the past, or may be susceptible to use in interstate or foreign commerce, including all waters which are subject to the ebb and flow of the tide; (b) all interstate waters, including interstate wetlands; (c) all other waters such as intrastate lakes, rivers, streams (including intermittent streams), mudflats, sandflats, wetlands, sloughs, prairie potholes, wet meadoti s, playa lakes, or natural ponds that the use, degradation, or destruction of which would affect or could affect interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters: (1) hich are or could be used by interstate or foreign travelers for recreational or other purposes; (2) from which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in interstate or foreign commerce; or (3) which are used or could be used for industrial purposes by industries in interstate commerce; (d) all impoundments of waters otherwise defined as waters of the United States under this definition; (e) tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this definition; (f) the territorial sea, and (g) wetlands adjacent to waters (other than waters that are themselves wetlands) identified in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this definition Waste treatment systems including treatment ponds or lagoons designed to meet the requirements of CWA (other than cooling ponds as defined in 4o CFR §423.11(m) which also meet the criteria of this definition) are not waters of the U.S. This exclusion applies only to manmade bodies of water which neither were originally created in waters of the U.S. (such as Page 11 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 disposal area in wetlands) nor resulted from the impoundment of waters of the U.S. Waters of the U.S. do not include prior converted cropland. Notwithstanding the determination of an area s status as prior converted cropland by any other federal agency, for the purposes of the CWA, the final authority regarding CWA jurisdiction remains with EPA. Part II. Permit Applicability and Coverage Section A. Discharges Eligible for Authorization 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity Discharges of stormwater runoff from small and large construction activities may be authorized under this general permit. 2. Discharges of Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activities Examples of construction support activities include, but are not limited to, concrete batch plants, rock crushers, asphalt batch plants, equipment staging areas, material storage yards, material borrow areas, and excavated material disposal areas. Construction support activities authorized under this general permit are not commercial operations, and do not serve multiple unrelated construction projects. Discharges of stormwater runoff from construction support activities may be authorized under this general permit, provided that the following conditions are met. (a) the activities are located within one (1) mile from the boundary of the permitted construction site and directly support the construction activity; (b) an SWP3 is developed for the permitted construction site according to the provisions of this general permit and includes appropriate controls and measures to reduce erosion and discharge of pollutants in stormwater runoff from the construction support activities; and (c) the construction support activities either do not operate beyond the completion date of the construction activity or, at the time that they do are authorized under separate Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) authorization. Separate TPDES authorization may include the TPDES Multi Sector General Permit (MSGP), TXRo50000 (related to stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity), separate authorization under this general permit if applicable coverage under an alternative general permit if available, or authorization under an individual water quality permit. 3 Non-Stormwater Discharges The following non-stormwater discharges from sites authorized under this general permit are also eligible for authorization under this general permit: (a) discharges from fire fighting activities (fire fighting activities do not include washing of trucks, run-off water from training activities, test water from fire suppression systems, or similar activities) (b) uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings (excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated water, unless the water is first dechlorinated and discharges are not expected to adversely affect aquatic life), which include flushings from systems that utilize potable water, surface water, or groundwater that does not contain additional pollutants (uncontaminated fire hydrant flushings do not include systems utilizing reclaimed wastewater as a source water); (c) water from the routine external washing of vehicles, the external portion of buildings or structures, and pavement, where detergents and soaps are not used, where spills or leaks of toxic or hazardous materials have not occurred (unless spilled materials Page 12 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 have been removed; and if local state, or federal regulations are applicable, the materials are removed according to those regulations), and where the purpose is to remove mud, dirt, or dust; (d) uncontaminated water used to control dust; (e) potable water sources, including waterline flushings, but excluding discharges of hyperchlorinated water, unless the water is first dechlonnated and discharges are not expected to adversely affect aquatic life; (f) uncontaminated air conditioning condensate; (g) uncontaminated ground water or spring water, including foundation or footing drains where flows are not contaminated with industrial materials such as solvents; and (h) lawn watering and similar irrigation drainage. 4. Other Permitted Discharges Any discharge authorized under a separate National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) TPDES, or TCEQ permit may be combined with discharges authorized by this general permit, provided those discharges comply with the associated permit. Section B. Concrete Truck Wash Out The wash out of concrete trucks at regulated construction sites must be performed in accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit. Section C. Limitations on Permit Coverage 1. Post Construction Discharges Discharges that occur after construction activities have been completed, and after the construction site and any supporting activity site have undergone final stabilization, are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. Discharges originating from the sites are not authorized under this general permit following the submission of the notice of termination (NOT) or removal of the appropriate site notice, as applicable for the regulated construction activity. 2. Prohibition of Non-Stormwater Discharges Except as otherwise provided in Part II.A. of this general permit, only discharges that are composed entirely of stormwater associated with construction activity may be authorized under this general permit. 3. Compliance With Water Quality Standards Discharges to surface water in the state that would cause, have the reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or that would fail to protect and maintain existing designated uses are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. The executive director may require an application for an individual permit or alternative general permit (see Parts II.H.2. and 3.) to authorize discharges to surface water in the state if the executive director determines that any activity will cause, has the reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to a violation of water quality standards or is found to cause, has the reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to, the impairment of a designated use The executive director may also require an application for an individual permit considering factors described in Part II.H.2. of this general permit. Page 13 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 4. Impaired Receiving Waters and Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Requirements New sources or new discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired waters are not authorized by this permit unless otherwise allowable under 3o TAC Chapter 305 and applicable state law. Impaired waters are those that do not meet applicable water quality standards and are listed on the EPA approved CWA §3o3(d) List. Pollutants of concern are those for which the water body is listed as impaired. Discharges of the pollutants of concern to impaired water bodies for which there is a TMDL are not eligible for this general permit unless they are consistent with the approved TMDL Permittees must incorporate the conditions and requirements applicable to their discharges into their SWP3, in order to be eligible for coverage under this general permit. For consistency with the construction stormwater-related items in an approved TMDL, the SWP3 must be consistent with any applicable condition, goal, or requirement in the TMDL, TMDL Implementation Plan (I -Plan), or as otherwise directed by the executive director. 5. Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge or Contributing Zone Discharges cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 213 (relating to Edwards Aquifer). In addition, commencement of construction (i e. the initial disturbance of soils associated with clearing, grading, or excavating activities, as well as other construction -related activities such as stockpiling of fill material and demolition) at a site regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213, may not begin until the appropriate Edwards Aquifer Protection Plan (EAPP) has been approved by the TCEQ s Edwards Aquifer Protection Program (a) For new discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone or within that area upstream from the recharge zone and defined as the Contributing Zone (CZ), operators must meet all applicable requirements of and operate according to, 3o TAC Chapter 213 (Edwards Aquifer Rule) in addition to the provisions and requirements of this general permit (b) For existing discharges located within the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone, the requirements of the agency -approved Water Pollution Abatement Plan (WPAP) under the Edwards Aquifer Rule is in addition to the requirements of this general permit. BMPs and maintenance schedules for structural stormwater controls, for example, may be required as a provision of the rule. All applicable requirements of the Edwards Aquifer Rule for reductions of suspended solids in stormwater runoff are in addition to the requirements in this general permit for this pollutant. 6. Discharges to Specific Watersheds and Water Quality Areas Discharges otherwise eligible for coverage cannot be authorized by this general permit where prohibited by 3o TAC Chapter 311 (relating to Watershed Protection) for water quality areas and watersheds. 7. Protection of Streams and Watersheds by Other Governmental Entities This general permit does not limit the authority or ability of federal other state, or local governmental entities from placing additional or more stringent requirements on construction activities or discharges from construction activities. For example, this permit does not limit the authority of a home -rule municipality provided by Texas Local Government Code §401.002. 8. Indian Country Lands Stormwater runoff from construction activities occurring on Indian Country lands are not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. If discharges of stormwater require authorization under federal NPDES Page 14 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 regulations, authority for these discharges must be obtained from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 9. Oil and Gas Production Stormwater runoff from construction activities associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources, including transportation of crude oil or natural gas by pipeline, are not under the authority of the TCEQ and are not eligible for coverage under this general permit. If discharges of stormwater require authorization under federal NPDES regulations authority for these discharges must be obtained from the EPA. 10. Stormwater Discharges from Agricultural Activities Stormwater discharges from agricultural activities that are not point source discharges of stormwater are not subject to TPDES permit requirements These activities may include clearing and cultivating ground for crops, construction of fences to contain livestock construction of stock ponds, and other similar agricultural activities. Discharges of stormwater runoff associated with the construction of facilities that are subject to TPDES regulations, such as the construction of concentrated animal feeding operations would be point sources regulated under this general permit. 11. Endangered Species Act Discharges that would adversely affect a listed endangered or threatened aquatic or aquatic -dependent species or its critical habitat are not authorized 1303 this permit, unless the requirements of the Endangered Species Act are satisfied Federal requirements related to endangered species apply to all TPDES permitted discharges and site -specific controls may be required to ensure that protection of endangered or threatened species is achieved. If a permittee has concerns over potential impacts to listed species, the permittee may contact TCEQ for additional information. 12. Other Nothing in Part II of the general permit is intended to negate any person's ability to assert the force majeure (act of God, war, strike, riot, or other catastrophe) defenses found in 3o TAC §70.7. Section D. Deadlines for Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 1. Large Construction Activities (a) New Construction - Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized, either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit, prior to the commencement of those construction activities. (b) Ongoing Construction - Operators of large construction activities continuing to operate after the effective date of this permit, and authorized under TPDES general permit TXR150000 (effective on March 5, 2008) must submit an NOI to renew authorization or a NOT to terminate coverage under this general permit within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit. During this interim period, as a requirement of this TPDES permit, the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the previous TPDES permit. 2. Small Construction Activities (a) New Construction - Discharges from sites where the commencement of construction occurs on or after the effective date of this general permit must be authorized, either Page 15 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit, prior to the commencement of those construction activities. (b) Ongoing Construction - Discharges from ongoing small construction activities that commenced prior to the effective date of this general permit, and that would not meet the conditions to qualify for termination of this permit as described in Part II.E. of this general permit, must meet the requirements to be authorized, either under this general permit or a separate TPDES permit, within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit. During this interim period, as a requirement of this TPDES permit, the operator must continue to meet the conditions and requirements of the previous TPDES permit. Section E. Obtaining Authorization to Discharge 1. Automatic Authorization for Small Construction Activities With Low Potential for Erosion: If all of the following conditions are met, then a small construction activity is determined to occur during periods of low potential for erosion, and a site operator may be automatically authorized under this general permit without being required to develop an SWP3 or submit an NOI (a) the construction activity occurs in a county listed in Appendix A; (b) the construction activity is initiated and completed, including either final or temporary stabilization of all disturbed areas, within the time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site; (c) all temporary stabilization is adequately maintained to effectively reduce or prohibit erosion, permanent stabilization activities have been initiated, and a condition of final stabilization is completed no later than 3o days following the end date of the time frame identified in Appendix A for the location of the construction site; (d) the permittee signs a completed TCEQ construction site notice, including the certification statement; (e) a signed copy of the construction site notice is posted at the construction site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public, local state, and federal authorities prior to commencing construction activities and maintained in that location until completion of the construction activity; (f) a copy of the signed and certified construction site notice is provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge at least two days prior to commencement of construction activities (g) any supporting concrete batch plant or asphalt batch plant is separately authorized for discharges of stormwater runoff or other non-stormwater discharges under an individual TPDES permit, another TPDES general permit, or under an individual TCEQ permit where stormwater and non-stormwater is disposed of by evaporation or irrigation (discharges are adjacent to water in the state); and (h) any non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization, or are not considered to be a wastewater. Part II.G. of this general permit describes how an operator may apply for and obtain a waiver from permitting for certain small construction activities that occur during a period with a low potential for erosion, where automatic authorization under this section is not available. Page 16 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 2. Automatic Authorization For All Other Small Construction Activities: Operators of small construction activities not described in Part II.E.1. above may be automatically authorized under this general permit, and operators of these sites shall not be required to submit an NOI, provided that they meet all of the following conditions: (a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit, that covers either the entire site or all portions of the site for which the applicant is the operator, and implement that plan prior to commencing construction activities; (b) sign and certify a completed TCEQ small construction site notice, post the notice at the construction site in a location where it is safely and readily available for viewing by the general public, local, state, and federal authorities, prior to commencing construction, and maintain the notice in that location until completion of the construction activity (for linear construction activities e.g. pipeline or highway the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway; notice for these linear sites may be relocated, as necessary, along the length of the project, and the notice must be safely and readily available for viewing by the general public; local, state, and federal authorities) and (c) provide a copy of the signed and certified construction site notice to the operator of any municipal separate storm sewer system receiving the discharge prior to commencement of construction activities. Operators of small construction activities as defined in Part I.B of this general permit shall not submit an NOI for coverage unless otherwise required by the execute e director. As described in Part I (Definitions) of this general permit, large construction activities include those that will disturb less than five (5) acres of land but that are part of a larger common plan of development or sale that will ultimately disturb five (5) or more acres of land, and must meet the requirements of Part II E 3 below. 3. Authorization for Large Construction Activities: Operators of large construction activities that qualify for coverage under this general permit must meet all of the following conditions: (a) develop a SWP3 according to the provisions of this general permit that covers either the entire site or all portions of the site for which the applicant is the operator, and implement that planprior to commencing construction activities; (b) primary operators must submit an NOI, using a form provided by the executive director, at least seven (7) days prior to commencing construction activities, or if utilizing electronic submittal, prior to commencing construction activities. If an additional primary operator is added after the initial NOI is submitted the new primary operator must submit an NOI at least seven ('7) days before assuming operational control, or if utilizing electronic NOI submittal prior to assuming operational control. If the primary operator changes after the initial NOI is submitted, the new primary operator must submit a paper NOI or an electronic NOI at least ten (1o) days before assuming operational control; (c) all operators of large construction activities must post a site notice in accordance with Part III.D.2. of this permit. The site notice must be located where it is safely and readily available for viewing by the general public, local, state and federal authorities prior to commencing construction, and must be maintained in that location until completion of the construction activity (for linear construction activities, e.g. pipeline or highway, the site notice must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underw ay; notice for these linear sites may be relocated, as necessary, along the length of the project, and the notice must be safely and readily available for viewing by the general public; local, state, and federal authorities); Page 17 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (d) prior to commencing construction activities, all primary operators must (1) provide a copy of the signed NOI to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge and to any secondary construction operator, and (2) list in the SWP3 the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy; (e) all persons meeting the definition of "secondary operator" in Part I of this permit are hereby notified that they are regulated under this general permit but are not required to submit an NOI provided that a primary operator at the site has submitted an NOI, or is required to submit an NOI, and the secondary operator has provided notification to the operator(s) of the need to obtain coverage (with records of notification available upon request). Any secondary operator notified under this provision may alternatively submit an NOI under this general permit, may seek coverage under an alternative TPDES individual permit, or may seek coverage under an alternative TPDES general permit if available; and (f) all secondary operators must provide a copy of the signed and certified Secondary Operator construction site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge prior to commencement of construction activities. 4. Waivers for Small Construction Activities: Part II G describes how operators of certain small construction activities may obtain a waiver from coverage. 5. Effective Date of Coverage (a) Operators of small construction activities as described in either Part II.E 1. or II.E.2. above are authorized immediately following compliance with the applicable conditions of Part II E.1. or II.E.2. Secondary operators of large construction activities as described in Part II E 3 above are authorized immediately following compliance with the applicable conditions in Part II.E 3. For activities located in areas regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213, related to the Edwards Aquifer this authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's responsibilities under that rule. Construction may not commence for sites regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met. (b) Primary operators of large construction activities as described in Part II.E.3. above are provisionally authorized seven (7) days from the date that a completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ, unless otherwise notified by the executive director. If electronic submission of the NOI is provided, and unless otherwise notified by the executive director, primary operators are authorized immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOI by the TCEQ. Authorization is non - provisional when the executive director finds the NOI is administratively complete and an authorization number is issued for the activity. For activities located in areas regulated by 3o TAC Chapter 213, related to the Edwards Aquifer, this authorization to discharge is separate from the requirements of the operator's responsibilities under that rule. Construction may not commence for sites regulated under 3o TAC Chapter 213 until all applicable requirements of that rule are met. (c) Operators are not prohibited from submitting late NOIs or posting late notices to obtain authorization under this general permit. The TCEQ reserves the right to take appropriate enforcement actions for any unpermitted activities that may have occurred between the time construction commenced and authorization was obtained. 6. Notice of Change (NOC) If relevant information provided in the NOI changes, an NOC must be submitted at least 14 days before the change occurs, if possible. Where 14-day advance notice is not possible, the operator must submit an NOC within 14 days of discovery of the change. If Page 18 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 the operator becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts or submitted incorrect information in an NOI the correct information must be provided to the executive director in an NOC within 14 days after discovery. The NOC shall be submitted on a form provided by the executive director or by letter if an NOC form is not available. A copy of the NOC must also be provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge, and a list must be included in the SWP3 that includes the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy Information that may be included on an NOC includes, but is not limited to, the following• the description of the construction project, an increase in the number of acres disturbed (for increases of one or more acres), or the operator name. A transfer of operational control from one operator to another, including a transfer of the ownership of a company, may not be included in an NOC A transfer of ownership of a company includes changes to the structure of a company, such as changing from a partnership to a corporation or changing corporation types, so that the filing number (or charter number) that is on record with the Texas Secretary of State must be changed An NOC is not required for notifying TCEQ of a decrease in the number of acres disturbed. This information must be included in the SWP3 and retained on site. 7. Signatory Requirement for NOI Forms, Notice of Termination (NOT) Forms, NOC Letters, and Construction Site Notices NOI forms, NOT forms, NOC letters, and Construction Site Notices that require a signature must be signed according to 3o TAC § 305.44 (relating to Signatories for Applications). S. Contents of the NOI The NOI form shall require, at a minimum, the following information: (a) the TPDES CGP authorization number for existing authorizations under this general permit, where the operator submits an NOI to renew coverage within 90 days of the effective date of this general permit; (b) the name, address, and telephone number of the operator filing the NOI for permit coverage; (c) the name (or other identifier), address, county, and latitude/longitude of the construction project or site; (d) the number of acres that will be disturbed by the applicant, (e) confirmation that the project or site will not be located on Indian Country lands; (f) confirmation that a SWP3 has been developed in accordance with this general permit, that it will be implemented prior to construction, and that it is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans; for multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3, the confirmation for an operator may be limited to its obligations under the SWP3 provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one operator; (g) name of the receiving water(s); (h) the classified segment number for each classified segment that receives discharges from the regulated construction activity (if the discharge is not directly to a classified segment, then the classified segment number of the first classified segment that those discharges reach); and (i) the name of all surface waters receiving discharges from the regulated construction activity that are on the latest EPA -approved CWA § 3o3(d) List of impaired waters. Page 19 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Section F. Terminating Coverage 1. Notice of Termination (NOT) Required Each operator that has submitted an NOI for authorization under this general permit must apply to terminate that authorization following the conditions described in this section of the general permit. Authorization must be terminated by submitting an NOT on a form supplied by the executive director. Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates at midnight on the day the NOT is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ. If electronic submission of the NOT is provided, authorization to discharge under this permit terminates immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOT by the TCEQ Compliance with the conditions and requirements of this permit is required until an NOT is submitted. The NOT must be submitted to TCEQ, and a copy of the NOT provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge (with a list in the SWP3 of the names and addresses of all MS4 operators receiving a copy), within 3o days after any of the following conditions are met• (a) final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the permittee; (b) a transfer of operational control has occurred (See Section II F 4 below); or (c) the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual TPDES permit or alternative TPDES general permit 2 Minimum Contents of the NOT The NOT form shall require, at a minimum, the following information: (a) if authorization was granted following submission of an NOI, the permittee's site - specific TPDES authorization number foi the construction sites (b) an indication of whether the construction activity is completed or if the permittee is simply no longer an operator at the site; (c) the name, address, and telephone number of the permittee submitting the NOT; (d) the name (or other identifier), address, county, and location (latitude/longitude) of the construction project or site; and (e) a signed certification that either all stormwater discharges requiring authorization under this general permit will no longer occur, or that the applicant is no longer the operator of the facility or construction site, and that all temporary structural erosion controls have either been removed, will be removed on a schedule defined in the SWP3, or have been transferred to a new operator if the new operator has applied for permit col erage Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an indefinite period, such as mulches and fiber mats, are not required to be removed or scheduled for removal. 3. Termination of Coverage for Small Construction Sites and for Secondary Operators at Large Construction Sites Each operator that has obtained automatic authorization and has not been required to submit an NOI must remove the site notice upon meeting any of the conditions listed below, complete the applicable portion of the site notice related to remm al of the site notice, and submit a copy of the completed site notice to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge (or provide alternative notification as allowed by the MS4 operator, with documentation of such notification included in the SWP3) within 30 days of meeting any of the following conditions: Page 20 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (a) final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the permittee; (b) a transfer of operational control has occurred (See Section II.F.4. below); or (c) the operator has obtained alternative authorization under an individual or general TPDES permit. Authorization to discharge under this general permit terminates immediately upon removal of the applicable site notice. Compliance with the conditions and requirements of this permit is required until the site notice is removed 4. Transfer of Operational Control Coverage under this general permit is not transferable. A transfer of operational control includes changes to the structure of a company, such as changing from a partnership to a corporation, or changing to a different corporation type such that a different filing (or charter) number is established with the Texas Secretary of State. When the primary operator of a large construction activity changes or operational control is transferred, the original operator must submit an NOT within ten (io) days prior to the date that responsibility for operations terminates and the new operator must submit an NOI at least ten (io) days prior to the transfer of operational control, in accordance with condition (a) or (b) below. A copy of the NOT must be provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge in accordance with Section II F.i. above Operators of regulated construction activities who are not required to submit an NOI must remove the original site notice, and the new operator must post the required site notice prior to the transfer of operational control, in accordance with condition (a) or (b) below. A copy of the completed site notice must be provided to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge, in accordance with Section II F 3 above. A transfer of operational control occurs when either of the following criteria is met. (a) Another operator has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized; and all silt fences and other temporary erosion controls have either been removed, scheduled for removal as defined in the SWP3, or transferred to a new operator, provided that the permitted operator has attempted to notify the new operator in writing of the requirement to obtain permit coverage. Record of this notification (or attempt at notification) shall be retained by the operator in accordance with Part VI of this permit. Erosion controls that are designed to remain in place for an indefinite period, such as mulches and fiber mats, are not required to be removed or scheduled for removal. (b) A homebuilder has purchased one or more lots from an operator who obtained coverage under this general permit for a common plan of development or sale The homebuilder is considered a new operator and shall comply with the requirements listed above, including the development of a SWP3 if necessary. Under these circumstances, the homebuilder is only responsible for compliance with the general permit requirements as they apply to lot(s) it has operational control over, and the original operator remains responsible for common controls or discharges, and must amend its SWP3 to remove the lot(s) transferred to the homebuilder. Section G. Waivers from Coverage The executive director may waive the otherwise applicable requirements of this general permit for stormwater discharges from small construction activities under the terms and conditions described in this section. Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 1. Waiver Applicability and Coverage Operators of small construction activities may apply for and receive a waiver from the requirements to obtain authorization under this general permit, where all of the following conditions are met This waiver from coverage does not apply to non- stormwater discharges. The operator must insure that any non-stormwater discharges are either authorized under a separate permit or authorization, or are not considered to be a wastewater. (a) the calculated rainfall erosivity (R) factor for the entire period of the construction project is less than five (5); (b) the operator submits to the TCEQ a signed waiver certification form, supplied by the executive director, certifying that the construction activity will commence and be completed within a period when the value of the calculated R factor is less than five (5); and (c) the waiver certification form is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ at least seven (7) days before construction activity begins or, if electronic filing is available then any time following the receipt of written confirmation from TCEQ that a complete electronic application was submitted and acknowledged. 2. Steps to Obtaining a Waiver The construction site operator may calculate the R factor to request a waiver using the following steps: (a) Estimate the construction start date and the construction end date. The construction end date is the date that final stabilization will be achieved. (b) Find the appropriate Erosivity Index (EI) zone in Appendix B of this permit. (c) Find the EI percentage for the project period by adding the results for each period of the project using the table provided in Appendix D of this permit, in EPA Fact Sheet 2.1, or in USDA Handbook 703, by subtracting the start value from the end value to find the percent EI for the site. (d) Refer to the Isoerodent Map (Appendix C of this permit) and interpolate the annual isoerodent value for the proposed construction location. (e) Multiply the percent value obtained in Step (c) above by the annual isoerodent value obtained in Step (d) This is the R factor for the proposed project. If the value is less than 5, then a waiver may be obtained If the value is five (5) or more then a waiver may not be obtained, and the operator must obtain coverage under Part II.E.2. of this permit Alternatively, the operator may calculate a site specific R factor utilizing the following online calculator: http://ei.taru.edu/index.html, or using another available resource. The waiver certification form is not required to be posted at the small construction site. 3. Effective Date of Waiver Operators of small construction activities are provisionally waived from the otherwise applicable requirements of this general permit seven (7) days from the date that a completed waiver certification form is postmarked for delivery to TCEQ or immediately upon receiving confirmation of approval of an electronic submittal, if electronic form submittals are available. 4. Activities Extending Beyond the Waiver Period If a construction activity extends beyond the approved waiver period due to circumstances beyond the control of the operator, the operator must either: Page 22 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (a) recalculate the R factor using the original start date and a new projected ending date, and if the R factor is still under five (5), submit a new waiver certification form at least two (2) days before the end of the original waiver period; or (b) obtain authonzation under this general permit according to the requirements delineated in either Part II.E.2. or Part II.E.3. before the end of the approved waiver period. Section H. Alternative TPDES Permit Coverage 1. Individual Permit Alternative Any discharge eligible for coverage under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under an individual TPDES permit according to 30 TAC §305 (relating to Consolidated Permits). Applications for individual permit coverage should be submitted at least three hundred and thirty (330) days prior to commencement of construction activities to ensure timely authorization. 2. Individual Permit Required The executive director may suspend an authorization or deny an NOI in accordance with the procedures set forth in 3o TAC §205 (relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges), including the requirement that the executive director provide written notice to the permittee The executive director may require an operator of a construction site, otherwise eligible for authorization under this general permit, to apply for an individual TPDES permit in the following circumstances: (a) the conditions of an approved TMDL or TMDL I -Plan on the receiving water; (b) the activity being determined to cause a violation of water quality standards or being found to cause, or contribute to, the loss of a designated use of surface water in the state: and (c) any other consideration defined in 3o TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges) including 3o TAC Chapter 205 4(c)(3)(D), which allows the commission to deny authorization under the general permit and require an individual permit if a discharger "has been determined by the executive director to have been out of compliance with any rule, order, or permit of the commission, including non- payment of fees assessed by the executive director. ' Additionally, the executive director may cancel, revoke, or suspend authorization to discharge under this general permit based on a finding of historical and significant noncompliance with the provisions of this general permit, relating to 3o TAC §60.3 (Use of Compliance History). Denial of authorization to discharge under this general permit or suspension of a permittee's authonzation under this general permit shall be done according to commission rules in 3o TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges). 3. Alternative Discharge Authorization Any discharge eligible for authorization under this general permit may alternatively be authorized under a separate general permit according to 3o TAC Chapter 205 (relating to General Permits for Waste Discharges), if applicable. Section I. Permit Expiration 1. This general permit is effective for a term not to exceed five (5) years All active discharge authorizations expire on the date provided on page one (1) of this permit. Following public notice and comment, as provided by 30 TAC §205.3 (relating to Page 23 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Public Notice, Public Meetings, and Public Comment), the commission may amend, revoke, cancel, or renew this general permit. 2. If the executive director publishes a notice of the intent to renew or amend this general permit before the expiration date, the permit will remain in effect for existing authorized discharges until the commission takes final action on the permit. Upon issuance of a renewed or amended permit, permittees may be required to submit an NOI within 90 days following the effective date of the renewed or amended permit, unless that permit provides for an alternative method for obtaining authorization. 3. If the commission does not propose to reissue this general permit within 90 days before the expiration date, permittees shall apply for authorization under an individual permit or an alternative general permit If the application for an individual permit is submitted before the expiration date, authorization under this expiring general permit remains in effect until the issuance or denial of an individual permit No new NOIs will be accepted nor new authorizations honored under the general permit after the expiration date. Part III. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plans (SWP3) All regulated construction site operators shall prepare an SWP3, prior to submittal of an NOI, to address discharges authorized under Parts II.E.2. and II.E.3. of this general permit that will reach Waters of the U S , including discharges to MS4s and privately owned separate storm sewer systems that drain to Waters of the U S., to identify and address potential sources of pollution that are reasonably expected to affect the quality of discharges from the construction site, including off -site material storage areas, overburden and stockpiles of dirt, borrow areas, equipment staging areas, vehicle repair areas, fueling areas, etc., used solely by the permitted project. The SWP3 must describe the implementation of practices that will be used to minimize to the extent practicable the discharge of pollutants in stormwater associated with construction activity and non-stormwater discharges described in Part II.A.3., in compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit. Individual operators at a site may develop separate SWP3s that cover only their portion of the project, provided reference is made to the other operators at the site. Where there is more than one SWP3 for a site, permittees must coordinate to ensure that BMPs and controls are consistent and do not negate or impair the effectiveness of each other Regardless of whether a single comprehensive SWP3 is developed or separate SWP3s are developed for each operator, it is the responsibility of each operator to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of this general permit in the areas of the construction site where that operator has control o\ er construction plans and specifications or day-to-day operations. Section A. Shared SWP3 Development For more effective coordination of BMPs and opportunities for cost sharing, a cooperative effort by the different operators at a site is encouraged. Operators must independently obtain authorization but may work together to prepare and implement a single, comprehensive SWP3 for the entire construction site 1. The SWP3 must clearly list the name and, for large construction activities the general permit authorization numbers, for each operator that participates in the shared SWP3 Until the TCEQ responds to receipt of the NOI with a general permit authorization number, the SWP3 must specify the date that the NOI was submitted to TCEQ by each operator Each operator participating in the shared plan must also sign the SWP3. Page 24 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 2. The SWP3 must clearly indicate which operator is responsible for satisfying each shared requirement of the SWP3. If the responsibility for satisfying a requirement is not described in the plan, then each permittee is entirely responsible for meeting the requirement within the boundaries of the construction site where they perform construction activities. The SWP3 must clearly describe responsibilities for meeting each requirement in shared or common areas. 3. The SWP3 may provide that one operator is responsible for preparation of a SWP3 in compliance with the CGP, and another operator is responsible for implementation of the SWP3 at the project site. Section B. Responsibilities of Operators 1. Secondary Operators and Primary Operators with Control Over Construction Plans and Specifications All secondary operators and primary operators with control over construction plans and specifications shall: (a) ensure the project specifications allow or provide that adequate BMPs are developed to meet the requirements of Part III of this general permit; (b) ensure that the SWP3 indicates the areas of the project where they have control over project specifications, including the ability to make modifications in specifications* (c) ensure that all other operators affected by modifications in project specifications are notified in a timely manner so that those operators may modify their BMP s as necessary to remain compliant with the conditions of this general permit; and (d) ensure that the SWP3 for portions of the project where they are operators indicates the name and site -specific TPDES authorization number(s) for operators with the day-to-day operational control over those activities necessary to ensure compliance with the SWP3 and other permit conditions. If the party with day-to-day operational control has not been authorized or has abandoned the site, the person with control over project specifications is considered to be the responsible party until the authority is transferred to another party and the SWP3 is updated. 2. Primary Operators with Day -to -Day Operational Control Primary operators with day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project that are necessary to ensure compliance with an SWP3 and other permit conditions must ensure that the SWP3 accomplishes the following requirements: (a) meets the requirements of this general permit for those portions of the project where they are operators; (b) identifies the parties responsible for implementation of BMPs described in the SWP3; (c) indicates areas of the project where they have operational control over day-to-day activities; and (d) includes, for areas where they have operational control over day-to-day activities, the name and site -specific TPDES authorization number of the parties with control over project specifications, including the ability to make modifications in specifications. Section C. Deadlines for SWP3 Preparation, Implementation, and Compliance The SWP3 must be prepared prior to obtaining authorization under this general permit, and implemented prior to commencing construction activities that result in soil Page 25 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 disturbance. The SWP3 must be prepared so that it provides for compliance with the terms and conditions of this general permit. Section D. Plan Review and Making Plans Available 1. The SWP3 must be retained on -site at the construction site or, if the site is inactive or does not have an on -site location to store the plan a notice must be posted describing the location of the SWP3 The SWP3 must be made readily available at the time of an on -site inspection to: the executive director; a federal, state, or local agency approving sediment and erosion plans, grading plans or stormwater management plans; local government officials* and the operator of a municipal separate storm sewer receiving discharges from the site. If the SWP3 is retained off -site then it shall be made available as soon as reasonably possible. In most instances, it is reasonable that the SWP3 shall be made available within 24 hours of the request. 2. A primary operator of a large construction activity must post the TCEQ site notice near the main entrance of the construction site. An operator of a small construction activity seeking authorization under this general permit and a secondary operator of a large construction activity must post the TCEQ site notice required in Part II E.i., 2. or 3. of this general permit in order to obtain authorization. If the construction project is a linear construction project, such as a pipeline or highway, the notices must be placed in a publicly accessible location near where construction is actively underway Notices for these linear sites may be relocated, as necessary, along the length of the project. The notices must be readily available for viewing by the general public; local, state, and federal authorities; and contain the following information: (a) the site -specific TPDES authorization number for the project if assigned; (b) the operator name, contact name, and contact phone number; (c) a brief description of the project; and (d) the location of the SWP3 3. This permit does not provide the general public with any right to trespass on a construction site for any reason, including inspection of a site; nor does this permit require that permittees allow members of the general public access to a construction site. Section E. Revisions and Updates to SWP3s The permittee must revise or update the SWP3 whenever the following occurs* 1. a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance that has a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants and that has not been previously addressed in the SWP3; 2. changing site conditions based on updated plans and specifications, new operators, new areas of responsibility, and changes in BMPs; or 3. results of inspections or investigations by site operators, operators of a municipal separate storm sewer system receiving the discharge, authorized TCEQ personnel, or a federal, state or local agency approving sediment and erosion plans indicate the SWP3 is proving ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in discharges authorized under this general permit Section F. Contents of SWP3 The SWP3 must include, at a minimum, the information described in this section and must comply with the construction and development effluent guidelines in Part III, Section G of the general permit. Page 26 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 1. A site or project description, which includes the following information: (a) a description of the nature of the construction activity; (b) a hst of potential pollutants and their sources; (c) a description of the intended schedule or sequence of activities that will disturb soils for major portions of the site, including estimated start dates and duration of activities; (d) the total number of acres of the entire property and the total number of acres where construction activities will occur, including off -site material storage areas, overburden and stockpiles of dirt, and borrow areas that are authorized under the permittee's NOI; (e) data describing the soil or the quality of any discharge from the site; (f) a map showing the general location of the site (e.g. a portion of a city or county map); (g) a detailed site map (or maps) indicating the following: (i) drainage patterns and approximate slopes anticipated after major grading activities; (ii) areas where soil disturbance will occur; (iii) locations of all controls and buffers, either planned or in place; (iv) locations where temporary or permanent stabilization practices are expected to be used; (v) locations of construction support activities, including off -site activities, that are authorized under the permittee's NOI, including material, waste, borrow, fill, or equipment or chemical storage areas; (vi) surface waters (including wetlands) either at, adjacent, or in close proximity to the site, and also indicating those that are impaired waters; (vii) locations where stormwater discharges from the site directly to a surface water body or a municipal separate storm sewer system; (viii) vehicle wash areas; and (ix) designated points on the site where vehicles will exit onto paved roads (for instance this applies to construction transition from unstable dirt areas to exterior paved roads). Where the amount of information required to be included on the map would result in a single map being difficult to read and interpret, the operator shall develop a series of maps that collectively include the required information. (h) the location and description of support activities authorized under the permittee's NOI, including asphalt plants concrete plants, and other activities providing support to the construction site that is authorized under this general permit (i) the name of receiving waters at or near the site that may be disturbed or that may receive discharges from disturbed areas of the project; (j) a copy of this TPDES general permit; (k) the NOI and acknowledgement certificate for primary operators of large construction sites, and the site notice for small construction sites and for secondary operators of large construction sites; (1) stormwater and allowable non-stormwater discharge locations, including storm drain inlets on site and in the immediate vicinity of the construction site; and Page 27 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (m) locations of all pollutant -generating activities, such as paving operations; concrete, paint and stucco washout and water disposal; solid waste storage and disposal; and dewatering operations. 2. A description of the BMPs that will be used to minimize pollution in runoff. The description must identify the general timing or sequence for implementation. At a minimum, the description must include the following components: (a) General Requirements (i) Erosion and sediment controls must be designed to retain sediment on -site to the extent practicable with consideration for local topography, soil type, and rainfall. (ii) Control measures must be properly selected, installed, and maintained according to the manufacturer s or designer's specifications. (iii) Controls must be developed to minimize the offsite transport of litter, construction debris, and construction materials. (b) Erosion Control and Stabilization Practices The SWP3 must include a description of temporary and permanent erosion control and stabilization practices for the site, compliant with the requirements of Part III.G.1 and G 2 of this general permit, including a schedule of when the practices will be implemented. Site plans should ensure that existing vegetation is preserved where rt is possible. (i) Erosion control and stabilization practices may include but are not limited to: establishment of temporary or permanent vegetation, mulching, geotextiles sod stabilization, vegetative buffer strips protection of existing trees and vegetation, slope texturing, temporary velocity dissipation devices, flow diversion mechanisms and other similar measures. (ii) The following records must be maintained .and either attached to or referenced in the SWP3, and made readily available upon request to the parties listed in Part III D 1 of this general permit: (A) the dates when major grading activities occur; (B) the dates when construction activities temporarily or permanently cease on a portion of the site; and (C) the dates when stabilization measures are initiated. (iii) Erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have temporarily ceased and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar days. Stabilization measures that provide a protective cover must be initiated immediately in portions of the site where construction activities have permanently ceased. The term "immediately" is used to define the deadline for initiating stabilization measures. In the context of this requirement, "immediately' means as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of the next work day, following the day when the earth -disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Except as provided in (A) through (D) below, these measures must be completed as soon as practicable, but no more than 14 calendar days after the initiation of soil stabilization measures* (A) Where the immediate initiation of stabilization measures after construction activity temporarily or permanently ceased is precluded Page 28 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 by snow cover or frozen ground conditions, stabilization measures must be initiated as soon as practicable. (B) In arid areas, semi -arid areas, or drought -stricken areas where the immediate initiation of stabilization measures after construction activity has temporarily or permanently ceased or is precluded by arid conditions, erosion control and stabilization measures must be initiated as soon as practicable Where vegetative controls are not feasible due to arid conditions, the operator shall immediately install, and within 14 calendar days of a temporary or permanent cessation of work in any portion of the site complete, non -vegetative erosion controls. If non -vegetative controls are not feasible, the operator shall install temporary sediment controls as required in Paragraph (C) below. (C) In areas where temporary stabilization measures are infeasible, the operator may alternatively utilize temporary perimeter controls. The operator must document in the SWP3 the reason why stabilization measures are not feasible, and must demonstrate that the perimeter controls will retain sediment on site to the extent practicable. The operator must continue to inspect the BMPs at the frequency established in Section III.F.7.(a) for unstabilized sites. (D) If the initiation or completion of vegetative stabilization is affected by circumstances beyond the control of the permittee, vegetative stabilization must be initiated or completed as soon as conditions or circumstances allow it on the site. The requirement to initiate stabilization is triggered as soon as it is known with reasonable certainty that work will be stopped for 14 or more additional calendar days. (iv) Final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit coverage. (v) TCEQ does not expect that temporary or permanent stabilization measures to be applied to areas that are intended to be left un-vegetated or un- stabilized following construction (e.g., dirt access roads, utility pole pads, areas being used for storage of vehicles, equipment, of materials). (c) Sediment Control Practices The SWP3 must include a description of any sediment control practices used to remove eroded soils from stormwater runoff, including the general timing or sequence for implementation of controls. (i) Sites With Drainage Areas of Ten or More Acres (A) Sedimentation Basin(s) (i) A sedimentation basin is required, where feasible, for a common drainage location that serves an area with ten (io) or more acres disturbed at one time. A sedimentation basin may be temporary or permanent, and must provide sufficient storage to contain a calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm from each disturbed acre drained. When calculating the volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm event, it is not required to include the flows from offsite areas and flow from onsite areas that are either undisturbed or have already undergone permanent stabilization, if these flows are diverted around both the disturbed areas of the site and the sediment basin. Capacity calculations shall be included in the SWP3. Page 29 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 (2) Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be performed, the sedimentation basin must provide at least 3,600 cubic feet of storage per acre drained until final stabilization of the site. (3) If a sedimentation basin is not feasible, then the permittee shall provide equivalent control measures until final stabilization of the site. In determining whether installing a sediment basin is feasible, the permittee may consider factors such as site soils, slope, available area, public safety, precipitation patterns, site geometry, site vegetation, infiltration capacity, geotechnical factors depth to groundwater, and other similar considerations The permittee shall document the reason that the sediment basins are not feasible, and shall utilize equivalent control measures, which may include a series of smaller sediment basins. (4) Unless infeasible, when discharging from sedimentation basins and impoundments, the permittee shall utilize outlet structures that withdraw water from the surface. (B) Perimeter Controls• At a minimum, silt fences, vegetative buffer strips, or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope boundaries of the construction area, and for those side slope boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site conditions. (ii) Controls for Sites With Drainage Areas Less than Ten Acres: (A) Sediment traps and sediment basins may be used to control solids in stormwater runoff for drainage locations serving less than ten (io) acres. At a minimum, silt fences, vegetative buffer strips, or equivalent sediment controls are required for all down slope boundaries of the construction area, and for those side slope boundaries deemed appropriate as dictated by individual site conditions. (B) Alternatively, a sediment basin that provides storage for a calculated volume of runoff from a 2-year, 24-hour storm from each disturbed acre drained may be utilized. Where rainfall data is not available or a calculation cannot be performed a temporary or permanent sediment basin providing 3 60o cubic feet of storage per acre drained may be provided. If a calculation is performed, then the calculation shall be included in the SWP3 (C) If sedimentation basins or impoundments are used, the permittee shall comply with the requirements in Part III.G.6 of this general permit. 3. Description of Permanent Stormwater Controls A description of any measures that will be installed during the construction process to control pollutants in stormwater discharges that may occur after construction operations have been completed must be included in the SWP3. Permittees are only responsible for the installation and maintenance of stormwater management measures prior to final stabilization of the site or prior to submission of an NOT. 4. Other Required Controls and BMPs (a) Permittees shall minimize, to the extent practicable, the off -site vehicle tracking of sediments and the generation of dust. The SWP3 shall include a description of controls utilized to accomplish this requirement. Page 3o Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 (b) The SWP3 must include a description of construction and waste materials expected to be stored on -site and a description of controls to minimize pollutants from these materials (c) The SWP3 must include a description of potential pollutant sources from areas other than construction (such as stormwater discharges from dedicated asphalt plants and dedicated concrete batch plants), and a description of controls and measures that will be implemented at those sites to minimize pollutant discharges. (d) Permittees shall place velocity dissipation devices at discharge locations and along the length of any outfall channel (i.e., runoff conveyance) to provide a non - erosive flow velocity from the structui e to a water course, so that the natural physical and biological characteristics and functions are maintained and protected. (e) Permittees shall design and utilize appropriate controls to minimize the offsite transport of suspended sediments and other pollutants if it is necessary to pump or channel standing water from the site. (f) Permittees shall ensure that all other required controls and BMPs comply with all of the requirements of Part III.G of this general permit 5. Documentation of Compliance with Approved State and Local Plans (a) Permittees must ensure that the SWP3 is consistent with requirements specified in applicable sediment and erosion site plans or site permits or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by federal, state, or local officials. (b) SWP3s must be updated as necessary to remain consistent with any changes applicable to protecting surface water resources in sediment erosion site plans or site permits, or stormwater management site plans or site permits approved by state or local official for which the permittee receives written notice. (c) If the permittee is required to prepare a separate management plan, including but not limited to a WPAP or Contributing Zone Plan in accordance with 3o TAC Chapter 213 (related to the Edwards Aquifer), then a copy of that plan must be either included in the SWP3 or made readily available upon request to authorized personnel of the TCEQ. The permittee shall maintain a copy of the approval letter for the plan in its SWP3. 6. Maintenance Requirements (a) All protective measures identified in the SWP3 must be maintained in effective operating condition. If, through inspections or other means, the permittee determines that BMPs are not operating effectively, then the permittee shall perform maintenance as necessary to maintain the continued effectiveness of stormwater controls, and prior to the next rain event if feasible If maintenance prior to the next anticipated storm event is impracticable, the reason shall be documented in the SWP3 and maintenance must be scheduled and accomplished as soon as practicable. Erosion and sediment controls that have been intentionally disabled, run -over, removed, or otherwise rendered ineffective must be replaced or corrected immediately upon discovery (b) If periodic inspections or other information indicates a control has been used incorrectly, is performing inadequately, or is damaged, then the operator shall replace or modify the control as soon as practicable after making the discovery. (c) Sediment must be removed from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 5o%. For perimeter Page 31 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 controls such as silt fences, berms, etc., the trapped sediment must be removed before it reaches 5o% of the above -ground height. (d) If sediment escapes the site, accumulations must be removed at a frequency that minimizes off -site impacts, and prior to the next rain event, if feasible If the permittee does not own or operate the off -site conveyance, then the permittee shall work with the owner or operator of the property to remove the sediment. 7 Inspections of Controls (a) Personnel provided by the permittee must inspect disturbed areas of the construction site that have not been finally stabilized, areas used for storage of materials that are exposed to precipitation, discharge locations and structural controls for evidence of, or the potential for pollutants entering the drainage system. Personnel conducting these inspections must be knowledgeable of this general permit, familiar with the construction site, and knowledgeable of the SWP3 for the site. Sediment and erosion control measures identified in the SWP3 must be inspected to ensure that they are operating correctly. Locations where vehicles enter or exit the site must be inspected for evidence of off -site sediment tracking. Inspections must be conducted at least once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater. Where sites have been finally or temporarily stabilized or where runoff is unlikely due to winter conditions (e.g. site is covered with snow, ice, or frozen ground exists), inspections must be conducted at least once every month. In arid, semi -arid, or drought -stricken areas, inspections must be conducted at least once every month and within 24 hours after the end of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater. The SWP3 must also contain a record of the total rainfall measured, as well as the approximate beginning and ending dates of winter or drought conditions resulting in monthly frequency of inspections. As an alternative to the above -described inspection schedule of once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of a storm event of 0.5 inches or greater, the SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once every seven (7) calendar days. If this alternative schedule is developed, then the inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall event since the previous inspection. The inspections may occur on either schedule provided that the SWP3 reflects the current schedule and that any changes to the schedule are conducted in accordance with the following provisions: the schedule may be changed a maximum of one time each month, the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a calendar month, and the reason for the schedule change must be documented in the SWP3 (e.g. end of "dry" season and beginning of "wet" season). (b) Utility line installation, pipeline construction, and other examples of long, narrow, linear construction activities may provide inspection personnel with hmited access to the areas described in Part III.F.7.(a) above. Inspection of these areas could require that vehicles compromise temporarily or even permanently stabilized areas cause additional disturbance of soils, and increase the potential for erosion In these circumstances, controls must be inspected at least once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of a storm event of o 5 inches or greater, but representative inspections may be performed For representative inspections, personnel must inspect controls along the construction site for o 25 mile above and below each access point where a roadway undisturbed right-of-way, or other similar feature intersects the construction site and allows access to the areas described in Part III.F.7.(a) Page 32 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 above. The conditions of the controls along each inspected o 25 mile portion may be considered as representative of the condition of controls along that reach extending from the end of the o.25 mile portion to either the end of the next 0 25 mile inspected portion or to the end of the project, whichever occurs first. As an alternative to the above -described inspection schedule of once every 14 calendar days and within 24 hours of a storm event of o.5 inches or greater, the SWP3 may be developed to require that these inspections will occur at least once every seven (7) calendar days. If this alternative schedule is developed the inspection must occur regardless of whether or not there has been a rainfall event since the previous inspection The inspections may occur on either schedule provided that the SWP3 reflects the current schedule and that any changes to the schedule are conducted in accordance with the following provisions: the schedule may be changed a maximum of one time each month, the schedule change must be implemented at the beginning of a calendar month, and the reason for the schedule change must be documented in the SWP3 (e.g., end of "dry" season and beginning of "wet" season). (c) In the event of flooding or other uncontrollable situations which prohibit access to the inspection sites, inspections must be conducted as soon as access is practicable. (d) The SWP3 must be modified based on the results of inspections, as necessary, to better control pollutants in runoff. Revisions to the SWP3 must be completed within seven (7) calendar days following the inspection If existing BMPs are modified or if additional BMPs are necessary, an implementation schedule must be described in the SWP3 and wherever possible those changes implemented before the next storm event. If implementation before the next anticipated storm event is impracticable, these changes must be implemented as soon as practicable. (e) A report summarizing the scope of the inspection, the date(s) of the inspection, and major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3 must be made and retained as part of the SWP3. Major observations should include: The locations of discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site; locations of BMPs that need to be maintained; locations of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or proved inadequate for a particular location; and locations where additional BMPs are needed. Actions taken as a result of inspections must be described within, and retained as a part of the SWP3. Reports must identify any incidents of non-compliance. Where a report does not identify any incidents of non-compliance, the report must contain a certification that the facility or site is in compliance with the SWP3 and this permit. The report must be signed by the person and in the manner required by 3o TAC §305 128 (relating to Signatories to Reports). The names and qualifications of personnel making the inspections for the permittee may be documented once in the SWP3 rather than being included in each report. 8. The SWP3 must identify and ensure the implementation of appropriate pollution prevention measures for all eligible non-stormwater components of the discharge, as listed in Part II A.3. of this permit. 9. The SWP3 must include the information required in Part III B. of this general permit. 10. The SWP3 must include pollution prevention procedures that comply with Part III.G.4 of this general permit Page 33 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Section G. Erosion and Sediment Control Requirements Applicable to All Sites Except as provided in 4o CFR §§125.30-125.32, any discharge regulated under this general permit, with the exception of sites that obtained waivers based on low rainfall erosivity, must achieve, at a minimum, the following effluent limitations representing the degree of effluent reduction attainable by application of the best practicable control technology currently available (BPT). i Erosion and sediment controls. Design, install, and maintain effective erosion controls and sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants. At a minimum, such controls must be designed, installed and maintained to: (a) Control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion; (b) If any stormwater flow will be channehzed at the site, stormwater controls must be designed to control both peak flowrates and total stormwater volume to minimize erosion at outlets and to minimize downstream channel and streambank erosion; (c) Minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity; (d) Minimize the disturbance of steep slopes; (e) Minimize sediment discharges from the site. The design, installation, and maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the amount, frequency, intensity and duration of precipitation, the nature of resulting stormwater runoff, and soil characteristics, including the range of soil particle sizes expected to be present on the site; (f) If earth disturbance activities are located in close proximity to a surface water, provide and maintain appropriate natural buffers if feasible and as necessary, around surface waters depending on site -specific topography, sensitivity, and proximity to water bodies Direct stormwater to vegetated areas to increase sediment removal and maximize stormwater infiltration. If providing buffers is infeasible, the permittee shall document the reason that natural buffers are not feasible, and shall implement additional erosion and sediment controls to reduce sediment load (g) Preserve native topsoil at the site, unless infeasible; and (h) Minimize soil compaction in post -construction pervious areas. In areas of the construction site where final vegetative stabilization will occur or where infiltration practices will be installed, either: (i) restrict vehicle and equipment use to avoid soil compaction; or (2) prior to seeding or planting areas of exposed soil that have been compacted, use techniques that condition the soils to support vegetative growth, if necessary and feasible; (i) TCEQ does not consider stormwater control features (e.g. stormwater conveyance channels, storm drain inlets, sediment basins) to constitute "surface waters" for the purposes of triggering the buffer requirement in Part III.G.(f) above. 2. Soil stabilization. Stabilization of disturbed areas must, at a minimum, be initiated immediately whenever any clearing, grading, excavating, or other earth disturbing activities have permanently ceased on any portion of the site, or temporarily ceased on any portion of the site and will not resume for a period exceeding 14 calendar days. In the context of this requirement, "immediately" means as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of the next work day, following the day when the earth - disturbing activities have temporarily or permanently ceased. Temporary Page 34 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR15o0o0 stabilization must be completed no more than 14 calendar days after initiation of soil stabilization measures, and final stabilization must be achieved prior to termination of permit coverage. In arid, semi -arid, and drought -stricken areas where initiating vegetative stabilization measures immediately is infeasible, alternative non - vegetative stabilization measures must be employed as soon as practicable. Refer to Part III.F.2.(b) for complete erosion control and stabilization practice requirements. 3. Dewatering. Discharges from dewatering activities, including discharges from dewatering of trenches and excavations, are prohibited, unless managed by appropriate controls. 4. Pollution prevention measures. Design, install, implement, and maintain effective pollution prevention measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants. At a minimum, such measures must be designed installed, implemented, and maintained to: (a) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from equipment and vehicle washing, wheel wash water, and other wash waters Wash waters must be treated in a sediment basin or alternative control that provides equivalent or better treatment prior to discharge; (b) Minimize the exposure of building materials, building products, construction wastes, trash, landscape materials, fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides, detergents, sanitary waste, and other materials present on the site to precipitation and to stormwater; and (c) Minimize the discharge of pollutants from spills and leaks, and implement chemical spill and leak prevention and response procedures. 5. Prohibited discharges. The following discharges are prohibited: (a) Wastewater from wash out of concrete trucks, unless managed by an appropriate control (see Part V of the general permit); (b) Wastewater from wash out and cleanout of stucco, paint, form release oils, curing compounds and other construction materials; (c) Fuels, oils, or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance; and (d) Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing. 6. Surface outlets. When discharging from basins and impoundments, utilize outlet structures that withdraw water from the surface, unless infeasible. Part TV. Stormwater Runoff from Concrete Batch Plants Discharges of stormwater runoff from concrete batch plants at regulated construction sites may be authorized under the provisions of this general permit provided that the following requirements are met for concrete batch plant(s) authorized under this permit If discharges of stormwater runoff from concrete batch plants are not covered under this general permit, then discharges must be authorized under an alternative general permit or individual permit. This permit does not authorize the discharge or land disposal of any wastewater from concrete batch plants at regulated construction sites. Authorization for these wastes must be obtained under an individual permit or an alternative general permit. Section A. Benchmark Sampling Requirements 1. Operators of concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit shall sample the stormwater runoff from the concrete batch plants according to the requirements Page 35 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 of this section of this general permit, and must conduct evaluations on the effectiveness of the SWP3 based on the following benchmark monitoring values: Table 1. Benchmark Parameters Benchmark Benchmark Value Sampling Sample Type Parameter Frequency Oil and Grease 15 mg/L 1/quarter (*1) (*2) Grab (*3) Total Suspended Solids 10o mg/L 1/quarter (*1) (*2) Grab (*3) pH 6.0 Units — 9.o Standard 1/quarter (*1) (*2) Grab (*3) Total Iron 1.3 mg/L 1/quarter (*1) (*2) Grab (*3) (*1) When discharge occurs Sampling is required within the first 3o minutes of discharge. If it is not practicable to take the sample, or to complete the sampling, within the first 3o minutes, sampling must be completed within the first hour of discharge. If sampling is not completed within the first 30 minutes of discharge, the reason must be documented and attached to all required reports and records of the sampling activity. (*2) Sampling must be conducted at least once during each of the following periods The first sample must be collected during the first full quarter that a stormwater discharge occurs from a concrete batch plant authorized under this general permit. January through March April through June July through September October through December For projects lasting less than one full quarter, a minimum of one sample shall be collected, provided that a stormwater discharge occurred at least once following submission of the NOI or following the date that automatic authorization was obtained under Section II E 2., and prior to terminating coverage. (*3) A grab sample shall be collected from the stormwater discharge resulting from a storm event that is at least o.1 inches of measured precipitation that occurs at least 72 hours from the previously measurable storm event. The sample shall be collected downstream of the concrete batch plant, and where the discharge exits any BMPs utilized to handle the runoff from the batch plant prior to commingling with any other water authorized under this general permit 2. The permittee must compare the results of sample analyses to the benchmark values above, and must include this comparison in the overall assessment of the SWP3's effectiveness. Analytical results that exceed a benchmark value are not a violation of this permit, as these values are not numeric effluent limitations. Results of analyses are indicators that modifications of the SWP3 should be assessed and may be necessary to protect water quality. The operator must investigate the cause for each exceedance and must document the results of this investigation in the SWP3 by the end of the quarter following the sampling event. Page 36 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 The operator's investigation must identify the following: (a) any additional potential sources of pollution, such as spills that might have occurred, (b) necessary revisions to good housekeeping measures that are part of the SWP3, (c) additional BMPs, including a schedule to install or implement the BMPs, and (d) other parts of the SWP3 that may require revisions in order to meet the goal of the benchmark values. Background concentrations of specific pollutants may also be considered during the investigation. If the operator is able to relate the cause of the exceedance to background concentrations, then subsequent exceedances of benchmark values for that pollutant may be resolved by referencing earlier findings in the SWP3. Background concentrations may be identified by laboratory analyses of samples of stormwater runon to the permitted facility, by laboratory analyses of samples of stormwater run-off from adjacent non -industrial areas, or by identifying the pollutant is a naturally occurring material in soils at the site. Section B. Best Management Practices (BMPs) and SWP3 Requirements Minimum SWP3 Requirements — The following are required in addition to other SWP3 requirements listed in this general permit (including, but not limited to Part III.F.7. of this permit): 1. Description of Potential Pollutant Sources - The SWP3 must provide a description of potential sources (activities and materials) that may reasonably be expected to affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this permit. The SWP3 must describe practices that that will be used to reduce the pollutants in these discharges to assure compliance with this general permit, including the protection of water quality, and must ensure the implementation of these practices. The following must be developed, at a minimum, in support of developing this description: (a) Drainage — The site map must include the following information: (1) the location of all outfalls for stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants that are authorized under this permit; (2) a depiction of the drainage area and the direction of flow to the outfall(s); (3) structural controls used within the drainage area(s); (4) the locations of the following areas associated with concrete batch plants that are exposed to precipitation: vehicle and equipment maintenance activities (including fueling, repair, and storage areas for vehicles and equipment scheduled for maintenance); areas used for the treatment storage, or disposal of wastes; liquid storage tanks, material processing and storage areas; and loading and unloading areas; and (5) the locations of the following. any bag house or other dust control device(s) recycle/sedimentation pond clarifier or other device used for the treatment of facility wastewater (including the areas that drain to the treatment device); areas with significant materials; and areas where major spills or leaks have occurred. (b) Inventory of Exposed Materials — A list of materials handled at the concrete batch plant that may be exposed to stormwater and that have a potential to Page 37 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with concrete batch plants that are authorized under this general permit. (c) Spills and Leaks - A list of significant spills and leaks of toxic or hazardous pollutants that occurred in areas exposed to stormwater and that drain to stormwater outfalls associated with concrete batch plants authorized under this general permit must be developed, maintained, and updated as needed. (d) Sampling Data - A summary of existing stormwater discharge sampling data must be maintained, if available. 2. Measures and Controls - The SWP3 must include a description of management controls to regulate pollutants identified in the SWP3's "Description of Potential Pollutant Sources' from Part IV.B.1.(a) of this permit, and a schedule for implementation of the measures and controls This must include at a minimum: (a) Good Housekeeping - Good housekeeping measures must be developed and implemented in the area(s) associated with concrete batch plants. (1) Operators must prevent or minimize the discharge of spilled cement, aggregate (including sand or gravel), settled dust, or other significant materials from paved portions of the site that are exposed to stormwater. Measures used to minimize the presence of these materials may include regular sweeping or other equivalent practices. These practices must be conducted at a frequency that is determined based on consideration of the amount of industrial activity occurring in the area and frequency of precipitation, and shall occur at least once per week when cement or aggregate is being handled or otherwise processed in the area. (2) Operators must prevent the exposure of fine granular solids, such as cement, to stormwater. Where practicable, these materials must be stored in enclosed silos hoppers or buildings, in covered areas, or under covering. (b) Spill Prevention and Response Procedures - Areas where potential spills that can contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff, and the drainage areas from these locations, must be identified in the SWP3. Where appropriate, the SWP3 must specify material handling procedures, storage requirements, and use of equipment Procedures for cleaning up spills must be identified in the SWP3 and made available to the appropriate personnel. (c) Inspections - Qualified facility personnel (i.e., a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit, the concrete batch plant, and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s) for the site) must be identified to inspect designated equipment and areas of the facility specified in the SWP3 The inspection frequency must be specified in the SWP3 based upon a consideration of the level of concrete production at the facility, but must be a minimum of once per month while the facility is in operation. The inspection must take place while the facility is in operation and must, at a minimum include all areas that are exposed to stormwater at the site, including material handling areas, above ground storage tanks, hoppers or silos, dust collection/containment systems, truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas. Follow-up procedures must be used to ensure that appropriate actions are taken in response to the inspections. Records of inspections must be maintained and be made readily available for inspection upon request. (d) Employee Training - An employee training program must be developed to educate personnel responsible for implementing any component of the SWP3, or personnel otherwise responsible for stormwater pollution prevention, with the provisions of the SWP3. The frequency of training must be documented in Page 38 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 the SWP3, and at a minimum, must consist of one training prior to the initiation of operation of the concrete batch plant. (e) Record Keeping and Internal Reporting Procedures - A description of spills and similar incidents, plus additional information that is obtained regarding the quality and quantity of stormwater discharges, must be included in the SWP3. Inspection and maintenance activities must be documented and records of those inspection and maintenance activities must be incorporated in the SWP3. (f) Management of Runoff - The SWP3 shall contain a narrative consideration for reducing the volume of runoff from concrete batch plants by diverting runoff or otherwise managing runoff, including use of infiltration detention ponds, retention ponds, or reusing of runoff. 3. Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation — At least once per year, one or more qualified personnel (i.e., a person or persons with knowledge of this general permit, the concrete batch plant, and the SWP3 related to the concrete batch plant(s) for the site) shall conduct a compliance evaluation of the plant. The evaluation must include the following. (a) Visual examination of all areas draining stormwater associated with regulated concrete batch plants for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants entering the drainage system. These include but are not limited to: cleaning areas, material handling areas, above ground storage tanks, hoppers or silos, dust collection/containment systems, and truck wash down and equipment cleaning areas. Measures implemented to reduce pollutants in runoff (including structural controls and implementation of management practices) must be evaluated to determine if they are effective and if they are implemented in accordance with the terms of this permit and with the permittee's SWP3. The operator shall conduct a visual inspection of equipment needed to implement the SWP3, such as spill response equipment. (b) Based on the results of the evaluation, the following must be revised as appropriate within two weeks of the evaluation: the description of potential pollutant sources identified in the SWP3 (as required in Part W.B.i., "Description of Potential Pollutant Sources' ); and pollution prevention measures and controls identified in the SWP3 (as required in Part IV.B.2., "Measures and Controls' ). The revisions may include a schedule for implementing the necessary changes. (c) The permittee shall prepare and include in the SWP3 a report summarizing the scope of the evaluation, the personnel making the evaluation the date(s) of the evaluation, major observations relating to the implementation of the SWP3, and actions taken in response to the findings of the evaluation. The report must identify any incidents of noncompliance. Where the report does not identify incidences of noncompliance, the report must contain a statement that the evaluation did not identify any incidence(s), and the report must be signed according to 3o TAC §305.128, relating to Signatories to Reports. (d) The Comprehensive Compliance Evaluation may substitute for one of the required inspections delineated in Part IV.B.2.(c) of this general permit. Section C. Prohibition of Wastewater Discharges Wastewater discharges associated with concrete production including wastewater disposal by land application are not authorized under this general permit. These wastewater discharges must be authorized under an alternative TCEQ water quality permit or otherwise disposed of in an authorized manner. Discharges of concrete truck wash out at construction sites may be authorized if conducted in accordance with the requirements of Part V of this general permit. Page 39 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Part V. Concrete Truck Wash Out Requirements This general permit authorizes the wash out of concrete trucks at construction sites regulated under Sections II E 1, 2 , and 3 of this general permit, provided the following requirements are met. Authorization is limited to the land disposal of wash out water from concrete trucks. Any other direct discharge of concrete production waste water must be authorized under a separate TCEQ general permit or individual permit. 1. Direct discharge of concrete truck wash out water to surface water in the state, including discharge to storm sewers, is prohibited by this general permit. 2. Concrete truck wash out water shall be discharged to areas at the construction site where structural controls have been established to prevent direct discharge to surface waters, or to areas that have a minimal slope that allow infiltration and filtering of wash out water to prevent direct discharge to surface waters Structural controls may consist of temporary berms, temporary shallow pits, temporary storage tanks with slow rate release, or other reasonable measures to prevent runoff from the construction site. 3. Wash out of concrete trucks during rainfall events shall be minimized. The direct discharge of concrete truck wash out water is prohibited at all times, and the operator shall insure that its BMPs are sufficient to prevent the discharge of concrete truck wash out as the result of rainfall or stormwater runoff. 4. The discharge of wash out water must not cause or contribute to groundwater contamination. 5. If a SWP3 is required to be implemented, the SWP3 shall include concrete wash out areas on the associated site map. Part VI. Retention of Records The permittee must retain the following records for a minimum period of three (3) years from the date that a NOT is submitted as required by Part II.E.3. For activities in which an NOT is not required, records shall be retained for a minimum period of three (3) years from the date that the operator terminates coverage under Section II.F.3. of this permit Records include: 1. A copy of the SWP3; 2. All reports and actions required by this permit, including a copy of the construction site notice; 3. All data used to complete the NOI, if an NOI is required for coverage under this general permit; and 4. All records of submittal of forms submitted to the operator of any MS4 receiving the discharge and to the secondary operator of a large construction site if applicable. Part VII. Standard Permit Conditions 1. The permittee has a duty to comply with all permit conditions. Failure to comply with any permit condition is a violation of the permit and statutes under which it was issued, and is grounds for enforcement action, for terminating, revoking, or denying coverage under this general permit, or for requiring a discharger to apply for and obtain an individual TPDES permit. 2. Authorization under this general permit may be suspended or revoked for cause Filing a notice of planned changes or anticipated non-compliance by the permittee does not stay any permit condition. The permittee must furnish to the executive director upon request and within a reasonable time, any information necessary for the executive director to determine whether cause exists for revoking, suspending, or Page 4o Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150oo0 terminating authorization under this permit. Additionally, the permittee must provide to the executive director, upon request, copies of all records that the permittee is required to maintain as a condition of this general permit. 3. It is not a defense for a discharger in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity to maintain compliance with the permit conditions. 4. Inspection and entry shall be allowed under TWC Chapters 26-28, Texas Health and Safety Code §§361.032-361.033 and 361.037, and 4o CFR §122.41(i). The statement in TWC §26.014 that commission entry of a facility shall occur according to an establishment's rules and regulations concerning safety internal security and fire protection is not grounds for denial or restriction of entry to any part of the facility or site but merely describes the commission s duty to observe appropriate rules and regulations during an inspection. 5. The discharger is subject to administrative, civil, and criminal penalties, as applicable, under TWC Chapter 7 for violations including but not limited to the following: (a) negligently or knowingly violating the federal CWA §§301, 302, 306, 307, 308, 318 or 405, or any condition or limitation implementing any sections in a permit issued under CWA §402, or any requirement imposed in a pretreatment program approved under CWA §§4o2(a)(3) or 4o2(b)(8); (b) knowingly making any false statement, representation, or certification in any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under a permit, including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or noncompliance; and (c) knowingly violating §303 of the federal CWA, and placing another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodilyinjury. 6. All reports and other information requested by the executive director must be signed by the person and in the manner required by 3o TAC §305.128 (relating to Signatories to Reports). 7. Authorization under this general permit does not convey property or water rights of any sort and does not grant any exclusive privilege. 8. The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge in violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. 9. The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) which are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate laboratory controls and appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems which are installed by a permittee only w hen the operation is necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit. 10. The permittee shall comply with the reporting requirements in 4o CFR §122.41(1), as apphcable Part VIII. Fees 1. A fee of must be submitted along with the NOI: (a) $325 if submitting a paper NOI, or (b) $225 if submitting an NOI electronically. Page 41 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 2. Fees are due upon submission of the NOI An NOI will not be declared administratively complete unless the associated fee has been paid in full. 3. No separate annual fees will be assessed for this general permit The Water Quality Annual Fee has been incorporated into the NOI fees as described above. Page 42 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix A: Automatic Authorization Periods of Low Erosion Potential by County — Eligible Date Ranges Andrews. Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Archer: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Armstrong: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Bailey: Nov. 1- Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 - May 14 Baylor: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Borden: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Brewster Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Briscoe: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Brown: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Callahan: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Carson: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Castro: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Childress Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Cochran: Nov. 1- Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 - May 14 Coke: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Coleman: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Collingsworth: Jan. 1- Mar. 30, or Dec. 1- Feb. 28 Concho: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Cottle: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Crane: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Crockett: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14, or Feb. 1- Mar. 30 Crosby: Noy .15 - Apr. 30 Culberson• Nov. 1- May 14 Dallam. Nov. 1- Apr. 14, or Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Dawson: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Deaf Smith• Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Dickens: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14, or Feb. 1- Mar. 30 Dimmit: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Donley Jan. 1- Mar. 30, or Dec. 1- Feb. 28 Eastland: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Ector: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Edwards: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 El Paso: Jan. 1- Jul. 14, or May 15 - Jul. 31, or Jun. Aug. 14, or Jun.15 - Sept 14, or Jul. Oct. 14, or Jul. 15 - Oct. 31, or Aug. 1- Apr. 30, or Aug. 15 - May 14, or Sept. 1- May 30, or Oct. 1- Jun. 14 or Nov. 1- Jun. 30, or Nov. 15 - Jul. 14 Fisher: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Floyd: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Foard: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Gaines• Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Garza: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Glasscock: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Hale: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Hall: Feb. 1- Mar. 30 Hansford: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Hardeman: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Hartley: Nov.15 - Apr. 30 Haskell: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Hockley: Nov. 1- Apr.14, or Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Howard: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Hudspeth Nov. 1- May 14 Hutchinson: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Irion Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Jeff Davis: Nov. 1- Apr. 30 or Nov. 15 - May 14 Jones: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Kent: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14 or Feb. 1- Mar. 30 Kerr: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Kimble: Dec. 15 - Feb 14 King: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Kinney Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Knox: Dec. 15 Feb. 14 Lamb. Nov. 1- Apr. 14, or Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Page 43 Construction General Permit Loving: Nov. 1- Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 - May 14 Lubbock: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Lynne Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Martin Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Mason: Dec. 15 Feb. 14 Maverick: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 McCulloch: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Menard Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Midland: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Mitchell Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Moore: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Motley: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14, or Feb. 1- Mar. 30 Nolan: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Oldham Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Parmer: Nov. 1- Apr. 14, or Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Pecos: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Potter: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Presidio• Nov. 1- Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 May 14 Randall: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Reagan: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Real: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Reeves: Nov. 1- Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 - May 14 Runnels: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Schleicher: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Scurry Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Shackelford: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Sherman: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Stephens: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Sterling: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Stonewall Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Sutton: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Swisher: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Taylor: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Terrell: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Terry: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Throckmorton• Dec. 15 Feb. 14 Tom Green. Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Upton: Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Uvalde: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Val Verde: Nov. 15 - Jan. 14, or Feb. 1- Mar. 30 Ward: Nov. 1- Apr. 14, or Nov. 15 - Apr. 30 Wichita: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Wilbarger: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Winkler: Nov. Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 May 14 Yoakum: Nov. 1- Apr. 30, or Nov. 15 - May 14 Young Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Wheeler: Jan. 1- Mar. 30, or Dec. 1- Feb. 28 Zavala: Dec. 15 - Feb. 14 Page 44 Construction General Permit rf • (, s VAIP!a TI: i.. ®' V"'!.: _ate' to "' aact RMI '• Er 's.• L'n ^"" aVa Ottel VW MIN VS i ISrY ar. MI PEW ate' EMS NM a la Mt is to LMR a la MU Alit la a. SIMONISE NM* SEM r WOISES !* suSE s as vim : man me ter Mr INV TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix B: Erosivity Index (EI) Zones in Texas �, ' I • Aw r- An • MX II +r Pepin* mIV Bo-1. • v, . ..:1:' a,paimin • lee>e r•Vfx 3.41116 .,arkif MINOR 000100 sa 'rat ... :�...y. M,, ". IMO .1le siirm. e ms as .< IN WWI a mist maim 1M.; I? PAP I L er • • g/ o- V eet.! tat i • it I } TL c • Q1�1 f ■ 1 vs sr ■ flit gai j 1 e le 16 r ' Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: "Predicting Soil Erosion by Water: A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE)," U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service Page 45 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXRi50000 Appendix C: Isoerodent Map II i ! litiptimil Ark ®it Adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: "Predicting Soil Erosion by Water: A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE)," U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service Page 46 EI # 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 to6 Construction General Permit TPDES General Permit TXR150000 Appendix D: Erosivity Indices for EI Zones in Texas Periods: 1/1 1/16 1/31 2/15 3/1 3/i6 3/31 4/15 4/30 5/15 5/30 6/14 6/29 7/14 7/29 8/13 8/28 9/12 9/27 10/1210/2711/11 11/26 12/11 12/31 0 1 1 2 3 4 7 2 8 27 38 48 55 62 69 76 83 90 94 97 98 99 too too 100 o 1 2 3 4 6 8 13 21 29 37 46 54 6o 65 69 74 81 87 92 95 97 98 99 100 o 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 100 100 100 o 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 6 16 29 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 99 99 100 100 100 o 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 13 25 40 49 56 62 67 72 76 8o 85 91 97 98 99 99 100 o 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 21 29 38 47 53 57 61 65 7o 76 83 88 91 94 96 98 100 o t 3 5 7 9 11 14 18 27 35 41 46 51 57 62 68 73 79 84 89 93 96 98 100 o 2 4 6 9 12 17 23 30 37 43 49 54 58 62 66 7o 74 78 82 86 90 94 97 100 o 1 3 5 7 10 14 20 28 37 48 56 61 64 68 72 77 81 86 89 92 95 98 99 100 o 3 6 9 13 17 21 27 33 38 44 49 55 61 67 71 75 78 81 84 86 90 94 97 100 Each period begins on the date listed in the table above and lasts until the day before the following period. The final period begins on December 11 and ends on December 31. Table adapted from Chapter 2 of USDA Agriculture Handbook 703: Predicting Soil Erosion by Water: A Guide to Conservation Planning With the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE)," U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service Page 47 TCEQ Office Use Only Permit No.: RN: CN: Region: IM �1\ TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES General Permit (TXRi50000) IMPORTANT • Use the INSTRUCTIONS to fill out each question in this form. • Use the CHECKLIST to make certain all you filled out all required information. Incomplete applications WILL delay approval or result in automatic denial. • Once processed your permit can be viewed at: http:J/www2.tceq.texas.go\ /wq dpa/mdex.cfm ePERMITS: Sign upnow for online NOI. https://wwws.tceq.texas.gov/steers/index.cfm Pay a $225 reduced application fee by using ePermits. APPLICATION FEE: • You must pay the $325 Application Fee to TCEQ for the paper application to be complete. • Payment and NOI must be mailed to separate addresses. • Did you know you can pay on line? • Go to https://www3.tceq.texas.gov/epay/index.cfm • Select Fee Type. GENERAL PERMIT CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER DISCHARGE NOI APPLICATION • Provide your payment information below, for verification of payment: ❑ Mailed Check/Money Order No.: Name Printed on Check: El EPAY Voucher No.: Is the Payment Voucher copy attached? ❑ Yes RENEWAL: Is this NOI a Renewal of an existing General Permit Authorization? (Note: A permit cannot be renewed. after June 3, 2o13.) ❑ Yes The Permit number is: TXR15 (If a permit number is not provided, a new number will be assigned.) ❑ No 1) >OPERATOR (Applicant_ a) If the applicant is currently a customer with TCEQ, what is the Customer Number (CN) issued to this entity? You may search for your CN at: http://wwiAri.2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/index.cfm?fuseaction=cust CustSearch CN TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 1 b) What is the Legal Name of the entity (applicant) applying for this permit? (The legal name must be spelled exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State, County, or in the legal document forming the entity.) c) What is the name and title of the person signing the application? The person must be an executive official meeting signatory requirements in TAC 305.44(a)• Prefix (Mr. Ms. Miss): First/Last Names Suffix: Title: Credential: d) What is the Operator Contact's (Responsible Authority) address as recognized by the US Postal Service (LISPS)? http://zrp4.usps com/zrp4/welcome.jsp Phone #: ext: E-mail: contact information and mailing You may verify the address at: Fax #: Mailing Address: Internal Routing (Mail Code, Etc)• City: State: ZIP Code: If outside USA: Territory: Country Code: Postal Code: e) Indicate the type of Customer (The instructions will help determine your customer type): ❑ Individual ❑ Limited Partnership ❑ Joint Venture ❑ General Partnership ❑ Trust ❑ Estate ❑ State Government ❑ County Government ❑ Other Government ❑ Sole Proprietorship-DBA Corporation Federal Government City Government ■ ■ f) Independent Operator? ❑ Yes ■ No (If governmental entity, subsidiary, or part of a larger corporation, check "No' ) g) Number of Employees: ❑ 0-20; ❑ 21-100; . 101-250; ❑ 251-500; or ❑ 501 or higher h) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers: (REQUIRED for Corporations and Limited Partnerships. Not Required for Individuals, Government, or Sole Proprietors) State Franchise Tax ID Number: Federal Tax ID: Texas Secretary of State Charter (filing) Number: DUNS Number (if known): 2) 'APPLICATION CONTACT' If TCEQ needs additional information regarding this application, who should be contacted? Is the application contact the same as the applicant identified above? Yes, go to Section 3) ❑ No, complete section below. ■ Prefix (Mr. Ms. Miss): First/Last Name: Suffix: Title: Credential: TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 2 Organization Name. Phone No.: ext: Fax Number: E-mail Mailing Addi ess: Internal Routing (Mail Code, Etc ): City: State: Mailing Information if outside USA: Territory: Country Code: Postal Code: ZIP Code: 3) REGULATED ENTITY '(RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR .SITE If the site of your business is part of a larger business site or if other businesses were located at this site before yours, a Regulated Entity Number (RN) may already be assigned for the larger site. Use the RN assigned for the larger site Search TCEQ's Central Registry to see if the larger site may already be registered as a regulated site at• hap ://www12 tceq.texas.gov/crpub/mdex.cfiu2fuseaction= regent.RNSearch. If the site is found, provide the assigned Regulated Entity Reference Number and provide the information for the site to be authorized through this application below. The site information for this authorization may vary from the larger site information. a) TCEQ issued RE Reference Number (RN): RN b) Name of project or site (the name known by the community where located): c) In your own words, briefly describe the primary business of the Regulated Entity: (Do not repeat the SIC and NAICS code): d) County (or counties if > i) e) Latitude: Longitude: 0 Does the site have a physical address? Yes, complete Section A for a physical address. No, complete Section B for site location information. Section A: Enter the physical address for the site. Verify the address with USPS. If the address is not recognized as a delivery address, provide the address as identified for overnight mail delivery, 911 emergency or other online map tools to confirm an address. Physical Address of Project or Site: Street Number: Street Name: City: State: Texas ZIP Code: TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 3 Section B: Enter the site location information. If no physical address (Street Number & Street Name), provide a written location access description to the site. (Ex.: located 2 miles west from intersection of Hwy 290 & IH35 accessible on Hwy 290 South) City where the site is located or, if not in a city, what is the nearest city: State: Texas ZIP Code where the site is located: 4)GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS a) Is the project/site located on Indian Country Lands? Yes - If the answer is Yes, you must obtain authorization through EPA, Region 6. No ■ b) Is your construction activity associated with a facility that, when completed, would be associated with the exploration, development, or pi oduction of oil or gas or geothermal resources? ■ ■ Yes - If the answer is Yes, you may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas and may need to obtain authorization through EPA, Region 6. No c) What is the Primary Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at the site? Primary SIC Code: d) If applicable, what is the Secondary SIC Code(s): e) What is the total number of acres disturbed? f) Is the g) ■ project site part of a larger common plan of development or sale? Yes - If the answer is Yes, the total number of acres disturbed can be less than 5 acres. No - If the answer is No, the total number of acres disturbed must be 5 or more. If the total number of acres disturbed is less than 5 then the project site does not qualify for coverage through this Notice of Intent. Coverage will be denied. See the requirements in the general permit for small construction sites. What is the name of the first water body(s) to receive the stormwater runoff or potential runoff from the site? h) What is the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s) that the discharge will eventually reach? TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 4 i) Is the discharge into an MS4? (-1 Yes - If the answer is Yes, provide the name of the MS4 operator below. J) ■ No If Yes, provide the name of the MS4 operator: Note: The general permit requires you to send a copy of the NOI to the MS4 operator. Are any of the surface water bodies receiving discharges from the construction site on the latest EPA -approved CWA 3o3(d) List of impaired waters? ❑ Yes - If the answer is Yes, provide the name(s) of the impaired water body(s) below. ❑ No If Yes, provide the name(s) of the impaired water body(s): k) Is the discharge or potential discharge within the Recharge Zone Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer as defined in 3o TAC Chapter 213? ❑ Yes - If the answer is Yes, complete certification below by checking "Yes." ❑ No I certify that a copy of the TCEQ approved Plan required by the Edwards Aquifer Rule (3o TAC Chapter 213) is either included or referenced in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. rl Yes TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2 013) Page 5 Check Yes to the certifications below. Failure to indicate Yes to ALL items may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. a) I certify that I have obtained a copy and understand the terms and conditions of the Construction General Permit (TXR150000) Yes b) I certify that the full legal name of the entity applying for this permit has been provided and is legally authorized to do business in Texas. ❑Yes c) I understand that a Notice of Termination (NOT) must be submitted when this authorization is no longer needed. ❑Yes d) I certify that a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan has been developed, will be implemented prior to construction and to the best of my knowledge and belief is compliant with any applicable local sediment and erosion control plans as required in the general permit TXR150000. Note: For multiple operators who prepare a shared SWP3, the confirmation of an operator may be limited to its obligations under the SWP3 provided all obligations are confirmed by at least one operator. I. Yes Operator Certification: I, Typed or printed name Title certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information,including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. I further certify that I am authorized under 3o Texas Administrative Code 305.44 to sign and submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon request. Signature: Date: (Use blue ink) TCEQ 20022 (03/05/2013) Page 6 NOTICE OF INTENT CHECKLIST (TXRi50000) • Did you complete everything? Use this checklist to be sure! • Are you ready to mail your form to TCEQ? Go to the General Information Section of the Instructions for mailing addresses. This checklist is for use by the operator to ensure a complete application. Missing information may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. (See NOI process description in the Instructions) If paying by Check: n Check was mailed separately to the TCEQs Cashier's Office. (See Instructions for Cashier's address and Application address.) in Check number and name on check is provided in this application. It using ePay: is in or a copy of the voucher attached. n The voucher number is provided this application PERMIT NUMBER: is for of an existing authorization. if this renewal (� Permit number provided — application OPERATOR INFORMATION - Confirm each item is complete: Registry Customer Number (CN) issued by TCEQ Central in Legal filed to do business in Texas (Call TX SOS 512/463-5555) n name as signing the application IIII Name and title of responsible authority USPS. Mailing address is complete & verifiable with www.usps.com n Phone numbers/e-mail address n NI Type of operator (entity type) in Independent operator Q Number of employees Tax ID and SOS filing numbers NI For corporations or limited partnerships — is & with USPS. http://www.usps.com address complete verifiable n Application contact and item is OR SITE Confirm each ON PROJECT - ENTITY INFORMATION REGULATED (RE) complete: by TCEQ) Number (RN) (if site is already regulated Regulated Entity Reference n .111 Site/project name/regulated entity in Latitude and longitude http://www.tceq.texas.gov/gis/sqmaview.html County box. Site/project address. Do not use a rural route or post office in physical n Business description GENERAL CHARACl'ERISTICS - Confirm each item is complete: Lands facility not on Indian Country III Indian Country Lands —the is resources facility to oil or n Construction activity related to associated gas, geothermal Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html n NOI Acres disturbed is provided and qualifies for coverage through a development in Common plan of or sale Receiving body(s) n water Segment in number(s) n Impaired water body(s) in MS4 operator i in Edwards Aquifer rule CERTIFICATION "Yes" in Certification statements have been checked indicating is in Signature meets 3o Texas Administrative Code (TAC) 305.44 and original. TCEQ-2oo22 Checklist (03/05/2013) Page 1 Notice of Intent (NOI) for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES General Permit (TXR150000) General Information and Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION Where to Send the Notice of Intent (NOI): BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) P.O. Box 13087 Austin, Texas 78711-3087 TCEQ Contact List: Apphcation — status and form questions: Technical questions* Environmental Law Division: Records Management - obtain copies of forms: Reports from databases (as available): Cashier's office: Notice of Intent Process: When your NOI is received by the program, the form will be processed as follows: 1) Administrative Review Each item on the form will be reviewed for a complete response. In addition, the operator's legal name must be verified with Texas Secretary of State as valid and active (if applicable). The address(s) on the form must be verified with the US Postal service as receiving regular mail delivery Never give an overnight/express mailing address. 2) Notice of Deficiency: If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above, a notice of deficiency (NOD) will be mailed to the operator. The operator will have 3o days to respond to the NOD. The response will be reviewed for completeness. 3) Acknowledgment of Coverage: An Acknowledgment Certificate will be mailed to the operator. This certificate acknowledges coverage under the general permit. -or- Denial of Coverage: If the operator fails to respond to the NOD or the response is inadequate coverage under the general permit may be denied. If coverage is denied, the operator will be notified. BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin TX 78753 512/239-3700, swpermit@tceq.texas.gou 512/239-4671, swgp@tceq.texas.gov 512/239-0600 512/239-0900 512/239-DATA (3282) 512/239-0357 or 512/239-0187 General Permit (Your Permit) For NOIs submitted electronically through ePermits, provisional coverage under the general permit begins immediately following confirmation of receipt of the NOI form by the TCEQ. For paper NOIs, provisional coverage under the general permit begins 7 days after a completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 1 You should have a copy of your general permit when submitting your application. You may view and print your permit for which you are seeking coverage, on the TCEQ web site htt//www.tceq texas gov. Search using key word TXR150000. General Permit Forms The Notice of Intent (NOI), Notice of Termination (NOT), and Notice of Change (NOC) (including instructions) are available in Adobe Acrobat PDF format on the TCEQ web site http://www.tceq.texas.gov. Change in Operator An authorization under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the regulated entity changes, the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must be submitted no later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status. TCEQ Central Registry Core Data Form The Core Data Form has been incorporated into this form. Do not send a Core Data Form to TCEQ After final acknowledgment of coverage under the general permit, the program will assign a Customer Number and Regulated Entity Number. You can find the information on the Central Registry web site at http://wwwl2.tceq texas gov/crpub/index.cfm. You can search by the Regulated Entity (RN), Customer Number (CN) or Name (Permittee) or by your permit number under the search field labeled "Additional ID" Capitalize all letters in the permit number. The Customer (Permittee) is responsible for providing consistent information to the TCEQ, and for updating all CN and RN data for all authorizations as changes occur. For General Permits, a Notice of Change form must be submitted to the program area. Fees associated with a General Permit Payment of the fee maybe made by check or money order, payable to TCEQ, or through EPAY (electronic payment through the web). Application Fee This fee is required to be paid at the time the NOI is submitted. Failure to submit payment at the time the application is filed will cause delays in acknowledgment or denial of coverage under the general permit Mailed Payments: Payment must be mailed under separate cover at one of the addresses below using the attached Application Fee submittal form. (DO NOT SEND A COPY OF THE NOI WITH THE APPLICATION FEE SUBMITTAL FORM) BY REGULAR U S MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office, MC-214 P.O Box 13088 Austin, TX 78711-3088 TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013) BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office, MC-214 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin TX 78753 Page 2 ePAY Electronic Payment: httn: //www.tceq.texas.gov When making the payment you must select Water Quality, and then select the fee category "General Permit Construction Storm Water Discharge NOI Application". You must include a copy of the payment voucher with your NOI. Your NOI will not be considered complete without the payment voucher. Renewal of General Permit. Dischargers holding active authorizations under the expired General Permit are required to submit a NOI to continue coverage. The existing permit number is required. If the permit number is not provided or has been terminated, expired, or denied a new permit number will be issued. 1: Operator .(Applicant) a) Enter assigned Customer Number (CN) TCEQ's Central Registry will assign each customer a number that begins with CN, followed by nine digits. This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number. If this customer has not been assigned a CN leave the space for the CN blank. If this customer has already been assigned this number enter the permittee s CN. b) Legal Name Provide the current legal name of the permittee, as authorized to do business in Texas. The name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State (SOS), or on other legal documents forming the entity, that is filed in the county where doing business You may contact the SOS at 512/463-5555, for more information related to filing in Texas. If filed in the county where doing business, provide a copy of the legal documents showing the legal name c) Person Signing Application Provide information about person signing section 5) Certification. d) Operator Contact's (Responsible Authority) Contact Information and Mailing Address Provide a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ The address must be verifiable with the US Postal Service at http://www.usPs.com for regular mail delivery (not overnight express mail). If you find that the address is not verifiable using the USPS web search, please indicate the address is used by the USPS for regular mail delivery. The area code and phone number should provide contact to the operator. Leave Extension blank if not applicable. The fax number and e-mail address are optional and should correspond to the operator. e) Type of Customer (Entity Type) Check only one box that identifies the type of entity. Use the descriptions below to identify the appropriate entity type Note that the selected entity type also indicates the name that must be provided as an applicant for a permit, registration or authorization. TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/o5/2o13) Page 3 Sole Proprietorship - DBA A sole proprietorship is a customer that is owned by only one person and has not been incorporated. This business may: • be under the person's name • have its own name (doing business as or d.b.a.) • have any number of employees If the customer is a Sole Proprietorship or DBA, the `legal name' of the individual business owner' must be provided. The DBA name is not recognized as the `legal name' of the entity. The DBA name may be used for the site name (regulated entity). Individual An individual is a customer who has not established a business, but conducts an activity that needs to be regulated by the TCEQ Partnership • A customer that is established as a partnership as defined by the Texas Secretary of State Office (TX SOS) A Limited Partnership or Limited Liability Partnership (Partnership) is required to file with the Texas Secretary of State. A General Partnership or Joint Venture is not required to register with the state. • Partnership (Limited Partnership or Limited Liability Partnership): A limited partnership is defined in the Act as a partnership formed by two or more persons under the provisions of Section 3 of the Uniform Limited Partnership Act (Art. 6132a, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas) and having as members one or more general partners and one or more limited partners. The limited partners as such are not bound by the obligations of the partnership. Limited partners may not take part in the day-to-day operations of the business. A Limited Partnership must file with the Texas Secretary of State A registered limited liability partnership is a general or limited partnership that is registered with the Texas Secretary of State The partnership's name must contain the words ' Registered Limited Liability Partnership" or the abbreviation "L.L.P ' as the last words or letters of its name. • General Partnership: A general partner may or may not invest, participates in running the partnership and is liable for all acts and debts of the partnership and any member of it A General Partnership does not have limited partners. For a General Partnership, there is no registration with the state or even written agreement necessary for a general partnership to be formed. The legal definition of a partnership is generally stated as "an association of two or more persons to carry on as co -owners a business for profit" (Revised Uniform Partnership Act § 101 [1994])• • Joint Venture: A joint venture is but another name for a special partnership. It might be distinguished from a general partnership in that the latter is formed for the transaction of a general business, while a joint venture is usually limited to a single transaction. That is, a joint venture is a special combination of persons in the nature of a partnership engaged in the joint prosecution of a particular transaction for mutual benefit or profit Corporation A customer meets all of these conditions: • is a legally incorporated entity under the laws of any state or country • is recognized as a corporation by the Texas Secretary of State TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 4 • has proper operating authority to operate in Texas. • The corporation's `legal name as filed with the Texas Secretary of State must be provided as applicant. An `assumed' name of a corporation is not recognized as the `legal name of the entity. Government Federal state, county, or city government (as appropriate) The customer is either an agency of one of these levels of government or the governmental body itself. The government agency's legal name' must be provided as the applicant. A department name or other description of the organization should not be included as a part of the `legal name' as applicant. Trust or Estate A trust and an estate are fiduciary relationships governing the trustee/executor with respect to the trust/estate property. Other Government A utility district, water district, tribal government, college district, council of governments, or river authority Write in the specific type of government. f) Independent Entity Check No if this customer is a subsidiary, part of a larger company, or is a governmental entity. Otherwise, check Yes. g) Number of Employees Check one box to show the number of employees for this customer s entire company, at all locations. This is not necessarily the number of employees at the site named in the application. h) Customer Business Tax and Filing Numbers These are required for Corporations and Limited Partnerships These are not required for Individuals, Government, and Sole Proprietors. State Franchise Tax ID Number Corporations and limited liability companies that operate in Texas are issued a franchise tax identification number. If this customer is a corporation or limited liability company, enter this number here. Federal Tax ID All businesses, except for some small sole proprietors, individuals, or general partnerships should have a federal taxpayer identification number (TIN). Enter this number here Use no prefixes dashes, or hyphens. Sole proprietors, individuals, or general partnerships do not need to provide a federal tax ID. TX SOS Charter (filing) Number Corporations. and Limited Partnerships required to register with the Texas Secretary of State are issued a charter or filing number. You may obtain further information by calling SOS at 512/463-5555. DUNS Number Most businesses have a DUNS (Data Universal Numbering System) number issued by Dun and Bradstreet Corp. If this customer has one, enter it here. TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 5 Provide the name, title and communication information of the person that TCEQ can contact for additional information regarding this application. 3. REGULATED ENTITY (RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE a) Regulated Entity Reference Number (RN) A number issued by TCEQ's Central Registry to sites (a location where a regulated activity occurs) regulated by TCEQ This is not a permit number, registration number, or license number. If this regulated entity has not been assigned an RN, leave this space blank. If the site of your business is part of a larger business site, a Regulated Entity Number (RN) may already be assigned for the larger site. Use the RN assigned for the larger site. Search TCEQ's Central Registry to see if the larger site may already be registered as a regulated site at: http://www12.tceq.texas. gov/crpub/index. cfm?fuseaction=regent. RNSearch If the site is found, provide the assigned Regulated Entity Reference Number (RN) and provide the information for the site to be authorized through this application The site information for this authorization may vary from the larger site information An example is a chemical plant where a unit is owned or operated by a separate corporation that is accessible by the same physical address of your unit or facility. Other examples include industrial parks identified by one common address but different corporations have control of defined areas within the site. In both cases an RN would be assigned for the physical address location and the permitted sites would be identified separately under the same RN. b) Site/Project Name/Regulated Entity Provide the name of the site as known by the public in the area where the site is located. The name you provide on this application will be used in the TCEQ Central Registry as the Regulated Entity name. c) Description of Activity Regulated In your own words, briefly describe the primary business that you are doing that requires this authorization. Do not repeat the SIC Code description. d) County Identify the county or counties in which the regulated entity is located. e) Latitude and Longitude Enter the latitude and longitude of the site in degrees, minutes, and seconds or decimal form. For help obtaining the latitude and longitude go to: http://ww1/4 .tceq.texas.gov/gis/sgma«ew.html or http://nationalmap.gov/ustopo f) Site/Project (RE) Physical Address/Location Information Enter the complete address for the site in Section A if the address can be validated through the US Postal Service If the physical address is not recognized as a USPS delivery address, you may need to validate the address with your local police (911 service) or through an online map site used to locate a site Please confirm this to be a complete and valid address. Do not use a rural route or post office box for a site location. TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 6 If a site does not have an address that includes a street (or house) number and street name, enter NO ADDRESS for the street name in Section A. In Section B provide a complete written location description. For example: "The site is located 2 miles west from intersection of Hwy 290 & IH35, located on the southwest corner of the Hwy 290 South bound lane." Provide the city (or nearest city) and zip code of the facility location. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. a) Indian Country Lands If your site is located on Indian Country Lands, the TCEQ does not have authority to process your application. You must obtain authorization through EPA, Region 6, Dallas Do not submit this form to TCEQ. b) Construction activity associated with facility associated with exploration, development, or production of oil, gas, or geothermal resources If your activity is associated with oil and gas exploration, development, or production, you may be under jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas and may need to obtain authorization from EPA Region 6. For more information, see: http://ulfo.sos.state tx us/pls/pub/readtac$ext.TacPage?s1=R&app=9&p dir=&p rloc=&p tlo c=&p ploc=&pg=1&p tac=&ti=16&pt=i&ch=3&r1=3o Construction activities associated with a facility related to oil, gas or geothermal resources may include the construction of a well site, treatment or storage facility; underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas processing facility; compressor station; terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility; a carbon dioxide geologic storage facility; and a gathering, transmission or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas including natural gas liquids, prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel. Where required by federal law, discharges of stormwater associated with construction activities under the Railroad Commission's jurisdiction must be authorized by the EPA and the Railroad Commission of Texas, as applicable. Activities under Railroad Commission of Texas jurisdiction include construction of a facility that, when completed, would be associated with the exploration, development, or production of oil or gas or geothermal resources, such as a well site treatment or storage facility; underground hydrocarbon or natural gas storage facility; reclamation plant; gas processing facility; compressor station; terminal facility where crude oil is stored prior to refining and at which refined products are stored solely for use at the facility; a carbon dioxide geologic storage facility under the jurisdiction of the Railroad Commission of Texas; and a gathering, transmission or distribution pipeline that will transport crude oil or natural gas, including natural gas liquids, prior to refining of such oil or the use of the natural gas in any manufacturing process or as a residential or industrial fuel. The Railroad Commission of Texas also has jurisdiction over stormwater from land disturbance associated with a site survey that is conducted prior to construction of a facility that would be regulated by the Railroad Commission of Texas Under 33 U.S.C. §1342(1)(2) and §1362(24), EPA cannot require a permit for discharges of stormwater from "field activities or operations associated with {oil and gas} exploration, production, processing, or treatment operations, or transmission facilities, including activities necessary to prepare a site for drilling and for the movement and placement of drilling equipment, whether or not such field activities or operations may be considered to be construction activities' unless the discharge is contaminated by contact with any overburden, raw material, intermediate product, finished product, byproduct, or waste product located on the site of the facility. Under §3.8 of this title (relating to Water Protection), the Railroad TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 7 Commission of Texas prohibits operators from causing or allowing pollution of surface or subsurface water. Operators are encouraged to implement and maintain best management practices (BMPs) to minimize discharges of pollutants, including sediment, in stormwater during construction activities to help ensure protection of surface water quality during storm events. c) Primary Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code Provide the SIC Code that best describes the construction activity being conducted at this site. Common SIC Codes related to construction activities include: • 1521 - Construction of Single Family Homes • 1522 - Construction of Residential Bldgs. Other than Single Family Homes • 1541- Construction of Industrial Bldgs. and Warehouses • 1542 - Construction of Non-residential Bldgs, other than Industrial Bldgs and Warehouses • 1611- Highway and Street Construction, except Highway Construction • 1622 - Bridge, Tunnel, and Elevated Highway Construction • 1623 - Water, Sewer, Pipeline and Communications, and Power Line Construction For help with SIC Codes, go to: http://www osha.gov/pls/imis/sicsearch.html d) Secondary SIC Code Secondary SIC Code(s) may be provided. Leave blank if not applicable. For help with SIC Codes, go to: http://www.osha.gov/p1shmisisicsearch.html e) Total Number of Acres Disturbed Provide the approximate number of acres that the construction site will disturb. Construction activities that disturb less than one acre, unless they are part of a larger common plan that disturbs more than one acre, do not require permit coverage. Construction activities that disturb between one and five acres, unless they are part of a common plan that disturbs more than five acres, do not require submission of an NOI. Therefore, the estimated area of land disturbed should not be less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five or more acres. Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities If you have any questions about this item, please contact the stormwater technical staff by phone at (512)239-4671 or by email at swgp@tceq.texas.gov. f) Common Plan of Development Construction activities that disturb less than five acres do not require submission of an NOI unless they are part of a common plan of development or for sale where the area disturbed is five or more acres. Therefore, the estimated area of land disturbed should not be less than five, unless the project is part of a larger common plan that disturbs five or more acres Disturbed means any clearing, grading, excavating, or other similar activities. For more information on What is a common plan of development?" go to• www.tceq.texastgovipermitting/stormwater/common plan of development steps.html For further information, go to the TCEQ stormwater construction webpage at: www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction and search for "Additional Guidance and Quick Links". If TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 8 you have any further questions about this item, please call the stormwater technical staff at (512)239-4671. g) Identify the water body(s) receiving stormwater runoff The stormwater may be discharged directly to a receiving stream or through a MS4 from your site. It eventually reaches a receiving water body such as a local stream or lake, possibly via a drainage ditch. You must provide the name of the water body that receives the discharge from the site (a local stream or lake). If your site has more than one outfall you need to include the name of the first water body for each outfall, if they are different. h) Identify the segment number(s) of the classified water body(s) Identify the classified segment number(s) receiving a discharge directly or indirectly. Go to the following link to find the segment number of the classified water body where stormwater will flow from the site: www.tceq.texas.gov/waterquahty/monitoring/viewer.html You may also find the segment number in TCEQ publication GI-316: www.tceq.texas.gov/publicationsigi/g1-316 If the discharge is into an unclassified receiving water and then crosses state lines prior to entering a classified segment, select the appropriate watershed: • moo (Canadian River Basin) • 0200 (Red River Basin) • 0300 (Sulfur River Basin) • 0400 (Cypress Creek Basin) • 0500 (Sabine River Basin) Call the Water Quality Assessments section at (512)239-4671 for further assistance. i) Discharge into MS4 - Identify the MS4 Operator The discharge may initially be into a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) If the stormwater discharge is into an MS4, provide the name of the entity that operates the MS4 where the stormwater discharges. An MS4 operator is often a city, town county, or utility district but possibly can be another form of government. Please note that the Construction General Permit requires the Operator to supply the MS4 with a copy of the NOI submitted to TCEQ. For assistance, you may call the technical staff at (512)239-4671 j) Surface Water bodies on list of impaired waters - Identify the impaired water body(s) Indicate Yes or No if any surface water bodies receiving discharges from the construction site are on the latest EPA -approved CWA 3o3(d) List of impaired waters. Provide the name(s) of surface water bodies receiving discharges or potential discharges from the construction site that are on the latest EPA -approved CWA 3o3(d) List of impaired waters. The EPA-appi oved CWA 3o3(d) List of impaired waters in Texas can be found at: www.tceq.texas gov/waterquality/assessment/3o5 3o3.html NOTE* Do not use any "draft" documents. TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/o5/2013) Page 9 k) Discharges to the Edwards Aquifer Recharge Zone and Certification See maps on the TCEQ website to determine if the site is located within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer at: www.tceq.texas.gov/field/eapp/viewer.html If the discharge or potential discharge is within the Recharge Zone, Contributing Zone, or Contributing Zone within the Transition Zone of the Edwards Aquifer, a site specific authorization approved by the Executive Director under the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program (3o TAC Chapter 213) is required before construction can begin. The certification must be answered "Yes" for coverage under the Construction General Permit. The TCEQ approved plan must be readily available for TCEQ staff to review at the time that the NOI is submitted. The general permit requires the approved Contributing Zone Plan or Water Pollution Abatement Plan to be included or referenced as a part of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. For questions regarding the Edwards Aquifer Protection Program, contact the appropriate TCEQ Regional Office. For projects in Hays, Travis and Williamson Counties: Austin Regional Office, 12100 Park 35 Circle, Austin, TX 78753, 512-339-2929. For Projects in Bexar, Comal, Kinney, Medina and Uvalde Counties: TCEQ San Antonio Regional Office, 14250 Judson Rd., San Antonio TX 78233-448o, 210-49o-3096. 5. CERTIFICATIONS Failure to indicate Yes to ALL of the certification items may result in denial of coverage under the general permit. a) Certification of Understanding the Terms and Conditions of Construction General Permit (TXRi50000) Provisional coverage under the Construction General Permit (TXR150000) begins 7 days after the completed paper NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ. (Electronic applications submitted through ePermits have immediate provisional coverage). You must obtain a copy and read the Construction General Permit before submitting your application. You may view and print the Construction General Permit for which you are seeking coverage at the TCEQ web site: www.tceq.texas.gov/goto/construction b) Certification of Legal Name The full legal name of the applicant as authorized to do business in Texas is required. The name must be provided exactly as filed with the Texas Secretary of State (SOS), or on other legal documents forming the entity that is filed in the county where doing business. You may contact the SOS at (512)463 5555, for more information related to filing in Texas. c) Understanding of Notice of Termination A permittee shall terminate coverage under this Construction General Permit through the submittal of a NOT when the operator of the facility changes, final stabilization has been reached, the discharge becomes authorized under an individual permit, or the construction activity never began at this site. d) Certification of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan The SWP3 identifies the areas and activities that could produce contaminated runoff at your site and then tells how you will ensure that this contamination is mitigated. For example, in describing your mitigation measures, your site's plan might identify the devices that collect and TCEQ-2oo22 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 10 filter stormwater, tell how those devices are to be maintained, and tell how frequently that maintenance is to be carried out. You must develop this plan in accordance with the TCEQ general permit requirements. This plan must be developed and implemented before you complete this NOI. The SWP3 must be available for a TCEQ investigator to review on request. Operator Certification: The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 3o Texas Administrative Code (TAC) §305.44• IF YOU ARE A CORPORATION: The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrative Code §305 44(a)(1) (see below). According to this code provision, any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate procedures By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that such authority has been delegated to you. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority. IF YOU ARE A MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY: The regulation that controls who may sign an NOI or similar form is 3o Texas Administrative Code §3o5 44(a)(3) (see below). According to this code provision, only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons such as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity it may be beneficial to consult your city charter, county or city ordinances, or the Texas statute(s) under which your government entity was formed. An NOI or similar document that is signed by a government official who is not a ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to §305.44(a)(3)• The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation. By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that you are either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ If you have any questions or need additional information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above please contact the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality's Environmental Law Division at (512)239-0600. 3o Texas Administrative Code §305.44• Signatories to Applications (a) All applications shall be signed as follows. (1) For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible corporate officer means a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision -making functions for the corporation; or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities employing more than 25o persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second-quarter 198o dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post -closure order applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 11 (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively. (3) For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency, the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g., regional administrator of the EPA). TCEQ-20022 Instructions (03/05/2013) Page 12 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality General Permit Payment Submittal Form Use this form to submit your Application Fee only if you are mailing your payment. • Complete items 1 through 5 below: • Staple you]. check in the space provided at the bottom of this document. • Do not mail this form with your NOI form. • Do not mail this form to the same address as your NOI. Mail this form and your check to: BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office, MC-214 P.O Box 13088 Austin, TX 78711-3088 BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Financial Administration Division Cashier's Office, MC-214 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin TX 78753 Fee Code: GPA General Permit: TXR150000 1. Check / Money Order No: 2. Amount of Check/Money Order: 3. Date of Check or Money Order: 4. Name on Check or Money Order: 5. NOI INFORMATION If the check is for more than one NOI, list each Project/Site (RE) Name and Physical Address exactly as provided on the NOI DO NOT SUBMIT A COPY OF THE NOI WITH 'PHIS FORM AS IT COULD CAUSE DUPLICATE PERMIT ENTRIES. See Attached List of Sites (If more space is needed, you may attach a list.) Project/Site (RE) Name: 1 Project/Site (RE) Physical Address: Staple Check in This. Space TCEQ- 20134 (04/13/2006) Page 1 Notice of Change (NOC) to an Authorization for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES General Permit (TXR1 50000) TCEQ Office Use Only Permit No.: RN: CN: ***** IMPORTANT ***** PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE F The form will be returned for one of the following reasons: LLING OUT THIS FORM. 1) the permit number is not provided, invalid, or no longer active, 2) a wet ink signature of person meeting signatory requirements for permittee r 3) the current permittee is not the applicant, and; 4) a requested change in operator name is not a legal name change . THIS FORM CANNOT BE USED FORA CHANGE IN. OPERATOR. REFER TO YOUR GENERAL PERMIT hat is the Permit Number of the authorization to be changed? TXR15 s not proT ded, i W A. APPLICANT INFORMATION: Search Central Registry at wwwl2.tcegaexas.aov/crpub/ 1. Operator (Permittee) a. What is the full Legal Name of the current Operator as on the authorization? b. What is the TCEQ Central Registry Customer Number assigned to this Operator? 2. Permitted Site (required) What is the TCEQ Central Registry Regulated Entity Number assigned for this permitted site? CN IRN B. 'REQUESTED CHANGE TO PERMITTED INFORMATION What information has changed or needs corrected? (Check one or mote of the sections being updated and enter the new information in the corresponding section of this form.) Operator Legal Name Change with Texas Secretary of State (TX SOS). Go to Section 1 &/or 2 as applicable. (Note: Permits are not transferable. If a change in entity has occurred this NOC is not attainable.) Address and contact information for Operator, Billing for Annual Fee or Discharge Monitoring Report forms. • Site Information (Regulated Entity) (Note: Permits under a general permit are site specific. If a change in site location has occurred, this NOC is not attainable.) General Characteristics relating to the regulated activity. 1. OPERATOR LEGAL NAME CHANGE a. What is the NEW active Legal Name with TX SOS or on other legal document? New Legal Name: b What is the TX SOS Filing Number for us to confirm this official name change? (This is only applicable to Limited Partnership or Corporations.) 2 ADDRESS & CONTACT INFORMATION CHANGE a. What mailing address and/or contact information has changed? (check one or more as applicable) Site (RE) Mailing Address and contact information Operator for permit correspondence Reporting address/contact for Receiving Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) Billing address/contact for Receiving Annual Fee Statement b If you selected more than one, is the information to be updated the same for each selection? ❑ Yes — Piovide the updated information in the fields below. No — Attachment 1 of the NOC is attached to this form, to provide the different addresses. ATTN or C/O: Address: Suite No./Bldg. No./Mail Code: City: I State: Country Mailing Information (if outside USA). Country Code: Phone No.: ( ) Ext: ( Fax No.: ( ) ZIP Code: I E-Mail: Postal Code: Page 1 TCEQ- 20391 (07/13/2007) 3 REGULATED ENTITY (RE) SITE INFORMATION CORRECTION a Is this a change to the location of the permitted activity? ❑Yes - this requested change will not be processed since the authorizations are site specific. ® No — go to next question. b. New or Corrected Name of Project or Site : c. Updated Physical Address (new 911 address): Street Number Street Name: Bldg/Ste No. City: ZIP Code: County (Counties if>1): d. Update or Corrected location access description, if no physical address (Street Number & Street Name): e. Corrected Latitude: N Corrected Longitude: W 4 CHANGE IN CHARACTERISTICS PROVIDED ON ORIGINAL FORM Identify the specific change and provide the updated information If an attachment is need, please reference it below. C. APPLICATION CONTACT If TCEQ needs additional information regarding this application, be who should contacted? 1. Name: Title: Company: 2. Phone No.: ( ) Ext: Fax No.: ( ) E-Mail: D. C CERTIFICATION Operator Certification: I, Typed or printed name (REQUIRED) Title (RFQUIP FD) certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were direction prepared under my or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and I complete. am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information, mcluding the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations I further certify that I am authorized under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44 to sign and submit this document, and can provide documentation in proof of such authorization upon request. Signature: Date: (Use blue ink) (REQUIRED) (REQUIRED) TCEQ- 20391 (07/13/2007) Page 2 Attachment Related 1 to a NOC to a for Providing Permit Different under Address General Permit & Contact Information Form Specific TXR150000 What (REQUIRED) is the Permit No.? TXR15 ADDITIONAL ADDRESS & CONTACT INFORMATION Fill in the changes as applicable. Incomplete and invalid addresses will not be used. Verify addresses at USPS.com. mailing Operator ATTN or C/O: Address: Suite No.Bldg. No./Mail Code: City: State: I 1 Code: ZIP Country Mailing Information (if outside USA). Country Code: Postal Code: Phone No.: ( ) Ext: Fax No.: ( ) E-Mail: Bilking Address for Receiving Annual Fee Statement ATTN or CIO: Address: Suite No./Bldg. No./Mail Code: City: State: Code: ZIP Country Mailing Information (if outside USA). Country Code: Postal Code: Phone No.: ( ) Ext: Fax No.: ( ) E-Mail: Site (RE) Mailing Address ATTN or C/O: Address: Suite No./Bldg. No./Mail Code: City: State: Code: ZIP Country Mailing Information (if outside USA). Country Code: Postal Code: Phone No.: ( ) Ext: Fax No.: ( ) E-Mail: TCEQ- 20391 NOC Attachment 1 (07/13/2007) Page 1 Notice Change (NOC) to an Authorization for Stormwater Discharges of Permit Associated with Construction Activity under TPDES General (TXR150000) General Information and Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION Where to Send the Notice of Change (NOC): BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission Stonnwater Processing on Environmental Center (MC228) Quality Texas Stormwater Commission on Processing Environmental Center (MC228) Quality P.O. Austin, Box 13087 TX 78711-3087 12100 Austin Park TX 35 Circle 78753 TCEQ Contact list: Application Processing Questions relating to the status and foim requirements: 512/239-3700 or email swpernut!itltceq.texas.gov Technical Questions relating to the general permit: 512/239-4671 Environmental Law Division: 512/239-0600 Records Information Management Services for obtaining for obtaining copies of forms reports from program submitted data to TCEQ: bases (as available): 512/239-DATA 512/239-0900 (3282) Financial Administration's Cashier's office: 512/239-0357 or 512/239-0187 Notice When of your Change NOC Process: is received by the program, the form will be processed as follows: the the is active 1. Administrative Review: The form will be reviewed to ensure the request is from the pennittee (operator) on authorization, permit and initial coverage was acknowledged Each item on the form will be reviewed for a complete response that qualifies for a NOC. In addition, the operator's legal name change must be verified with Texas Secretary of State (if applicable). The address(s) on the form must be verified with the US Postal sen ice as an address receiving regular mail delivery. Never give an overnight/express mailing address. indicated the may be notified by letter, call or email In some instances as noted at the If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as above, operator .phone beginning of Confirmation* the form, the request An may simply Acknowledgment be returned. Certificate will be mailed to the operator only, if the NOC is to change information provided on 2. NOC updated the acknowledgment certificate. The original coverage effective date will not change. General You may Permit view (Your and Permit) print your general permit on the TCEQ web site www.tceq.texas.gov. Enter the as the key word in the search box to locate the specific web page general permit number General Permit Intent Forms Notice Termination (NOT), and Notice of Change (NOC) with instructions are available in Adobe Acrobat The Notice of (NOI), of PDF format on the TCEQ web site www.tceq.texas.sov. Change An authorization in Operator under the general permit is not transferable. If the operator of the regulated entity changes, the present permittee must submit Notice Intent. The NOI roust be submitted not later than 10 days prior to the change in a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a of new Operator entity status. is Note that confirmed. the NOT is effective on the postmarked date. It may be necessary to not terminate the existing permit until coverage by the TCEQ The You Central Core Data can find the Registry Form information has Core Data been incorporated on the Form Central into this Registry form. web site Do not send at www 12.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/. a core data form to TCEQ. You can search by the Regulated Entity (RN), Customer Number Name (Permittee), or by number under the search field labeled "Additional ID". (CN) or your permit data for The Customer for consistent information to the TCEQ, and for updating all CN and RN all associated (Permittee) as changes is occur. responsible For General providing Permits, a Notice of Change form must be submitted to the program area for approval to update the CN and authorizations RN data in central registry. TCEQ- 20391 NOC Instructions (07/13/2007) Page I INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE NOC FORM A. Applicant Information (Operator)' 1. b. Go Provide Provide to http://vrwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/ the the current TCEQ permittee(s) Issued full Customer legal Number to name as (CN) locate on the for your CN. the permit. entity. If the name(s) provided do not match the current name(s), this form be It is permittee will returned. the responsibility of the to comply the general permit. permittee(s) with Note: If a change is being made to the CN and the CN has other TCEQ authorization types, it is the entity's responsibility to update those authorizations at the time. If same an authorization has been cancelled of terminated, the name can not be changed on the Because of this, a new CN be permit. may issued for the new name 2. Provide the TCEQ Issued Regulated Go to httn://wwwl2.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/ Entity to number locate your assigned CN. for this permitted activity. If the site has changed of the information provided indicates a new location, this form will be It is the returned. responsibility of the (perinittees) to comply with the general permit. B. REQUESTED CHANGE TO PERMITTED INFORMATION Check one or more of the available options indicating the information in the form that is to be Provide updated. the updated information Section 1 for in Legal Name Change, Section 2 for Address & Contact Information Change, Section 3 for Regulated Entity Site Information Change, or Section 4 for General Characteristics Change, as applicable. I. LEGAL NAME CHANGE Provide the new legal If the is Lmiited Partnership name. entity a or Coiporation, the name change must be verifiable with Texas Secretary of State. The TX SOS filing number must be provided to verify only a name change occurred. You may contact the SOS at 512/463-5555, for information more related to filing in Texas If filed in the county where doing business, the legal documents provide a copy of showing the legal name change. Legal name changes of a Corporation and Limited Partnership will be verified with Texas Secretary of State. If the entity is filed as a new entity with a new filing number, then the change cannot be made through a NOC. The permits are not transferable. If the operator the terminate their nermit and the new entity must submit a firm fir a new mennit changes, old entity must 2 ADDRESS & CONTACT INFORMATION CHANGE Indicate the type of address and contact information that has changed from the original NOI or last NOC submitted to TCEQ. If the address and/or contact information is the same for all types, then check each type and enter the Information in the fields on the form. If some types have different information, then use the NOC ATTACHMENT 1. The permit number MUST be written on ATTACHMENT 1 to indicate it is a part of the NOC form for the permit being updated. The updates cannot be made without reference to the submitted NOC form. Mailing Address The address MUST BE verifiable with the US Postal Service at www.usps.com., foi regular mail delivery (not overnight express mail). If you find that the address is not verifiable using the USPS web search, please indicate the address is used by the USPS for regular mail dehveiy. Failure to provide a alid marling address will delay or prohibit us from updating the permit. Please note that address updates relating to a general permit authorization can ONLY be made through a Notice of Change. Address changes submitted through any other form can not be processed. 3. REGULATED ENTITY (RE) SITE INFORMATION CORRECTION The NOC form is only for use to update or collect information submitted on the original application or Last NOC for the authorization. Tlie authorization under a general permit is site specific. If this change is related to a new location, a Notice of Change is not attainable. Provide the updated site name , updated site addresses, and/or collected latitude and longitude, as applicable to your NOC request. A nev, physical address for an existing location is usually the result of a newly assigned 911 address for emergencies If providing a corrected latitude and longitude, enter the latitude and longitude of tl e site in either degrees, minutes, and seconds or decimal form. For help obtaining the latitude and longitude, go to: www.tceq.state.tx.us/gis/drgview html or www.terraserver.microsoft.com/advfind.aspx. 4. GENERAL CHARACTERISTIC Indicate the change to information originally supplied. For example if the number of acreas of area disturbed has changed, then state: "The number acres of area disturbed has increase to 40 acres.' C. Application Contact Provide the name, title and communication information of the person that TCEQ can contact for additional information regarding this application. i TCEQ- 20391 NOC Instructions (07/13/2007) Page 2 D. CERTIFICATIONS The certification must bear an original signature of a person meeting the signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code (TAC) §305.44. IF YOU ARE A CORPORATION: The regulation that contro Is who may sign an N 01 or similar form is 30 Texas Administrativ e Code §305.44(a)(1) (see below). A ccording to this code provision, any corporate representative may sign an NOI or similar form so long as the authority to sign such a document has been delegated to that person in accordance with corporate pro cedures. B y signing the NOI or si milar form, you are certifying that such author ity has been deleg ated to } ou. The TCEQ may request documentation evidencing such authority . IF YOU ARE A MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY: The regulation that controls who ma} sign an N OI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrativ e Code §305.44(a)(3) (see below). A ccording to this code provision only a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may sign an NOI or similar form. Persons s uch as the City Mayor or County Commissioner will be considered iankmg elected officials In order to identify the principal executive officer of your government entity, it may be beneficial to consult your city charter, county or city ordinances, or the Texas statute(s) under which your government entity was formed An NOI or similar document that is signed b y a govermn ent official who is not a rankin g elected official or prmcip al executive officer d oes not conform to §305.44(a)(3). The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation. By signing the NOI or s imilar form, you are certifying that you ai e either a ranking elected official or prin cipal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ. If you have any questions or need addition al information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above, please contact the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality's Environmental Law Division at 512/239-0600. 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44. Signatories to Applications. (a) All applications shall be signed as follows. (1) For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible corporate officer means a president, secretary, treasurer, or v ice -president of the corpor ation in charge of a pr incipal business function, or any other person who performs si milar policy or decisi on -making functions for the corpor ation; or the manager of one or more manufacturin g, productio n or operating facili ties em ploying m ore than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expend itures exceeding $25 m'Ilion (in sec ond-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign docu ments has been assigned or de legated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. Corporate pro cedures governing authority to sign permit or post -closure order applicati ons may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively. (3) For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency, the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official For purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency, or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g., regional administrator of the EPA). TCEQ- 20391 NOC Instructions (07/13/2007) Page 3 TCEQ Office Use Only __ Notice for of Authorizations Termination under (NOT) Permit RN: No.: CN: TPDES General Permit TXR150000 TCEQ • Sign up now for on line NOT at https://www6.tceq.texas.gov/steers/ letter immediately after submitting the on line NOT form. Get your NOT Confirmation What is the permit number to be terminated? the number. TXR15 Processing will be delayed VIithout permit A. OPERATOR (applicant) 1. What is the Customer Number (CN) issued to this entity? CN 2. What This is the must be the full current Legal perrmttee Name of the current of the permit permittee? to be tel minted. US Postal Service? 3. What is the applicant's mailing address as recognized by the Address: Suite No./Bldg. No./Mail Code: City: State: ZIP Code: Country Mailing Information (if outside USA). Country Code: Postal Code: 4. Phone No.: ( ) Extension: 5. Fax No. ( ) E-mail Address: B REGULATED ENTITY (RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE 1. What is the TCEQ Issued RE Reference Number (RN)? RN 2. (example: Name of phase Project and or name Site as of currently subdivision permitted): or name of project that's unique to the site) 3. Physical Address of Project or Site as currently permitted: (enter in spaces below) Street Number: Street Name: City: ZIP Code: County (Counties if>1): location access description to the site: 4 If no physical address (Street Number & Street Name), provide the written C. REASON FOR TERMINATION Check the reason for termination: fences and other ❑ Final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that are the responsibility of the Operator and all silt temporary erosion controls have either been removed, or scheduled for removal have as defined been in finally the SWP3. stabilized, and temporary El Another permitted Operatoi has assumed control over all areas of the site that not in SWP3 have been transferred to the new Operator. eioslon controls that have been defined the El The activity is now authorized under an alternate TPDES permit. began at this site that is regulated under the general permit. ® The activity never D. CERTITIC ATION I, of Typed law that or printed this document name and all attachments were prepared under my direction Title or supervision in accordance with a system designed certify under penalty Based inquiry of the or persons who manage the that gather and evaluate the information submitted. on my person to assure qualified personnel properly information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, directly responsible for gathering the information, the system, or those persons of fine and imprisonment for accurate, and complete. I am aware there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility knowing violations 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44 to sign and submit this document, and can provide documentation in I further certify that I am authorized under proof of such authorization upon request. signature: (Use blue ink) Date: TCEQ-20023 (02/06/2007) Page 1 Notice of Information General (NOT) for and Authorizations TXR150000 Instructions under Permit Termination TPDES General GENERAL INFORMATION Where to Send the Notice of Intent (NOI): BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL BY OVERNIGHT/EXPRESS MAIL Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) Stormwater Processing Center (MC228) P.O. Box 13087 12100 Park 35 Circle Austin, TX 78711-3087 Austin, TX 78753 TCEQ Contact list: Application Processing Questions relating to the status and form requirements: 512/239-3700 or swpermit@tceq.texas.gov Technical Questions relating to the general permit: 512/239-4671 Environmental Law Division: 512/239-0600 Records Management for obtaining copies of forms submitted to TCEQ: 512/239-0900 Information Services for obtaining reports from program data bases (as available): 512/239-DATA (3282) Financial Administration's Cashier's office: 512/239-0357 or 512/239-0187 Notice of Termination Process: A Notice of Termination is effective on the date postmai ked for delis ery to TCEQ. When your NOT is received by the program, the form will be processed as follows: 1. Administrative Review: form will be reviewed to confirm the following: The • the • the permit number permit is active is provided and has been approved • the entity terminating the permit is the current permittee • the site information matches the original permit record • the form has the required original signature with title and date 2. Notice of Deficiency: If an item is incomplete or not verifiable as indicated above, a phone call will be made to the applicant to clear the deficiency. A letter will not be sent to the permittee if unable to process the form. 3. Confirmation of Termination: A Notice of Termination Confirmation letter will be mailed to the operator. General Permit (Your Permit) Coverage under the general permit begins 48 hours after a completed NOI is postmarked for delivery to the TCEQ. You should have a copy of your general pennut when submitting your application. You may view and print your permit for which } ou are seeking coverage, on the TCEQ web site tvwv.tceq.teaas.aov General Permit Forms The Notice of Intent (NOI), Notice of Teimination (NOT), and Notice of Change (NOC) with instructions are available in Adobe Acrobat PDF format on the TCEQ web site www.tcan.texas.gov. Change in Operator An authorization under the general permit is not transferable If the operator or owner of the regulated entity changes, the present permittee must submit a Notice of Termination and the new operator must submit a Notice of Intent. The NOT and NOI must be submitted not later than 10 days prior to the change in Operator status. TCEQ Central Registry Core Data Foam The Core Data Form has been incorporated into this form. Do not send a core data form to TCEQ. After final acknowledgment of coverage under the general permit, the program will assign a Customer Number (CN) and Regulated Entity Number (RN). For Construction Permits, a new RN will be assigned for each Notice of Intent filed with TCEQ, since construction project sites can overlap with other Customers. The RN assigned to your construction project will not be assigned to any other TCEQ authorization You can find the information on the Central Registry web site at ww%\ 12.tceq.texas.gov/crpub/. You can search by the Regulated Entity (RN), Customer ID" Number (CN) or Name (Pennittee), or by your permit number under the search field labeled "Additional Capitalize all letters in the permit number. TCEQ-20023 Instructions (02/06/2007) Page 1 The Customer (Permittee) is responsible for information providing consistent to the TCEQ, and for updating CN RN all and data for all authorzations as changes occur. For General Permits, a Notice of Change form must be submitted to the area. program Annual Water Quality Fee: This fee is assessed to operators with an active authorization under the Septembei operator will receive an invoice for the fee genet al permit on 1 of each year. The payment of annual in November of each year. The payment will be due 30 da3 s from the invoice date. A 5% penalty will be assessed if the payment is received by TCEQ after the due date. Annual fee under It's the important general for the permit operator is active to on submit September a Notice 1 of Termination (NOT) when covet age under assessments the general cannot permit be is wain no ed longer as long as the required authorization A NOT is effective mailed • Mailed and on Payments: the received postmarked by TCEQ. date of mailing the form to TCEQ. It is recommended that the NOT be mailed usmg a method that documents the date You must return your with the billing payment coupon provided with the billing statement. • Go ePAY to www6.tceq.texas.gov/epav/ Electronic Payment: You must enter your account number provided at the top portion of your billing statement. Payment methods include Mastercard, Visa, and electronic check payment (ACH). A transaction over $500 be can only made by ACH INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OUT THE NOT FORM A. OPERATOR (current pennittee.) 1. TCEQ Issued Customer Number (CN) 2. The Legal operator Name of must Operator be the same entity as previously submitted on the original Notice of Intent for the permit number provided. 3. Provide Operator Mailing Address a complete mailing address for receiving mail from the TCEQ. Update the address if different than previously submitted in the Notice of Intent or Notice of Change. 4. Provide Phone updated Number, contact Fax Number, information. and E-mail Address B. REGULATED ENTITY (RE) INFORMATION ON PROJECT OR SITE 1. Regulated Entity Reference Number (RN) 2. Provide Site/Project the name Name/Regulated of the site as Entity previously submitted in the Notice of Intent for the permit number provided. 3. Provide Site/Project the physical (RE) Physical address Address or location access description as previously submitted for the permit number provided. C. REASON FOR TERMINATION Indicate the reason for terminating the by permit checking one of the options. If the reason is not listed then an reason Please for read termination. your general permit carefully to determine when to terminate your permit. Permits will not be provide reactivated attachment after submitting that explains the The ternunation is effective on the date postmarked for delivery to TCEQ. a termination form. D CERTIFICATIONS The certification must bear an original signature of a meeting the person signatory requirements specified under 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44. IF YOU ARE A CORPORATION: (TAC) The regulation that contro is NOI who may sign an or similar form is 30 Texas Administrativ e Code this code provision, any corporate representative may sign NOI §305.44(a)(1) (see below). According to an or similar form so long as the that pet son in accordance with corporate By authority to sign such a document has been delegated to procedures. signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that such authority has been delegated 3 ou. The TCEQ may request documentation el idencing such authority. to IF YOU ARE A MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITY: this code provision The regulation only that a controls ranking elected who may official sign an N or OI or similar form is 30 Texas Administrativ e Code §305.44(a)(3) (see below). According to principal executive officer may sign NOI form. an or similar Persons the City Mayor County Commissioner will be considered ranking elected officials. In order to identify the executive such as or principal officer of be beneficial to consult city your government entity, it may your charter, county or city ordinances, or the Texas statute(s) under which your government entity was formed An NOI or similar document that is signed by a government official who is not a ranking elected official or principal executive officer does not conform to TCEQ-20023 Instructions (02/06/2007) Page 2 §305.44(a)(3). The signatory requirement may not be delegated to a government representative other than those identified in the regulation. By signing the NOI or similar form, you are certifying that you aie either a ranking elected official or principal executive officer as required by the administrative code. Documentation demonstrating your position as a ranking elected official or principal executive officer may be requested by the TCEQ. If you have any questions or need addition al information concerning the signatory requirements discussed above, please contact the Texas Commission on Em ironmental Quality's Enviromnental Law Division at 512/239-0600. 30 Texas Administrative Code §305.44. Signatories to Applications. (a) All applications shall be signed as follows. (1) For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. For purposes of this paragraph, a responsible corporate offi cer m eans a president, secretary, treasurer, or \ ice -president of the corpor ation m charge of a principal busine ss function, or any other person who per forms similar policy or decision -making functions for the corporation; or the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities emplo) ing more than 250 persons or having gross mutual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 m illion (in second-quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has beenassigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corpor ate procedures. Corporate procedures governing authority to sign permit or post -closure order applications may provide for assignment or delegation to applicable corporate positions rather than to specific individuals. (2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively. (3) For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency, the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agent), or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g., regional administrator of the EPA). TCEQ-20023 Instructions (02/06/2007) Page 3 SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICH; FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.E.2. of the TCEQ General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from small construction sites. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the Internet at: http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html Operator Name: Contact Name and Phone Number: 2 roject Description: Physical address or description of the site's location, estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan: For Small Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II E 2 (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge) the following certification must be completed: I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II E 2 of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4 I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed MS4 operator notified per Part 11E3. LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 "SECONDARY OPERA TOR " NOTICE, This notice applies to secondary operators of construction sites operating under Part II.E.3. of the TPDES General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is required in Part III.D.2 of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the internet at: http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html Site -Specific TPDES Authorization Number: Operator Name: Contact Name and Phone Number: Project Description: Physical address or description of the site's location and estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized. Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3): For Large Construction Activities Authorized Under Part II E 3 (Obtaining Authorization to Discharge) the following certification must be completed: I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an authorization under Part II.E.3. of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. A stormwater pollution prevention plan has been developed and will be implemented prior to construction, according to permit requirements A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed MS4 operator notified per Part II.F.3. ISOM NNW LARGE CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 "PRIMARY OPERATOR" NOTICE This notice applies to construction sites operating under Part II.E.3. of the TPDFS General Permit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from construction sites equal to or greater than five acres, including the larger common plan of development. The information on this notice is required in Part III.D.2. of the general permit. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the Internet at: http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq con structi on.html Site -Specific TPDES Authorization Number: Operator Name: Contact Name and Phone Number: Project Description: Physical address or description of the site s location, and estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized. Location of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plano Nina SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITF, NOTIC H;: LOW POTENTIAL FOR EROSION FOR THE Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Stormwater Program TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TXR150000 The following information is posted in compliance with Part II.E.1. of the TCEQ General Peimit Number TXR150000 for discharges of stormwater runoff from small construction sites automatically authorized based on low rainfall erosivity. Additional information regarding the TCEQ stormwater permit program may be found on the Internet at: http://www.tceq. state.tx.us/nav/permits/wq construction.html Operator Name: Contact Name and Phone Number: Project Description: (Physical address or description of the site's location, estimated start date and projected end date, or date that disturbed soils will be stabilized) For Small Construction Sites Authorized Under Part II.E.1., the following certification must be completed: I (Typed or Printed Name Person Completing This Certification) certify under penalty of law that I have read and understand the eligibility requirements for claiming an automatic authorization based on low rainfall erosivity under Part II.E.1. of TPDES General Permit TXR150000 and agree to comply with the terms of this permit. Construction activities at this site shall occur within a time period listed in Appendix A of the TPDES general permit for this county, that period beginning on and end ng on . I understand that if construction activities continue past this period, all stormwater runoff must be authorized under a separate provision of the general permit. A copy of this signed notice is supplied to the operator of the MS4 if discharges enter an MS4. I am aware there are significant penalties for providing false information or for conducting unauthorized discharges, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Signature and Title Date Date Notice Removed MS4 operator notified per Part I1F.3. CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION Section 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Descriptions of measures and practices, in response to TPDES General Permit TXR 150000 which shall be used on the Work to eliminate or significantly minimize pollutants in discharges into Surface Water in the State by controlling erosion and sediments at their source. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exit 2. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal 3. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls C Definitions: 1. Potential Water Pollutant - any substance that could potentially alter the physical, thermal chemical, or biological quality of the Surface Water in the State, rendering the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans, animal life, vegetation, or property, or to public health, safety or welfare, or impairs the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or reasonable purpose. 1.02 MEAUSREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Plans and this Technical Specification. B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C The Contractor shall install maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices that operate effectively and as specified in the Plans and in this or other Technical Specifications. 07/2006 01566 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION D Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of the limits of construction or dedicated rights -of -way and easements Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. E The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing, hauling, and disposing of spoil, silt, waste materials and contaminated material resulting from erosion and sediment control measures as specified in this or other Technical Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. 3.02 EXPOSED SOIL A When soil is exposed as a result of clearing, grading, excavating, stockpiling, or other soil disturbing activities, the Contractor shall implement measures to effectively control erosion and prevent the escape of sediments from the Project Site. B Control measures may include the following practices: 1. Preserve existing vegetation to the extent possible. 2. Construct drainage swales, berms, or sediment basins. 3. Maintain grades to minimize the velocity of sheet flow over disturbed areas and promote evaporation and infiltration of storm water directly into the ground. 4. Install filter fabric fences or barriers, sediment traps, seepage basins, gabions, or storm drain inlet protection devices 5. Utilize vegetative buffer strips, mulching, or riprap C When the placement of topsoil, bank sand, or other soil material is specified, after an area has been brought to grade and immediately piior to placement, loosen the subgrade discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding to the subsoil. D When all soil disturbing activities have been completed, establish a perennial vegetative cover on all areas that are not paved, covered by permanent structures, or otherwise permanently stabilized. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A Implement control measures to minimize dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on -site and off -site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following measures: 1. Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover. 3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 4. Irrigation by water sprinkling. 07/2006 01566 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or similar materials. C Implement dust control measures immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the Project Site. 3.04 DEMOLITION AREAS A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other potential water pollutants shall use methods described in this Section, 3.03 "Dust Control ', to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or potential water pollutants shall be retained on the Project Site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems by the appropriate use of control measures described in this Section. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.05 SEDIMENT TRACKING A Minimize off -site tracking of sediments and the generation of dust by construction vehicles, keeping the streets clean or construction debris and mud, by implementing one or more of the following control measures: 1. Restrict all ingress and egress to stabilized construction exits. 2. Stabilize areas used for staging, parking, storage or disposal. 3. Stabilize on -site vehicle transportation routes. 4. Remove mud and other debris, washing if necessary, from vehicles prior to entrance onto public roadways from the Project Site. 5. Maintain grade to minimize the occurrence of mud on the Project Site. B Construct stabilized construction areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. C In addition to Stabilized Construction Exits shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean. Water -hosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 3.06 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A Control equipment maintenance and repair so that oils, gasoline, grease, solvents, and other potential water pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. B Control measures may include the following practices: 1. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose. 2. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. 07/2006 01566 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3. Clean and inspect maintenance and repair areas daily. 4. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate. 5. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 6. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 7. Isolate areas of contaminated soil or other materials to facilitate proper removal and disposal C Where effective control measures are not feasible, equipment shall be taken off -site for maintenance and repair. 3.07 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A Conduct operations in conformance with the plan provided in Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal and utilize such control measures, described in this Section, as may be necessary to eliminate or significantly reduce the discharge of possible water pollutants from the Project Site as a result of waste collection and disposal. B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible. Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff. 3.08 WASHING AREAS A Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Preventative measures may include the following practices: 1. Designate special areas for washing vehicles. 2. Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. 3. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud production. B Construct washing areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exists. 3.09 STORAGE AND USAGE OF POTENTIAL WATER POLLUTANTS A Store and use potential water pollutants such as pesticides, fertilizers, distillate fuels, lubricants, solvents, cements paints, acids, caustics and other toxic substances in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines, Material Safety Data Sheets, and with local, state, and federal regulations. 07/2006 01566 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION B Isolate these substances in areas where they are to be stored, opened or used such that they will not cause pollution of runoff from the Project Site. Preventative measures may include the following practices: 1. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate. 2. Store containers on raised platforms. 3. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to prevent contamination of soil in the area. 4. Provide protective cover or weather proof enclosure. 5. Minimize accidental spillage. 6. Keep containers tightly closed. 7. Periodically inspect containers for leakage. 8. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area. 9. Provide berms filter fabric fences or barriers or sediment basins. 10. Designate washing areas for containers and other items that have come in contact with potential water pollutants. C Avoid overuse of substances such as pesticides and fertilizers which could produce contaminated runoff. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A Provide the Project Site with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500 — Temporary Facihties and Controls, and applicable health regulations. B Control areas where sanitary facilities are located so that sewage or chemicals will not be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems by using one or more of the following measures. 1. Inspect the facilities daily. 2. Service the facilities as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness and prevent overflows. 3. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate 4. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area END OF SECTION 07/2006 01566-5of5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM Section 01570 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B. Trench safety system for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fallunder provisions of federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. C. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals D. Referenced Standards* 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) F. Definitions: 1. Trench. A narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. 2. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as defined. 3. Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems, sheet piling cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 5/2013 01570 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM a. Protective System. A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. b. Shoring System. A structure, which supports the sides of an excavation, to prevent cave-ins, maintain stable soil conditions, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. c. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring Requirements for locations identified on the Plans. 4. Competent Person- one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on utility excavations is on a linear foot basis, measured along the centerline of the trench. Payment for trench safety systems includes payment for manholes and other line structures. B. Unless indicated in as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for shoring systems under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for trench safety systems. C. If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a separate Bid Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shoring system installation for trench excavation is on a square foot basis, measured and completed in place. D. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for trench safety system used on structural excavations in applicable structure installation. E Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety systems used on roadway excavation or embankment under this Section. Include cost in applicable Sections. F Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit a safety plan specifically for the construction of trench excavation, excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of 5/2013 01570-2of5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM federal, state, or local excavation safety laws. Design the Trench Safety Plan to be in accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans. Include in the plan, submittal of the contact information for the Competent Person. C. Have Shop Drawings for trench safety systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the Contractor. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, OSHA Standards-29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these Technical Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926.650 — 652. B. A reproduction of the OSHA Standards — 29 CFR included in Subpart P — "Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on the Work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register. C. Include in the Trench Safety Program measures that establish compliance with the standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause, Section 5.(a)(1), of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 — 20 USC 654 which states, "Employers must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an embankment from possible collapse." D. Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety Systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications Under Texas Statutes, refer to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C. TRENCH SAFETY. E. Reference materials, if developed for this Work, will be issued by the Engineer along with the Bid Documents, including the following: 1. Geotechnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety system. 2. Special Shoring Requirements. 1.05 INDEMNIFICATION A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of 5/2013 01570 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. C. Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under state and federal trench safety laws. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in •accordance with provisions of OSHA Standards — 29 CFR. B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the Contractor s trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. C. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Plans. D. Obtain verification from a Competent Person, defined in this Section and as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre - manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA Standards — 29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 5/2013 01570 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the Work. END OF SECTION 5/2013 01570-5of5 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Project identification sign description. B. Installation. C. Maintenance and removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 - Mobilization. B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current, payment will be made by change order C. Skid -mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no additional cost to the City. Post -mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post -mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City Engineer payment will be made by change order 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new materials and painted new for the project. Construct post -mounted signs as shown on Construction Sign Details. B. Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean and neat look throughout the project duration. C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company. D. Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre -construction Meeting. 1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A 10/2014 01580-1 CITYOFPEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the construction site 2 Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification sign. 3. Multiple Sites: Provide one project identification sign at each site. 4. Sign Relocation As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as directed in writing by the City Engineer. E Alternate Skid -mounted Sign Construction: Post -mounted signs are preferred, but skid -mounted signs are allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of the use of skid -mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures. B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new. 1. Sign Posts: Use 4-inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND. 2. Sign Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing material. 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material. 4. Fasteners: a. Use galvanized steel fasteners. b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts. Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign Manufacturer. c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background B. Sign and Sign Header: Use medium density overlaid marine plywood minimum 1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade, fast -drying, oil -based paint with gloss finish. Paint structural 10/2014 01580-2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering Paint all sign surfaces with this weather -protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D. Colors: Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of Commencement. B. Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre -construction Meeting or as described in part 1.03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. C. Erect sign level and plumb. D. If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign and header. E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing grade. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than before construction. END OF SFCTION 10/2014 01580-3 CITYOFPEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS PROJECT IDENTIII ICATION SIGN EXHIBIT CITY OF PEARLAND`. CAPITAL PROJECT MAYOR TOM kV MRECSPOSlTtON it TONY•CARSONt COUNCIL POSITION2 SCOTT SNERMAN OLINtR POSITION a: GAIT MOORE.'. MAYOR PRO ttMi KEIIHQRMEAN IE. COUNCIL POSITION $ GEEG Hll1 CITY MAHAGERa CLAY P/ARSON DEPUTY CITY MANAG111 TON BRANSON ASST CtTY MANAGER, TRINT EPPIRSOI PROJECT NAME LOCATED HERE PROJECT NO. 12345678 PROJECT SCHEDULE: MONTH/YEAR BUDGET: $DOLLAR AMOUNT ENGINEER/ARCHJTECT: NAME GOES HERE CONTRACTOR: CONTRACTOR NAME GOES HERE pearlandtx.gov/departments/engineering-capital-projectslprojects SPECIAL NOTE: CONTACT CITY SECRETARY FOR CURRENT COUNCIL NAMES SINGLE SIDE MDO MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD FINISHED WITH ALKYD ENAMEL GLOSS WHITE COMPUTER CUT VINYL AND DIGITAL PRINT 5 YEAR LIFE MINIMUM MATERIALS INSTALL ON TWO 4"X4" TREATED POSTS,MIN. DEPTH IS 24", OR SKID MOUNTED AS SITE REQ'D.. First -. ntzpresszon Capital Improvement Signage Layout AE R S5. Various CItt:5TM£: Pearland, Texas LUSE October 2014 capital improvement 403 blank template october 2014 120 VOLT ELECTRICAL SERVICE CUEN1 TU PRCYIDE SLL FltWNRY ELECTMCAL SERVICES Ito THE SION UNLESS 6rHrrf4iSE SPEnFT=e CLIENT APPROVAL 10/2014 01580-4 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products: Means material, equipment, or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components For multiple components of the same size, type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor. 1.05 DELIVERY • A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site and to accommodate the following• 1. Work of other contractors or the Owner. 2. Limitations of storage space. 3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4. Owner s use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials, and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 01600-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager. F Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers' unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Project Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01600-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.0 GENERAL PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including pre - approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS• A Product: Means, materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Work. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre -approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as "pre -approved". Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal" Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350 — Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre -approved Products. C Product Compatibility* To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make or source. Wheie more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner. 07/2006 01630 - 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a judgment. C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner. C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner. 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information• 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. 07/2006 01630 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified 5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule 6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any. 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer. E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01630 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING Section 01720 FIELD SURVEYING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for surveyors and surveys. B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors. Employ a land surveyor acceptable to Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals. B Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 1.06 EXAMINATION A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work. B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered. 07/2006 01720 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING 1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner -provided survey and indicated on Plans. B Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners, prior to starting site work. Use caution to preserve permanent reference points during construction. C The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed, or damaged, control points. Promptly notify Engineer of disturbance or damage to any control point(s) D Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to changes in grades or other reasons. E Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point. F Any re -staking of control points lost, disturbed, or damaged by Contractor's operations will be provided by Owner at Contractor's expense. G Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing, disturbed, or damaged monumentation 1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C Establish and record in survey notes elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities required for Measuiement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the Work Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading; fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Mounumented Baseline. D Verify periodically layouts by same means. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01720 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02 ` Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible". B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer. 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings• Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes made by modifications. 5. Details not on original Plans. 6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set, provided by Engineer. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770 — Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION 07/2006 01760 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.09 "Substantially Completed". 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work, the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770 - 2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION Section 02200 SITE PREPARATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling, clearing and grubbing. B Removal and disposal of waste materials, excess materials, debris and trash. C Removal of obstructions. D Excavation and fill. E Salvaging of designated item. F References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services 4. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 5. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material 6. Section 02330 — Embankment 7. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises G Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 4318, ' Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If Site Preparation is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit embankment material sources and product quality information in accordance this Section. 07/2006 02200 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 1.04 TESTING A Testing and analysis of product quality material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment backfill, back -dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. A Clear Project Site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those designated by Owner to be left standing. B Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees designated to remain. C Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. 1. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower elevation of excavation. 2. On areas required for embankment construction remove 2" diameter limbs, stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface 3. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment D Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground. E Complete operations by bulldozing, blading, and grading so that prepared area is free of holes, unplanned ditches, abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and preserve drainage of area. 1. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except in areas to be immediately excavated 07/2006 02200 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING A Obtain approval of topsoil quality before excavating and stockpiling. B Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to be further excavated. C Topsoil Stripping: 1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping. 2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches. 3. Stiip topsoil to depths encountered. 4. Perform shippingin a manner to prevent inteu singling of topsoil with underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials including clay lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter, weeds, roots, leaves and debris. 5. Where tiees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping at extreme limits of tree drip hne to prevent damage to main root system. D Topsoil Stockpiling: 1. Stockpile in areas designated on Plans. 2. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 3. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust. 4. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in a manner to prevent erosion. 3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL A Undercut, remove, and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for subsequent construction. B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site excavation or as indicated on Plans. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL A Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as practicable. B When fill obtained from high areas is exhausted, fill to indicated rough grade elevations under roadways with "Structural Fill" and open areas not under structures or roadways with "General Fill", or as indicated on Plans. C Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330 — Embankment. 3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL A Items designated by Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed, so as to cause no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner s storage yard. 07/2006 02200 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02200 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION Section 02220 SITE DEMOLITION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Demolishing and removing existing pavements, structures, equipment and materials only to the extent as indicated on the Plans. B Removing concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement, and base courses. C Removing concrete curbs, concrete curb and gutters, sidewalks and driveways. D Removing pipe culverts and sewers. E Removing miscellaneous structures of wood, plastics, metals, concrete, masonry, or combination of concrete and masonry, etc. F Disposing of demolished materials and equipment. G References to Technical 1. Section 01200 — 2. Section 01350 — 3. Section 01500 — 4. Section Ol 100 5. Section 01730 6. Section 01140 — 7. Section 01562 Specifications: Measurement and Payment Procedures Submittals Temporary Facilities and Control Summary of Work Cutting and Patching Contractor's Use of Premises Waste Material Disposal 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures under this Section. Include cost for removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. B If indicated as a Bid Item, measurement will be as follows: 1. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing, and removing asphaltic surfacing, is on a square yard basis measured between lips of gutters. 2. Measurement for removing and disposing of cement stabilized shell base course, with or without asphalt surfacing, is on a square yard basis. 3. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing with curbs, is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. Payment includes removal of all base, asphaltic surfacing, concrete pavement, esplanade curbs, curb and gutters, and paving headers. 04/2008 02220 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 4. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete pavement is on a square yard basis .measured from back to back of curbs. 5. Measurement for removing and disposing of monolithic curb and gutter, removing monolithic concrete curb, and removing concrete curb, is on a lineal foot basis measured along the face of the curb. 6. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete sidewalk and driveway is on a square yard basis. 7. Measurement for removing and disposing of miscellaneous concrete and masonry removal is on a cubic yard basis of the structure in place. 8. Measurement for removing and disposing of pipe culverts and sewers is on a lineal foot basis for each diameter of type of pipe removed. 9. Measurement for removing and disposing of unlisted materials shall be on the lump sum basis. C No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on Plans, or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience D Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for demolition. Describe coordination for shutting off, capping, and removing temporary utilities. Plan operations to minimize temporary disruption of utilities to existing facilities or adjacent property. C Submit proposed demolition and removal schedule for approval. Notify Engineer in writing at least 48 hours before starting demolition. D Submit an approved copy of demolition schedule to Engineer prior to commencement of demolition operations. E Obtain a permit for building demolition, as required. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. B The Contractor shall be responsible for safety and integrity of adjacent structures and shall be liable for any damage due to movement or settlement. Provide proper framing and shoring necessary for support. Cease operations if an adjacent structure appears to be endangered. Resume demolition only after proper protective measures have been taken. 04/2008 02220 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION 1.05 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A Materials and equipment designated for reuse or salvage are listed in Section 01100 — Summary of Work Protect items designated for reuse or salvage from damage during demolition, handling and storage. Restore damaged items to satisfactory condition. B Materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage become the property of the Contractor. 1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING A Store and protect materials and equipment designated for reuse until time of installation. B Deliver and unload items to be salvaged to storage areas indicated on Plans. C Remove equipment and materials not designated for reuse or salvage and all waste and debris resulting from demolition from site. Remove material as work progresses to avoid clutter. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION A Use equipment and materials approved as prescribed in this Section, 1.03 "Submittals' . B Use of a "drop hammer" must have the Engineer's prior approval. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Prior to demolition, make an inspection with Engineer to determine the condition of existing structures and features adjacent to items designated for demolition. B Engineer will mark or list existing equipment to remain the property of the Owner. C Do not proceed with demolition or removal operations until after the joint inspection and subsequent authorization by Engineer. D Stop demolition and notify Engineer if underground fuel storage tanks, asbestos, PCB's, contaminated soils, or other hazardous materials are encountered. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A Follow rules and regulations of authorities or companies having jurisdiction over communications, pipelines, and electrical distribution services. B Notify and coordinate with utility company and adjacent building occupants when temporary interruption of utility service is necessary 04/2008 02220-3of5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION C When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities, accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730 — Cutting and Patching 3.03 MECHANICAL WORK ITEMS A Mechanical removals consist of dismantling and removing existing piping, pumps, motors, water tanks, equipment and other appurtenances. It includes cutting, capping, and plugging required to restore use of existing utilities. B Remove existing process, water, chemical, gas, fuel oil and other piping not required for new work. Take out piping to the limits shown or to a point where it will not interfere with the new work Piping not indicated to be removed or which does not interfere with new work shall be removed to the nearest solid support, capped, and the remainder left in place. Purge chemical and fuel lines and tanks. Verify that such lines are safe prior to removal or capping. C Where piping that is to be removed passes through existing walls, cut and cap piping on each side of the wall. Use cap appropriate for pipe material to be capped. Provide fire -rated sealant for walls classified as fire -rated. D When underground piping, which is not located in the public right-of-way, is to be altered or removed, cap the remaining piping. Abandoned underground piping may be left in place unless it interferes with new work or is shown or specified to be removed. Piping less than 15 inches in diameter may be plugged and abandoned in place. For piping 15 inches in diameter and greater to be abandoned,fill with sand, pressure grout or other approved method and plug with concrete or brick masonry bulkhead. E Remove waste and vent piping to points shown Plug pipe and cleanouts and plugs. Where vent stacks pass through an existing roof that is to remain, remove the stack and patch the hole in the roof, making it watertight. Comply with requirements of existing roof installer so as to maintain roof warranty. F Conform to applicable codes when making any changes to plumbing and heating systems. 3.04 ELECTRICAL WORK ITEMS A Electrical removals consist of disconnecting and removing existing switchgear, distribution switchboards, control panels, bus duct, conduits and wires, panel boards, lighting fixtures, and miscellaneous electrical equipment. B Remove existing electrical equipment and fixtures to prevent damage to allow continued operation of existing systems and to maintain the integrity of the grounding systems. 04/2008 02220 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION C Remove poles and metering equipment, if designated for removal on the Plans. Coordinate electrical removals with the power company, as necessary. Verify that power is properly de -energized and disconnected. D Where shown or otherwise required, remove wiring in underground duct systems. Verify function of wiring before disconnecting and removing. Plug ducts which are not to be reused at entry to buildings E Changes to electrical systems shall conform to applicable codes. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. B Remove from the site all items contained in or upon the structure not designated for reuse or salvage in accordance with this Section and Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. C Follow method of disposal as required by regulatory agencies. END OF SECTION 04/2008 02220 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 3. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards: 1. American Socie a. b. c. d. e. f. for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures" ASTM D 1632, "Practice for Making and Curing Soil -Cement Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory" ASTM D 1633, ` Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil -Cement Cylinders" ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate" ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete' ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils" ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete" ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as an Fxtra Item, no separate payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for applicable utility or structure installation. B If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a per ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. 02/2009 02252 - 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit material qualification and design mix tests to include: 1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in this Section, 2.01 "Materials". 2. Three moisture -density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified by the tests in this Section, 1.03B1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the design mix testing. 3. Design mix report to meet the specifications of this Section, 1.04 "Design Requirements' . The design mix shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to a minimum 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D 558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632, and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633. Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150. B Sand shall be clean, durable, and meet grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C 33 and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D 2487. 2. Deleterious material content: a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142. b. Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5.0 percent by ASTM C 123. c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard color by ASTM C 40 ASTM. 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. C Fine aggregate, manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material in Section 02255 - Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined in the mix design report. 02/2009 02252 - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D Water shall be potable, free of oils, acids, alkalies organic matter, or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C 94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM D 558 unless otherwise specified on Plans. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B Do not place or compact sand -cement mixture in standing or free water. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically. Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2.01 `Materials" if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons of material placed per day with no less than one sample per day of production. Random samples of delivered cement stabilized sand shall be taken in the field at point of delivery in accordance with ASTM 3665. Obtain three individual samples of approximately 12 to 15 lb each from the first, middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into one sample for test purpose. D Prepare and mold four specimens (for each sample obtained) in accordance with ASTM D558 Method A, without adjusting moisture content. Samples will be molded at approximately same time material is being used, but no later than 4 hours after water is added to mix. After molding, specimens will be removed from molds and cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632. 02/2009 02252 - 3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND F Specimens will be tested for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633, Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or minus 2 hours and two specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4 hours. G A strength test will be average of strengths of two specimens molded from same sample of material and tested at same age. Average daily strength will be average of strengths of all specimens molded during one day's production and tested at same age. H Precision and Bias: Test results shall meet recommended guideline for precision in ASTM D 1633 Section 9. Reporting: Test reports shall contain, as a minimum, the following information: 1. Supplier and plant number 2. Time material was batched 3. Time material was sampled 4. Test age (exact hours) 5. Average 48-hour strength 6. Average 7-day strength 7 Specification section number 8 Indication of compliance / non-compliance 9 Mixture identification 10. Truck and ticket numbers 11. The time of molding 12. Moisture content at time of molding 13. Required strength 14. Test method designations 15. Compressive strength data as required by ASTM D 1633 16. Supplier mixture identification 17. Specimen diameter and height, in. 18. Specimen cross -sectional area, sq. in. J The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. 3.03 ACCEPTANCE A Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if 1. The average 48-hour strength is greater than 100 psi with no individual strength test below 70 psi. 2. All 7-day individual stiength tests (average of two specimens) are greater than or equal to 100 psi. B Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test (average of two specimens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi. See Paragraph 3.04 Adjustment for Deficient Strength. C The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and replacement at Contractors expense when individual strength test (average of two specimens) has 7-day strength less than 70 psi 02/2009 02252 - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND D When moving average of three daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi, discontinue shipment to project until plant is capable of producing material, which exceeds 100 psi at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no individual strength tests less than 100 psi. E Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor, Project Manager, and material supplier by facsimile of tests indicating results falling below specified strength requirements within 24 hours F If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified strength, Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled from the area in question in accordance with ASTM C42. In such cases, three (3) cores shall be taken for each strength test that falls below the values given in 3.03.A. G Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be considered satisfactory if the average of three (3) cores is equal to at least 100 psi and if no single core is less that 70 psi. Additional testing of cores extracted from locations represented by erratic core strength results will be permitted. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH A When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal to 100 psi, then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be paid in full. B When mixtui e produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and greater than or equal to 70 psi, material shall be accepted contingent on credit in payment Compute credit by the following formula: Credit per Cubic Yard = $30.00 x 2 (100 psi - Actual psi) 100 C When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds per square inch, then remove and replace cement -sand mixture and paving and other necessary work at no cost to City. END OF SECTION 02/2009 02252 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS Section 02255 BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A reference source for materials used as embedment, backfill, back -dressing, and embankment, specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications, and their associated material qualification testing requirements. B Source qualifications and handling of these materials. C Material use and application is specified on the Plans or in individual Technical Specifications referencing materials either by Material Classification or by Product Description. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 2. Section 02910 — Topsoil 3. Section 02252 — Cement Stabilized Sand E Referenced Standards* 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 2487, `Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)" b. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates" c. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate' d. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete" e. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' f. ASTM D 1140 "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer the No. 200 (70-um) Sieve" g. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates" h. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" i. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine" 02255 - 1 of 7 07/2007 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A Materials shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. 1. Class I: Well -graded gravels and sands, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well - graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW): a. Plasticity index: non -plastic. b. Gradation: D60/Dlo - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent. 2. Class II• Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to moderate fines a. Plasticity index: non -plastic to 4. b. Gradations: Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5 percent. Gradation (GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. c. Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP-SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and 12 percent. 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand, silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC): a. Plasticity index. greater than 7. b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL) a. Plasticity Indexes: Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line. Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI between 4 and 7. b. Liquid limit: less than 50. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic 5. Class IVB: Fat clays (CH) a. Plasticity index: above A line. b. Liquid limit: 50 or greater. c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. B Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not defined above, according to the more restrictive class. 2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 07/2007 02255 - 2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. B Suitable Material. Soil materials meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with, for example, lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. C General Fill. Material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials' 1. Clay lumps Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces' Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. D Random Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, II, III, IV, or fat clay (CH), sand, gravel, or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable embankments, and conforming to: 1. Liquid Limit. 65 maximum, ASTM - D4318. 2. Plasticity Index: 0 minimum, 45 maximum, ASTM - D4318. 3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material 4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension.. E Structural Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, II, III, or IV, sand, gravel, or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable embankments and fills conforming to: 1. Liquid Limit 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 2. Plasticity Index: 12 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen corrosive or perishable material. 4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. F Select Fill. Class I ft clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay or clayey soils treated with lime or cement, and conforming to: 07/2007 02255-3of7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 1 Plasticity Index: 7 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318. 2. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter large stones, hard lumps of earth and frozen, corrosive or perishable material. 3. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and stones greater than 2-inch dimension. G Concrete Fill Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. H Topsoil. Conform to requirements specified in Section 02910 - Topsoil. Bank Sand: Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements: 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140 The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: a. Liquid limit not exceeding 25 percent. b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7. J Cement Stabilized Sand. Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. K Concrete Sand. Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 L Gem Sand. Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE 3/8" PERCENT PASSING 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 No. 8 15 to 40 07/2007 02255 - 4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS M Pea Gravel. Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE PERCENT PASSING 1/2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No. 16 0 to . 5 N Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non -plastic fines. 3. Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4. Crushed aggregate shall have a minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained on the No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex- 460-A, Part I. 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring single source. Uncrushed gravel are not acceptable materials for embedment where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing details. 6. Crushed Concrete Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris. 7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E SIEVE PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT FOR PIPE EMBEDMENT BY RANGES OF NOMINAL PIPES SIZES >15" 15" - 8" <8" 1" 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 90 100 100 60 - 90 — 1/2" 25 - 60 - 90 — 100 3/8" 20 55 40 70 - — No.4 0-10 0-15 0- 5 No. 8 - 0- 5 0- 5 07/2007 02255 - 5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 SOURCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR BORROW MATERIAL A Use of material encountered in excavations is acceptable, provided applicable requirements are satisfied If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. B Identify off -site sources for materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is required to change to a different material. D Bank sand, select fill, and random fill, if available in the project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the Work from off -site sources. E The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING A When material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and selection of approved material to be used. Excavate the selected material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. C When stockpiling material near the Project Site, use appropriate methods to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public streets. 07/2007 02255 - 6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS E Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. END OF SECTION 07/2007 02255 - 7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Section 02318 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, storm sewers including manholes, pipeline structures and other associated appurtenances. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 2. Section 3. Section 4. Section 5. Section 6. Section 7. Section 8. Section 9. Section 10. Section 11. Section 01200 — 01350 — 01570 — 01564 — 01760 — 01450 — 01500 — 02255 — 02370 — 02220 — 01140 — C. Referenced Standards: 1. Measurement and Payment Procedures Submittals Trench Safety System Control of Ground Water and Surface Water Project Record Documents Testing Laboratory Services Temporary Facilities and Controls Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials Geotextile Site Demolition Contractor's Use of Premises American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. b. c. d. e. f. g• ASTM D 2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications" ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density (Unit Weight) Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures" ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils' ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method" ASTM D 2922, Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)" 5/2013 02318 - 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils D. Definitions: 1. Excavation - Any man-made cut cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by removal of material. a. Extra Hand Excavation- excavation by manual labor at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items. b. Extra Machine Excavation- excavation by machine at locations designated by the Engineer, which is not included in other Bid Items. c. Special Excavation -excavation necessitated by obstruction of pipes, ducts, or other structures, not shown on Plans, which interfere with installation of utility piping by normal methods of excavation or augering. Contractor shall be responsible for locating such underground obstructions, sufficiently in advance of trench excavation or augering, to preclude damage to the obstructions. 2. Pipe Foundation - suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Plans, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over - excavations. 3. Pipe Bedding - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 4. Haunching - the material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to spring -line of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 5. Initial Backfill - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from spring -line of pipe (top of haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. 6. Pipe Embedment - the portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and initial backfill. 7 Trench Zone - the portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement. 5/2013 02318 - 2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 8. Trench Conditions - description of the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. a. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. b. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. 1) Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. 2) Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. c. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. 9. Sub -trench - a special case of benched excavation. Sub -trench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a sub -trench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. 10. Trench Dam - a placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. 11. Over -Excavation and Backfill - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Plans, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. 12. Foundation Backfill Materials - natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geo-textile filter fabrics as required, to control 5/2013 02318 - 3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. 13. Trench Shield (Trench Box) - a portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench excavation, embedment, and backfill under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for all excavation and backfill associated with the placement and construction of: underground piping, boxes, manholes and associated appurtenances including conduit, or duct work. B. If Special Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place, without deduction for space occupied by portions of pipes, ducts, or other structures left in place across trenches excavated under this item. 1. Payment for Special Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Protection of pipes, ducts, or other structures encountered including bracing, shoring, and sheeting necessary for support. c. Replacement of pipes, ducts, or structures damaged by special excavation operations, except where payment for replacement is authorized by Engineer due to deteriorated condition of pipes, ducts, or structure. d. Temporary disconnecting, plugging, and reconnecting of low volume water pipes, to allow machine excavation or augering, when approved by Engineer. Pipe for replacement shall be new and conform to specification requirements for type of existing pipe removed. e. Placement of material from Special Excavation. f. Geo-textile material and concrete trench dams required to complete the placement of material from Special Excavation. g. Re -sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Special Excavation. h. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backfill, or not required for the Work. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: 5/2013 02318 - 4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Utility piping installed in trenches excavated under this item. c. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. C. If Extra Hand Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Payment for Extra Hand Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backlit', or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from Extra Hand Excavation. d. Re -sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Hand Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component.: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. D. If Extra Machine Excavation is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a cubic yard basis, measured in place. 1. Payment for Extra Machine Excavation shall include: a. Dewatering and surface water control. b. Disposal of excess excavated material not suitable for bedding or backlit', or not required for the Work. c. Placement of material from extra machine excavation. d. Re -sodding required for surface restoration within designated limits of Extra Machine Excavation. 2. The items listed below will not be included in payment for Special Excavation. Include cost in Bid Items for which the Work is a component: a. Trench safety system including sheeting and shoring. b. Removal and replacement of associated streets, driveways, and sidewalks. 5/2013 02318 - 5 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. No payment will be made for delays in completion of Work resulting from Extra Item Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 Submittals. B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre -manufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Plans. C. Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section. D. Submit field red lines documenting location of Utilities as installed, referenced to survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents, 1 04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients. 1.04 TESTING A. Testing and analysis of product quality material sources, or field quality shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 5/2013 02318 - 6 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.06 SPECIAL SHORING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Special Shoring shall be, in accordance with Section 01570 — Trench Safety System, designed by a Professional Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, At Contractor's expense. B. Special Shoring shall be designed to provide support for the sides of the excavations, including soils and hydrostatic ground water pressures as applicable, and to prevent ground movements affecting adjacent installations or improvements such as structures, pavements and utilities. C. Special Shoring may be a pre -manufactured system or a field fabricated system that meets the requirements of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment backfill, back -dressing, and embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material. B. Manufactured materials, such as crushed concrete, may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer, provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. C. Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02370 — Geotextile. D. Concrete for Trench Dams. Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. E Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with track mounted excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C. Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. 5/2013 02318-7 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Use Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the Special Shoring design requirements. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Employ a Trench Safety Program as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems. B. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures confoini to Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02220 — Site Demolition, as applicable. D. Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation prior to excavation. E Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation F. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Plans, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Plans Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C. Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter (O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. NOMINAL MINIMUM TRENCH PIPE SIZE, INCHES WIDTH, INCHES Less than 18 O.D + 18 18to30 O.D.+24 Greater 30 O.D. + 36 than 5/2013 02318 - 8 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. E Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F. Shoring of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone 1 inch. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G. Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 5/2013 02318 - 9 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, move the shield as backfill is placed and ramped in. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 3.03 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B. Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.04 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place Geotextile, if specified, to prevent particle migration from the in -situ into open - graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. C. Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Plans. PVC & HDPE require cement stabilized sand bedding and backfill to one foot below subgrade or below grade if under pavement, or one foot above top of pipe if not under pavement. D. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. E. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. F. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. 5/2013 02318 - 10 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H. Place electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. I. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted spaces, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted spaces. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment materials. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J. Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.05 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. Backfill placement and compaction shall apply to all soils excavated for the trench especially Including any areas that were "benched" or over -excavated in place of trenched shoring. All disturbed soils generated during excavation, whether inside the trench or associated with it, shall be considered to fall under this requitement. 5/2013 02318 - 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1 5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C. For sewer pipes, use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches, or Bank Sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches unless specified otherwise according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete, use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D. Foi water lines, backfill in trench zone, including auger pits, with Bank Sand, Select Fill, or Random Fill material as specified in this Section E. For trench excavations under pavement, place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods indicated below. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift 1. Bank Sand. a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement Stabilized Sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3. Select Fill. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. F. For trench excavations outside pavements, a Random Fill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 5/2013 02318 - 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1 Fat clays (CH) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractor's option. If the required density is not achieved, the Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the Owner, may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12- inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698, or to same density as adjacent soils. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. 3.06 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Plans. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. b. On -site stockpiles. c. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B. Production Verification Testing The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. C. Provide excavation and Trench Safety Systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction. D. Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity 5/2013 02318 - 13 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES E At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. F. In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1. A minimum of one test for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted embedment and for every 100 linear feet measured along pipe for compacted trench zone backfill material. Testing shall be performed for each lift thickness for different backfill material specified in Item 3.05. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work when backfill is placed. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection 6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7 Re -compacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. G. Recondition, re -compact and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For Cement Stabilized Sand with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. H. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 5/2013 02318 - 14 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and re -compact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density at no cost to the Owner B. Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations. C. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. D. Coordinate excavation within 15 feet of existing utilities with utility representative. Excavate by hand to locate existing utility, support utility with methods agreed upon by utility representative. All work shall be subsidiary to bid items in Section 00300 Bid Proposal. No additional cost to City. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02318 - 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING Section 02420 UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Methods and materials for installing water mains by horizontal directional drilling (HDD) B. References to Technical Specifications: 1 Section 01350 — Submittals 2. Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 3. Section 02532W — High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) Solid Wall Pipe 4. Section 02535 - Fusible PVC Pipe 5. Section 02510 — Water Mains C. Referenced Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) a. ANSI B 16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings b. ANSI/NSF 61— Drinking Water System Components- Health Effects 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. ASTM A240 — Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium - Nickel Stainless Steel Plate Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications b. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) PVC Pressure Rated Pipe c. ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings d. ASTM D 1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid PVC Compounds and Chlorinated PVC Compounds e. ASTM D2837 - Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials 04/2015 02420 - 1 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING f. ASTM D3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals g. ASTM F477 — Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pressure Pipe h. ASTM F714 - Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter i. ASTM D1248 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials j. ASTM D3350 — Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings k. ASTM F 1804 - Standard Practice for Determining Allowable Tensile Load for Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pipe During Pull -In Installation 3. American Water Works Associations (AWWA) Standards: a. AWWA C901 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 through 3 Inches, for Water Service b. AWWA C900 - Standard for PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 through 12 inches, for Water Distribution c. AWWA C905 - Standard for PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 through 48 inches, for Water Distribution d. AWWA C906 - Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 through 63 inches, for Water Distribution and Transmission 4. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). Load and Resistance Factor Bridge Design Specification 5. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance -of -Way Association (AREMA) Manual for Railway Engineering 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1. See Section 02510 — Water Mains for payment of waterlines constructed by trenchless methods (including horizontal directional drilling). B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum) — If contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for Work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price 04/2015 02420 - 2 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. WORK PLAN: Written description, together with supporting documentation that defines plans and procedures for tunnel method operations which will allow the Owner's Representative and the Engineer to verify the proposed method will meet the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. B. Contractor's Engineer: Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas employed or subcontracted by the Contractor to prepare designs on behalf of the Contractor 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to TxDOT requirements for installations within State Highway 35 rights - of -way. B. Conform to Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 and Harris County Flood Control Districts' requirements for installations within Clear Creek's rights -of -way. C. Installations Under Railroads: 1. Secure and comply with requirements of right -of -entry for crossing Railroad Company's easement or right-of-way from railroad companies affected. Comply with railroad permit requirements. 2. Damages due to delays caused by railroad requesting work to be done at hours which will not inconvenience railroad will be at no additional cost to Owner. 3. Maintain equipment and excavations minimum 35-foot clearance from centerline of tracks. 1.05 SUBMITTALS 04/2015 A. Make Submittals required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Work Plan: Submit a work plan for work covered under this section. Work Plan shall describe common items of work for all sites on this project and specific items of work for each particular work site if substantially different conditions exist. The contractor may request changes to the proposed vertical and horizontal alignment of the installation and the location of the entry and exit points Proposed changes shall be submitted in the Work Plan and must receive written approval prior to construction If the proposed entry point is within an easement, it must remain wholly within the easement and the pipeline route and exit must remain in the easement shown on the construction drawings. Contractor shall not commence work on items described in Contractor's Work Plan until submittals have been reviewed. Review by the Owner's Representative and Engineer shall not be construed to relieve Contractor of any responsibilities under Contract. All 02420 - 3 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING structural designs and other engineered components prepared by the Contractor must be designed, signed and sealed by the Contractor's Engineer, registered in the State of Texas. 1. Include written description identifying details of proposed method of construction and sequence of operations to be performed to demonstrate the proposed materials and procedures will meet requirements of the Drawings and Specifications 2. Include arrangement drawings and technical specifications of equipment to be used and a list of experience (projects with similar size and scope) with this type of equipment and method for both Contractor and proposed operator. Include description of method for accurately monitoring location of pilot bore throughout bore using electronic detection system. Electronic detection equipment must be capable of achieving accuracy within 0.1 feet at all points throughout bore. 3. Include Fusion Technician qualifications for specific (named) fusing procedures, and experience record. 4. Include Boring Technicians qualifications and experience record 5. Include a plan and pi ofile drawing at 1 "= 40' horizontal .and 1 "= 4' vertical scale for each trenchless location that indicates the pit/shaft or entrance and exit locations, stationing and elevation of the beginning and end of the carrier pipe and casing (if applicable) Include on the plan and profile, locations and elevations of existing utilities and lines and other utilities as on the Drawings or as located in the field and the elevations of the proposed pipe or casing at each of the utility locations. The proposed vertical and horizontal clearances between the bored pipe and any existing/proposed conflicting pipes conduits or obstructions cannot exceed the guidance system accuracy tolerance by a minimum of 100%. 6. Address the location of the drill rig setups and for multiple bores, the lengths of each bore based on soil condition, equipment used, topography, etc 7 Include layout and design details of any proposed access pits or shafts (if applicable) including dimensions and elevations with respect to the pipe and casing installation. 8. Drill Path Design. Show finished grade, deflection and radiuses of the pilot bore. 9. Include a installation plan with a sequence of operations, number and duration of shifts planned to be worked each day, description of the noise reduction program, solids control plan, pilot hole drilling plan, the reaming operation, method for insertion of the pipe into the opened bore hole. This plan shall also include pullback procedure, ballasting, use of rollers, side booms and side rollers coating protection, internal cleaning internal gauging, hydrostatic tests, dewatering, purging, and disinfection prior to 04/2015 02420 - 4 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING placing pipe in service. 10. Include data on pipe materials to be used (from the specified approved options for pipe materials) and data on casing materials including diameter and thickness of casings. a. Provide joining details for casings sections (if applicable). b. Provide details for joining pipe used for trenchless construction to pipe used for open cut construction, if different materials are proposed. c. Pipe Size. d. Dimensionality. e. Pressure Class per applicable standard. f. Color. g. Recommended minimum bending radius. h. Recommended maximum safe pulling force and controls to help not exceed that force. 11. Include a drilling fluid plan which details types of drilling fluids, cleaning and recycling equipment, estimated flow rates, and procedures for minimizing drilling fluid escape. 12. Include description of the method of controlling line and grade of excavation and the reference points used to check line and grade for each site. 13. Include description of muck and fluid removal methods, including type of equipment and method of soil transportation and storage type and number and locations of disposal sites. 14. Include ground water control system details in accordance with Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and Surface Water (if applicable). 15. Include monitoring plan describing monitoring to assess and detect and record ground settlement or movement. Monitoring plans are not required for pipes or casings less than 100 feet in length or less than 6 inches in diameter unless required by a railroad or TxDOT or other agency permit. Plan shall indicate location of proposed monitoring points and initial survey readings, 16. Include any additional Geotechnical Investigation the Contractor performs at his own expense to adequately assess the subsurface conditions 17. Include description of any special activities at utility crossings or potentially affecting other facilities where special precautions must be taken during construction. 04/2015 02420 - 5 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING C. Post construction submittals shall contain at least the following: 1. As -built plan and profile of installed water line with located fittings, bends, and appurtenances at 1 '= 40' hoi izontal and 1 "= 4' vertical scale. 2. Fusion joint documentation containing the following: 3. Pipe size and thickness installed. 4. Machine identification and size 5. Fusion Technician identification. 6. Job Identification. 7. Fusion Joint Number. 8. Fusion, heating and drag pressure setting. 9. Heat plate temperature. 10. Time stamp indicating time of day and date for fusion and for installation. 11. Heating and cool down time of fusion. 1.06 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Contractor is responsible for design of horizontal directional drilling system and meeting the minimum criteria provided in the Contract Drawings and these specifications. Contractor's Engineer to design for appropriate loading conditions, including, but not limited to: overburden and lateral earth pressures, handling and installation stresses, loads imposed by horizontal drilling operations, subsurface soil and water loads, and all other conditions of service. B. If HDD is permitted by the railroad, use Cooper E-80 locomotive loading distributions in accordance with AREMA specifications for criteria at railroad crossings or other loadings in accordance with permit. Account for additive loadings for multiple tracks in design, if applicable. C. If HDD is permitted by TxDOT, use HL93 vehicle loading distributions for truck loading criteria in accordance with AASHTO. D. Compatibility of Methods: Use HDD methods that are compatible with the balance of the project and restrictions on work, such as influence on existing installations or potential ground water contamination. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Directional drilling and pipe installation shall be done only by an experienced personnel or subcontractor specializing in directional drilling and whose key personnel have at least five (5) years' experience in HDD work. Personnel or HDD subcontractor shall have installed directionally drilled pipe at least as large as the size of pipe being installed in this contract and, have performed installations at 04/2015 02420 - 6 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING least as long as the pipe being installed in this contract. B. Fusion Technician shall be fully qualified by the pipe supplier to install fusible pipe of the type and size being used. Qualification shall be current as of the actual date of fusion performance on the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Pipe materials 1. Unless a specific pipe material is indicated on the Drawings, the Contractor shall select from the allowable pipe materials listed in the Sections below based on the requirements of the Work and his construction means and methods. Only one type of pipe material may be used from the material alternates allowed. Contractor is responsible for ensuring type of pipe selected and resulting methods and means comply with requirements and limitations set forth herein and on Drawings. a. Section 02532W — High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Solid Wall Pipe b. Section 02535 - Fusible PVC Pipe 2. Pipe Manufacturer: Selected manufacturer performance history shall be minimum 5 years of successful field installations with proposed pipe diameter and proposed type of pipe joint. 3. Pipe Material standards: Conform to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 61 and have certified by an organization accredited by ANSI. 4. Coordinating pipe materials with other contractors and differing pipe materials: 5. When Contractor's selected pipe material joins to pipes of different material and/or different coatings to be constructed by others Contractor shall request the Owner's representative to identify the type of pipe in the adjoining contract. a. If the adjoining contract is scheduled to complete the adjoining waterline first, Contractor shall provide an approved connection with insulating kit and isolation test station at no additional cost to the Owner. b. If Contractor s pipe is scheduled to complete first the other contractor will provide the insulating kit and isolation test station. 04/2015 02420 - 7 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 ALIGNMENT A. The proposed plan and profile installation locations are based on alignments to accommodate acquired easements, to avoid obstructions, and to properly maintain operation flow velocities 3.02 PROCEDURES A. All pipes shall be cut, fabricated, and installed in strict conformance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. B. Joining, laying, and pulling of the pipe shall be accomplished by personnel experienced in working with the selected pipe material. C. The pipe supplier shall certify in writing that the Contractor is qualified to join the pipe or representative of the pipe manufacturer shall be on site to oversee the pipe joining. Expense for the representative shall -be paid for by the Contractor. 3.03 HANDLING PIPE A. All of the pipe supplier's guidelines shall be followed for handling the pipe. B. The handling of the joined pipeline shall be in such a manner that the pipe is not damaged by dragging it over sharp and cutting objects. C. Ropes, fabric, or rubber protected slings and straps shall be used when handling pipes. D. Chains, cables, or hooks inserted into the pipe ends shall not be used. E. Two slings spread apart shall be used for lifting each length of pipe. F. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped onto rocky or unprepared ground. G. Slings for handling the pipeline shall not be positioned at butt -fused joints H. Sections of the pipes with cuts and gouges exceeding 10 percent of the pipe wall thickness or kinked sections shall be removed and the ends rejoined. I. The open ends of all sections of joined and/or installed pipe (not in service) shall be plugged at night to prevent animals or foreign material from entering the pipe line or pipe section. J. Waterproof nightcaps of approved design may be used but they shall also be so constructed that they will prevent the entrance of any type of natural precipitation into the pipe and will be fastened to the pipe in such a manner that the wind cannot 04/2015 02420 - 8 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING blow them loose. K. Stuffing cloth or paper in the open ends of the pipe is unacceptable. L. Where possible, the pipe shall be raised and supported at a suitable distance back from the open end such that the open end will be below the level of the pipe at the point of support. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shallinstall the pipelines by means of horizontal directional drilling The Contractor shall assemble support, and pretest the pipeline prior to installation in the directional drill tunnel. B. Horizontal directional drilling shall consist of the drilling of a small diameter pilot hole from one end of the alignment to the other, followed by enlarging the hole diameter for the pipeline insertion. The exact method and techniques for completing the directionally drilled installation shall be determined by the Contractor, subject to the requirements of these Specifications. C. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a plan to the Engineer for approval for insertion of the pipe into the opened bore hole. This plan shall include pullback procedure, ballasting, use of rollers, side booms and side rollers, coating protection, internal cleaning, internal gauging, hydrostatic tests, dewatering, purging and disinfection prior to placing pipe in service. D. Size drilling and relief pits to provide adequate room to meet operational requirements for horizontal drilling requirements as well as structures indicated on Drawings. Provide minimum 6-inch space between pipe and walls of drilling and relief pits. Maximum allowable width of drilling and relief pits shall be 5 feet. Width of pit at surface shall not be less than at bottom. Maximum allowable length of drilling pit shall be no more than 5 feet longer than one full section of pipe and shall not exceed 25 feet. Maximum allowable length of relief pit shall be 5 feet. E. Do not install drilling and relief pits at street intersection between curb returns. F. Replace sidewalks, driveways and, pavement removed for relief pits according to local jurisdiction agency requirements and specification Section 02510 — Water Mains. G. Provide tees and plugs installed in piping subject to internal hydrostatic heads with suitable anchors, joint harnesses, or other acceptable means of preventing movement of pipe caused by internal pressure. Installation shall be completed so that joints are accessible for repair. H. Backfill and compact excavations, including relief pits, in accordance with Specification Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 04/2015 02420 - 9 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING 3.05 DRILLING OPERATIONS A. The Contractor shall prepare a plan to be submitted for Engineer approval which describes the noise reduction program, solids control plan pilot hole drilling procedure, the reaming operation, and the pullback procedure. All drilling operations shall be performed by supervisors and personnel experienced in horizontal directional drilling All required support, including drilling tool suppliers, survey system, mud cleaning, mud disposal, and other required support systems used during this operation shall be provided by the Contractor. B. Drill pipe shall be API steel drill pipe, Range 2, Premium Class or higher, Grade S- 135 in a diameter sufficient for the torque and longitudinal loads and fluid capacities required for the work Only drill pipe inspected under API's Recommended Practice Specification API RP 7G within 30 days prior to start and certified as double white band or better shall be used. C. A smooth drilled pilot hole shall follow the design centerline of the pipe profile and alignment described on the construction drawings. D. Guidance System 1. A Magnetic Guidance System (MGS) or proven gyroscopic system shall be used to provide a continuous and accurate determination of the location of the drill head during the drilling operation. The guidance shall be capable of tracking at all depths up to 100 feet and in any soil condition, including hard rock. It shall enable the driller to guide the drill head by providing immediate information on the tool face, azimuth (horizontal direction), and inclination (vertical direction). The guidance system shall be accurate to plus or minus 2 percent of the vertical depth of the bore hole at sensing position at depths up to 100 feet and accurate within 1.5 meters horizontally. 2. The Guidance System shall be of a proven type and shall be operated by personnel trained and experienced with this system. The Operator shall be aware of any magnetic anomalies on the surface of the drill path and shall consider such influences in the operation of the guidance system if using a magnetic system. E Where ground surface access is available the Contractor shall provide and use a separate steering system employing a ground survey grid system such as `TRU- TRACKER" or equal wherever possible. The exit point shall fall within a rectangle 5 feet wide and 10 feet long centered on the planned exit point. F. During the entire operation, waste and leftover drilling fluids from the pits and cuttings shall be dewatered and disposed of in accordance with all permits and regulatory agencies requirements. Remaining water shall be cleaned by Contractor to meet permit requirements. 04/2015 02420 - 10 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING G. Technical criteria for bentonite shall be as given in API Spec. 13A, Specification for Oil Well Drilling Fluids Material for fresh water drilling fluids. Any modification to the basic drilling fluid involving additives must describe the type of material to be used and be included in Contractor's drilling plan presented to the Engineer. The Owner retains the right to sample and monitor the waste drilling mud, cuttings, and water H. Location and protection of underground utilities: 1. Correct location of all underground utilities that may impact the HDD installation is the responsibility of the Contractor, regardless of any locations shown on the drawings or previous surveys completed. 2. Utility location and notification services shall be contacted by the Contractor prior to the start of construction. 3. All existing lines and underground utilities shall be positively identified, including exposing those facilities that are located within an envelope of possible impact of HDD installation as determined for the project specific site conditions. 3.06 JOINING PIPE SECTIONS 04/2015 A. Each length of pipe shall be inspected and cleaned as necessary to be free of debris immediately prior to joining. B. Pipes shall be joined to one another by means of thermal butt -fusion. Pipe lengths to be joined by thermal butt -fusion shall be of the same type, grade, and class of compound and supplied from the same raw material supplier. C. Each fusion joint shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device (data logger) connected to the fusion machine. Data not logged by the data logger shall be logged manually and be included in the Fusion Technician's joint report. D. Other equipment specifically required for the fusion process shall include the following: 1. A weather protection canopy that allows full machine motion of the heat plate, fusion assembly and carriage shall be provided for fusion in inclement, extreme temperatures, and /or windy weather, per the pipe supplier's recommendations. 2. Fusion machine operations and maintenance manual shall be kept with the fusion machine at all times. E. Mechanical connections of the pipe to auxiliary equipment shall be through flanged connections which shall consist of the following* 1. A "sub end" shall be thermally butt -fused to the ends of the pipe. 2. Provide ASTM A240, Type 304 stainless steel backing flange, 125-pound, 02420 - 11 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING ANSI B 16.1 standard, and gaskets as required by the manufacturer. 3. Stainless steel bolts and nuts of sufficient length to show a minimum of three complete threads when the joint is made and tightened to the manufacturer's standard. Re -torque the nuts after four (4) hours. 4. Butt -Fusion Joining: Butt fusion of pipes shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as to equipment and technique. Butt -fusion joining shall be 100 percent efficient offering a joint weld strength equal to or greater than the tensile strength of the pipe. 3.07 REAM AND PULLBACK A. Reaming: Reaming operations shall be conducted to enlarge the pilot after acceptance of the pilot bore. The number and size of reaming operations shall be conducted at the discretion of the Contractor In the event of a drilling fluid fracture, returns loss or other loss of drilling fluid, the Contractor shall be responsible for restoring any damaged property to original condition and cleaning up the area in the vicinity of the damage or loss. B. Pulling Loads. The maximum allowable pull exerted on the pipelines shall be measured continuously and limited to 90 percent of the maximum allowed by the pipe manufacturer so that the pipe or joints are not over stressed. C. Torsion and Stresses: A swivel shall be used to connect the pipeline to the drill pipe to prevent torsional stresses from occurring in the pipe. D. The lead end of the pipe shall be closed during the pullback operation. E Pipeline Support: The pipelines shall be adequately supported by rollers and side booms and monitored during installation so as to prevent over stressing or buckling during the pullback operation. Such support/rollers shall be spaced at a maximum of 60 feet on centers, and the rollers to be comprised of a non-abrasive material arranged in a manner to provide support to the bottom and bottom quarter points of the pipeline allowing for free movement of the pipeline during pullback. Surface damage shall be repaired by the Contractor before pulling operations resume. F. The Contractor shall at all times handle the pipe in a manner that does not over stress the pipe. Vertical and horizontal curves shall be limited so that wall stresses do not exceed 50 percent of yield stress for flexural bending of the pipe. If the pipe is buckled or otherwise damaged, the damaged section shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall take appropriate steps during pullback to ensure the pipe will be installed without damage. G. Once pull -back operations have commenced, the operation shall continue without interruption until the pipe is completely pulled through the bore hole. 3.08 TESTING 04/2015 02420 - 12 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING A. The pipe shall be hydrostatically tested after installation. Pressure and temperature shall be monitored with certified instruments during the test. After this test, the water shall be removed with pigs. Erosion prevention procedures shall be used during removal and discharge of the water. B. Hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 02510 — Water Mains, and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and this Specification. C. Test pipe with a minimum pressure of 150 psi or the rated working pressure of the pipe, whichever is greater. The initial pressure test shall be applied and allowed to stand without makeup pressure for a sufficient time to allow for diametric expansion or pipe stretching stabilizing (approximately 2 to 3 hours). After this equilibrium period, the test section can be returned to the required testing pressure, the pump turned off and a final test pressure held for 1 to 3 hours. D. All costs associated with acquiring water for hydrostatic testing shall be included in the established contract unit price bid prices. 3.09 HANDLING DRILLING FLUIDS AND CUTTINGS A. During the drilling, reaming, or pullback operations, the Contractor shall make adequate provisions for handling the drilling fluids, or cuttings at the entry and exit pits. To the greatest extent practical, these fluids must not be discharged into waterways. When the Contractor's provisions for storage of the fluids or cuttings on site are exceeded, these materials shall be hauled away to a suitable legal disposal site in accordance with applicable ordinances and regulations. The Contractor shall conduct his directional drilling operation in such a manner that drilling fluids are not forced through the sub bottom into the waterway. After completion of directional drilling work, the entry and exit pit locations shall be restored to original conditions. The Contractor shall comply with all permit provisions. B. Pits constructed at the entry and exit point areas shall be so constructed to completely contain the drill fluid and prevent its escape. C. The Contractor shall utilize drilling tools and procedures which will minimize the discharge of any drill fluids. The Contractor shall comply with all mitigation measures listed in the required permits and elsewhere in these Specifications. D. To the extent practical the Contractor shall maintain a closed loop drilling fluid system. The drill fluid delivery system shall monitor and maintain constant flow rate and pressure to keep solids moving freely during drilling operations. The mixing system shall be able to ensure thorough mixing of the drilling fluid. The drilling fluid reservoir tank shall be sized for adequate storage of the fluid. E. The Contractor shall minimize drilling fluid disposal quantities by utilizing a 04/2015 02420 - 13 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING drilling fluid cleaning system which allows the returned fluids to be reused. F As part of the installation plan specified herein before, the Contractor shall submit a drilling fluid plan which details types of drilling fluids, cleaning and recycling equipment, estimated flow rates, and procedures for minimizing drilling fluid escape. 3.10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS A. The Horizontal Directional Drilling operation is to be operated in a manner to eliminate the discharge of water, drilling mud, and cuttings to the land areas involved during the construction process. The Contractor shall provide equipment and procedures to maximize the recirculation or reuse of drilling mud to minimize waste. All excavated pits used in the drilling operation shall be lined by Contractor with heavy duty plastic sheeting with sealed joints to prevent the migration of drilling fluids and/or ground water. B. The Contractor shall visit the site and must be aware of all structures and site limitations at the directional drill crossing and provide a drilling plan outlining procedures to prevent drilling fluid from adversely affecting the surrounding area. C. Waste cuttings and drilling mud shall be processed through a solids control plant comprised at a minimum of sumps, pumps, tanks, desalter/desander, centrifuges, material handlers, and haulers all in a quantity sufficient to perform the cleaning/separating operation without interference with the drilling program. The cuttings and excess drilling fluids shall be dewatered and dried by the Contractor to the extent necessary for lawful disposal in acceptable offsite landfills. Water from the dewatering process shall be treated by the Contractor to meet permit requirements and disposed of locally. The cuttings and water for disposal are subject to being sampled and tested. The construction site and adjacent areas will be checked frequently for signs of unplanned leaks or seeps. D. Equipment (graders, shovels, etc.) and materials (such as groundsheets, hay, bales, booms, and absorbent pads) for cleanup and contingencies shall be provided in sufficient quantities by the Contractor and maintained at all sites for use in the event of inadvertent leaks, seeps or spills. E Waste drilling mud and cuttings shall be dewatered, dried, and stock piled such that it can be loaded by a front end loader, transferred to a truck, and hauled offsite to a suitable legal disposal site. The maximum allowed water content of these solids is 50 percent of weight. F. Contractor shall place silt fence between all drilling operations and any drainage, wetland, waterway or other area designated for such protection by contract documents, state federal and local regulations. Additional environmental protection necessary to contain any hydraulic or drilling fluid spills shall be put in place, including berms, liners, turbidity curtains and other measures. Contractor shall 04/2015 02420 - 14 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING adhere to all applicable environmental regulations. Fuel may not be stored in bulk containers within 200 feet of any water -body or wetland. 3.11 CONTROL OF LINE AND GRADE A. Construction Controls: 1. Establish or re-establish baselines and benchmarks indicated on Drawings. Check baselines and benchmarks at beginning of Work and report any errors or discrepancies to Owner's Representative. 2. Use baselines and benchmarks to establish and maintain construction control points, reference lines and grades for locating casings, carrier pipe, shafts, pits, and structures. 3. Establish construction control points sufficiently far from work so as not to be affected by ground movement caused by tunneling operations. B. Bench Mark Movement If settlement of ground surface occurs during construction which affects accuracy of temporary benchmarks detect, report such movement to the Owner's Representative and reestablish temporary bench marks. C. Pipe installed by the directional drilled method must be located in plan as shown on the Drawings, and must be no shallower than shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Representative. D. The Contractor shall plot the actual horizontal and vertical alignment of the pilot bore at intervals not exceeding 30 feet. This ` as -built' plan and profile shall be updated as the pilot bore is advanced. The Contractor shall at all times provide and maintain instrumentation that will accurately locate the pilot hole and measure drilling fluid flow and pressure. The Contractor shall giant the Owner's Representative access to all data and readout pertaining to the position of the bore head and the fluid pressures and flows. When requested, the Contractor shall provide explanations of this position monitoring and steering equipment. The Contractor shall employ experienced personnel to operate the directional drilling equipment and, in particular, the position monitoring and steering equipment. No information pertaining to the position or inclination of the pilot bores shall be withheld from the Owner's Representative. E. Each entry and exit point shall be located as shown on the approved Work Plan with an over -length tolerance of 10 feet for directional drills of 1,000 linear feet or less and 40 feet for directional drills of greater than 1,000 linear feet, and an alignment tolerance of 5 feet left/right with due consideration of the position of the other exit points and the required permanent easement. In no instance will the pipe be installed outside the pipeline easement. The alignment of each pilot bore must be approved by the Owner's Representative before pipe can be pulled. If the pilot bore fails to conform to the above tolerances, the Owner's Reptesentative may, at his option, require a new pilot boring to be made at no additional cost to the Owner. 04/2015 02420 - 15 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING F. After the pipe is in place, cleaning pigs shall be used to remove residual water and debris After the cleaning operation, the Contractor shall provide and run a sizing pig to check for anomalies in the form of buckles, dents, excessive out -of - roundness, and any other deformations. The sizing pig run shall be considered acceptable if the survey results indicate that there are no sharp anomalies (i.e. dens, buckles, gouges, and internal obstructions) greater than 2 percent of the nominal pipe diameter, or excessive ovality greater than 5 percent of the nominal pipe diameter For gauging purposes, dent locations are those defined above which occur within a span of five feet or less. Pipe ovality shall be measured as the percent difference between the maximum and minimum pipe diameters. For gauging purposes, ovality locations are those defined above which exceed a span of five feet. 3.12 MONITORING 04/2015 A. Surface Settlement Monitoring: 1. Monitor ground surface elevation along length of trenchless operation. Locate and record settlement monitoring points with respect to construction baseline and elevations. Record elevations to accuracy of 0.01 feet for each monitoring point location. a. Railroads: Track subbase (bottom of ballast) at centerline of each track. b. Product pipelines: Directly above and 10 feet before and after utility or pipeline intersection c. TxDOT and County Roads: As specified in the permit requirements d. At other locations requiring trenchless installation of pipes and casing in excess of 100 feet in length: At 10 feet from each end and at two additional points between each end of each installation (a minimum of 4 points but in no case at more than 50 foot intervals). Establish monitoring points referenced to curbs, or medians or other physical features and control points which can be reestablished after the completion of the Work. For other locations with trenchless installation of pipes or casings less than 100 feet in length or less than 6 inches in diameter, no monitoring points are required except as required in paragraphs a, b and c above. 2. Reading Frequency and Reporting. Take settlement survey readings: a. Prior to tunnel excavation reaching monitoring point in plan b. After tunnel excavation reaches monitoring point in plan c. After installation of pipe or casing and backfill of pit or shaft is 02420 - 16 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND UTILITY HORIZONTAL DIRECTINAL DRILLING complete. 3. Immediately report to Owner's representative movement, cracking, or settlement which is detected. 4. Following substantial completions, but prior to final completion, make a final survey of monitoring points and report results to Owner's Representative. 3.13 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 04/2015 02420 - 17 of 17 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS Section 02510 WATER MAINS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of water mains, including valves, fire hydrants, wet connections, cut and plug of mains, disinfection, and hydrostatic testing for pipelines. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - 2. Section 01350 - 3. Section 02514 - 4. Section 03300 - 5. Section 02512 - 6. Section 02417 - 7. Section 02515 - 8. Section 02318 - 9. Section 02980 - 10. Section 01450 - 11. Section 02634 C. Referenced Standards: Measurement and Payment Procedures Submittals Fire Hydrant Assembly Cast -in -Place Concrete Polyethylene Wrap Augering Pipe for Water Lines Water Tap and Service Line Installation Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Pavement Repair Testing Laboratory Services Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 1. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for water mains open cut or augered, with or without casing, is on a linear foot basis for each size of pipe installed. Mains Measure along axis of pipe and include fittings and valves. Branch Pipe: Measure from axis of main to end of branch. B. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Pipe shall bear Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) or Factory Mutual (FM) label. 6/2014 02510 - 1 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2. Pipe material acceptable without penalty to State's community fire insurance rating agency. 3. System acceptable to City and TCEQ 4. Bacteriological disinfection acceptable to local health officials and Texas Department of Health, and TCEQ. 5. Water taps and draw off lines in compliance with local municipal specifications and regulations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Product Data: 1. Obtain from pipe manufacturer installation instructions, manuals, and printed recommendations, except for Owner furnished pipe. 2. Retain product data on job site for reference. 3. Submit certified record of tests of pipe, fittings, or valves upon request of Engineer. 4. Submit hydrant manufacturer flow and friction loss curve. C. Samples: 1. Notify City when system is pressure tested and disinfected. City will take all samples for bacteriological testing as required by TCEQ 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver pipe to trench in sound, undamaged condition. B. Cut pipe neatly avoiding sharp, ragged, or unbeveled, plain ends and do not damage lining by cutting. C. Remove damaged or rejected materials from project site. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not lay pipe when it is raining or when trench is muddy, soft, or contains standing water. B. 6/2014 02510 - 2 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE A. Conform to requirements of Section 02534 PVC Pipe. All pipe used for water mains shall be blue. 2.02 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE A. Conform to requirements of Section 02532W - HDPE 2.03 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR LARGE DIAMETER WATER LINES A. Conform to requirements of Section 02513 - Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines. 2.04 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Conform to requirements of Section 02634 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.05 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Conform to requirements of Section 02514 - Fire Hydrant Assembly. 2.06 VALVES A. General: Conform to requirements of Section 02541 — Water and Wastewater Line Valves. 1. Manual operators: a. Provide hand wheel manual operators for in -plant valves. b. Equip buried valves with 2 in square operating nuts. 2. Furnish no less than one operating key with each lot of 10 buried valves with nut operators. 3. Rotation: a. Direction: OPEN COUNTERCLOCKWISE (OPEN LEFT). 4. Shop coating: a. Shop coat ferrous metal surfaces of valves both interior and exterior for corrosion protection. b. Protect internal and external iron surfaces of valves with coating of 4 mils of two-part thermosetting epoxy AWWA C 550. 5. Working and test pressures: a. Valves 2 in. through 12 in.: 200 psi working pressure, 400 psi hydrostatic test pressure. b. Valves 14 in. through 36 in.: 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi hydrostatic test pressure. 6/2014 02510 - 3 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS B. Gate Valves (2 in. Through 36 in.): 1. Buried valves: a. Comply with AWWA C500, non -rising stem (NRS); resilient wedge. b. Epoxy -coated ductile iron body and bonnet, inside screw. c. Bronze: Seat and disc rings, stem and mountings, and disc wedges. d. "0" ring sealed stem and 2 in. square operating nut. e. Valves 2 in. through 12 in.: Vertical type without by-passes. f. Valves 16 in. through 36 in.: Horizontal type with enclosed steel bevel gears resilient wedge, standard size by-pass valves. g. Stuffing box and bonnet bolts and nuts to be 304 stainless steel. h. Install in section of horizontal pipe. i. Mechanical joint ends with gasket complying with AWWA C 111. j• Acceptable product: 1) East Jordan, American Flow Control, Mueller Co. "A-2380 Series" C. Tapping Valves and Tapping Sleeves: 1. Tapping sleeves shall be solid stainless steel and valves shall conform with all others as mentioned above. D. Valve Boxes: 1. Cast iron, threaded screw extension sleeve type, adjustable suitable for depth of cover over pipe, with base and cover. 2. 3/16 in. thick, 5 in. diameter minimum. 3. Provide with suitable cast iron bases and covers. 4. Covers: Cast name designating type of service, e.g., "WATER" for water service. 2.07 RELATED MATERIALS A. Concrete: As specified in Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. 6/2014 02510 - 4 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS B. Meter Box: 1. Cast iron to Owner's dimensions: ASTM A 48. C. The service line between Curb stop and Corporation Stop shall be CTS Polyethylene, SDR — 9. D. Corporation and Curb Stops and Fittings: ASTM B 62, NSF 61 lead free 3.0 EXECUTION A. Conform to requirements in Section 02534 - PVC Pipe, Section 02634 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings, Section 02532W — HDPE, Section 02635 Steel Pipe and Fittings, and Section 02513 - Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean pipe interiors of foreign matter before being lowered into trench. B. Clean hydrant and valve interiors of foreign matter before installation. C. Employ workmen who are skilled and experienced in laying pipe of type and joint configuration being furnished. Provide watertight pipe and pipe joints. D. Lay pipe to lines and grades shown on Drawings and Details. E. If asbestos -cement (A.C.) pipe is encountered, follow safety practices outline in American Water Works Association's publication, Work Piactices for A/C Pipe". Strictly adhere to "recommended practices ' contained in this publication and make them `mandatory practices" for this project. F For pipe diameters 36 inches and greater, clearly mark each section of pipe and fitting with unique designation on inside of pipe along with pressure class. Locate unique identifying mark minimum of five feet away from either end of each section of pipe. Provide one unique identifying mark in middle of each fitting Place markings at consistent locations. Use permanent black paint and minimum letter height of 4 inches to mark designations. G. Contractor is responsible for assuring chosen manufacturer fulfills requirements for extra fittings and, therefore, is responsible for costs due to downtime if requirements are not met. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Inspection: 1. Carefully examine each piece of pipe for soundness and specifications compliance after delivery at trench before placing in trench. 6/2014 02510 - 5 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2. Remove rejected pipe and fittings from site of work and replace with sound pipe. 3. Pipe and fittings will be rejected because of any of the following: a. Cracks in pipe or fittings. b. Damaged or cracked ends. c. Damaged gaskets or gasket grooves. d. Less than minimum wall thickness. e. Defects and deformations B. Cleaning: 1. Clean interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter before laying. 2. Keep interiors and ends clean during installation. 3. Keep joint contact surfaces clean during installation. 4. Take precautions to prevent foreign material from entering pipe during installation. 5. Do not place rubbish, tools, rags, or other materials in pipe. 6. Whenever pipe laying is stopped, place plugs in uncompleted ends of pipe. C. Installation: 1. Install pipe, couplings, and fittings in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Conform to applicable installation specifications for types of pipes use. 2. Install gaskets and lubricants as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Full length of each barrel of pipe shall rest solidly on pipe bed with recesses excavated to accommodate bells and joints. 4. Take up and relay pipe that has grade or joint disturbed. 5. Do not joint pipe with water in trench. 6. Keep water out of trench until jointing is completed. 7 Do not lay water pipe closer than 10 ft. horizontally from sanitary sewer. 8. Do not locate joints at cross-overs with sanitary sewers closer than 9 ft from cross -over point. 6/2014 02510 - 6 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 9. Where water lines cross sanitary sewers, construct in accordance with the City of Pearland Engineering Design Criteria Manual for water line or TCEQ standards whichever is more stringentl O. Where pipe ends are left for future connections, install valve and plug or cap end. Forty feet minimum line section required between valve and plug or cap end. 11. Install concrete thrust blocking at bends and tees and at ends of lines to provide adequate reaction backing. 12. Lay not more than 100 feet of pipe in trench ahead of backfilling operations. 13. Dig trench proper width as shown in details. When trench width below top of pipe becomes 4 feet wider than specified, install higher class of pipe or improved bedding, as determined by Engineer. No additional payment will be made for higher class of pipe or improved bedding. 14. Use adequate surveying methods and equipment; employ personnel competent in use of this equipment. Horizontal and vertical deviations from alignment as indicated on Drawings shall not exceed 0.10 feet. Measure and record "as built" horizontal alignment and vertical grade at maximum of every 100 feet on record drawings. 15. Before assembling couplings, lightly coat pipe ends and outside of gaskets per manufacturer s specification. 16. Prevent damage to coating when placing backfill. Use backfill material free of large rocks or stones, or other material which could damage coatings. Setting Valves, Valve Boxes and Fire Hydrants: 1. Set plumb. 2. Center valve boxes on valves. 3. Where feasible, locate valves outside area of roads and streets. 4. Carefully tamp back fill around each valve box to distance of 4 ft. on all sides or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 ft. 5. Set hydrants at elevation so that connecting pipe will not have less cover than mains. 6. Set hydrants on concrete pad. 7. Depth of bury of hydrant is defined as distance from bottom of inlet pipe to ground line. 6/2014 02510-7of22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 8. Place concrete thrust block back of hydrant opposite pipe connections set against vertical face of trench to prevent from blowing off line. 9. Use 5/8 in. stock stainless steel bridle rods and rod collars. 10. Place not less than 5 cu. ft. of broken stone around base of hydrant to ensure drainage 11. Compact backfill to grade in accordance with specification section 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 12. Tighten stuffing boxes. 13. Test hydrant and valve in opened and closed position to ensure that parts are in working condition. E. Joints and Jointing: 1. Rubber Gasketed Bell -and -Spigot Joints for PVC, Steel, and Ductile Iron Pipe: 2. a After rubber gasket is placed in spigot groove of pipe, equalize rubber gasket cross section by inserting tool or bar recommended by manufacturer under rubber gasket and moving it around periphery of pipe spigot. b. Lubricate gaskets per manufacturer's specification. c. Fit pipe units together in manner to avoid twisting or otherwise displacing or damaging rubber gasket. d After pipe sections are joined, check gaskets to ensure that no displacement of gasket has occurred. If displacement has occurred, remove pipe section and remake joint as for new pipe. Remove old gasket, inspect for damage and replace if necessary before remaking joint. e. Where preventing movement of 16-inch diameter or greater pipe is necessary due to thrust, use restrained joints as shown on Drawings. 1) Include buoyancy conditions for soil unit weight when computing thrust restraint calculations. 2) Do not include passive resistance of soil in thrust restraint calculations. f. Except for PVC pipe, provide means to prevent full engagement of spigot into bell as shown on Drawings. Means may consist of wedges or other types of stops as approved by Engineer. 6/2014 02510 - 8 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 2. Flanged Joints where required on Ductile Iron Pipe, or Steel Pipe: a. AWWA C 207. Prior to installation of bolts accurately center and align flanged joints to prevent mechanical prestressing of flanges, pipe and equipment. Align bolt holes to straddle vertical, horizontal or north -south center line. Do not exceed 3/64 inch per foot inclination of flange face from true alignment. b. Use full -face gaskets for flanged joints Provide 1/8-inch-thick cloth inserted rubber gasket material. Cut gaskets at factory to proper dimensions. c. Use stainless steelnuts and bolts to match flange material. Use stainless steelnuts and bolts underground. Tighten bolts progressively to prevent unbalanced stress. Maintain at all times approximately same distance between two flanges at points around flanges. Tighten bolts alternately (180° apart) until all are evenly tight. Draw bolts tight to ensure proper seating of gaskets. d. Full length bolt isolating sleeves and washers shall be used with flanged connections. e. For in -line flange joints 30 inches in diameter and greater and at butterfly valve flanges, provide Pyrox G-10 with nitrite seal, conforming to ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint gaskets. For in -line flange joints sized between 12 inches in diameter and greater and 24 inches in diameter and smaller, provide Phenolic PSI with nitrite seal gasket conforming to ANSI A 21.11 mechanical joint gaskets. 3. Welded Joints (Steel Pipe): a. Prior to starting work provide certification of qualification for welders employed on project for type of work procedures and positions involved. b. Joints: AWWA C 206. Full -fillet, single lap -welded slip -type either inside or outside or double butt -welded type; use automatic or hand welders; completely penetrate deposited metal with base metal use filler metal compatible with base metal; keep inside of fittings and joints free from globules of weld metal which would restrict flow or become loose. Do not use mitered joints. For interior welded joints, complete backfilling before welding For exterior field -welded Joints, provide adequate working room under and beside pipe. Use exterior welds for 30-inch and smaller. 6/2014 02510 - 9 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS c. Furnish welded joints with trimmed spigots and interior welds for 36- inch and larger pipe d. Bell -and -spigot, lap -welded slip joints: Deflection maybe taken at joint by pulling joint up to 3/4 inch as long as 1 A inch minimum lap is maintained Spigot end may be miter cut to take deflections up to 5 degrees as long as joint tolerances are maintained. Miter end cuts of both ends of butt -welded joints may be used for joint deflections of up to 5 degrees. e. Align piping and equipment so that no part is offset more than 1/8 inch. Set fittings and joints square and true, and preserve alignment during welding operation. For butt welded joints, align abutting ends to minimize offset between surfaces. For pipe of same nominal wall thickness do not exceed 1/16 inch offset Use line-up clamps for this purpose; however, take care to avoid damage to linings and coatings. f. Protect epoxy or cement lining during welding by draping an 18-inch wide strip of heat resistant material over top half of pipe on each side of lining holdback to avoid damage to lining by hot splatter. Protect tape coating similarly if external welding is required. g. Welding rods: Compatible with metal to be welded to obtain strongest bond, E-7018. Root or "Stringer' pass shall be performed with 6011 rods and Filler and Cap shall be done using 7018 rods. h. Deposit metal in successive layers to provide at least 2 passes or beads for automatic welding and 3 passes or beads for manual welding in completed weld. i. Deposit no more than 1/4 inch of metal on each pass. Thoroughly clean each individual pass with wire brush or hammer to remove dirt, slag or flux. j. Do not weld under weather condition that would impair strength of weld, such as wet surface, rain or snow, dust or high winds, unless work is properly protected. k. Make tack weld of same material and by same procedure as completed weld. Otherwise, remove tack welds during welding operation. 1. Remove dirt, scale, and other foreign matter from inside piping before tying in sections, fittings, or valves. m. Welded Joints for Large Diameter Water Lines: 6/2014 02510 - 10 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1) Furnish pipe with trimmed spigots and interior welds for 36 inch and larger pipe. 2) Use exterior welds for 30 inch and smaller. 3) Only one end may be miter cut. Miter end cuts of both ends of butt -welded joints may be used for joint deflections of up to 2 Y2 degrees. 4) For large diameter water lines, employ an independent certified testing laboratory, approved by Engineer, to perform weld acceptance tests on welded joints. Include cost of such testing and associated work to accommodate testing in contract unit price bid for water line. Furnish copies of test reports to Engineer for review. Engineer has final decision as to suitability of welds tested. A) Weld acceptance criteria: i) Cracking. ii) Lack of fusion/penetration. iii) Slag which exceeds one-third (t) where (t) quals material thickness. iv) Porosity/Relevant rounded indications greater than 3/16 inch; rounded indication is one of circular or elliptical shape with length equal to or less than three times its width. v) Relevant linear indications in which length of linear indication exceeds three times its width. vi) Four or more relevant 1/16 inch rounded indications in line separated by 1/16 inch or less edge to edge. n. After pipe is joined and prior to start of welding procedure, make spigot and bell essentially concentric by jacking, shimming or tacking to obtain clearance tolerance around periphery of joint except for deflected joints. o. Furnish each welder employed steel stencil for marking welds, so work of each welder can be identified. Mark pipe with assigned stencil adjacent to weld. When welder leaves job, stencil must be voided and not duplicated. Welder making defective welds must discontinue work and leave project site. Welder may return to project site only after recertification p. Provide cylindrical corrosion barriers for epoxy lined steel pipe 24 inch diameter and smaller, unless minimum wall thickness is 0.5 inches or greater. 6/2014 02510 - 11 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1) In additional to welding requirements contained herein Paragraph 3.06, conform to protection fitting manufacturer's installation recommendations. 2) Provide services of technical representative of manufacturer available on site at beginning of pipe laying operations. Representative to train welders and advise regarding installation and general construction methods. Welders must have 12 months prior experience installing protection fittings 3) All steel pipe is to have cutback 3/4 inch to no greater than 1 inch of internal diameter coating from weld bevel. 4) Furnish steel fittings with cylindrical corrosion barriers with shop welded extensions to end of fittings. Extension length to measure no less than diameter of pipe. Shop apply lining in accordance with AWWA C210 or AWWA C213. 5) All steel pipe receiving field adjustments are to be cold cut using standard practices and equipment. No cutting using torch is to be allowed. 4. Restrained Joints: a. For existing water lines and water lines less than 1.6 inches in diameter, restrain pipe joints with concrete thrust blocks. b. Thrust restraint lengths shown on Drawings are minimum anticipated lengths. These lengths are based on deflections indicated for large diameter lines and ductile iron pipe for small diameter lines. Adjustments in deflections or use of other pipe material may result in reduction or increase of thrust lengths. Perform calculations by pipe manufacturer to verify proposed thrust restraint lengths. Submit calculations for all pipe materials sealed by a registered Professional Engineer in State of Texas for review by Engineer. Make adjustments in thrust restraint lengths at no additional cost to City. c. Passive resistance of soil will not be permitted in calculation of thrust restraint. d. For 16 inch lines and larger use minimum 16 foot length of pipe in and out of joints made up of beveled pipe where restraint joint lengths are not identified on Drawings. Otherwise, provide restraint joints for a minimum length of 16 feet on each side of beveled joints. e. Installation: 6/2014 02510 - 12 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 1) Install restrained joints mechanism in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2) Examine and clean mechanism; remove direct, debris and other foreign material. 3) Apply gasket and joint NSF 61 FDA per manufacturer's specification. 4) Verify gasket is evenly seated. 5) Do not over stab pipe into mechanism f. Prevent any lateral movement of thrust restraints throughout pressure testing and operation. g• Place 2500 psi concrete conforming to Section 03315 - Concrete for Utility Construction, for blocking at each change in direction of existing water lines, to brace pipe against undisturbed trench walls. Finish placement of concrete blocking, made from Type I cement, 4 days prior to hydrostatic testing of pipeline. Test may be made 2 days after completion of blocking if Type II cement is used. 5. Joint Grout (Steel Pipe): a. Mix cement grout mixture by machine except when less than 1/2 cubic yard is required. When less than 1/2 cubic yard is required, grout may be hand mixed. Mix grout only in quantities for immediate use. Place grout within 20 minutes of mixing. Discard grout that has set. Retempering of grout by any means is not permitted. b. Prepare grout in small batches to prevent stiffening before it is used. Do not use grout which has become so stiff that proper placement cannot be assured without retempering. Use grout for filling grooves of such consistency that it will adhere to ends of pipe. c. Surface Preparation: Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material from concrete surfaces with wire brush or hammer to sound, clean surface. Remove rust and foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. 6/2014 02510 - 13 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS d. Follow established procedures for hot and cold weather concrete placement. e. Complete joint grout operations and backfilling of pipe trenches as closely as practical to pipe laying operations. Allow grouted exterior joints to cure at least 1 hour before compacting backfill. f. Grouting exterior joint space* Hold wrapper in place on both sides of joint with minimum 5/8-inch-wide steel straps or bands Place no additional bedding or backfill material on either side of pipe until after grout band is filled and grout has mechanically stiffened. Pull ends of wrapper together at top of pipe to form access hole. Pour grout down one side of pipe until it rises on other side. Rod or puddle grout to ensure complete filling of joint recess. Agitate for 15 minutes to allow excess water to seep through joint band. When necessary, add more grout to fill joint completely. Protect gap at top of joint band from backfill by allowing grout to stiffen or by covering with structurally protective material. Do not remove band from joint. Proceed with placement of additional bedding and backfill material. g. Interior Joints for Pipe 24 inches and Smaller: Circumferentially butter bell with grout prior to insertion of spigot, strike off flush surplus grout inside pipe by pulling filled burlap bag or inflated ball through pipe with rope. After joint is engaged, finish off joint grout smooth and clean. Use swab approved by Project Manager for 20-inch pipe and smaller. h. Protect exposed interior surfaces of steel joint bands by metallizing, by other approved coatings, or by pointing with grout. Joint pointing may be omitted on potable water pipelines if joint bands are protected by zinc metalizing or other approved protective coatings. i. Remove and replace improperly cured or otherwise defective grout. j. Strike off grout on interior joints and make smooth with inside diameter of pipe. k. When installed in tunnel or encasement pipe and clearance within casing does not permit outside grout to be placed in normal manner, apply approved flexible sealer, such as Flex Protex or equal, to outside joint prior to joint engagement. Clean and prime surfaces receiving sealer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply sufficient quantities of sealer to assure complete protection of steel in 6/2014 02510 - 14 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS joint area. Fill interior of joint with grout in normal manner after joint closure. 1. Interior Joints for Water Lines 30 inches and Larger: Clean joint space, wet joint surfaces, fill with stiff grout and trowel smooth and flush with inside surfaces of pipe using steel trowel so that surface is smooth. Accomplish grouting at end of each work day. Obtain written acceptance from Project Engineer of inside joints before proceeding with next day's pipe laying operation. During inspection insure no delamination of joint mortar has occurred by striking joint mortar lining with rubber mallet. Remove and replace delaminated mortar lining. m. Work which requires heavy equipment to be over water line must be completed before mortar is applied to interior joints. n. Do not apply grout to joints that are out of tolerance until acceptable repairs are made. 6. Large Diameter Water Main Joint Testing: In addition to testing individual joints with feeler gauge approximately 1/2 inch wide and 0.015-inch thick, use other joint testing procedure approved or recommended by pipe manufacturer which will help ensure watertight installation prior to backfilling. Perform tests at no additional cost to City. 7. Make curves and bends by deflecting joints or other method as recommended by manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends which exceed manufacturer's recommended deflection prior to installation. a. Deflection of pipe joints shall not exceed maximum deflection recommended by pipe manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. b. If deflection exceeds that specified but is less than 5 percent, repair entire deflected pipe section such that maximum deflection allowed is not exceeded. c. If deflection is equal to or exceeds 5 percent from that specified, remove entire portion of deflected pipe section and install new pipe. d. Replace, repair, or reapply coatings and linings as required. e. Assessment of deflection may be measured by the Engineer at location along pipe. Arithmetical averages of deflection or similar average measurement methods will not be deemed as meeting intent of standard. 6/2014 02510 - 15 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS f. When rubber gasketed pipe is laid on curve join pipe in straight alignment and then deflect to curved alignment. 8. Closures Sections and Approved Field Modifications to Steel Pipe and Fittings: a. Apply welded -wire fabric reinforcement to interior and exterior of exposed interior and exterior surfaces greater than 6 inches in diameter. Welded -wire fabric minimum W1; maximum spacing 2 inches by 4 inches; 3/8 inch from surface of steel plate or middle third of lining or coating thickness for mortar thickness less than 3/4 inch. b. Fill exposed interior and exterior surfaces with nonshrink grout. c. For pipe diameters 36 inches and greater, perform field welds on interior and exterior of pipe. d. For large diameter water lines, provide minimum overlap of 4 inches of butt strap over adjacent piece on butt -strap closures. F. Cathodic Protection Appurtenances: 1. Where identified on Drawings modify pipe for cathodic protection as detailed on Drawings and specified. Unless otherwise noted, provide insulation kits including test stations at connections to existing water system or at locations to isolate one type of cathodic system from another type, between water line, access manhole piping and other major openings in water line, or as shown on Drawings. 2. Bond joints for pipe installed in tunnel or open cut except where insulating flanges are provided. Weld strap or clip between bell and spigot of each joint or as shown on Drawings No additional bonding required where joints are welded for thrust restraint. Repair coatings as specified by appropriate AWWA standard, as recommended by manufacturer, and as approved by the Engineer 3. Bonding Strap or Clip: Free of foreign material that may increase contact resistance between wire and strap or clip. 6/2014 02510 - 16 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS G. Anchorage of Fittings: 1. Anchor tees, elbows and plugs in water mains with concrete thrust blocks. 2. Place blocks so that joints will be accessible for inspection and repair. H. Handling: 1. Place pipe along project site where storm water or other water will not enter or pass through pipe. 2. Load, transport, unload, and otherwise handle pipe and fittings to prevent damage of any kind. Handle and transport pipe with equipment designed, constructed and arranged to prevent damage to pipe lining and coating. Do not permit bare chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids or cradles to come in contact with coatings. Where required, provide pipe fittings with sufficient interior strutting or cross bracing to prevent deflection under their own weight 3. Hoist pipe from trench side into trench by means of sling of smooth steel cable, canvas, leather, nylon or similar material. 4. For large diameter water lines, handle pipe only by means of sling of canvas, leather, nylon, or similar material. Sling shall be minimum 36 inches in width. Do not tear or wrinkle tape layers. 5. Use precautions to prevent injury to pipe, protective linings and coatings. a. Package stacked pipe on timbers. Place protective pads under banding straps at time of packaging. b. Pad fork trucks with carpet or other suitable material. Use nylon straps around pipe for lift when relocating pipe with crane or backhoe. c. Do not lift pipe using hooks at each end of pipe. d. Do not place debris, tools, clothing, or other materials on pipe. 6. Repair damage to pipe or protective lining and coating before final acceptance. 7 For cement mortar line and coated steel pipe, permit no visible cracks longer than 6 inches, measured within 15 degrees of line parallel to pipe longitudinal axis of finished pipe, except: 6/2014 a. In surface laitance of centrifugally cast concrete. b. In sections of pipe with steel reinforcing collars or wrappers. c. Within 12 inches of pipe ends. 02510-17of22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 8. Reject pipe with visible cracks (not meeting exceptions) and remove from project site. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean and dry interior of pipe and fittings of foreign matter before installation, and keep interior clean until Work has been accepted. Keep joint contact surfaces clean until jointing is completed. Do not place debris, tools, clothing or other materials in pipe. After pipe laying and joining operations are completed, clean inside of pipe and remove debris. J. Inspection: Before installation, inspect each pipe and fitting for defects. Reject defective, damaged or unsound pipe and fittings and remove them from site. 3.04 WET CONNECTIONS 6/2014 A. Definitions: 1. Wet connections consist of isolating sections of pipe to be connected with installed valves, draining the isolated sections, and completing the connections. 2. Connection of 2 inch or smaller lines, which may be referred to on Plans as "2 inch standard connections" or "gooseneck connections" will be measured as 2" wet connections. This item is not to be used as any part of a 2-inch service line. B. Materials: 1. Corporation stops and saddles shall conform to requirements of Section 02515- Water Tap and Service Line Installation. 2. Valves shall conform to requirements of Section 02541 — Fire Hydrant Assembly. 3. Brass fittings shall conform to requirements of AWWA C800. C. Execution: 1. Plan wet connections in such manner and at such hours as to least inconvenience public. Notify Public Works Department at least 48 hours in advance of making connections. 2. DO NOT OPERATE VALVES ON MAINS IN USE BY OWNER. Owner will handle, at no cost to Contractor, all operations involving opening and closing valves for wet connections. 3. Conduct connection operations when Inspector is at job site. Connection work shall progress without interruption until complete, once existing mains have been cut or plugs have been removed for making connections. 02510 - 18 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS D. 2-Inch Wet Connections: 1. Tap water main. Provide and install corporation stops, saddles as required for line and grade adjustment; and brass fittings necessary to adapt to existing main. Provide one Corporation Stop at main line and one Curb Stop at meter. The service line between Curb Stop and Corporation Stop shall be CTS Polyethylene, SDR-9. 3.05 CUT, PLUG AND ABANDONMENT OF MAINS A. Materials: 1. Concrete for thrust blocks: Class B conforming to requirements of Section 03305. 2. Plugs and clamps shall be suitable for type of pipe to be plugged. B. Execution: 1. Do not begin cut, plug and abandonment operations until replacement main has been constructed disinfected, and tested, and all service lines have been transferred to replacement main. 2. Install plug, clamp, and concrete thrust block and make cut at location shown on Plans. 3. Main to be abandoned shall not be valved off and shall not be cut or plugged other than at supply main or as shown on Plans. 4. After main to be abandoned has been cut and plugged, check for other sources feeding abandoned main. If sources are found, notify Engineer immediately. Cut and plug abandoned main at point of other feed as directed by Engineer. 5. Plug or cap all ends or openings in abandoned main in an acceptable manner approved by Engineer. 6. Remove and dispose of all surface identifications such as valve boxes and fire hydrants. Valve boxes in improved streets, other than shell, may be poured full of concrete after removing cap. 7. Backfill all excavations in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 8. Repair all street surfaces in accordance with Section 02980 — Pavement Repair. 02510 - 19 of 22 6/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS 3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. Hydrostatically test all new water pipelines for liquids before connecting to water distribution system. 6/2014 B. Pipelines shall be tested in lengths between valves, or plugs, of not more than 1,500 feet unless greater length is approved by Engineer. C. Conduct hydrostatic tests in presence of Engineer. D. Preparation: 1. Disinfect water system pipelines prior to hydrostatic testing. E Test Procedures: 1. Furnish, install, and operate connections, pump, meter and gages necessary for hydrostatic testing 2. Allow pipeline to sit minimum of 24 hours from time it is initially disinfected until testing begins, to allow pipe wall or lining material to absorb water Contractor should be aware that periods of up to 7 days may be required for mortar lining to become saturated. 3. Expel all air and apply a minimum test pressure of 125 psi or 150 psi as directed by Engineer 4. Maintain test pressure for 8 hours. If a large quantity of water is required to maintain pressure during test, testing shall be discontinued until cause of water loss is identified and corrected. F. Allowable Leakage for Water Mains: 1. During hydrostatic tests, no leakage will be allowed for sections of water mains consisting of welded Joints. 2. Maximum allowable leakage for water mains with rubber gasketed joints: 11.65 gallons per inch nominal diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours while testing at the required pressure. G. Correction for Failed Tests: 1. Repair all joints showing visible leaks on surface regardless of total leakage shown on test. Check all valves and fittings to ensure that no leakage occurs that could affect or invalidate test. Remove any cracked or defective pipes, fittings and valves discovered during pressure test and replace with new items. 2. Repeat test until satisfactory results are obtained. 02510 - 20 of 22 WATER MAINS CITY OF PEARLAND 3.07 DISINFECTION A. All waterlines constructed shall be promptly disinfected to water distribution system. ucted on waterlines and before waterlines areconnected B. Water for disinfection and flushing will be furnished without charge to Contractor. C. Preparation: 1. Furnish all required temporary blind flanges, cast-iron sleeves, plugs, and other items needed to facilitate disinfection of new maws prior to connecting them to water distribution system. Normally, each valved section of waterline requires two each 3/4-inch taps. A 2-inch minimum blow -off is required for waterlines up to and including 6-inch diameter. 2. .Fire hydrants shall be used as blow -offs to flush newly constructed waterlines e not 8-inch diameter and abovs� Where s for blowre hydrants offs shall be as indicatedilable on on Plans waterlines, locations and designs Install temporary blow -off valves d remove Aba don by turning upon off corp and completion of disinfection and testing. using a stainless steel cap. 3. Slowly fill each section of pipe with water in a manner approved by Engineer. Average water velocity when filling pipeline should be less than 1 fps and shall not, under any circumstance, exceed 2 fps. Before beginning disinfection operations, expel all air from pipeline. 4. All excavations made shall be backfilled immediately after installation of risers of blow -offs. at all 5. Install blow -off valves at end of ln to facilitate off valves/auto flusher per drawing dead-end water mains. Install permanent D. Disinfection: 1. Use not less than 100 parts of chlorine per million parts AWwater.0Intro After duce chlorinating material to water lines in accordance with contact period of not less than 24 hours, flush system with clean water until residual chlorine is no greater than 1.0 parts per million parts of water. Open and close valves in lines being sterilized several times during contact period. If super -chlorinated water (Le. chlorine concentration above 4mg/1) is used for cleaning water main disinfection and flushing, the water must be dechlorinated prior to discharge. The water discharged Water r Act (33 USC § 251system or natural et seq.) and any waterway must meet the Clean subsequent amendments thereof 2. If a chemical compound is used for a sterilizing agent, it shall be placed in pipes as directed by Engineer. 02510 - 21 of 22 6/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER MAINS E Bacteriological Testing: 1. After disinfection and flushing of waterlines, bacteriological tests will be performed by Owner or testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. If test results indicate need for additional disinfection of waterlines based upon Texas Department of Health and TCEQ requirements, Contractor shall perform additional disinfection operations at no additional cost to the Owner. E Completion: 1. Upon completion of disinfection and testing, remove risers except those approved for use in subsequent hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly. END OF SECTION 6/2014 02510 - 22 of 22 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY Section 02514 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Fire hydrants. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 02634 — Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 4. Section 02635 — Steel Pipe and Fittings 5. Section 02534 — PVC Pipe 6. Section 02510 — Water Mains C Referenced Standards: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 4. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) 5. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) 6. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 7. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) 8. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for installation of fire hydrants iba kf per d thrust basis, blocking required for Payment includes all valves, fittings, bedding, the installation of the fire hydrant assembly. B If fire hydrant leads are included as a Bid Item, and measurement angered leae ds. on a linear foot basis. Separate payment will be made for open n a per each sis. C Measurement for removing and salvaging Vfire e fhydrants ava lable,opluggmg lead, nand Payment includes removing hydrant and alv removing materials from site or returning salvaged fire hydrants to Owner. D Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 02514 - 1 of 6 06/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY 1. Shop drawing(s) for proposed hydrant: Include model number, parts list, and material specifications, unique drawing number and descriptive legend identifying hydrant. 2. Material safety data sheets for lubricants. 3. Affidavit of compliance for coating materials. 4. Certified hydraulic performance test report for proposed hydrant. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 HYDRANT MATERIALS A Hydrants: AWWA C502; dry barrel design; tamper resistant; same manufacturer throughout project. 1. 0-Ring Seal Packing: Prevent water leakage between barrel and lubrication chamber. Provide dynamic seals of Buna "N' or other oil resistant material and static seals of Buna "N" or other approved synthetic rubber. 2. Bronze • Hydrant components in waterway to contain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 8 percent lead. 3. Acceptable Manufacturer. Mueller Super Centurian 250, American Darling B- 84-B or East Jordan Iron Works WaterMaster 5CD250. 06/2014 B Operating Stems • Everdur, or other high -quality non -corrodible metal where threads are located in barrel or waterway. Bronze -to -bronze working parts in waterway; genuine wrought iron or steel where threads are not located in barrel or waterway, bronze bushed at penetration of stuffing box; seal threads against contact with water regardless of open or closed position of main valve. Connect operating stems with breakable coupling. C Main Valve (shut-off valve): Circular; compression -type; closes with line pressure; minimum opening of 5-1/4 inches in diameter. Seal bottom end of stem threads from contact with water with cap nut. D Valve Mechanism: Bronze valve seat ring threaded into bronze drain ring; seat ring and main valve assembly removable from above ground through upper barrel with lightweight seat removal wrench; breakable stem coupling opposite barrel breakaway; bronze or corrosion -resistant pins and locking devices; bronze valve stem sleeve, 0- ring seals and travel stop sealed lubricating reservoir at top and bottom which fully lubricates threads and bearing surfaces when opening or closing main valve; thrust bearing or lubricated thrust collar for operating assembly. Lubricants. Food Grade. Valve Seat Molded ' Natural ' rubber; scale durometer rating of 90 ±5, minimum thickness of 1/2 inch. Natural Rubbers: Resistant to microbiological attack. E Lower Hydrant Barrel: Single piece coupled to upper barrel to allow 360° rotation of upper barrel. Bury Length: Distance from bottom of inlet to ground line as specified. Ground Line: Clearly marked on barrel Indicate inside diameter and wall thickness (with tolerances) for upper barrel, lower barrel, and bonnet sections. Show dimensions at minimum sections to demonstrate compliance with Paragraph 3.2.6 of AWWA C502. 02514-2of6 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY CITY OF PEARLAND F Extensions: Permit use of one ormore 6 inch extensions incremavailable from manufacturer in lengths from 6 inches to inches r G Provide hydrants with automatic, positivelyoperating, n rvalve eis non-corrodible nshorBrotnze dram orosdi rip valve to drain hydrant completely when resistant drain line. Tapping of drain holes is not required. H Inlet Connection: Elbow with AWWA Standardb1Fla Flanged enddesigned fors hall comply with -inch mechanical joint, restrained push -on, or flanged joint and vales ANSFASME B16.1, class 125 flanges. Joints: ANSI A21.11; AWWA C111. Operating Nut and Hold-down Nuts: Stainless steel or cast or ductile iron with bronze inserts or, as an alternative, provide security device with bronze operating nut. Any such security devices shall not require special llical mate/rialspor service of hydrant. Fabricate hold-down assemblies of suitable meta intended. J Field -Replaceable Nozzles: NFPA No. 194, OrriI n 6and mechanically located into -19; mechanically attached to hydrant body counterclockwise; sealed with 0-rings one place* provide two hose nozzles with de diameter; National Standard Tl1/2 inch nominal inside eead rans lock pumper nozzle with 4.492" nominal in in place with security device. om K Pumper Nozzle: Allow a minimum unobstructed wrench or radius othe0r device nchesused torfasdten ed surface of nozzle throughout path of travel hose to nozzle. L Nozzle Caps: Security chains to hydrant barrel, minimum 1/8 inch diameter; "Natural" rubber or neoprene gasket seals. M Hydrant shoe with 6-inch cast or ductile -iron ned pipe joints. s.meter Underground flanging shall swivel or slip joint with harnessing lugs for rest J incorporate minimum of six, full, 3/4-inch stainless steel bolts or four 5/8-inch diameter stainless steel bolts. All bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. ant arrel and stem. N Provide traffic model hydrants equipped flan esor breakable boltsh afety flange on drabobe finish grade. Equip body of hydrant with breakableg 0 Lubricants: Food grade oil or grease meeting requirements sof FDA 21CFR178.3570 and manufactured with FDA approved oxidation P Hydrant Painting: 1. COLOR CODE (BONNETS) 6" and less 06/2014 Gloss White Code No 225A120 Safe Oran:e Code No 225A122 John Deere Green Code No 225A133 John Deere Yellow Code No 225A138 Safe Red Code No 225A123 02514-3of6 CITY OF PEARLAND Q 2. COLOR CODE Fire H drant Barrel Fire H drant Ca. s Shop coated as follows: 1 Exterior Above Traffic Flange (including bolts and nuts) a.Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 (NACE 2); near white blast cleaned surface. b. Fire hydrants shall be power coated with zinc rich primer followed by a polyester powder coating of 10 to 12 mils, shall meet all the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C-550 (latest edition) and AAMA 2604. FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY Safe Blue Code No 225A120 (Same as Bonnet Color) 2. Exterior Below Traffic Flange: a. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 (NACE 2); near white blast cleaned surface. b. Fire hydrants shall be power coated with zinc rich primer followed by a polyester powder coating of 10 to 12 mils, shall meet all the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C-550 (latest edition) and AAMA 2604. 3. Interior Surfaces Above and Below Main Valve: a. All materials used for internal coating of hydrant interior ferrous surfaces must conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 61 as suitable for contact with potable water as required by TCEQ, Chapter 290, Subchapter D: Rules and Regulations for Public Water Systems. b. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 (NACE 2); near white blast cleaned surfaces. c. Coating: Powder coating in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. 4. General Coating Requirements: a. Coatings: Applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. No requirements of this specification shall cancel or supersede written directions and recommendations of specific manufacturer so as to jeopardize integrity of applied system. b. Hydrant supplier shall furnish an affidavit of compliance that all materials and work furnished complies with requirements of this specification and applicable standards referenced herein. 2.02 HYDRANT PERFORMANCE STANDARDS A Hydraulic Performance Standards: 1 • Provide hydrants capable of a free discharge of 1500 gpm or greater from single pumper nozzle at a hydrant inlet static pressure not exceeding 20 PSIG as measured at or corrected to hydrant inlet at its centerline elevation. 2. Provide hydrants capable of a discharge of 1500 gpm or greater from single pumper nozzle at a maximum permissible head loss of 8.0 psig (when 06/2014 02514-4of6 CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY corrected for inlet and outlet velocity at correctedhead) for an inlet r to hydrantP nletiagits centerline ressure not exceeding 37 psig as measured elevation. B Hydraulic Performance Testing: AWWA C50; conduct certified tion model (5 foot bury loss and quantity of flow test by qualified testing laboratory p length) of hydrant (same catalog number) proposed for certification. Submit certified test report containing following information: 1. Date of test, no more than five years prior to date of proposed use, on fire hydrant with similar hydraulic characteristics. 2. Name, catalog number, place of manufacture, and date of production of hydrant(s) tested. 3. Schematic drawing of testing apparatus, containing dimensions of piping elements including: a. Inside diameter and length of inlet piping. b. Distance from flow measuring points to pressure measurement point. c. Distance from flow and pressure monitoring points to hydrant inlet. d. Distance from pressure monitoring point to nozzles. e. Inside diameter and length of discharge tubing. 4. Elevation of points of measurement, inlet, and reports, or certificates documenting accuracy of measuring devices used in test. 5. Conduct test on at least three separate hydrants of same fabrication design. Inlet water temperature 70° F + 5° F. C Provide hydrants equipped with breakable lncleanand complete break of barrel bl result ebrilfeature coupling such that vehicular impact w and valve stem at breakable feature. Provide hydrant shutoff valve which remains closed and tight against leakage upon impact. 2.03 LEADS A Branches (Leads)* Conform to requirements of Section 0 6 0253434 DctilPeVC P Pipe and and Fittings, Section 02635 — Steel Pipe and Fittings, section 02532W - HDPE. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Set fire hydrant plumb and brace at locations slab and ace a piece of standard sidewalk ades as shown on Plans. When barrel of hydrant passes through concrete , p expansion joint material, % inch thick, around section of barrel passing through concrete. B Locate nozzle centerline minimum 18 inches above finish grade. C Place 12-inch x 12-inch yellow indicators (plastic, sheet metal, plywood, or other material approved by Engineer) on pumper nozzles of new or relocated fire hydrants 02514-5of6 06/2014 F CITY OF PEARLAND FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY installed on new mains not in service. Remove indicators after new main is tested and approved by Engineer. D Do not cover drain ports when placing concrete thrust block. E Lubricate hydrants with food grade oil or with grease meeting requirements of FDA 21 CFR178.3570 and manufactured with FDA approved oxidation inhibitors. Accomplish replenishment of lubricant for hydrant working remving hydrant bonnet Store lubricant system in reservoir. Lubricte bearing parts withs uut tfa es and working parts during normal operation of fire hydrant. G All changes in profile from approved plans due to obstructions not shown on plans which require a change in depth of bury of fire hydrant shall be approved in writing by Engineer for design prior to installation of hydrant. Any adjustment required in flow line of water main or to barrel length of fire hydrant shall be incidental to unit price of fire hydrant and no separate payment shall be made for such adjustments. H Remove and dispose of or salvage fire hydrants shown on Plans. I J Install leads in accordance with Section 02510 — Water Mains. END OF SECTION 06/2014 Owner may, at any time prior to or during installation of hydrants for a specific project, randomly select a furnished hydrant for disassembly and laboratory inspection, at Owner s expense, to verify compliance with Owner s requirements. If such hydrant is found to be non -compliant, replace at Contractor's expense, all or a portion of furnished hydrants with hydrants that comply with Owner's requirements. 02514-6of6 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS Section 02520 VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Valve boxes for water service. B Meter boxes for water service. C Meter vaults for water service. D References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 4. Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories 5. Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises L02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate s pnch this Wo kt will be dis ae ocomponer valve nt es under this Section. Include cost in Bid Itemfor wh he th B No separate payment will be made for install tion of meter boxesr urnisBid d by for e Owner under this Section. Include cost of installation of which the Work is a component. C Measurement for installation of meter vaults is on all labor and materials required to a per each basis for each meter vault type and size, complete in place. Payment includes complete installation as indicated on Plans. D Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's product data for following items for approval: 1. Each type of valve box and lid. 2. Each type of meter box and cover. 3. Each type of meter vault frame and cover. 02520 - 1 of 4 06/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND C Submit Shop Drawings for cast -in -place meter vaults for approval if proposed construction varies from Plans. VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS D Submit manufacturer's certification that meter boxes purchased for Work meet the requirements of this Section. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVE BOXES A Provide adjustable, cast-iron, screw -type, valve boxes as manufactured by Bass and Hays Foundry, Inc , or approved equal. Design of valve box shall minimize stresses on valve imposed by loads on box lid. B Cast the word "WATER" into lid, 1/2 inch in height and raised 3/32 inch, for valves serving potable water lines. C Provide 6-inch PVC, Class 150, DR 18, riser pipes. D Concrete for valve box placement: 1 • For locations in new concrete pavement, use strength and mix design of new pavement. 2. For other locations, use class "A" concrete, with minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi, conforming to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in - Place Concrete. 2.02 METER BOXES A Refer to City of Pearland Standard Details or contact the Public Works Department for list of acceptable products. 2.03 METER VAULTS A Meter vaults may be constructed of precast concrete, cast -in -place concrete, or solid masonry unless a specific type of construction is required by Plans. B Concrete for meter vaults: Class A concrete, conforming to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete, with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi at 28 days. C Vaults for meters 3" and greater shall be procured through the City's utility billing department. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 06/2014 02520 - 2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND VALVE B XES, AND METER VAULTSES, METER A Obtain approval from the City Engineer or designee for location of meter vault. B Verify lines and grades are correct. C Verify compacted subgrade will support loads imposed by vaults. 3.02 VALVE BOXES A Provide riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover indicated on Plans or to accommodate actual finish grade. B Install adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in a vertical position. Provide 6 inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top Ri er may rest on valve flange, flange of valve box, for vertical movement damping. or provide suitable footpiece to support riser pipe. C Paint covers of new valve boxes as directed by the Owner. 3.03 METER BOXES A Install plastic boxes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B Construct concrete meter boxes to dimensions shown on Plans. Adjust top of meter boxes to conform to cover elevations specified in this Section, C 3.05 `'Frame and Cover for Meter Vaults". D Do not locate under paved areas unless approved by Engineer. Use approved traffic - type box with cast iron lid when meter must be located in paved areas 3.04 METER VAULTS s A Construct concrete meter vaults to dimensions and r qui e pentsishown on Plans. Do not cast in presence of water. Make bottom as uniform B Precast Meter Vaults: 1. Install precast vaults in accordance with d'iements of tions. Set level on a minimum 3 inch thick bed of sand conforming to the requ Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2. Seal lifting holes cement -sand mortar or non -shrink grout. C Meter Vault Floor Slab: floor 1/4 inch 1. Construct floor slabs of 6-inch-thick reinforced in diameter, or 12einches per foot toward sump. Make sump 12 inchesPlans.y esquare,nstall and 4 inches deep, unless other inches, dimensions orquired install mortar trench for dowels at maximum of 18 i keying walls to floor slab 2. Precast floor slab elements may be used for precast vault construction. 02520-3of4 06/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.05 FRAME AND COVER FOR METER VAULTS A Diamond Plate Aluminum as follows: 1. In unpaved areas, set top of meter box or meter vault cover 2 to 3 inches above natural grade. 2. In sidewalk areas, set top of meter box or meter vault cover 1/2 to 1 inch above adjacent concrete. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises 06/2014 VALVE BOXES, METER BOXES, AND METER VAULTS B Backfill and compact in accordance with Section 02318 --Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. C In unpaved areas, slope backfill around meter boxes and vaults to provide a uniform slope 1 to 5 from top to natural grade. D Meter boxes are not allowed in sidewalk. END OF SECTION 02520 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE FOR WATER Section 02532W HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE FOR WATER 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals with the Contract Documents. eTheene pipe and complete installation in accordance finished pipe shall be continuous over the entire length of the water line between fittings and be free from defects. Domestic water piping shall be approved by the Underwriters Laboratory andshall be B. Dome accepted by the State Fite Insurance Commission for use in water systems HDPE water pipe shall bear the seal of approval for potable water mpe,) of the National Sanitation Foundation Testing Laboratory C. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 02510 — Water Mains ed D. Standards: Comply with local governing regulations ta part of this Sectingent than f on as herein Piping shall meet the following standards and shall be if written here in their entirety. 1. American ) Standards: a. ASTM TM F , 473Test Method for Notch Tend Materials sile Test to Measure the Resistance to Slow Clack Growth of Polyethylene Pipes and Resins b. ASTM D2122, Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings c. ASTM F2620, Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings d ASTM D2837, Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials Plastic Pipe (SDR- e. ASTM D3035, Specification for Polyethylene (PE) p PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter (up to 3-Inch IPS) f ASTM D3350, Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Material Plastic Pipe (SDR- g• ASTM F714, Specification for Polyethylene (PE) P PR) Based on Outside Diameter (4-Inch IPS and larger ) 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C906, Polyethylenese Pipe and Fittings, 4 through 64 Inches, for Water Distribution b AWWA M55, Polyethylene (PE) Pipe Design and Installation 02532W - 1 of 5 04/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for HDPE pipe under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for water mains. HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE FOR WATER B. If HDPE pipe is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the units shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit Shop Drawings showing design of pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. C. Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance with this Section 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Polyethylene pipe jointing shall be performed by personnel trained in the use of the thermal butt -fusion equipment and recommended methods for new pipe connections. Personnel directly involved with installing the new pipe shall have received training in the proper methods for handling and installing the polyethylene pipe. Training shall be performed by a qualified representative of the pipe manufacturer. The Contractor shall maintain records of trained personnel, and shall certify that training was received not more than 12 months before commencing construction. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Transport, handle, and store pipe and fittings as recommended by manufacturer. C. Deliver, store, and handle other materials as required to prevent damage. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS B. If new pipe and fittings become damaged before or during installation, it shall be repaired as recommended by the manufacturer or replaced as required by the Owner's Project Representative at the Contractor's expense, before proceeding further. A. Pipe: Polyethylene Plastic Pipe shall be high density polyethylene pipe (HDPE) 1. Solid wall high density polyethylene for pressure water pipe shall meet the requirements of AWWA C906 `Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 through 64 Inches, for Water Distribution" (Ductile Iron Pipe Sizing). 04/2014 02532W - 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE FOR WATER B. All pipe shall be made of virgin material. N rework except that l be ubeained from the manufacturer's own production of the same formulation 1. The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and shallrious bebfree of visible cracks, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other 2. Dimension Ratios: The minimum wall thickness of the polyethylene pipe shall meet the following: a. Piessuie Applications: AWWA C906 DR-11 Pressure Class 160. 3. All HDPE shall be carbon black or solid gray stabihzed The pipe shall have nearhout hwhite e structural wall for ultra -violet protection inside diameter to facilitate future TV inspection. C. Bends and Fittings: ANSI A21.10, ductile iron; ANSI A21.11 single rubber gasket push -on type joint; minimum 150 psi pressure rating. D. Coatings and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02634 — Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.02 MATERIALS TEST A. Tests for compliance with this Section shall bemade as spce -tificate of compliance ecified hetein and in accordance with the applicable ASTM Sp with ISO 9000 shall be furnished, by the manufacturer for all material furnished under this Section. Polyethylene plastic pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this Section. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 HANDLING A. The joints shall be handled near the middle h wide web slings de d hookspreaders orar Rope slings also work well with straight lengths.The use of chains, cable slings that may scar the pipe are not permitted. The following procedures shall be observed when handling HDPE pipe. 1. Always stack the heaviest series of pipe at the bottom. 2. Protect the pipe from sharp edgesd when overhansging the bed of a truck or trrp on the edge of the bed. trailer by placing a smooth, roue protecting 3. The load should be anchored securely to prevent slippage. B. Lengths of small -diameter, lightweight pipe can be unloaded manually. Pipe applications shall normally be handled by: 1. Unloading the pipe from the truck in a tow along of the side of the installation area and moving the fusion unit along the ro2. Stacking the pipe beside the fusion unit into and trailing r installationt It isrsuggested fusion then dragging the long length of pipeplace that as the pipe is fused and moved hmogeable jaw side of the machine for h the fusion machine, additional joints of pipe should be placed in the02532W - 3 of 5 C. 04/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND D. Dragging the pipe into place is permitted provided the pipe isn't damaged from sharp rocks or excessive abrasion created by pulling the pipe great distances. 3.02 PIPE JOINING A. The polyethylene pipe shall be assembled and joined at the Site using the thermal butt -fusion method to provide a leak proof joint. Threaded or solvent -cement joints and connections are not permitted. All equipment and procedures used shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Fusing shall be accomplished by personnel certified as fusion technicians by a manufacturer of polyethylene pipe and/or fusing equipment. HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) SOLID WALL PIPE FOR WATER each subsequent fusion. This prevents the hydraulic system of the machine from having to pull the previously fused long length. B. The butt -fused joint shall be in true alignment and shall have uniform roll -back beads resulting from the use of proper temperature and pressure. The joint shall be allowed adequate cooling time before removal of pressure. When cool, all weld beads shall then be removed from the inside surface such that the joint surfaces shall be smooth. The fused joint shall be watertight and shall have a tensile strength equal to that of the pipe All joints shall be subject to acceptance by the Owner's Project Representative. All defective joints shall be cut out and replaced at no cost to the Owner. Any section of the pipe with a gash, blister, abrasion, nick, scar or other deleterious fault greater in depth than 10 percent of the wall thickness, shall not be used and must be removed from the Site. However, a defective area of the pipe may be cut out and the joint fused in accordance with the procedures stated above. In addition, any section of pipe having other defects such as concentrated ridges, discoloration, excessive spot roughness, pitting, variable wall thickness or any other defect of manufacturing or handling as determined by the Owner's Project Representative shall be discarded and not used. 3.03 BENDING PIPE A. HDPE may be cold -bent to a minimum radius of 40 times the pipe diameter as it is installed, eliminating the need in many cases for elbows for slight bends. The minimum bending radius that can be applied to the pipe without kinking varies with the diameter and wall thickness of the pipe. Contractor shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations If adequate space is not available for the required radius, a fitting of the desired angle shall be fused into the piping system to obtain the necessary change in direction. 3.04 INSTALLATION BELOW GROUND A. Conform to requirements of Section 02510 — Water Mains. 04/2014 02532W - 4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND B. HIGH DENSOLI WALL PIPE FOR WATER POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) Pipe Laying: 1. When pulling pipe, either a pulling head or a suitable aroundes sleeve with rubber protective cover shall be used to preventthepulling rom damaging the pipe. The pipe shalC�ion 02ot be p 18eaExcavatiby the on a d Backfill for anged end. 2, Install pipe in accordance with Se Utilities, and manufacturer's iecommendations. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing shall be as specified in Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Hydrostatic Testing for pressure piping systems shall be performed in accordance with ASTM F2164. Testing pressure shall not exceed 1.5 times the system design pressure and total testing time including the time requiteexe d 8 dliou to pressurs. If 5 psi, stas lbilize, during hold test pressure, and depressurize should n testing pipeline must be re -pressurized. C. HDPE pipe deflection shall not exceed deflection percentages ges i whicheverfiiedslowern ASTM F 1962 or manufacturer's maximum allowable deflection, Allowable pipe deflection varies based on DR rating T e afolioR w ng maximum 75 percent, deflection percentages can be used for erthef DR13 ollowin5 6.0 percent, DR11 — 5.0 DR17 — 6.0 percent, DR15.5 — 6.0 pcent percent DR9 — 4.0 percent, DR7.3 — 3.0 percent. Deflection measurements can be taken by mandrel of by measurement of inside diameter before and after backfil l operations. D. Do not enclose or cover any Work until inspected. 3.06 CLEAN AND ADJUST A. Remove surplus pipeline materials, tools, rubbish and e Owner's Project Representativerary structures and leave the construction site clean, to the satisfaction of END OF SECTION 04/2014 02532W - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES Section 02540 TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Tapping sleeves and valves for connections to existing water system. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 2. Section 01350 3. Section 02541 4. Section 02520 5. Section 02512 6. Section 02318 Measurement & Payment Procedures Submittals - Water & Wastewater Line Valves - Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, & Meter Vaults - Polyethylene Wrap — Excavation & Backfill for Utilities C Referenced Standards: 1. American Water Woiks Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C500 Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. b. AWWA C110 Ductile -Iron and Gray Iron Fittings for Water c. AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service — Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for installation of tapping sleevesanstallation as ndvalves is on a pcated on Plans. er each basis. Payment includes all labor and materials required for B Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Provide manufacturer's affidavit that all Water &es urchased for Wastewater Linand to of existing waterlines conform to Section 02541 applicable requirements of AWWA C500 and that they have been satisfactorily tested in accordance with AWWA C500. 02540 - 1 of 3 02/2008 CITY OF PEARLAND 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Tapping Sleeves. 1. Tapping Sleeve Bodies: Stainless steel; in two sections to be bolted together with high -strength, corrosion -resistant, low -alloy, steel bolts; mechanical joint ends a. 12 inch and smaller: stainless steel; JCM 432, Romac, or approved equal. b. 2. 16 inch and larger: epoxy coated ductile iron; JCM, or approved equal. Branch Outlet of Tapping Sleeve: Flanged, machined recess; AWWA C207, Class D, ANSI 150 lb drilling. Gasket: Affixed around recess of tap opening to preclude rolling or binding during installation. 3. Where fire service from 6-inch main is approved, use cast iron split sleeve. B Tapping Valves: Meet all requirements of Section 02541 Water & Wastewater Line Valves with following exceptions: 1. Inlet Flanges: a AWWA C110; Class 125. b. 2. AWWA C110; Class 150 and higher: Minimum eight hole flange. Standard mechanical or push -on Joint; to fit any standard tapping machine. Outlet: 3. Valve Seat Opening: Accommodate full-size shell cutter for nominal size tap without any contact with valve body; double disc. 4. Open Left operation only. TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES C Valve Boxes: Furnish and install according to Section 02520 — Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, & Meter Vaults. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A Install tapping sleeves and valves at locations and of sizes as shown on Drawings. 02/2008 B Thoroughly clean tapping sleeve, tapping valve and pipe prior to installation and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C Hydrostatically test installed tapping sleeve to 150 psig for a minimum of 15 minutes. Inspect sleeve for leaks, and remedy leaks prior to tapping operation. D When tapping concrete pressure pipe, size on size, use shell cutter one standard size smaller than waterline being tapped. E Do not use Large End Bell (LEB) increasers with a next size tap unless existing pipe is asbestos -cement. 02540 2 of 3 TAPPING SLEEVES & VALVES CITY OF PEARLAND 3.02 INSTALLATION A Tighten bolts in proper sequence so that undue stress is not placed on pipe. B Align tapping valve properly and attach it to tapping sleeve. C Make tap with sharp, shell cutter: 1. For 12-inch and smaller tap, use minimum cutter diameter one-half inch less than nominal tap size. 2. For 16-inch and larger tap, use manufacturer's recommended cutter diameter. D Withdraw coupon and flush all cuttings from newly -made tap. E Wrap completed tapping sleeve and valve in accordance with Section 02512 — Polyethylene Wrap. F Place concrete thrust block behind tapping sleeve (NOT over tapping sleeve and valve). G Block under valve using concrete blocks. lI Request inspection of installation prior to backfilling. I Backfill in accordance with Section 02318 — Excavation & Backfill for Utilities. END OF SECTION 02540 - 3 of 3 02/2008 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES Section 02541 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Gate valves, Plug Valves, Butterfly Valves, Air Release and Pressure Reducing Valves. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement Procedures andPayment ment Procedures 2. Section 01350 Submittal 3. Section 02520 — Valve Boxes, Boxes, and Meter Vaults 4. Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes 5. Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6. Section 02510 — Water C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society "Standard dard Specificationg and for Carbon Steel Bolts and ls (ASTM) a. ASTM A 307, Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength" Alloy Sand Casting b. ASTM B 763, `Standard Specification for Copper Y for Valve Applications" Composition Bronze or c. ASTM B 62, "Standard Specification for Comp Ounce Metal Castings" d. ASTM D 429, "Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property -Adhesion to Rigid Substrates" e. ASTM A 126, `Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings" f. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" g• ASTM A 240, "Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium - Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications h. ASTM A 276, ' Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes' i. ASTM B 584, "Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications" j. ASTM A 313, ` Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire" 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C500 Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 in. NPS, for Water and b. AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 Resilient -seated Gate Valves, 3 Sewage Systems. through 12 NPS for Water and Sewage Systems c. AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants Valves d. AWWA C504 Rubber -Sealed Butterfly 04/2009 02541 1 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for valves under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for water mains. B Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. C Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, pa ment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. Y 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A Submit manufacturer's affidavit that gate valves are manufactured in the United States and conform to stated requirements of AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA C515 and this Section, and that they have been satisfactorily tested in the United States in accordance with AWWA C500, AWWA C509 and AWWA C515. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 GATE VALVES A Gate Valves: AWWA C500, AWWA C509 or C515 and additional requirements of valves open counterclockwise. this Section. Direct bury valves and those in subsurface vaults, aboveground and plant B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans, use gate valves as line valves for sizes less than 16-inches. If type of valve is indicated, no substitute is allowed. 04/2009 D C Gate Valves 1-1/2 Inches in Diameter and Smaller' 125 psig; bronze; rising -stem; single -wedge; disc type; screwed ends; such as Crane No. 428, or approved equal. Coatings for Gate Valves 2 Inches and Larger: A or approved equal, non -toxic, imparts no taste to ater, functions s as physical, lchemil 0cal, and electrical barrier between base metal and surroundings, minimum 8-mil-thick, fusion -bonded epoxy. Prior to assemblyof valve apply ' and exterior surfaces of body. pp Y protective coating to interior E Gate Valves 2 Inches in Diameter: Iron body, double gate, non -rising stem, 150 ound test, 2 inch square nut operating clockwise to open. p 02541 - 2 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND Gate Valves 4 Inches to 12 Inches in Diameter: Non-directional, double discl(AWWA1ient seated C500), 200 F parallel seat (AWWA C509 or AWWA C515) or rings, and pg� si bronze mounting, push -on bell ends with rubber joint manufactured uy Amerated ican unless otherwise specified. Provide resilient seated equal. Provide double disc AFC-500, US Pipe Metroseal 200, or approved equa valves manufactured by American Darling 52, Clow F-6102, or approved l. Comply with following requirements: 1. Design: Fully encapsulated rubber wedgeefasteners or screws; threadedor rubber seat ring mechanically attached with minimum 304 stainless -steel connection isolated from water by compressed rubber stuffing box together with 2. Body: Cast or ductile iron, flangepressure rating, and year ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, p manufactured shall be cast in body. 3. Bronze: Valve components in waterway ocontain not more than 15 percent zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum.d ngth of 4. Stems. ASTM B 763 bronze, alloy number 995 minimum percent, yield sttrereing. 40,000 psi; minimum elongation in 2 inches of 12 p r 5. 0-rings: AWWA C509, sections 2.2.6 and 4.8.2. 6, Stem Seals: Consist of three 0-rings, two above and one below thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust collar 7. Stem Nut Independent or integrally synthetic trubber, Vulcan B 62 bronze d and bonded to cast or 8. Resilient Wedge: Molded r ductile iron wedge or attached with 304 stainless steel screws tested against epoxy -coated surface°in vale exceed ASTM D 429, Method B seatg body. 9. Bolts: AWWA C509 Section 4.4; stainless steel; cadmium plated, or zinc coated. G Gate Valves 16 Inches to 24 Inches in Diameter. AWWA C500 by Mueller; push -on bell ends with rubber rings and nut -operated unless otherwise specified, double disc, 150 psi, and comply with the following: 1. Body: Cast or ductile iion; flange together bonnet and stuffing box with ASTM A 307 Grade B bolts. Manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year manufactured shall be cast in body. Equip with rollers, tracks and scrapers 2. Stems: Machined from ASTM B 62 bronze rod with integral forged thrust collar machined to size; non -rising. 3. Stem Seals: Consist of one 0-ring above and collare 0-ring operatingbelow thrust collar with anti -friction washer located above thrust 4. Stem Nut: Independent or integrally cast of ASTM B 62 bronze o machined 5. Discs: Cast iron with bronze disc rings securely peened dovetailed grooves. 6. Wedging Device: Solid bronze or cast-iron, bronze-m ounted es are C wedges. Other plates or shapes integrally cast into cast-iron ction shall be bronze monel or nickel moving surfaces integral to wedging alloy -to -iron. 04/2009 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES 02541-3of8 C Butterfly valves shall be short -body, flanged design and installed at locations as show on Plans. n D open counterclockwise. -ground and plant valves shall valves, valves in subsurface vaults. Above all E Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. CITY OF PEARLAND H J K L Gate Valves in Factory Mutual (Fire Service) Type Meter Installations: 1. Conform to provisions of this specification; outside screw and yoke valves; carry label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc ; flanged, Class 125; clockwise to close. A'1 Provide flanged joints when valve is connected to steel or PCCP. 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES AND ACTUATORS A Butterfly Valves and Actuators: Conform to AWWA C504, except as modified supplemented herein. Provide valves manufactured b or American -Darling, or approved equal. Y Keystone International, F Butterfly Valves and Actuators (Additional Requirements for Large -Diameter Water Mains) Valves larger than 72 inches in diameter shall have all components designed 04/2009 g 7. Bronze Mounting: Built as integral unit mounted over, or supported on, cast imposed forces. iron base and of sufficient dimensions to be structurally sound and adequate for 8. Gear Cases Cast iron; furnished on 18-inch and larger valves and of extended type with steel side plates, lubricated, gear case enclosed with oil seal or 0- rings at shaft openings. 9. Stuffing Boxes• Located on top of bonnet and outside gear case. WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES Gate Valves 20 Inches and Larger: Furnish and equip with bypass valves. 1. Sizes. Provide 3-inch bypass valves for 16-inch through 20 inch gate valves. Provide 4-inch bypass valves for 24-inch gate valves. Valves 4 Inches through 12 Inches for Installation in Vertical Pipe Lines: 1. Double disc, square bottom. Valves 14 Inches and Larger for Installation in Horizontal Pipe Lines: 1. Equipped with bronze shoes and slides. Gate Valves Installed at Greater than 4 foot Depth: 1. Provide non -rising, extension stem having coupling sufficient to attach securely to operating nut of valve. Upper end of extension stem shall terminate in square wrench nut no deeper than 4 feet from finished grade. B If type of valve is not indicated on Plans, butterfly valves shall be used for line vale sizes 16 inch and larger. If type of valve is specified, no substitute will be allowed. 02541 4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND so that the allowable stresses at rated pressure shall notexceedd oneusedthird Providef the valves strength orto one-fifthy oInternational, Amen athe ultimate strength of n-Darling, or equal. manufactured by Keystone 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE CONSTRUCTION ast iron, ASTM A 126, Class B. A Valves: AWWA C56.104, Class Class 1251bB Body: C Flanges: ANSI B 16.1, B Discs for Butterfly Valves: Either cast iron or ductile iron. Seats: Buna-N or neoprene, an ay be applied to disc or body. Seats shall be mechanically secured and may C omt rey solelypon adhesive properties of epoxy or on e ha lly similar bonding agent to attach seat to body. Seats inplaceddisc bshallstabess steel (18nica 8) retained by stainless steel (18 - 8) retaining ring held cap screws that pass through rubber seat for added locatedret n both disc and ention. hen seat isstainon disc, steel seat shall be retained in position by shoulders retaining ring. Mating surfaces for sType 304 or 316, stainless steel and secured seats: oor plated mating surfaces will not be to disc by mechanical means Sp' y allowed. Coat interior wetted ferrous surfaces of valve, including and sc with epoxy y application* suitable for D recommendations. In potable -water conditions. Epoxy, surface prepai accordance with AWWA C550 and coating manufa i h m n mu dryiProvide ovidde f 10 two coats of two -component, high -build epoxy w mils. Epoxy coating: Indurall 3300 or approved equal. Coatings shall be holiday tested and measured for thickness. al ve E Valve shaft and keys, dowel pins, or taper pins used for attaching valve shaft to v 1 n, disc: Type-304 or 316 stainless steel. Shaft Bearings: at rial tainlewith pr ss steel,o en record of or Teflon (supported by fiberglass mat or backing preventing Teflon flow under load) in accordance with AWWA C504. F Packing: Field -adjustable, split-V type, and replaceable without removing operator assembly. Rg etainin Hardware for Seats: Type 304 or 316 stainless teel. Nuts ands screor other used with clamps and discs for rubber seats shallheld securely or cav t tional effects. ght, approved method, to prevent loosening by y brato H Valve disc shall seat in position at 90 degrees to the pipe axis and shall rotate 90 valve shafts degrees between full -open and tight -closed position. d ection of flowwith except where horizontal and convex side of disc facing anticipated shown otherwise on Plans. 2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATOR CONSTRUCTION of 16 feet er second, size based on ne velocity , A Provide actuators for valves witplansequip withlgeared manual actuators. Provide and, unless otherwise shown on02541 - 5 of 04/2009 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES CITY OF PEARLAIVD B Air Release and Vacuum Valves: Provide single -body, standard combin duplex -body custom combination valves as indicated on Plans. anon or 1. For 2 inch and 3 inch, single -body valves provide inlet and outlet sizes as shown on Plans and orifice sized for 100 psi working pressure. Valve materials: body, cover and baffle, ASTM A 48, Class 35, or ASTM A 126, Grade B cast iron plug or poppet, ASTM A 276 stainless steel; float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel; seat, Buna-N other valve internals, stainless steel. Valve exterior: Painted with shop -applied primer suitable for contact with potable 04/2009 WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES valves 24 inches and smaller. fully enclosed and traveling -nut type, rack-and-pinion type, or worm gear t e for type B indicated on Plans. horizontal unless Provide actuator designed for installation with valve shaftotherwise C Provide valve shaft extended from valve to actuator. Space between actuator and valve body shall be completely enclosed so that no movinghousingd soil or elements. parts are exposed o to D Provide oil -tight and watertight actuator housings for valves, specifically designed for with suitable grease. buried service or submerged service when located in valve vaults, and factor y E Install a valve position indicator on each actuator housing located above rou valve vaults. Valves shall be equipped with 2-inch actuator nut only g nd or in F Indicate direction of opening of valve on exposed visible part of assembly. Y G Design worm -gear or traveling -nut actuators so that a torque of 150 foot- od less, will operate valve at most adverse condition for which valve is designed. Vertical axis of actuating nut shall not move as valve is opened or closed. 2.05 VALVE BOXES A Provide standard adjustable valve boxes only conforming to requirements of 02520 — Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes, and Meter Vaults. Section 2.06 VALVE SERVICE MANHOLES A For large -diameter water mains, provide manholes to dimensions shown o conforming to requirements of Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes. n Plans 2.07 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES A Air Release Valves: Apco No. 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or equal. Materials: body and cover, ASTM A 48, Class 30, cast iron; float and leverage mechanism q ASTM A 240 or A276 stainless steel; orifice and seat, stainless steel against Buna-N or Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and orifice as shown on Plans. 02541 6 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES water. Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Series 200, or equal valves. provide Apco p 2. For 3 inch and larger duplax boir dy avalves avalve, GA Industries Fig. No AR/GH- Series 1700 with No. 200 21K/280, or equal. Air and vacuum valve ma stainless body andSe cover, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron; float, ASTM A Air stainless steel and Buna-N, other valve internals, s above on Ainless steel or Release release valve: Constructed as specified inparagraph Valves. C Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide air inlet vacuum relief combination with flanged inlet and outlet connections as shown on Plans. Provide air release valves in ie inlet and outlet, and orifice as shown Plans. Series 1500 with a Nor 200Aua'r differential not to exceed 0.25 psi. Provide Apco equal. Materials for release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. HCARV, or approvedseat vacuum relief valves: valve body, ASTM A 48,ASTMlass 3A 3135, t Type 304, sta plegs ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 836 spring, steel bushing, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 932, retaining screws, ASTM A 276, Type-304, stainless steel. D Air Release Valve Vault as detailed in Plans. 2,08 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A Provide Cla-Val Model 90-01, or approved equal, PRV with st iron or ASTM A 126, strainer in location and arrangement as shown on Plans. Valve body. AS Class B, cast iron with ANSI B16.1, Class 125, flanges. B Val62 e cover: Rubber part8 cast iron. Valve internals: Type-303, stainless steel Buna-N. No leather parts shall be allowed. Resilient seat shall have rectangular cross section. B Control Tubing: Contain shutoff cocks with "Y" strainer. PRV: Equip with valve position indicator. Initially set in field by authorized C manufacturer's representative with 60 psi downstream pressure. uick- ody flanges. D Provide basket strainer upstream of PRV oshown h Plans. B 16. l,150, . q t Class rainer opening type, fabricated -steel construction ANSI l Basket: Type-304, stainless steel. Provide Hayward orode9 0, for PRVl for r PRV 4r inch through 24-inch. Provide Hayward Model 510, equal, greater when space limitations dictate the use of smaller strainer housing. E Pilot Systems for PRV: Adjustable and pressure sustaining. F Valve Box: Valve Box conforming to requirements of Section 02520 — Valve Boxes, Meter boxes, and Meter Vaults. 02541 7 of 8 04/2009 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION WATER AND WASTEWATER LINE VALVES A Earthwork. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02318 — Backfill for Utilities. Excavation and B Operation. Do not use valves for throttling without prior approval of manufacturer. 3.02 SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A Remove foreign matter from within valves prior to installation. Inspect valves in open and closed positions to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition. B Install valves and valve boxes where shown on Plans. Set valves plumb and as detailed. Center valve boxes on valves. Carefully tamp earth around each valve box for minimum radius of 4 feet, or to undisturbed trench face if less than 4 feet. Install valves completely closed when placed in water line. C For pipe section of each valve box, use only cast iron, ductile iron, or DR18 PVC pipe cut to proper length. Size to allow future operation of valve. Assemble and brace box in vertical position as indicated on Plans. 3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING A Perform disinfection and testing of valves and appurtenances as required 02510 — Water Mains. by Section B Repair or replace valves which exceed the allowable specified leakage rate. 3.04 PAINTING OF VALVES A Paint valves in vaults, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No. 2215 , or approved equal. END OF SECTION 04/2009 02541 - 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES Section 02542 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre -Cast Concrete Manholes for sanitary. B. Pre -Cast and Cast -in -Place Manholes for storm sewer. grates, catch basin rames and C. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers,nd covers, lad fustment rings and extensions. frames and grates, meter vault frames D. Ring grates. E. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01500 -Tempor l ace Coyes Controls 4. Section 03300 Ca 5. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 02318 — Excavation Sanitary Sewersll for Utilities 7. Section 02530 — Gravity 8. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises F. Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 478, "Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete b. ASTM C 443, "Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manhole Sections Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets c. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification on forfor ttResilient ar for iConnectors d. ASTM C 923, `Standard Specificd Laterals" Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole nHydraul'i - e. ASTM C 1107, "Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Cement Grout (Nonshrink)' fL ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings" ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" h. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort' g. 05/2013 02542 - 1 of 15 G. Definitions: CITY OF PEARLAND 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 4. CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES American Welding Society (AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" 5. Texas Commission on Environmental uali a.ty (TCEQ) Chapter 217.55 "Minimum Clear Opening" 1. Shallow Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of 4 feet or less measure from the top of cover to sewer mvert. d 2. Normal Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 4 feet an up to 8 feet measured from top of cover to sewer invert. d 3. Extra Depth Manholes- manholes having a depth of greater than 8 fee measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. t 4. Corrosion Resistant Manholes- concrete manholes incorporating additional material, such as liners or coatings, which make them more resistant to corrosion than typical concrete manholes. 5. Standard Manholes Drops- drops of up to 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. 6. Extra Depth Manhole Drops- drops in excess of 3 vertical feet measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. m 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Manholes shall be per each. Measurement for Normal Depth Manholes and/or Normal Depth Corrosion Resistant B. Manholes shall be per each. Measurement for Shallow Depth Manholes and/or Shallow Depth Corrosion Resistant C. Measurement for Extra Depth Manholes and/or Extra Depth Corrosion Manholes is on a vertical foot basis for each foot of depth Resistant p greater than 8 feet. D 05/2013 Payment for Manholes under this Section shall be for complete installation including riser, frames, grates, adjustment rings, stainless steel inflow preventers, cut -in work, covers, penetrations, other appurtenances, and be in accordance with Section 01200 --- Measurement and Payment Procedures. 02542 - 2 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND E. Measurement for Standard Manhole Drops shall be per each. each foot F. Measurement for Extra Depth Manhole Drops is on a vertical foot basis for of Drop greater than 3 feet ents, encasement, G. Payment for Drops under this Section shall be for assemy n 01200 �nMeasurement and other appurtenances, and be in accordance with Sectio Payment Procedures. pr H. Payment for Air Release Manhole with Valves and Fittgs installed appurtend is ons a united ice d basis for each manhole with air release valves, fittings in accordance with Section 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures. CONCRETE 1VIANIIOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work needed to make manholes structurally sound improve flow, prevent entrance of inflow or gro undwater, prevent entrance of soil or debris, and provide protection against hydrogen sulfide gas attack. B. Manufacturer's Product Support. systems shall 1. Through the Contractor, manufacturers of wall approval a detailed idescgription the submit to Engineer for review and preparation,00fthe proposed coating installation results, mix design proceduresescribe ce and method of independent laboratory to controlling uniform thickness. hav ing 2. A representative employed by the manufacturerand advail bl efor consultationltechnical by in epoxy or cementitious liner shall be named telephone during business hours and on site upon 48 hours notice. 3. Manufacturer's representative on concrete lining systems usage shall p uside technical assistance to applicators to ensureproper of ding equipment and accurate proportions of admixtures. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Submit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of concrete. C. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: l , Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 2. Materials to be used in fabricating drops. 05/2013 02542 3 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 4. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs. 5. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 6. Shop Drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials and dimensions 7 Certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in this Section, 2.03E, "Design Loading Criteria". 8. Product data, materials and procedures for corrosion resistant liner and coatings, if required. For coating and resistant liner systems requiring 10-yr manufacturer warranty, submit specific coating system including product, thickness, and application for Engineer's approval. 9. Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. D. Installer Qualifications: Installers of liners and wall repair systems shall submit qualifications to Engineer at least 14 days prior to start of any material application. Submittal shall consist of: 1. Manufacturer's approved equipment list, by name and model number application of product and contractor's equipment list showing approved equipment available for use in product application. 2. List of contractor's personnel who have satisfactorily completed manufacturer's training in product application within previous two years. Include date of certification for each person. E Provide Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include Setting Drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete shall conform to requirements in Section 03300 - Cast -In Place Concrete. B. Minimum concrete compressive strength of 4000 psi. 05/2013 02542 4 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND nforcin Steel shall conform to requirement in Se ction 03300 - Cast -In Place C. Rei g CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES Concrete. D. Mortar shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES to ASTM C 478. Use base riser A. Use manhole sections and base sections conforming ns 1rleetin material sect ion with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment ringgs which ars are standard components of the manufacturer of the ma requirem ents of ASTM C 478. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. sta B. constr uct barrels for precast manholes from 48-inch diameter se nvrd einforcs d f concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicate oith manhole sections in combination to provide the correct t height withit e fewest w stjoints i escribed Wall sections shall be designed for depth ass own in this Section 2.03E, "Design Load Criteria ', but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C • Pdi Provide cone tops to receive 30-inch cast iron frames H-d covto ers, unless indicated otherwise. Use tops designed to support an AASHTO D. Where the Plans indicate that manholes larger than be 48-inch with ret required, precast base sections of the required diameter shallprovided top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter shall be located to provide a Transition can be concentric or eccentric. The transition minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. Design Loading Criteria: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and ASTM manhole 7e E. De g baseorslab shall be designed on Plans and the following design criteria: for the depth as shown 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at -rest 3' pressure of 100 pcf, with soil pressure acting on empty equivalent fluid p manhole. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf, with manhole filled 4. external soil pressure. with liquid from invert to cover, with no balancing p 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. 02542 - 5 of 15 05/2013 G. Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. H. Do not use brick masonry in construction of sanitary sewer manholes. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, grates, rings, covers, and conforming to requirements of this Section and Construction Details. 2.04 DROPS CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 6. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 7. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration whichever is greater. 12 F. Form points between sections with 0-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM C 443. stainless steel inflow preventers the City of Pearland Standard unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. Drops shall conform to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, 2.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Use resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923 mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: g 1. External clamps: a. Type 304 stainless steel. 13 05/2013 A. Internal expandable clamps on standard manholes: a. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. Internal expandable clamps on corrosion -resistant manholes: a. b.Type 316 stainless steel 11 gage minimum. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum, coated with minimum 16 mm fusion -bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C-213. 2. 3. 4. All precast openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast -in -place manhole base are s ecifi shown on the Plans, use polyethylene -isoprene water-stopp ed or property requirements of ASTM C 923, Press -Seal WS Series, or equal. the physical 02542-6of15 CITY OF PEARLAND C. Storm sewer pipe connections: 1 Connections acceptable for sanitary sewers. 2. Line pipe grouted in place with mortar. Rehabilitate. CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.06 WALL CLEANING MATERIAL grease, oil and other A. Cleaners Detergent or muriatic acid capable f seal ng material dirt, to wall. Refer to sealing matter which would prevent a good bond material manufacturer's recommendations. 2.07 SEALANT MATERIALS Sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame A.approved equal. shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201, or 2.08 WALL REPAIR MATERIALS H draulic Cements: Use a blend of cement powders or hydraulic cement to stop active A. Y leaks in the manhole structure. B. Quickset Mortar: Use a quickset mortar to repair wide cracks, holes or disintegrated mortar. 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Provide one of the following as indicated on the Plans: r manho le sections 1, Precast cylindrical Portland cement concrete oneofthe internalsewfactory applied base sections, and conesections with o internal coatings or approved equal: a. NeoPoxyTM NPR-5300 Series "PureEpoxy" spray on epoxy liner and other required fillers/sealants per manufacturer's recommendations: b. NeoPoxy NPR-3501 high tensile elongation epoxy elastomeric gout and sealant. c. NeoPoxy NPR-5305 trowelable epoxy filler, grout and sealant, d. Chemical and cementitious rapid set hydraulicor routs sucQuadex h as Strong -Plug, Strong -Seal QSR, Quadex Hyp Hydro -Plug, or other equivalents pre -approved by the engineer. 02542-7 of 15 05/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES e. NeoPoxy P-88 ultraviolet light resistant topcoat. f. g• EMACO liner (contact City of Pearland Public Works Department for specific type). Raven liner (contact City of Pearland Public Works Department for specific type). h. SewperCoat 100% Calcium aluminate by KerneosTM Aluminate Technologies. 2. Type I Coating: The manufacturer of these applied products shall provide a minimum 10-year material and labor warranty. A 10-year manufacturer warranty shall be applicable for the following sanitary sewer manholes: a. Manholes that receive force main discharge. b. Manholes within the lift/pump station site including last manhole before wet well. c. Manholes with 5 feet diameter and larger or manholes that receive discharge from 15" or larger diameter gravity sewer. d. Manholes as determined by City Engineer. 3. Type II Coating: All other sanitary sewer manholes shall be coated with minimum 125 mil thick coating ofproducts specified in Section 2.09.1.a-d, or approved equal. 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02255 — Beddin Backfill, and Embankment Materials. g, 2.11 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. For non -shrink grout, use prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non-gas-liberating,non- metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. It shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 05/2013 02542-8of15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 2.12 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to City of Pearland Standard Construction Details and shall be ASTM A 48, Class 30. Provide locking covers if indicated on Plans. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Plans. D. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and oteoer f plugs.ssurface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, 2.13 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates the casting may be seated in the frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which frame. 2.14 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Plans, provide watertigseal cover to fraanhole me. Supply watertight s and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to manhole covers and frames Model R-1916 Works, f or caredapprby equal. Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by East Jordan Iron B. Where personnel entry is anticipated, minimum clear openings of 30-inches is required. 2.15 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615. B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 2.16 INFLOW PREVENTERS A. Provide stainless steel inflow preventers with air release vents on all sanitary sewer manholes. 02542 9 of 15 05/2013 C. Seal any lifting holes with non -shrink grout. 05/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and re -compacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C. Do not build sanitary or storm sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless approved by the Engineer. 3.02 PLACEMENT OF PRECAST MANHOLES A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Plans. B. Place manholes at points of change of alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and end of sewer. 3.03 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum) foundation of cement stabilized sand or a concrete foundation slab. Compact cement -sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered, the subgrade will be examined by the Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over - excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base If there is evidence of heaving, a pile - supported concrete foundation as detailed on the Plans, shall be provided under the manhole base, when indicated by the Engineer. 3.04 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations B. Install precast or steel adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat -top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support manhole frame. 02542-10of15 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES D. Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLE A. Install approved resilient connectors at eachpipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufactures B. Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other rigid at and around the ial is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening resilient connector on either the interior or exterior the full flexibility provided by the the space with a compressible material to guarantee resilient connector. All pipe openings shall be fully circular, 360° openings. C. Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing connections and pipe,stubouts at least install precast manhole base with factory installed Fernco type two (2) feet outside manhole wall. Manhole shall be cut -in to existing pipe. No `horseshoe" or 'dog house" type connections will be permitted. D. Do not construct joints on sanitary sewer pipe within wall sections of manholes. Use approved connection material. E. Construct pipe stubs with resilient connectors forceat interior of manhole. ctions at locations and with material indicated on Plans. Install approvedstub plugs F. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.06 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth Conform to foil wing criteria flow transition waterway h no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum; 1-1/2 inch per foot maximum. 05/2013 1. 2. Depth of bench to invert: P ipes smaller than 15-inches. one-half largest pipe diameter P ipes 15 to 24-inches: three -fourths the largest pipe diameter P ipes larger than 24-inches: equal to the largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop otherwise indicated on Planass manhole with ooth transition of invert through manhole, unless s. B. Form invert channels with class A concrete tant t egnt to mains with maximum al with manhole base. For direction changes of mains, construct channelsg possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 02542 11 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 3.07 DROPS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct Drops with same materials used in main pipe unless otherwise indicated on Plans or approved by the Engineer. Install a Drop when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 30-inches above the invert of the manhole. All drops must be interior drops. B. Terminate encasement of blind drops a minimum of 5 inches below top of bell and not less than 12 inches above top of next lower bell. Install approved plug at bell. 3.08 IVIANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover is 3/8 inch below the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment ring and the manhole top with non -shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a latex -based bonding agent to concrete surfaces to be joined with non -shrink grout. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch wide. B. For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Plans. In unpaved areas, encase the manhole frame in mortar or non -shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. 3.09 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the spring -line of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. 3.10 MANHOLE WALL CLEANING A. The floor and interior walls of the manhole shall be thoroughly cleaned and made free of all foreign materials including dirt, grit, roots, oils, grease, sludge, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release, curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts, or other contaminants which may affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. 05/2013 02542 12 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES 1. High pressure water blasting with a n he manhole 3,500 psi shall be used to clean free all foreign material with ent 2. When grease and oil are present within provedpe cleaning Ovate or muriatic acid shall be used integrally with the high press 3. All materials resulting from the cleaning of the manhole shall be removed prior to application of the coating. 4. All loose grout, ledges, steps and protruding ledges shall be removed to provide an even surface prior to application of coating. B. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining pipes. Remove droppings of foreign and wall sealant materials before they harden on the bottom of the manhole. C. No separate pay shall be made for this item. Include cost for sealing in the unit price for manholes. D. Manufacturer's representative shall be available talltimes on site to answer questions and approve manhole preparation work pr lining. 3.11 MANHOLE WALL SEALING A. Seal active leaks in the manhole structure by using non -shrink grout. B. Remove loose or defective wall material. Wipe or brush surface clean prior to the application of hydraulic cement to sto C. Drill weep holes at bottom of manhole relievehydrostatic using r hydraulic ceme n leaks. Plug pressure relief holes after leaks are materials. Lead wool may also be used to plug large leaks D. Repair wide cracks, or holes with quickset mortars. Follow manufacturer's application procedures. E. Shape manhole inverts before wall sealing work. Apply concrete to cleaned manhole benches as specified in Section 03300. F After all active leaks have been stopped, clean and prepare walls for application of selected liner material. G. Properly apply the sealing compound to provide the minimum required uniform coating to the wall surface. ngs H. Prevent any foreign material from entering the adjoining onnp he bottom of the ntaipes. Remove nholef foreign and wall sealant materials before they 02542 - 13 of 15 05/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES I• Strictly follow product manufacturer's published technical specifications and recommendations for surface preparation, application and proportioning. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers. Vacuum test shall be completed prior to coating of the manhole. 3.13 INSPECTION A. After manhole wall sealing has been completed, visually inspect the manhole in the presence of Engineer. Check for cleanliness and for elimination of active leaks. B. At completion of manhole construction, assist Engineer in verifying installation of minimum coating thickness of concrete liner. Test several points on the manhole wall. Repair verification points prior to final acceptance for payment. C. During application of corrosion resistant liner, a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414, shall be used. Measurements shall be taken, documented and attested by the Contractor for submission to the Owner. D. At completion of manhole construction, assist Engineer in inspection of installation. 3.14 TESTING A. After the coating product(s) have set in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, all surfaces shall be inspected for holidays with high -voltage holiday detection equipment. Reference NACE RPO 188-99 for performing holiday detection. All detected holidays shall be marked and repaired by abrading the coating surface with grit disk paper or other hand tooling method. After abrading and cleaning, additional coating can be hand applied to the repair area. All touch-up/repair procedures shall follow the coating manufacturer s recommendations. Documentation on areas tested, results and repairs made shall be provided to Owner by Contractor. B. Visual inspection shall be made by the Project Engineer and/or Inspector. Any deficiencies in the finished coating shall be marked and repaired according to the procedures set forth herein by Contractor. 3.15 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A. Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 05/2013 02542-14of15 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.16 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A. Protect Manholes from damage until subsequent work has been accepted. Re air or replace damaged elements of Manholes at no additional cost to the Owner. B. p unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. C. In un P 05/2013 CONCRETE MANHOLES AND ACCESSORIES END OF SECTION 02542 - 15 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS Section 02603 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES rates, catch basin A. Iron castings for manhole frames inlet adjustment rings and extensions. frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, B. Ring grates. C. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals D. Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A 48, "Standard Specification for Giay Iron Castings' b. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specification rror Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinfo c. ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry" 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) e Utili and Related Castings" AASHTO M 306, Drainage, Sewage, ty� a. 3. American Welding Society (AWS) a. AWS D12.1, "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code" 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) a. Chapter 217.55 "Minimum Clear Opening' 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT grates, A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate pinclude cost ent will bn Bid Itemse made for f for1whies, h this rings, covers, and seals under this Section. Work is a component. t B. If frames, es grates rings, covers, and seals are included as a BidItems, l and ,ieas rem n with will be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 —Bid Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 02603 - 1 of 3 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350— Submittals. B. Provide copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. Manufacturer shall be East Jordan Iron Works, Inc or approved equal. FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS C. Provide Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include Setting Drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to AS TM A 48, Class 3 and AASHTO M 306. Provide locking covers if indicated on Plans. SB B without permanent deformation. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 load ing C. shown on the Plans. and with wording castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions,g or logos D. Castings shall be 75% post -consumer recycled material, clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical free of plugs. 2.02 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or even bearing is provided for any position grates and their respective frames so that frame.in which the casting may be seated in the 2.03 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Plans, provide stainless steel inflow preventers and watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole Frames and Covers, Model R-1916 manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by East Jordan Iron Works, or approval equal. 5/2013 02603 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS B. Where personnel sonnel entry is anticipated, minimum clear opening of 30-inches is required. 2.04 FABRICATED RING GRATES steel conforming to ASTM A 615. A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. 2.05 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION the final elevation A. All installations that have an elevation difference between t than 18 inches will the manhole cover and the surrounding finished grade greater required to be hinged, lift assist gasketed ring and cover. ctigiven in related B. Install castings according to approved Shop Drawings, instructions Sections, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials. nment and C. Set on. Keep castin s accurately at required locations to proper ea lig meat on accurately from castings plumb, level, true and free of rack il in formwork until established lines and grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily permanently set. D. Ring gra tes shall be fabricated in accordance with Plans and shall be set in mortar in the mouth of the pipe bell. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02603 - 3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES Section 02633 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Adjusting elevation of manholes, inlets, and valve boxes to new grades. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 4. Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories 5. Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 6. Section 02910 — Topsoil 7. Section 02921— Hydromulch Seeding C Referenced Standards: and Materrials (ASTM) 1. American Society for Testing ecifcation for Mortar for Unit Masonry" a. ASTM C 270, `Standard Sp 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT sum basis for: A Measurement for adjusting utility structures to grade is on a lump 1. Adjusting manholes. 2. Adjusting inlets. 3. Adjusting valve boxes. B Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 01350 — C Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS For cast in place concrete, refer to Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. A B For precast concrete manhole sections and adjustment rings, refer to Section 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories. S using Portland C For mortar mix, conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type cement. 02633 - 1 of 3 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND 2.02 CAST IRON ADJUSTING RINGS VALVE BOXES A For cast iron adjusting rings, refer to Section 02542 — Concrete Accessories. Manholes and 2.03 PIPING MATERIALS A For riser pipes and fittings, refer to applicable piping materials s Sections 02542 — Concrete Manholes and Accessories. pecifications in 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Examine existing structure, valve box, frame and cover or inlet box, fr ae or inlet, and piping and connections for damage or defects that would affect adjustment cover to grade. Report such damage or defects to the Engineer. 3.02 ESTABLISHING GRADE A Coordinate grade related items with existing grade and finished grade relate to established bench mark or reference line. g or paving, and 3.03 ADJUSTING MANHOLES AND INLETS A Elevation of manhole or inlet can be raised using adjusting rings. Use of brick for adjustment to grade issprohibited Elevationt concrete T1ngs or of masonry, adjusting rings or the manhole or inlet can be lowered by removing existing of top section of the barrel below the new elevation and then rebuilding or elevation to the proper height. raising the 13 Grout inside and outside adjusting ring joints. C Salvage and reuse cast iron frame and cover or grate. D Protect or block off manhole or inlet bottom using wood forms shaped debris or soil falls to the bottom during adjustment, to fit so that no E Set the cast iron frame for the manhole cover or grate in a full mortar bed and adjust to the established elevation. In streets, adjust covers to be flush to 1/8 inch above pavement. F Verify that manholes and inlets are free of visible leaks as a result of r Repair leaks in a manner subject to the Engineer's approval. econsttuction. 3.04 ADJUSTING VALVE BOXES A If usable, salvage and reuse valve box and surrounding concrete block. 07/2006 02633 - 2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES n B Remove and replace 6 inch ductile iron riser pipe accommodate with suitable lec g hal findishdepth of cover required to establish the adjusted elevation to e. C Reinstall in -kind adjustable valve box and riser piping plumbed in vertical position Provide minimum 6 inches telescoping freeboard Ca a� between ent damping. top butt end and interior contact flange of valve box for t with n D After valve box has been set, aligned, and adjusted so thatopp lid is level valve box grade, pour a 24 inch by 24 inch by 8 inch thickconcrete Center valve box horizontally within concrete slab. 3.05 BACKFILL AND GRADING d A Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each djus e manhole, Exet, at valve box and compact according to requirements o Backfill for Utilities. Grade the ground surface to drain away from each manholete anand valve box. me. Place earth B upper rim of fill around manholes to the level of the fill around the valve box concrete block. 5 from the manhole frame C In unpaved areas, grade surface at a uniform slope conforming to requirements of natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inchestopsoildroments of Section 02910 — Topsoil and seed in accordance with Section 02921— Hy lch Seeding. END OF SECTION 07/2006 02633-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS Section 02634 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES gravity sanitary Ductile iron pipe and fittings for water mains, wastewater force mains, gr ty A.sewers, and storm sewers. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01350 Section 02676 Section 02533 Section 02630 Section 02510 Section 02530 2. 3. 4. 5. 6 Submittals — Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines Sanitary Sewage Force Mains —Polyethylene Wrap Water Mains Gravity Sanitary Sewers C. Referenced Standards: 1, American National Standards Institute (ANSI) a. ANSI A21.51, Ductile -Iron Pipe Centrifugaland Ductile Iron Press Pipe lds b. ANSI A21.11, Rubber Gasket Joints c. ANSI A21.15, Flanged Cast and Ductile Iron d. ANSI A21.50, Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipthru 48 in./Water e. ANSI A21.10, Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings Fittings f, ANSI B16.1, Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flange g• ANSI A21.53, Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service h. ANSI A21.4, Cement -Mortar lining/Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA) a. AWWA C 111 Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings s for Water b.AWWA C110Ductile-Iron and Cray IronWater Service c AWWA C153 Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for d AWWA C600 Installation for Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances 3. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) a. SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 5/2013 02634 1 of 5 CITY OFPEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS a. ASTM G 62, "Standard Test Method for Holiday Detection in Pipeline Coatings" b. ASTM D 1248, "Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for duct' le iron pipe and fittings under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for Water Mains, Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, Gravity Sanitary Sewers, and Storm Sewers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit Shop Drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fitting, flange, and special details. how station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Plans. Production of i e Show fittings prior to review by the Engineer is at Contractor's risk. p p and 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide manufacturer's certifications that all ductile iron pipe and provisions of this Section and have been hydrostatically tested at factory et requirements of ANSI A21 51. meet B. Provide certifications that all pipe joints have been tested and meet requirements of ANSI A21 11. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Ductile iron pipe barrels: ANSI A21.15, ANSI A21.50 or ANSI A21.51 Underwriters' Laboratories approval. ,bear mark of 5/2013 B. Provide pipe sections in standard lengths, not less than 18 feet lon exce fittings and closure sections as indicated on Shop Drawings. g' pt for special C. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, use minimum Pressure Class 250 for waterlines or thickness Class 52 for waterlines in casing or augered hole. Provide minimum thickness Class 52 for sanitary sewers. Provide minimum Pressure Class 35 flanged pipe. 0 for 02634 2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.02 JOINTS A. Joint types: ANSI A21.1 l push -on; ANSI A21.11 mechanical joint; or ANSI A21.15 flanged end. Provide push -on joints unless joints, bolts shallc onfodrm to requirements on the Plans or required by these specifications. For bolted Jo of AWWA C111. B. Where restrained joints for buried service are required by Plans, provide one of the following, or Approved Equal (restrained joints shall be polyethylene wrapped) 1. Super -Lock Joint by Clow Corporation. 2. Flex -Ring or Lok-Ring by American Cast Iron Pipe Company. 3. TR-Flex Joint by U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company. 4 EBAA IKON MEGALUG Mechanical Joint Restraint. C. Threaded or grooved type joints which reduce pipe wall thickness below minimum required are not acceptable. D. Provide for restrained joints designed to meet test p essur0253srequired SewagenderS ctioce 02676 - Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines or Se Mains, as applicable. on d rubber E. Where ductile iron water main is cathodically protected continuity along entire pipelines gasketed joints as shown on Plans to provide electrical except where insulating flanges are required by Plans. 2.03 GASKETS material; for A. Furnish, when no contaminant is identified, plain rubber (SBR) gasket flanged joints 1/8-inch thick gasket in accordance with ANSI A21.15. B. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated aeeshall have the following gasketas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed pipeline, materials for the noted contaminants: As recommended by the pipe manufacture 02634 3 of 5 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND 2.04 FITTINGS B. Push -on Fittings will not be allowed above grade. DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Use fittings of same size as pipe. Reducers are not permitted to facilitate an off -size fitting Reducing bushings are also prohibited. Make reductions in piping size by reducing fittings Line and coat fittings as specified for pipe they serve. E Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water Mains: ANSIA21.53 (AWWA C153); 4-inch through 12-inch diameter; cement -mortar lining; conform to requirements of Section 02630 — Polyethylene Wrap. C. Flanged Fittings: ANSI A21.10; ANSI B16.1 cast or ductile iron. Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 125; pressure rated at 250 psig. D. Mechanical Joint Fittings: ANSI A21 10 (AWWA C110); pressure rated at 250 psi. 2.05 COATINGS AND LININGS A. Water Main Interiors: ANSI A21.4, cement lined with seal coat. B. Sanitary Sewer and Force Main Interiors: 1 • Preparation: Commercial blast cleaning conforming to SSPC-SP6. 5/2013 2. Liner thickness Nominal 40 mils, minimum 35 mils, for pipe barrel interior; minimum 6 - 10 mils at gasket groove and outside spigot end to 6-inches back from end. 3. Testing: ASTM G 62, Method B for voids and holidays; provide written certification. 4. Acceptable Lining Materials: a. Virgin polyethylene conforming to ASTM D 1248, with inert fillers and carbon black to resist ultraviolet degradation during storage heat bonded to interior surface ofpipe and fittings, `Polyline" by American Cast Iron Pipe Company; or Approved Equal. b. Polyurethane: Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals. C. Sanitary Sewer Point Repair Pipe: For pipes which will be lined with high density polyethylene liner pipe or cured -in -place liner, provide cement -lined with seal coat in accordance with ANSI A21.4. For pipes which will not be provided with named liner, provide pipe as specified in this Section, 2.05B "Sanitary Sewer and Force Main Interiors". c. Ceramic Epoxy: Protecto-401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. 02634 - 4 of 5 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS CITY OF PEARLAND to ANSI A21.10, ANSI D. Exterior: Prime coat and outside asphaltic and fittings in openc ut�exg excavation and in casings. A21.15, or ANSI A21.51 for pipe point Wrap: For buried water lines and sait specified or showry sewers, including point E. Polyethylene de repairs, provide polyethylene wrap unless otherwise pipe. Polyethylene Wrap for all buried ductile iron pipe, includmgpolyurethanestem coatedenso, or wrapping D F. For flanged joints in buried service, provide joint and allralloyrs eel fasteners. Alternatively, Approved Equal, for the co 304 Stainless Steel. provide bolts made of Type G. Pipe to be installed in potentially contaminated areas shall have coatings and linings recommended by the manufacturer as resistant to the contaminants. 2.06 MANUFACTURERS A. Pre -approved manufacturers of ductile iron are American Cast Iron Pipe Co., McW ane Cast Iron Pipe Co., and U. S. Pipe and Foundry Co. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Secti on A. Conform to installation requirements of Section 02510 — Water to eMrs, Mains, 02530 except Gravity Sanitary Sewers and Section 02533 — Sanitary as modified in this Section. B. Ins tall in accordance with AWWA C600 and manufacturer's recommendations. in polyethylene wrap, unless cathodic protection is C. Install all ductile iron pipe system. provided. Do not use polyethylene wrap with a cathodic protection 3.02 GRADE A. Unless otherwise specified on Plans, install ductile iron pipe for water service to clear utility lines with following minimum cover: END OF SECTION 5/2013 02634 - 5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 02751 CONCRETE PAVEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Concrete Streets, Driveways and Sidewalks; Joints and Curing Materials. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services C Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for TSt ting and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM C 15andard Specification for Portland Cement" , b. ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Ceon Bete" c. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Agg g d, ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degrt in �he Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Imp Angeles Machine" e. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates" Impurities in Fine f. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Imp Aggregates for Concrete' g• ASTM C 260 h. ASTM C 494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for i. ASTM A 615, "Standard Specificationfor Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" J ASTM D 994, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type)" k. ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextrudrng and Resilient Bituminous Type) 1. ASTM D 6690, `Standard Specific c tionfor Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot -Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Compressive Strength of m. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Comp Concrete" n. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" o. ASTM C 143, `Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete" 08/2011 02751 - 1 of 15 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT p. ASTM C 138, "Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight),Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete" q. AS TM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" r. ASTM C 171, "Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete" s. ASTM C 309, "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" t. ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) a. Tex-406-A, "Material Finer than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) b. Tex-203-F, "Sand Equivalent Test" c. Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges, 2004 Adoption 1) Item 438 "Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks (Rigid Pavements and Bridge Decks)" 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Measurement for concrete paving is on square yard basis. Separate measurement will be made for each different required thickness of pavement. B Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation of concrete avin joints and curing material, as indicated on Plans. p g, D Refer to this Section, 3.26 "Noncomforming Pavement" for unit price adjustments for deficient thickness. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 Submittals. 08/2011 B Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in mixes at required test ages. Work. Include proportions and actual compressive strength obtained from design C Submit manufacturer's description and characteristics for mixing equipment, and for traveling form paver, if proposed for use, for approval. C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. D Submit manufacturer's certificates giving properties of reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer. 02751-2of15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND it roduct data for joint sealing compound and proposed sealing equipment for E Subm p approval. F Submit samples of dowel cup, metal supports, and deformed metal strip for approval. 1.04 HANDLING AND STORAGE A Do not mix different classes of aggregate without written permission of the Engineer. used ma be changed before or during Work with written B Class of aggregate being y p with s ecifications. permission of the Engineer. New class shall comply are ate will be rejected. Before using aggregate whose particles C Segregated aggregate separated by size, mix them uniformly to grading requirements. D Aggregates mixed with dirt, weeds or foreign matter will be rejected. E Do not dump or store aggregate in roadbed. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Portland Cement: compliance with Standards of ASTM C 150, 1. Sample and test cement to verify Bulk cement which meets referenced standards may usingbe used cement, d of Type I or Type III. handling is approved by provide 2 the Engineer. When satisfactory weighing devices. B Water: Conform to requirements for water in ASTM C 94. which is clean, C Coarse Aggregate: Gravel or crushed stone,of ASTM C 33 combination has abrasion loss not hard, durable conforms to requirements mor e than 45 percent by weight when subjected to Los Angeles Abrasion Test (ASTM C 131). No pit run gravel will be allowed. 1. Maximum percentage by weight of deleterious substances shall not exceed following values: 08/2011 PERCENT BY WEIGHT OF TOTAL SAMPLE MAXIMUM 02751 - 3 of 15 08/2011 CITY OF PEARLAIVD 2. CONCRETE PAVEMENT In case of manufactured sand, if material finer than 75-pm sieve consists of dust of fracture, essentially free from clay or sha00) le, these limits may be increased to 5 and 7 percent, respectively. Coarse aggregate (size 1 1/2 inch to No. 4 sieve) shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 33. Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C 136: SIEVE DESIGNATION (SQUARE OPENINGS) Retained on 1 3/4 inch sieve Retained on 1 1/2 inch sieve Retained on 3/4 inch sieve Retained on 3/8 inch sieve Retained on No. 4 sieve Loss by Decantation Test *Method Tex-406-A (PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT) 0 Oto5 30 to 65 70 to 90 95 to 100 In case of aggregates made primarily from crushing1.0 maximum of stone, if material finer than 200 sieve is dust of fracture essentially free from increased to 1.5 clay or shale as established by Part III of Tex-406-A, percent may be D Fine Aggregate: Sand, manufactured sand, or combination thereof, composed of clean, hard, durable, uncoated grains, free from loams or other injurious foreign matter. aggregate for concrete shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 33. Gradation shall be within following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C 136 02751 - 4 of 15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND 1. When subjected to color test for organic impurities (ASTM C 40), fine aggregate shall not show color darker than standard FSand equine valent aggregate value shall be subjected to Sand Equivalent Test (Tex ) not be less than 80, unless higher value is shown on Plans. E Air Entraining Agent: Furnish an air entraining agent conforming to requirements of ASTM C 260. F Water Reducer: Water reducing admixture conforming t to f con riremA is of ASTand tyM pe C 494 may be used if required to improve the workability of such admixture shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. 1. Provide new billet steel manufactui ed byopen it hearth from mechanical G Reinforcing Steel: al injury and to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Store steelto protect oil or rust. At time of placement, steel shall be free from dirt, scale, rust, paint, other injurious materials. 2. Cold bend reinforcing steel to shapes shown. Once steel has been bent, it may not be rebent. 2.02 CONCRETE JOINTS A When allowed on the Plans, or with approval of the ngineer, Board EUse wood of dens py and type as ansion Joint Material may be used: Filler board of selected stock follows' 1. Clear, all -heart cypress weighing no more than 40 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight. 2. Clear, all -heart redwood weighing no more than 30 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight 3. Use wood only when part of a load transmission device assembly. Bituminous fiber B Unless specified otherwise, use Preformed Expansion JointMaterial: ASTM,D 994 and ASTM and bituminous mastic composition material conforming D 1751. C Joint Sealing Compound: 1. Hot poured rubber -asphalt compound meeting the requirements of ASTM 6690. 2. When indicated on Plans, self -leveling LTD T Specification sSlicone se g ant single component meeting the requirements of D Load Transmission Devices: 02751 - 5 of 15 08/2011 CITY OF PEARLAND E Metal Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembly: Employ metal supports of approved shape and size that will secure reinforcing steel and joint assembly in correct Engineer. position during placing and finishing of concrete. Space supports as directed by the 2.03 EQUIPMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1 Smooth, steel dowel bars conforming to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. When indicated on Plans, encase one end of dowel bar in approved cap having inside 2. diameter 1/16 inch greater than diameter of dowel bar. Deformed steel tie bars conforming to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. A Equipment: Conform to requirements of ASTM C 94. 2.04 MIXING 08/2011 A Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare mix designs. Compressive strength shall be as specified using test specimens prepared in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. Contractor shall determine and measure batch quantity of each ingredient, Including all water for batch designs and all concrete produced for Work. Mix shall conform to these specifications and other requirements indicated on Plans. B Mix design to produce concrete which will have a minimum compressive strength of 2500 psi at 7days and 3500 psi at 28 days. When high -early -strength cement is used, it shall reach a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at 7 days and 4000 at 28 days Slump of concrete shall be at least 2 inch, but no more than 5 inches, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 143. 1. Concrete pavement shall contain at least 5 1/2 sacks (94 pounds per sack) of cement per cubic yard, with not more than 6.5 gallons of water, net, per sack of cement (water cement ratio maximum 0.57). be determined in accordance with ASTM C 138. Addition on of m neementt altfil erll may be used to improve workability or plasticity of concrete to limits specified. 2. Coarse dry aggregate shall not exceed 85 percent of loose volume of concrete. 3. Add air -entraining admixture to ensure uniform distribution of agent throughout batch. Base air content of freshly mixed air -entrained concrete upon trial mixes with materials to be used in Work, adjusted to produce concrete of required plasticity and workability. Percentage of air entrainment in mix shall be 4 1/2 percent plus or minus 1 1/2 percent. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C 231. 4. Use retardant when temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. Proportion shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Use same brand as used for air -entraining agent. Add and batch material using same methods as used for air -entraining agent. Accelerators will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. 02751 - 6 of 15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND 2.05 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING A Curing materials shall conform to one of following: Pol ethylene Film: Opaque pigmented white film conforming to requirements 1. y of ASTM C 171. requirements of ASTM C 171. 2. Waterproofed Paper Paper conforming to re q completely enclosed in cover of 3. Cotton Mats: Single layer of cotton filler comp y pound of uniformly cotton cloth. Mats shall connot nCo�on cloth used for covering of a distributed cotton filler per square yard of perat square yard. Mats shall be materials shall aweigh willot lcontact ess than urfaceounceof avement at all points when stitched s saturated with water. Liquid 4. Li quid Membrane -forming Compounds: Membrane shall brane-floss o compounds shall conform to ASTM C water to not more than 0.55 kg/m2 of surface in 72 hours. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION action A Verify compacted base is ready to support imposed loads and meets comp requirements. B Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A p y forms, Pro erl prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade set to properefore placing grade and alignment, reinforcing steel or concrete. After forms have been adeplaner to shape subgrade to its final cross section. Check contour of use subgr p subgrade with template. ve sub rade that will not support loaded form. Replace and compact subgrade to B Remo g required density. 3.03 EQUIPMENT Alternate equipment and methods, other than those required by this article, may be A be sedprovided the Contractor demonstrates that equal, r ander, fortesults fimshinglland used for preparing subgrade obtained. Maintain equipment compacting concrete in good working order. Unless approved otherwise by the Engineer or the Plans, slip foim paving methods shall be used. g Subgrade Planer and Template: 1. Use subgrade planer with adjustable cutting blades to trim subgrade to exact section shown on Plans. Select planer mountedt so that it will remain nn visible rollers which dfo m forms. Planer frame must have sufficient weight 02751 - 7 of 15 08/2011 CITY OF PEARLAIVD CONCRETE PAVEMENT at all times, and have such strength and rigidity that, under tests made by changing support from wheels to center planer will not develop deflection of more than 1/8 inch. Tractors used to pull planer shall not producer indentations in subgrade. When slip form method of paving ruts or subgrade planer on prepared track grade or have it controlled by edl, operate ecttronic sensor system operated from string line to establish horizontal alignment and elevation of subbase. 2. Provide template for checking contour of subgrade. Template shall be enough to rest upon side forms and have such strength and rigidity that, when supported at center, maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/8 inch Fit template with accurately adjustable rods projecting downward at 1 foot intervals. Adjust these rods to gauge cross sections of slab bottom when template is resting on side forms. E Hand Finishing: 1. Provide mechanical strike and tamping template 2 feet longer than pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. wrdth of 2. Provide two bridges to ride on forms and span an pavement for finishing expansion and dummy joints. Provide floats and necessary edging and finishing tools. F Vibrators: Furnish mechanically operated synchronized vibrators mounted on tamping bar which rides on forms and hand -manipulated mechanical vibrators vibrators with frequency of vibration to provide maximum consolidation of concrete without segregation. te 3.04 FORMS A Side Forms: Use clean metal forms of approved shape and section. P referred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement. Forms with de t or less than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted, provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 1 inch,p P hs greater that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edgegthicknessekby securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form, orb ed 08/201 i by grouting underr form by C Texturing Equipment 1. Carpet Drag a. Provide a carpet drag mounted on a work bridge or a moveable support system. Provide a single piece of carpet of sufficient transverse length desired texture. of carpet is in contact with the concrete being placed to produce the D Machine Finisher: Provide a power -driven, transverse finishing operated to strike off and consolidate concrete.e machine two designed ands accurately adjusted to crown of pavement and with frame equ hp l have twos or s. Use finishing machine with rubber tires if it operates on concrete pat em non forms. t. 02751 - 8 of 15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND f ment. Bott forms om flange of form shall be same size as thickness o Engineer. Length Aofluminum form sections are not allowed. All forms shall be approved by the shal l be not less than 10 feet and each section shall p oidea for s of ng in post ior shah not less than 3 pins. Flexible or curved forms of woodle strength and devicessecure setting so that when in -place they be used for curves of 200 foot rd us or less. Forms shall have amp shall be provided with adequatefor or settlement, impact and vibration of will withstand, without visible springing rm fg inishin machine In no case shall base width be less than 8 inches kfor f o ad 8 inches sbe or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on toconcrete. requirements f ea f d form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conformlecifi enof surface of completed pavement. Providefos less than 10 feet in length osufficient forms for rcurvedforms concrete. For short radius curves, ma be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms o f y good grade and quality may be used. B Form Setting: 1. Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do no�enmt a and, during nttdirt. re operation of ly set forms to required grade and align placing, compacting and finishing of concrete do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. gDnot Provide supply of remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishingoperations. forms that will be adequate for orderly and continuous lxernor as approved by g of concrete. Set forms and check grade for at least 300 feet ahead of m the Engineerthat Adjacent slabs may be used instead of forms, provided These ncadete is well l protected from possible damage by 2 finishing equipment. shall not be used for forms until concrete has aged at least 7 days 3.05 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES position them securely as A Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and indicated on Plans. Wire reinforcing bars securely together foreign matter when ndsplices. concrete is irt or other acs and coatings inforc rsteel and seshall be fee of rust, dcure to chairs. All reinforcing steel must be plLaced. Place all re ngg positively supported before pour begins. Placepavement joint assemblies at required locations and r to elevations, n nddembldly B secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel of shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center Burin linela ipa and finishingt.i of as secure in required position to prevent displacement g material con crete. Accurately cut header boards, joint filler o dts other pavement, for forming with joints to receive each dowel bar. Drill dowels to rigid pavement sections. epoxy, and provide paving headers, as required, to provide 02751-9 of 15 08/2011 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.06 PLACEMENT A Place concrete only in rain -free days when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising Concrete shall not be 1 ed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. p Place concrete that is between 40 degrees F and 95 degrees F at the time of discharge Do not exceed 60 minutes between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. When the weather is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre -cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, below 95 degrees F Do not place when concrete temperature is above 95 degrees F at the time of discharge. B Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period C Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 5 inches, except when usin trave form paver slump shall be a maximum of 3 inches. g lmg- D E Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and cause for rejection. transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement w ll be 3.07 FINISHING A finishing methods finishing machines or by Finish concrete pavement with power -driven transversehand 1. Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet After transverse required grade. screeding, use hand -operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing Maintain screed in 08/2011 contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or subbase in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. At end of day or in case of unavoidable interruption of more than 30 minutes, place transverse construction joint at oint of stopping work. Remove and replace sections less than 10 feet long. p 02751-10of15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND B On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete p urem Smoy ke off hand. cThoroughly with strike - work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. and off screed. Move stnke-off screed forward with combined screed insverset with n form and motion in direction work is progiessing, maintaining maintaining slight excess of materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. C While concrete is still workable, give surface final belting transverset° pstrokes having weeping a uniform surface of gritty texture. Perform belting with short rapid longitudinal motion. 3.08 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING A When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. B If the limit of removal of existing concrete olm mh ofll p�2 en hes deep t not prov de existing joint, saw cut existing pavement min straight, smooth joint surface without chipping, spalling or cracks. 3.09 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ped for A Place transverse construction joint �'theiever concrete construc pon joints at i teriorlacement must be oedges of more than 30 minutes. Place longitudinal pavement lanes using No. 5 deformed tie bars, 30 inches long and spaced 18 inches on centers. 3.10 EXPANSION JOINTS than A Place 3/4 inch expansion points at locations shown useon Plans. Use no filler shorter not more than 2 lengths of filler. 6 feet. When pavement is 24 feet or narrower, Secure pieces to form straight joint. Shape fialer accurately to cross nd size shown on PlansCtSeal with joint ion of concrete slab. Use load transmission devices of type sealing compound. 3.11 CONTRACTION JOINTS A Place contraction joints at same locations as in aconstru P vement or at son joints, 20 feetpaces Seal indicated on Plans Maximum o spacing of contraction groove with joint sealing compound. 3.12 LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS on Plans. Seal groove A Place longitudinal weakened plane joints at spaces indicated with joint sealing compound. 02751-11of15 08/2011 CITY OF PEARLAIVD CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.13 SAWED JOINTS A Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. B Concrete Saw: Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order. Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times durin concrete placement. g 3.14 JOINTS FOR CURB, AND CURB AND GUTTER A Place 3/4 inch preformed expansion joints through curb and gutters at locations of expansion and contraction joints in pavement; at end of radius returns at street intersections and driveways; and at curb inlets. Maximum spacing shall be 60 foot centers. 3.15 JOINTS FOR CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS A Provide 3/4 inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab. Where dowels are used, wrap or sleeve one end. 3.16 JOINT SEALING A Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 5 degrees F but less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rain0 y. B C 08/2011 Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer. Use concrete grooving machine or power -operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Term joint includes wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummy groove joints or cracks, either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. 02751-12of15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND D Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. will be 1/4 inch bel w joints so that, upon completion, surface of sealer within joint level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. 3.17 CONCRETE CURING A Concrete pavement shall be cured by protecting it against loss of moisture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately upon completion of finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid by asphaltic concrete. ly or B Where curing requires use of water, curing sha�aterialprior shall be cause foreimmpdiate supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover suspension of concreting operations. 3.18 POLYETHYLENE FILM CURING ly A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete with polyethylene film soset, film will water in the form of a fine spray. Cover surfacep y r remain in intimate contact with surface during specified curing period. lm all B Cover entire surface and both edges of pavement slaair b arsJor holes ooints in il u ring dui g overlap minimum of 12 inches. Immediately rep curing period by placing acceptable moisture -proof patches or by replacing. 3.19 WATERPROOFED PAPER CURING A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has token ed itspainiertial o pet, apprly water in form of fine spray. Cover surface withwaterproof remain in intimate contact with surface during specified curing period. su ace Prepare waterproofed paper to form blankets ofsufficient than 60dfeet in length th to cover entire Joinrts in and both edges of pavement slab, and not be more blankets caused by joining paper sheets shall lap not less than 5 inches and shall be securely sealed with asphalt cement having melting point of approximately 180 degrees F. Place blankets to secure an overlap of at least 12 inches. Tears or holes be immediately repaired by cementing appearing in paper during curing period shall patches over defects. 3.20 COTTON MAT CURING Immediately after finishing surface, and after cconcrete saturated before application, n completely cover surface with cotton mats, thoroughly such manner that they will contact surface of pavement equally at all points. B Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that, when lightly compressed, water will drip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges saturated. B A 08/2011 02751-13of15 CITY OF PEARLAIVD CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.21 LIQUID MEMBRANE -FORMING COMPOUNDS A Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete has taken its initial set, liquid membrane -forming compound in accordance with manufacturer's instruct ons 3.22 TOLERANCES A Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10 foot straightedge parallel to center of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch all high spots Do not permit ordinates measured from face of straight edge to surface of pavement to exceed 1/16 inch per foot fiom nearest point of contact. Maximum ordinate with 10 foot straightedge shall not exceed 1/8 inch Grind spots in excess of requirements of this paragraph to meet surface test requirements. Restore texture b grooving concrete to meet surface finishing specifications. y 3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services. B Test Specimens: Foui test specimen cylinders for compressive strength tests will be made for each 150 cubic yards or less of pavement that is placed in one day. Two g specimens will be tested at 7 days. For failed 7-day tests, remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days Specimens will be made, cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 39. C Yield test will be made in accordance with ASTM C 138 for cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements. D At the Engineer's direction a minimum of one 4-inch core may be taken at random locations per 1,000 feet per lane or 500 square yards of pavement to measure in -place depth. Each core may be tested for 28 day compressive strength according to methods of ASTM C 42 The 28 day compressive strength of each core tested shall be a minimum of 3000 pounds per square inch. 08/2011 E Contractor may, at his own expense, request three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. In -place depth at these locations shall be the average of depth of four cores. F Fill cores and density test sections with new concrete paving or non shrink grout. 02751-14of15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT CITY OF PEARLAND 3.24 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A Remove and ip by e lace areas of pavement found by cores to deficient with new concrete more than 10 percent, or that fail comp strength compressive pavement of thickness shown on Plans at no cost to the Owner• less tha10 ds to e B Areas of concrete pavement found by eoredi ectiondeficientfollowingmethods in thickness by n Tans percent shall be remedied at the Own 1. Remove and replace using new concrete pavement of thickness shown on and in accordance with the requirements oVehase Section (as determined by no cost to Owner. 2. Reduce the Unit Price by the ratio of the average cores) to the thickness required. C No adjustments will be made for excess thickness. 3.25 PAVEMENT MARKINGS in accordance with City of A Restore pavementmarkings to match those existing Pearland Standard Details and the Engineer's requirements. 3.26 PROTECTION A Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. and use by n s,trafSuch opening a d B On those sections of pavement to be opened ° traffic, seal joints, clean pavement f place earth against pavement edges beforepermitting t to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility for Work. pavement C Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. D Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth. END OF SECTION 02751-15of15 08/2011 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 02771 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Concrete Sidewalks. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 - Submittals L 3. Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services 4. Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement C. Referenced Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) aASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement" b.' "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete" ASTM C 94,Aggregates' c. ASTM C 33, "Standard"Standard Specification lcation for for ConcreteDeformged and Plain d. ASTM A 615, "Stan Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement" e. ASTM D 994, "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (BituminousType)" r P f. ASTM D 1751, "Standard Specification turaref rmedConstrE ion sion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and extruding and Resilient Bituminous TYpe) for Joint and Crack ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification g' for Concrete Hot -Applied, and Asphaltic Pavements" h. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" and Curing Concrete i ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making Test Specimens in the Field" (Unit Weight),Yield, and Air Content ASTM C 138, "Standard Test Method for Density j. Gravimetric) of Concrete" k. ASTM C 231 "Standard Test MethodforAir Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method"and Testing 1 ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" 2. Texas Accessibility Standards of Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statues 02771 - 1 of 5 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAIVD 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for concrete sidewalks is on square foot basis. B C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01350 - Submittals. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Conform to material and proportion requirements for c 02751 - Concrete Paving. oncrete of Section B Reinforcing Steel: conform to material requirements of Sectio Paving for reinforcing steel. Use No. 4 reinforcing bars. n 02751 'Concrete E Forms: Use straight, unwarped wood or metal forms with nom' or greater than proposed sidewalk thickness. anal depth equal to CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Payment includes all labor and materials required for installation sidewalks, joints and curing material. No of payent will where sidewalk has been removed for cont ac or's c nvenie made for work innareas fence. C. Preformed Expansion Joint Material: Conform material preformed expansion joint material of Section 02751 to Concrete Pavinuirements for D. Expansion Joint Filler: g Conform to material requirements for expansion joint material of Section 02751 -Concrete Pavement. F. Sand Bed: Conform to material requirements for bank run sand. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 KF.PLACEMENT 5/2013 A. Replace sidewalks which are removed or damaged during construction with thickness and width equivalent to one removed or damaged unless otherwise on Drawings. Finish surface (exposed aggregate, brick pavers, etc. t existing sidewalk. shown o match B. Provide replaced and new sidewalks with wheelchair ramp s when sidewalk intersects curb at street. 02771 - 2 of 5 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS CITY OF PEARLAND 3.02 PREPARATION Identify and protect utilities which are to re Protect living trees, other plant growth and Conduct clearing and grubbing operations Preparation. Determine sidewalk horizontal and vertical alignbe alignmentto facilitcompliate nce eedrainage and xas prevent ponding. Location and slopes must Accessibility Academy Standards latest edition and revisions. e to e E. Excavate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside minimum o p95%,maxima m and cross section. Compact 6 inches of select fill to r dry density at optimal or above optimal ofture stabili nte soil with as perlient me inSTD698. For soils with plasticity index above 40 percent, rdc with Section 02335 - Subgrade. Compactpercent above optimum moistureof contenteas maximum dry density at optimum to for this requirement. This work determined by ASTM D 698. No separate pay q shall be subsidiary to sidewalk square foot unit pricing F. Immediately after subgrade is prepared, cover sitm s paut tedsa sand ed bed to depth as shown on Drawings. Lay concrete when sand A. B. C. D. main. features designated to remain. in accordance with Section 02200 - Site 3.03 PLACEMENT 1/2" A. Setting Forms: Straight, unwarped wood or etal Securelyorms with nominal stake forms to line and grade. greater than proposed sidewalk thickness. y Maintain position during concrete placement. B. Reinforcement: 1. Install No. 4 reinforcing bars. na s 2. Install reinforcing steel as shown on the Drawings. Reinforcing itudibars sl bar not in walk continuously through expansion joints. vary from plan placement by more than 1/4 inch. 3. Use sufficient number of chairs tsuport reinforcement in slab veitiically during placemenmanner to maintain reinforcement in center of C. 5/2013 4. Drill dowels into existing paving, sidewalk and driveways, epoxy and provide headers as required. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints with load transfer units in accordance with Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. secure with 02771 - 3 of 5 E Sampling of fresh concrete shall be in accordance with ASTM C 172. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 5/2013 H. Finish edges with tool having 3/8 inch radius. I. CITY OF PEARLAND D. Place concrete in forms to specified depth and tamp thoroughly with "jitterbug" tamp, or other acceptable method. Bring mortar to surface. E Strike off to smooth finish with wood strike board. Finish smoothly with wood hand float. Brush across sidewalk lightly with fine -haired brush. F. Apply coating to wheelchair ramp with contrasting color. G. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, mark off sidewalk joints 1/2 inch deep, at spacing equal to width of walk. Use joint tool equal in width to edging tool. After concrete has set sufficiently, refill space along sides of sidewalk to 1 inch from top of walk with suitable material. Tamp until firm and solid, place sod as applicable. Dispose of excess material. Repair driveways and parking lots damaged by sidewalk excavation in accordance with Section 02980 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. 3.04 CURING A. Conform to requirements of Section 02751 - Concrete Pavement. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Compressive Strength Test Specimens: Four test specimens for compressive strength test will be made in accordance with ASTM C 31 for each 30 cubic yards or less of sidewalk that is placed on one day. Two specimens will be tested at 7 days. Remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days. Specimens will be tested in accordance with ASTM C 39 Minimum compressive strength: 2500 psi at 7 days and 3500 psi at 28 days. C. Yield test for cement content per cubic yard of concrete will be made in accordance with ASTM C 138. When cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements. D. If the Contractor places concrete without notifying the City, Contractor will have the concrete tested by means of core test as specified in ASTM C 42. When concrete does not meet specification, cost of test will be deducted from payment. Contractor will replace the cored section of sidewalk at no cost to City. 02771 - 4 of 5 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS CITY OF PEARLAND appears F. Take slump tests when cylinders are made and when concrete slump pp excessive. G. Concret e shall be acceptable when average of two c 28 day compression tests is equal to or greater than minimum 28 day strengthspe H. If either of two tests on field samples is less than average of two tests by more than errat c an not indicative percent, rcent, that entire test shall be considered lrcon cete in question of concrete strength. Core samples will be required ofin pace laboratory test indicates that concrete of low strength has been placed, test I If 28 day ory takingcores as directed by Project Manager. Take and test concr at leastste in question by at three representative cores as specified in ASTM C 42 and deduct cost from payment due. 3.06 NONCONFORMING CONCRETE tests, with concrete of A. Remove and replace areas that fail compressive strength thickness shown on Drawings. Replacement section B. Replace nonconforming sections at no additional cost to City. Rep shall be no less in length than the width of sidewalks 3.07 PROTECTION completion of Work. A. Maintain newly placed concrete in good condition until comp B. Replace damaged areas at no cost to City. END OF SECTION 5/2013 02771-5of5 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 02775 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement for Driveways. B. References to Technical Specifications: 1, Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2, Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 01450 _ Concr estinge Pavement aboratory Services 4, Section 02751 C. Referenced Standards: 1, American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM C 94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete" a . ASTM C 33"Standard Specification for Concrete Agg1egates' b., c. ASTM C 260 "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain d. ASTM A 615, Carbon -Steel Bars Panda ncrete d SpeccificaReinftion ifor Preformed Expansion e. ASTM D 994, "St Joint Filler for Standa "ete Standard (Bituminous efor Preformed Expansion f ASTM D 1751,and Structural Construction Joint Filler for Concrete Paving (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Type) ASTM D 6690, "Standard Specification for Joint and Crack g' Sealants Hot -Applied, for Concrete and Asphaltic Pavements" h. ASTM C 39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete" ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for and Curing Concrete i. Making Test Specimens in the Field" c uli j. ASTM C 143, `Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete k. ASTM C 231,"Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method" 1. ASTM C 171, "Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Cueing Concrete" "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming ASTM C 309ounds for Curing Concrete" Forming Come and Testing n. ASTM C 42, "Standard Test Method for Obtaining Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" 02775- 1 of 8 5/2013 C. Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions s o f Section 01350 B Submit proposed mix desi Work. Include proporteonsgn and test and actual compressive data tst en and h strength of concrete in mixes at required test ages.obtained from design C. Submit product data for joint sealing for approval compound and proposed s Baling equipment CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for concrete driveways is on square yard basis and includes of existing driveway, driveway curbs, select fill suborcement grade and reif removal dowels.reinforcement B Payment includes all labor and materials required for instal driveways, points and curing material n No ae lateon of concrete ma where driveway has been removed for cont actor'sc nveniencede for work in areas D. metal supports, and deformed Submit samples of dowel cup, metal strip for 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Concrete: Conform to material and proportion requirements for c 02751 - Concrete Paving, oncrete of Section B. Reinforcing Steel: Conform to material requirements for re' Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. Use No. 4 reinforcing bars, enforcing steel of 5/2013 C. Subgrade Materials: Conform to subgrade material requirements - Subgrade. of Section 02335 D. Joints: Conform to concrete joint requirements of Section02751 - Concrete Paving. 02775- 2 of 8 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION imposed loads and meets A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support compaction requirements. B. Verify lines and grades are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION ovin existing concrete, all sawcuts shall be full depth unless otherwise A. When rem g approved by City. lacing are, shape and compact each section of subgrade before p B. Properly prepare, forms, reinforcing steel or concrete grade C. Exca vate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside linesas n driveway. d d oa . Shape g grade liine, lect and cross section compactedee cminimum select fill• ize top8" of subgrade be to minimum of 95% maximumStabilize densitY at optimal or fill shall Compact of subge e above optimal moisture content as per ASTM D698. with lime in accordance with Section 02335 Subgrade.densityatoptimum to 3 percent above o minimum of 90 percent maximum dry ASTM D 698. No separate pay for yard unit optimum moisture content, as determined by this requirement. This work shall be subsidiary to drivewaysquare pricing 3.03 FORMS lforms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth o A. Side Foams; Use cf ean edge thickness of pavement. Forms with depths equal to required pavement will be permitted, form shalledge thickness greater orr less than required of provided difference between form depth and edge thickness if not greater than 11 strips to bottom of further provided that forms of depth less than ormetal edgepare brought inch, and dp securely attaching wood to reform,qurired grouting Ling thickness form. Bottom flange of form shall be same size as hick es by g g of pavement. Aluminum forms are not sallowed. shall be notAll lessthan lOms shall feet thickness of form section pins. approved by the Engineer. Lengthposition with not less than 3 radius shall be used for curves and each section shall provide for staking m p Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper and shall be provided so that when in -place they will withstand, of 200 foot radius or less. Forms shall have ample strengthfinishing, imct and vibration of machine. with adequate devices for secure setting without visible springing or settleme than 8 in hes for form 8 inches or more in In no case shall base width be less true ly h orm toheight.concrete. Forms shall be free from warp bends orkinks ndesah llfbe s f ectiont when to provide reasonable straight edge on requirements specified for surface of tested with straight edge, shall conform to lacur ace of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory p 02775- 3 of 8 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS concrete. For short radius curves, forms less than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways, wood forms good grade and quality may be used. of B. Form Setting: 1 • Rest forms directly on subgrade. Accurately set forms to requiredgrade Do not shim with pebbles or dirt. operation of placing, compacting and fin shingloffcconcr concrete, ient do notg entire deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do operations. not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing 3.04 REINFORCING STEEL AND JOINT ASSEMBLIES A. Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position them Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreignsand Place all reinforcing steel and secure to chairmatter when concrete is placed. positively supported before pour begins. All reinforcing steel must be B. Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure all parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately inljoint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement g placing and finishing of concrete.y other material used for forming joints to receive each dowelboardscut header joint w is and existing pavement, secure with epoxy, bar. Drill dowels into provide rigid pavement sections, p y' and provide paving headers, as required, to 3.05 PLACEMENT A. Place concrete only in rain -free days when air temperature taken in shade from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. Concrete shall not be and away when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. placed When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F or above, do not exceed 60 between introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge. minutesr is such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employ effective means, such as pre-coolingof aggregatesang When the weather night, as necessary to maintain concretetemper temperature, as placed, b water, using ice or placing s F. placed, 90 degrees B. Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose placed within this period. p of concrete not C. Concrete slump during placement shall be 2 to 4 inches. 5/2013 02775- 4 of 8 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND r bba e D. De posit concrete rapidly and continuously on sub for ee oe s dthsefinlace successive in batches. Distribute concrete to required depthmanner that willas possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute ulittle h rehandling concrete wshovels or by other approved methods. Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete. Take special care in placing and spading concrete against o rms ; and d at e longitudinal gitud nal and transverse joints to E. p prevent honeycombing ed pavement will be cause for rejection 3.06 FINISHING machines or by A. Finish concrete driveway with power -driven transverse finishing hand finishing methods. 1. Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of tudinal float to tot less than OesteandlAevel surfacfter e se to screeding, use hand -operated longitudinal required grade. 2. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pav nta nmgment i sn ghMove strike excess f template forward indirection of placement material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area. Screed pavement surface to required section. Work work screed is with hpcomb n ined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface. B. On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete driveway by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded forward twirh co ures. Whined transverse ike off concrete with strike -off screed. Move strike -off screed and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing,maintaining screed in ont contact with forms, and maintaining slight excess of materiongrtudinalals in r float toof utti g edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use lsurface. C. While concrete is still workable, surface of gritty texture. Perform sweeping longitudinal motion. give surface final belting to produce a uniform belting with short rapid transverse strokes having 3.07 JOINTS AND JOINT SEALING joints at same location as A. When new �'�'O adjacent to pavement existing concrete, place existing joints in adjacent Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction andoVeakin weakened plane of B. straight line groove Joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting g 02775- 5 of 8 5/2013 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement. Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. C. Concrete Saw: Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time Provide at least one standby saw in good working order. Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all during concrete placement. times during sawing operations. Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times D. Provide 3/4 inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D 1751 across driveway line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint materiag l full depth of slab. Where dowels are used, wrap or sleeve one end. F. E. Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is abov degrees F but less than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy.e 50 Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by the Engineer. Use concrete grooving machine or power -operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro or abrasive cleaning as required to produce satisfactory joints. G. Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Term joint inclu wide joint spaces, expansion joints, dummjoinher ks, either preformed or natural. Remove loose material from grooves oraadjacent to joints. H. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that, upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed. I. Install the first expansion joint at Right -of -Way. The expansion joint shall spaced at intervals same as the width of driveway. Expansion joint shall be placed at half of the width of the driveway if the width of driveway exceeds 20' 3.08 CONCRETE CURING A. Concrete driveway shall be cured by loss of mosture for period of not less than 72 hours immediately pon lcompletion of nst lfin finishing operations. Do not use membrane curing for concrete pavement to be overlaid b asphaltic concrete. y B Where curing requires use of water, curing shall have prior right to all water supply or supplies. Failure to provide sufficient cover material shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. 02775- 6 of 8 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS CITY OF PEARLAND C. Cotton Mat Curing: n 1. Immediately after finishing surface, and after concrete h has sake t d before its set, completely cover surface with cotton mats, application, in such manner that they will contact surface of pavement p equally at all points. 2. Mats shall remain on pavement for specified curing period. Keep mats saturated so that, when lightly compressed,water will sadrip freely from them. Keep banked earth or cotton mat covering edges Liquid Membrand-Forming Compounds: 1. Immediately after finishing surface, and set, apply liquid membrane -forming manufacturer's instructions. D. after concrete has taken its initial compound in accordance with 3.09 TOLERANCES Bring Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities r a duPlaoe s. foot A. test a surface within requirements of following Correct any straightedge parallel and longitudinal to center of driveway. depressions and all high spots. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and Section 02751 - Concrete Paving. 3.11 PAVEMENT MARKINGS pavement markings to match those existing in accordance with City of A. Restore p Pearland Standard Details and the Engineer's requiremen s. 3.12 PROTECTION arricadaveinent section from use until concrete has attained minimum design A. B e P strength. B. On those sections of driveway to be opened to traffic, seal joints, se clean pavement Su h and place earth against pavement edges be orep enin of driveway to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility op g for Work. C. Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. 02775- 7 of 8 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS D. Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth and limits as directed Manager. Replace nonconforming work at no additional cost to City. by Project END OF SECTION 5/2013 02775- 8 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 02811 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Pipe and fittings, valves, sprinkler heads, accessories. B Control system and wiring for automatic control irrigation system. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals 3. Section 02931 — Landscape and Tree Planting 4. Section 01310 — Coordination and Meetings D Referenced Standards: 1. American TMSociety56Testing tandard Specification for olvent Cements for Poly a.rials (ASTM) ASTM D > (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate paid �� msrll fobwhich the made is Wo landscapekr i a irrigation under this Section. Include cos component. B If landscape irrigation is included as a Bid Item measurement will be based 01200 on the Units shown in Section 00300 --Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit manufacturers data and details for landcape irrigation system following • pressure ratings, rated capacities, and settings ofselected models for 1. General -duty valves. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Control -valve boxes. 4. Sprinklers. 5. Irrigation accessories. 6. Controllers. C Evidence of State of Texas irrigation license and required experience. 02811 -1 of 19 12/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND D Shop Drawings: Show irrigation system piping, including plan layout, and locations, types, sizes, capacities, and flow characteristics of irrigation system piing components. Include water meters, backflow preventers valves piping,sprinklers and accessories, controls, and wiring. Show areas of sprinkler spray and overspray. Show wire size and number of conductors for each control cable. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A Irrigation Lateral Lines: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, specialties, and drain valves. Piping is under pressure during flow. B Drain Piping: Downstream from circuit -piping drain valves. Piping is not under pressure. C Irrigation Main Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping to, and including, control valves. Piping is under water -distribution -system pressure. D Architect: The word Architect as used herein shall refer to the Owner's authorized representative or the Landscape Architect or the design engineer. 1.05 RECORD AND AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall piovide and keep up to date and complete "as -built" record set of drawings which shall be corrected daily and show -every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as -built" locations, sizes, and kinds of equipment. This set of drawings shall be kept on the site and shall be used only as a record set B These drawings shall also serve as work progress sheets and shall be available at all times for inspection and shall be kept in a location designated by the Architect Should the record as -built progress sheets not be available for review or not up-to-date at the time of any inspection, it will be assumed no work has been completed and the Contractor will be assessed the cost of that site visit at the current billing rate of the Architect. No other observations shall take place prior to payment of that assessment. A D LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION C The Contractor shall make neat and legible notations on the as -built progress sheets daily as the work proceeds, showing the work as actually installed. Before the date of the final inspection, the Contractor shall transfer all information from the "as -built" prints to a mylar Contractor shall use symbols and notation consistent with original drawings. E The Contractor shall dimension from two (2) ding comers, sidewalk, or road intersections, etc., the cat on of the following oints of reference, items: : 1. Connection to existing water lines ms: 2. Connection to existing electrical power 3. Gate valves 4. Routing of sprinkler pressure lines (dimensions max. 100' along routing) 12/2014 02811-2of19 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION CITY OF PEARLAND 5. Sprinkler control valves 6. Routing of control wiring 7. Quick coupling valves 8. Other related equipment as directed by the Architect 9. Sleeve locations 1.06 EXPLANATION OF DRAWINGS A Due to the scale of drawings, it is not possible to indicate all n f set , e fittings, the sleeves, ructural etc., which may be required. The Contractor shall his work accordingly, and finished conditions affecting all of his work and plan furnishing such fittings, etc., as may be required to meet such conditions. Drawings are fu g The planting, and diagrammatic and indicative of the work to irrigationt systems, workshalle generally ur installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between and architectural features. B All work cal led for on the drawings by notes or details shall be furnished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. system as shown on the C The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation grades shown e r drawings when it is obvious in the ions exist field that at might note have been considered of the discrepancies in area dimensionsbe engineering. Such obstructions or differences event this not fiat on is not performed, the Owner's authorized representative. In theany for revisions necessary. irrigation contractor shall assume full responsibility or undisturbed existing D No irrigation shall be required for undisturbed natural areas trees. 1.07 CONTROLLER CHARTS A As -built drawings shall be approved by the Architect before controller charts are prepared. Contractor's address and telephone number, list of 1. Index sheet stating equipment with name and addresses of local material and equipment under this 's representative. 2. Catalog and parts sheets on every contract. 3. Guarantee statement. 4. Complete operating and maintenance instruction on all major equipment. UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE (UDC) REFERENCES 1.08landscapingareas shall be Except for single-family lots and developments, on of,the following methods: A o one of or a combination 100 /o irrigated by 1. An automatic underground irrigation system: 2. A drip irrigation system; rial, provided, however , 3. A hose attachment within 100 mfeet of all plant aterial in non -street yards that a hose attachment within 00 feet of all plant shall be sufficient 02811 - 3 of 19 12/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND i3 Irrigation zone design - A site plan, at a readable and defined scale, shall be submitted illustrating zones, delineating micro -irrigation zones and areas utilizing techniques other than micro -irrigation Fifty (50)percent of the on -site green space Turf areas shall be allowed to utilize irrigation techniques other than micro -irrigation. irrigationshall be on separate irrigation zones from other landscapingplant zones. The system should be prepared by a licensed irrigator and designed t separate landscape plant zones based on different wateringrequirements accommIr unlessirrigation approved by the Parks Director as indicated in the UDC Section 4.2.2.5, Item 8 1. C Overspray/ Runoff - 1 ' / runoff low head drainage, or other similaon r conditions s be designed tor avoid o onto or ovsprayer r adjacent property, non -irrigated areas, roadways, walkways, structures, or or over features. Narrow areas (four feet wide or less) shall not be irrigated unless is utilized. water micro - Landscaping - a site plan shall be submitted identifying all existing preserved, proposed turf, and other landscape areas. Installed trees and plants should be grouped together into landscape plant zones according vegetation to be climate and light) requirements. Plant groupings based on water to water and cultural (soil, follows: natural, drought tolerant, and oasis, requirements are as LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION E Turf/ Turfgrass - A maximum of fifty (50 turf grass confi ) percent of green space may be planted with gured with a permanent irrigation system. Turfgrass planted in excess of this limitation shall not have a permanent irrigation system. Micro -irrigation be used on turfgrass unless approved by the Parks Director as indicated n shall not Section 4.2.2.5, Item 8.D.1.in the UDC 1.09 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Electric solenoid controlled underground irrigation system. B Source Power: 120 volt 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities hav n as defined in and marked for intended use. gjurisdiction, 13 All irrigation systems shall be designed and sealed in accordanc Licensed Irrigations Act and shall be professionally installed. e with the Texas C Installer - Installation of Irrigation System shall be performed under State of Texas licensed irrigator with not less than 5 years' experience i nthe directionof work. this type o e of D Manufacturer's Directions: Manufacturer's directions and detailed rawingsfollowed in all cases where the manufacturers of articles used in this contract s u n sbe h 12/2014 directions covering points not shown in the drawings and specifications, act furnish 02811-4of19 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION CITY OF PEARLAND s Ordinances, Co des and Regulations: All local, municipal and a are laws,y anddo lesand d g regulations governing or relating to any portion of this wo r made a art of these specifications, and their atovi si shall not bens caonsdrout t conflict y into and p contained in these specifi the Contwctor. Anythingand ict with any of the above rules and regulations ll for or describe materials, irements of the same. However, when these specifications andud; drawings s call standard, or larger size than is workmanship, or construction of a better quality, g required by the above rules and regulations, these specifications and drawings shall take precedence. 1.11 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to applicable code for piping and component requirements. A 1.12 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE of this Section. A Convene one week prior to commencing work 1.13 COORDINATION to work under provisions of Section 01310 — Coordination and Meetings A Coordma B Coordinate work under provisions of Section 02931 — Landscape and Tree Planting. C Coor dinate the work with site landscape grading and delivery of plant life. 1.14 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND HANDLING o ened packaging labeled to indicate A Materials shall be delivered in manufacturer's unopened and labelingnc manufacturer's name and product idea's shall be stored protected cation. Ensure that fromthe elements, remain intact until installation. Materials including direct sunlight. and to maintain their B Pipes shall be handled so as to prevent them from being damaged Pie ends shall be wrapped; Pipes shall be stored on beds the full length straightness. p of the pipes; Damaged or dented pipes or fittings shall not be use . 1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS Irrigation Contractor wishes to substitute any equipment or materials for those A If the Irngon sands specifications, he may do equipment or materials listed on the matron t the Owner's authorized representative for so by providing the following 1. Provide a statement indicating the reason for making the substitution. Use a approval: separate sheet of paper for each item to be substituted. 2. Provi de descriptive catalog literature, performance charts and flow charts for 3. Provide the amount of cost savings if the substituted item each item to be substituted. is approved. 02811-5of19 12/2014 1.16 EXTRA MATERIALS CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION B Owner's authorized representative shall have the sole responsibility rejecting any substituted item as an approved equal to those equipment and materials listed on the irrigation drawings and specifications. in accepting or A Furnish extra components listed as Extra Items in Section 003 1. Two sprinkler heads of each 00 —Bid Proposal. 2. Two valve box keys. size and size 3. Two wrenches for each type head core and for removin type head, g and installing each 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A 2.02 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS 12/2014 apply to product selection: In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. q ements, 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. A Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88T 1 • Copper pressure Fittings:pe L water tube, annealed temper B 16 er wrought ASME B 16.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME peer, solder point fittings. Furnish wrought -copper fittings if indicated. 2. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast -copper -alloy, hexa onal-s ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces and solder -joint or thwith endsthrreaded B Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, T 1 • Type K, water tube, drawn temper. ASMECopper B 1 Pressure6.22, Fittings: gs: ASME B 16 18, cast -copper -alloy or fittings if indicated. peer, solder point fittings. Furnish wrought- copper 2. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast -copper -alloy, hexa onal-st ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces and solder -joint bod ends.Y� with threaded C Mainline PVC pipe: 1. Pressure Main Line: 02811-6of19 CITY OF PEARLAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION a. All main line shall be schedule 40 with solvent welded jo de I, PVC s. b. Pipe shall be made from an NSF approved Type I, coin ound conforming to ASTM resin specification D1785. All pipe p must meet requirements as set forth in Federal Specificatio PS-22-7 appropriate standard dimension (S.D.R.) (Solvent -weld pipe). with an appro P 2. PVC Non -Pressure Lateral Line Piping: shall be PVC class 200 with a. Non -pressure buried lateral line piping solvent -weld joints. e I, Grade II PVC com- b. Pipe shall be made from NSF approved, Typ pound conforming to ASTM resin speciifitioneDcification PS-2 pipes - must meet requirements set forth in Fe lwith an appropriate standard dimension ratio. manufactured 3. ittings 4' and larger shall be push -on Ductile Iron designedith en and strength of using ASTM A-536 Grade 70-50-05 ductile iron equal. 70,000 psi such as manufactured by Harco or approvedapproved Fittings 3" and smaller shall be Sc24661e PVC,solven�we d fittings 4.fittings shall be of conforming to ASTM test procedure and 5. Solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent -weld pipe Christie's Red H omust lue bearJthe following markings: 6.lue and Primer. All PVC pipe a. Manufacturers name. b. Nominal pipe size. c. Schedule or class. d. Pressure rating in P.S.I. e. NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) approval. 7 All fittings f. Date of expiration. ttin s shall bear the manufacturer's named orNtrademark, F seal af k,apmaterial ate is roval designation, applicable I.P.S., schedule number a 1. Pipes 1/2 inch diameter and larger ASTM D 2231, PVC, 1120 or 1220, SDR D Irrigation Lateral Line pipe 2. Pipes 1/4 inch diameter: ASTM D 2241, PVC, 1120 or 1220, SDR 13. , 21.0, 200 PSI 315 PSI E Fittings for Threaded Joints 1. ASTM D 2466, PVC, Schedule 80 F Length of pipes used feet in length is prohibited unless otherwise noted 1. Use of pipe less than five (5) on the plans. G No use of small scrap material to extend water lines 2.03 GENERAL DUTY VALVES Type 1, nonrising-stem, A Gate valves 4" and smaller shall bendsSS , and malleable -iron hand wheel. bronze body with solid wedge, threaded02811 - 7 of 19 12/2014 CITY OF PEARLAIVD B Gate valves 3" and smaller shall be similar to those manufactured b or approved equal y Nibco, Hammond C All gate valves shall be installed per installation detail. E Gate valves 6 inch and larger shall be cast or ductile iron. They AWWA C-509. Stem shall be fitted with a 2" x2" square wrench nut and be opened counter -clockwise. Stem extension shall shall conform to be added to bring operating nut within 2 (two) feet of finished to grade. 2.04 KFMOTE CONTROL VALVES D E Gate Valve and Control Wire Splice Boxes 12/2014 B C D Install six (6) inches of pee p gravel into bottom of all valve boxes. A Plastic Automatic Control Valves. Molded -plastic body, normally closed, d' type with manual flow adjustment, and operated by 24-V ac solenoid. raphragrn 1. 2.All electric control valves shall be of the same manufacturer. regulating module. adjustment and electric control valves shall have a manual flowd pressure 3. 4. Provide and install one control valve box for each electric control v Electric remote control valve shall be Hunter ICV Series. alve. 5. Install six (6) inches of ea p gravel into bottom of all valve boxes. Automatic Drain Valves 1 • Spring -loaded -ball type of construction and designed to open for dr ' line pressure drops below 21/2 to 3 psi. amage if Quick -Couplers 1. Factory -fabricated, bronze or brass, two-piece assembly Include coupler seal valve removable upper body with spring -loaded or weighted,rubber- covered cap; hose swivel with ASME B 1.20.7, 3/4-11.5NH threads for garden hose on outlet; and operating key. a. Manufacturers: r Hunter 2. All quick couplers shall be installed using "O"_ located in 10" round valve box with purple lids. ring style swing point and Remote Control -Valve Boxes 1. Box and cover, with open bottom and openings forpiping; installing flush with, grade. Include size as required for valvadser.vice. 2. Valve boxes shall be heavydutydesigned for depth, black with black cover. plastic 17 inch by 11-3/4 inch by 12 inch 3. Valve box shall be Series 1419, non -hinged, non -bolt cover, b Industries, Inc., or approved equal. Y Carson a Manufacturers: ' r Carson Industries LLC. ii. Christy Concrete Products, Inc. 02811-8of19 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION CITY OF PEARLAND lastic 10 inch 1. Gate valves and control wire splice boxes shallblack with black co er, Ne heao 910-1duty p2B, by Carson diameter by 10 Ainch deep, equal. Industries, Inc. or approvedq F Drainage Backfill graded from 3/8 inch minimum to 1 inch 1. Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, maximum. 2.05 SPRINKLERS Brass orplastic housing and corrosion -resistant interior parts waterdesed for uniform A area indicated, at availablepressure. coverage over entire spray Hunter Industries. pattern, with Flush, Surface Sprinklers or VANs (Variable Angle Nozzle): Fixed p screw -type flow adjustment. Bubblers: Fixed pattern, with screw -type flow adjustment. e flow adjustment. B C D E F G H I J Shrubbery Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw typ Pop-up, Spray Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw -type stainless -steel retraction spring. Pop-up, Rotary, Spray Sprinklers: Gear drive, full -circle and types. Po -up, Rotary, Impact Sprinklers: Impact drive, full -circle and part -circle types. p round, Rotary, Impact Sprinklers: Impact drive, full -circle and partcircle Above g types. Matched precipitation rates - Sprays and rotors shall have matching application rates within each irrigation zone. MP Rotators: wind resistant multi stream nozzle flow adjustment and adjustable part- circle 2.06 CONTROLLERS contro to 9 A Th e ACC controller shall be capable of two -wire d e ode ut module p hall stations via a plug-in decoder output module. The deco P field - installable ca without tools. The decoder output module a aloe anslintrinsicts inse the ACC pability of up to 99 stations, and shall occupy 3 modular p controller cabinet. t th s to Th B The decoder output module shall have 6 two -wire utpun af the the field. ef . h e decoders may be wired in sequence over any com ath. Each path may extend upto 10,000 ft. to the including all 99 on a single4 AWG (re1 pmm dia.) wire, or15,000 ft. over 12 AWG (2mn end of the wire run over 1 dia.) 12/2014 02811 - 9 of 19 CITY OF PEARLAND E One Decoder per valve, installed in the valve box is required unless o approved. therwise F The installer shall provide adequate earth ground (not to exceed I 0 Ohms) and conne it to one of the decoder ground leads every 750 ft., or every loth decoder modulcte whichever is shorter. Also install on each dead end of the wire path. G The ICD decoders and Sensor Decoders shall be UL and c-UL listed, and shall be CE and C-tick approved. H Final location of automatic controllers shall be e approved by the Owner's a uthorized Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the 120 volt electrical power to the automatic controller location to be furnished by others. The final electric hook-up shall be the responsibility of the Irrigation Contractor. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION C The wire paths shall be twisted pair; solid -core color -coded red/blue pairs with conductor in a polyethylene jacket suitable for direct burial. The two -wire paths shall be Hunter Industries Model IDWIRE I for 14 AWG (1.5mm) conductors, or Mode IDWIRE2 for 12 AWG (2mm) conductors for extended range (over 10,000 ft. ul 15,000 ft.). p to D All connections in the two -wire paths (outside the controller enclosure) shall be made with 3M DBR-6 waterproof, strain relieving direct burial connectors, or exact equals. Decoder output to solenoid connections shall be made with 3M DBY waterproof, strain -relieving connectors or exact equals. No substitution of wire or wire connection specifications is permissible. All connections, tees, and splices shall be positioned in valve boxes in valve boxes for future location and service. J If two wire systems are not fitting to the system needed, another Hunter C with conventional wiring will be used. ontroller K Controllers will be capable of communicating with offsite Hunter software otherwise approved by owner. ,unless L Control Equipment - Irrigation control equipment shall include and automatic irrigation controller with the following features, program flexibility such as repeat cycles and multiple program capabilities; battery back-up to retain the irrigation programs; and a ram sensor device. 2.07 WIRING A 12/2014 Wiring: AWG-ULUF 600 volt with solid -copper conductors and insulated cable; suitable for direct burial. 1. Manufacturers: 02811-10of19 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION CITY OF PEARLAND a. Paige Cable b. Regency Wire and Cable c. Approved equal tro B Feeder -Circuit Cables: No. 12 AWG minimum, betweenbuilding 4 and Acon command runs over 1,000 LF. Low -Voltage, Branch Circuit Cablesm between controllers and automatic control valves; color r for eddmudif ere bleent fro installae r- n circuit -cable jacket color; with jackets of differe ; col in same trench. C Install 3 spare wires from each controller to farthest valve in each direction. D Where more than one (1) wire is placed in a trench, the wiring shall be taped together at intervals of ten (10) feet. E An expansion curl shall be provided within three (3) feet of each wire connection. on at each electric Expansion curl shall be of sufficient length at each plice connectma be broughtbeto the surface control so that in case of repair, the valve bonnety without disconnecting the control wires. F Control wires shall be laid loosely in trench without stress or stretching of control wire conductors. in G All splices shall be made with Scotch-Lok #3576 Connector per lcg Packs,ector DB g Y (Direct Bury) Splice by 3M or approved equal. Useonesplice ali pack. H Field splices between the automatic controller and electrical trocalthe control Archicalves, less than 500' apart, will not be allowed without prior approval I All field splices shall be installed in a 10" round valve box as specified in section 2.04 2.08 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A Backflow Preventers shall be bronze and copper, pressure vacuum breaker assembly Febco No. 765 by Febco Sales, Inc. (CMB Industries), or approved equal. Size as per drawings 1. Reduced Pressure Assembly: Febco No. 850 w: Febco No. 825Y 2. Double Check A 3. Or approved equal. 2.09 REMOTE CONTROL VALVE TIES A Remote control valve ties shall be Christy's Valve I.D. tag model ID-STD-Y with wire to attach numbered tag to valve. 2.10 SOLVENT CEMENT FOR SOLVENT WELDED JOINTS 02811-11of19 12/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND A CHRISTY'S RED HOT BLUE GLUE T Christy Enterprises, Inc., or approved e ual. Use a compatible primer recommended by the solvent cement manufacturer, q 2.11 SEALANT FOR THREADED JOINTS UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE A RECTOR SEAL LIQUID TEFLON by Rector Seal 2.12 SLEEVES UNDER PAVING FOR CONTROL WIRE ANDCorp., or approved equal. IRRIGATION LINES A ASTM D 2455, PVC, Schedule 40 sized as shown on drawings. 2.13 FITTINGS FOR THREADED JOINTS A ASTM D 2466, PVC, Schedule 80 2.14 BACKFLOW ENCLOSURES A The backflow enclosure shall be of a vandal and weather resistant nature manufactured entirely of formed tubing and rod, coated with a performance polymer alloy coating to prevent injury. The mounting base and locking mechanism shall be manufactured entirely of metal or fiber glass. The locking mechanism shall be of the full release type which allows for complete removal of the enclosure from its mounting base without the use of tools. The handle controlling the locking mechanism shall be concealed within the surface of the enclosure and provide for a padlock. B The backflow enclosure shall be Strong Box Model manufactured by V.I.T. Products Inc., 800-729-1314. No. SBBC-30CR Or approved equal. C Hot Box Enclosure — CDR Systems Corporation or approved equal. 2.15 RAINFALL MONITOR A Provide a Mini-Clik by Hunter Industries or approved equal. 2.16 FLOW SENSOR A Install Flow sensor- Hunter Flow Click 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Site Conditions: 1. Verify location of existing utilities. 2. 3 Verify that required utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. All scaled dimensions are approximate. 4. The Contractor shall check and verify all size dimensions and receive 5 Architect's approval prior to proceeding with work under this section. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 12/2014 02811-12of19 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION CITY OF PEARLAND 6. Contractor shall be responsible for damages utilities drawings for existing utility h are caused by his operations or neglect. Check existing utilities locations.g 7, Coordinate installation of sprinkler irrigations orotherterials construct onnorpdf faculty in , so there shall be No interference with planting trees, shrubs, and ground covers. 8. Coordinate work with other site contractors. 9. The Contractor shall carefully checkthe s sprinkler in igation system graes to satisfy himself that he may safely proceed before starting work on P 10. No machine trenching, unless approved by nelin g Architect, or boring or otherbe done imethods drip line of trees. Trenching is done by hand, shall be approved by Architect. 11. It is understood that the piping layout mdiagrammaticer avoid damage to plants be routed around trees and shrubs in such ma 3.02 PREPARATION A Physical Layout: 1. ping and head layinstalled t is lled directly behind curwn on plans in bs, walks, and walls wherever 2. All pipes to be ins possible. lines, 3. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall stake out all pressure supply routing and location of sprinkler heads. 4. All layouts shall be approved by Architect prior to installation. 5. Route pipes to avoid plants, ground cover and structures. 6. Review layout requirements with other affected work. Coordinate locations of sleeves under paving to accommodate system. B Water Supply: points -of - connection Sprinkler Irrigation system shall be connected to water supply p y p connection as indicated on the drawings. 2. Connections shall be made at approximate lOcations as shown on caused by actual site conditions. Contractor is responsible for minor changes 3. Reclaimed systems utilizing purple pipe may be requested by owner. In the event of the installation of a reclaimed system. �toemoA dcomponents p pple plpe components. ll utilize the same previously described manufacturerp 4. All Reclaimed/Purple Pipe systems will conform to 30 TAC §344.1 3.03 TRENCHING A Refer to Section 02318 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities for excavating, trenching, and backfilhng. B Location of Heads -Design location is represented Architect as ne essary to ensure ssible. Make minor adjustments on site with approval of Landscape consistent and even spacing where applicable. Set all heads minimum 6" from back of curb and 6" from edge of concrete walls. 02811-13of19 12/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND C Install piping and wiring in sleeves under sidewalks, roadways, parking lots, and railroads. D E Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the following: 1. 2. Irrigation Main Piping Minimum depth of 18 inches below finished grade. Circuit Piping: 12 inches. 3. Drain Pipings 12 inches. 4. Sleeves: 24 inches. F Backfill 1. The trenches shall not be backfilled until all required tests are performed, or until cover up is approved by the owner. 2. Trenches shall be carefully back- filled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand, or other approved materials, free from large clods of earth or stones. Backfill shall be mechanically compacted in landscaped areas to a dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil in planting area. 3. Backfill will conform to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps or other surface irregularities. 4. A sand material backfill will be initially placed on all lines (minimum 3" depth). No foreign matter larger than one-half (1/2) inch in size will be per- mitted in the initial backfill. 5. Where rock is encountered in trenching, 4" of sand above the pipe and 4" of 6. sand below the pipe will be used as the initial backfill. 7. Flooding of trenches will be permitted only with approval of Architect. If settlement occurs and subsequent adjustments in pipe, valves, sprinkler heads, lawn or planting, or other construction are necessary, the Contractor 8. shall make all required adjustments without cost to the Owner. 9. Trench shall be excavated to accommodate grade changes. Trench shall not be left open overnight unless caution taped or fenced off. 10. Existing Lawns - Where trenching is required across existing lawns, (or in the event of changes or repairs after new lawn has been established), uniformly cut strips of sod 6 inches wider than trench. Remove sod in rolls of suitable size for handling and keep moistened until replanted. 11. Backfill trench to within 6 inches of finished grade and compact. 12. Continue fill with acceptable topsoil and compact to bring sod even with existing lawn. 13. Replant sod within 2 days after removal, roll and water generously; unless new sod or hydro mulch is to be installed. 14. All sod areas not in healthy condition equal to adjoining lawns 30 days after replanting shall be re -sodded and restored to original condition. 3.04 INSTALLATION 12/2014 Drain Pockets: Excavate to sizes indicated. Backfill with cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3/4 to 3, to 12 inches below grade. Cover gravel or crushed stone with sheet of asphalt -saturated felt and backfill remainder with excavated material. 02811-14of19 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION CITY OF PEARLAND A Pipes out sprinkler mainlines and perform line 1, Piping Mains and Laterals - Lay P on adjustments and site modifications to out humpaterals s or depressr to ions. Lay pipe solid sub base, uniformly sloped wit 2. Coordinate pipe installation with conduit installation. 3. PVC pipe Assembly a. Cut PVC pipe square and de -burr. b. Clean pipe and fittings using primer as recommended by the PVC pipe manufacturer. Use tinted primer to aid in visual inspection and blue glue. c. Apply a thin even flow coat of PVC solvent cement to inside oft e fitting and pipe mating surface.i e and d. Cure joints as recommended by the manufacturer and keeppip fitting out of service during curing period. e. Construct watertight joints equal or greater in strength than the pipe. Do not tap pipe at fittings. f. Install plastic pipe in dry weather, when temperature is above 40 degrees F. and in accordance with m a temt erature above 40 degrees F urer's written instructions. g, Allow joints to cure at least 24 hours p before testing. h. Plastic pipe shall be snaked in the trenches pa turer• for expansion and contraction as recommended by pipe manujoint for visual inspection. i. Extend primer 1/2" beyond glue J J• Ensure that the pipe is not laid on top of fittings and put under stress in any way prior to cover-up B Sleeves under Paving exist as shown on drawings Where 1, The majority of sleeves under paving it shall be a "wet bore." boring is required for new sleeves (refer to drawings), Install sleeves 12"beyond edge of pavement. Perform trench and backfill in accordance with these specifications. 2. Sleeves shall be marked on the concrete with 1/4" deep "V" cut into curb. C Concrete Thrust Blocks 1. Install where the rubber-gasketed irrigation main ina changes direction as at ells and tees and where the rubber-gasketed main Pressure tests shall not be made for a period of 36 to 48 hours following the 2' completion of pouring of the blocks. 3. he Blocks for these mains shall be sized and placed ll be of ancadequate size and so pipe manufacturer s specifications ands a placed as to take all thrust created by the maximum internal water pressure. D Irrigation Heads 1 • Flush irrigation lines with full head of water and install heads after hydrostatic test is completed. 2. Install heads at manufacturer's recommended heights. 02811 15of19 12/2014 12/2014 CITY OF PEARLAND F Electric Remote Control Valves 1. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate at rated operatin r required for each irrigation section. gp ensure 2. Install valves in valve boxes, arranged for easy adjustment and removal Locate valves to ensure ease of access for maintenance such that no ph sical 3. interference with other elements of the project exists y 4. Remote Control Valve Tags to be used in Section 2.09 One Remote Control Valve Tag shall be attached to stem of each el ectric remote control valve. Tags shall be numbered sequentially. Numbers shall correspond to station numbers in electric controller. Provide tags and 5 corresponding numbers for wires pulled for future valves. Valve Boxes - Install valve boxes to cover electric remote control valves Install one valve per valve box. Top of valve box shall be flush with finished 6. grade. Bury minimum 4 bricks under base of each box as support. Control Wire Splice Boxes - Install control wire splice box to cover any in control wire Top of valve box shall be flush with finished grade. Bury minimum 4 bricks under base of each box as support. Install control wire splice box to cover wires pulled for future valves. G Gravel Backfill 1 inch depth. Backfill valve boxes and control wire splice boxes with gravel, minim um 6 3. Locate part -circle heads to maintain a minimum distance of 4, 12, inches from walls and inches from other boundaries, unless otherw se 48 indicated. 4. coverage where required. Check for uniformity of coverage and pattern correctness. Ad ust for J 100% 5 closest to the valve. Install nozzles with water running at reduced pressure starting with the head 6.7. Adjust arcs and radius at normal operating pressure. streets and sidewalks. receive water. Ex Ensure heads do not spray into areas not intended toample: 8. Install heads at minimum of six (6) inches from back of curb. - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 9' diameter of coverage. g Sprinkler spacing shall not exceed 55 percent of the s Spacin prmkler 10. Separate spray and rotors - Sprays and rotors shall not be combined same control valve circuit on the E Drip Tubing 1. Tubing installed in planting beds is to be placed at spacing indicated drawings in shallow trench and covered with planting backfmix 1"-2deep ll " and then covered with mulch. 2. Tubing is to be placed after bed preparation is complete and plant mate i planted and root ball anchor is installed. real is 3. Drip tubing is to be placed on top of root balls of trees in plantin b allow for even watering of trees. g eds to 4. All tubing is to be reviewed by Owner's Representative prior to burying. ry g, 02811-16of19 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION CITY OF PEARLAND H Electric Controller 1. Controllers shall be fully grounded. Connect remote control valves to controller in clockwise sequence to 2. 3, successively. correspond with stations copy 2of irrigation diagram to cabinet door below Affix anon -fading g sheets, 3. am shall be sealed between two plastic controller's name. Irrigation diagram diagram shall show clearly all valves 20p mile. Minimum controller, shs. owing Irrigation number, valve size, and type of operated by th de lockable cabinet. Provide two keys to Owner. Keys to be matched wit planting irrigated. 4. Provi existing controller key locking mechanisms. plan for controllers is 5 Power to Controller & Locations Locations shown on p on site by Owner. approximate. Final location shall controller from adjacent existing power Contractor shall supply 120 VA 6governing codes in electrical work. sources. Follow local provide full grounding and lightning 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding: protection per system manufacturer's recommendations. g. Wall mounted controllers; electrical meters and breaker boxes shall be mounted on I-beam structures. t-section valves of 1. Pr ovide 24 volt system for control of autoatit suiti I Irrigation Control Wires number of circuits underground irrigation system. Provide unitcapacity indicated. laterals in common trench where Install control wires with irrigation mains and side of pipe.Provide looped slack 2. together t possible. Lay control wires neatly at va lves comers, bores and snake wire in trenchsplices will be allowed on runs of wires in bundles at 10 foot intervals. Line sp i ol wire splice boxes 50 0 Ft or more. Splices shall be made and plcced in feet of ach wire connection and 3. Provide 12 inch long expansion loop within splice on runs of wire 100 feet or longer. Backflow Preventers 1 according to local codes and 1. Make required connection to water supp y tall ressure type backflow devices at required grade in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Ins p local Plumbing Code. Insulate all above ground piping. J 3. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING advance when testing will be A General -Notify Landscape Architect 48 hours in conducted. Conduct tests in presence of Landscape Architect and owner. prior B The Pa rks and Recreation Department will conduct open trench inspections daily, p to cover-up. 02811 17of19 12/2014 CITY OF PEAR.LAND LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION C Hydrostatic Test - Test irrigation main line, before backfi hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 psi for 1 hour. Piping d in sections to expedite work. Remove and re air o llmg trenches, to a do not pass hydrostatic testing. p r replace piping and connections e tewhich D demonstrated the mainline is stable. Shut off mainline at backflow preventer during non-workinghours urs until Contractor has E Operational Testing - Perform operational testing after h completed, backfill is in place and irrigation heads are adjusted to final position. hydrostatic testing is F Demonstrate to Landscape Architect that system meets coveragep nts, i specified and indicated, and that automatic controls function prperly. requirements, is as G Coverage requirements are based on operation of one circuit at e. a time. H After completion of grading sodding and rolling of grass areas, carefully adjust lawn more than 1/2 inch above top of mulch. sprinkler heads so they will be flush with finish grade. Set shrub sprinkler heads not I sidewalks. Ensure watering does not extend into unintended areas, suc h as roadways and K for one hour. Prior to filling, test system for leakage for whole system to main tain 100 psi pressure 3.06 FILLING J Field inspection and testing will be performed. A Protect piping from displacement. Provide 3 inch sand cover over piping. Fill trench and com act g p to subgrade elevation. 3.07 ADJUSTING A Adjust control system to achieve time cycles required. B Change and adjust head types for full water coverage as directed. 3.08 MAINTENANCE A Contractor shall correctly maintain the irrigation system during the installation process and throughout the landscaping maintenance service period. B 12/2014 Contractor shall provide "As Built" Drawings for new work, showing location of valves, meters, backflowpreventers, controllers, and maim' shall request reproducible mylar from the Landscape dimensioned Built" Drawings Contractor shall also provide a small laminatedme. Contractor p Architect in preparation of "As set irrigation controller, which is color coded for each set of headeach vof alve o inr operates. ve operates. 02811-18of19 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION CITY OF PEARLAND em aste C ma Maintenance and management - The landscape and irrigation event systeul p hallcbe maintained and managed to ensure water efficiency, Pr nsor device* monitoring, adjusting, This should include, but not limited to: resetting the automatic controller according to the season; flushing the filters; testing the ram se ma and repairing e airin irrigation equipment such that the efficiencypractices thedusystem is i intai n d and utilizing turf and landscape best management period. 3.09 DEMONSTRATION A Provide system demonstration. including B Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of system, adju stment of sprinkler heads. Use operation and maintenance material as basis for demonstration. END OF SECTION 12/2014 02811-19of19 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 02910 TOPSOIL TOPSOIL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES and for seeding, sodding, and A Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading planting. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals Services3. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory 4. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 5. Section 02200 — Site Preparation 6. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT a ment will be made for topsoil under this A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate p y onent. Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which topsoil is a comp on the units shown in will be ased B If topsoil is included as a Bid Item, mewith Section 1200 —Measurement Section 00300 Bid — Proposal and in accordance and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS provisions of Section 01350 — A Make Submittals required by this Section under the p Submittals. uality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance B Submit product q with this Section. 1.04 TESTING quality shall be product quality, material sources, or field the Owner under the A Testing and analysis laboratory provided by performed byyan independent testing provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. 1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY under this Contract in operations A or Facilities and Contractor shall conduct all construction op conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temp —Temporary Controls. 02910 - 1 of 3 07/2006 B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, weeds, non -soil other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots, stumnd nis and than 2 inches. P stones larger C Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infectedareas where topsoil reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds with a growth ofsor 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION TOPSOIL CITY OF PEARLAND 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics: obtained from 1 pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5. 2. Liquid limit: topsoil not exceed 50 3. Plasticity index: 10 or less. 4. Gradation: maximum of 40 percent with a passing the #280 siev e. A Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been co mpleted to correct lines and grades. 3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND SOTCKpILING A Preparation. requirements of Conform to topsoil stripping and stockpilingSection 02200 Site 3.03 PLACEMENT A Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Se Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement to e01 jon Source For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existingsurface P bons. minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Plans. Remove anyvegetation foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil material to a lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate thetopsoil. d mat al and and 07/2006 C bedding and backfill material. Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over cement sta bilized sand used as D For areas to receive bushes or trees, excavate existing material a depth and dimensions shown on the Plans. nd place topsoil to the 02910-2of3 TOPSOIL CITY OF PEARLAND Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, an l in accordance with requirements of Section 01140 Contractor's Use o topsoi — Premises. 3.04 PROTECTION OF THE WORK cover is established. A Protect and maintain topsoil until a vegetative B Repair areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION E 07/2006 d, paved areas and dispose of excess 02910-3of3 CITY OF PEARLAND HYDROMULCH SEEDING Section 02921 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ial A Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintaining areas of commercial, p amdindustrnated tl, be, or undeveloped undeveloped land disturbed during construction an paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 3. 4. Section 02910 — Topsoil 5. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMEN AND PAYMENT on a per acre basis, measured and complete in A Measurement for hydromulch seeding is place. and B Payment for hydromulch seeding shall include all labor, materials, equipment, preparation necessary for application and maintenance. No shall be made for hydromulch seeding used in restoration of areas disturbed by C payment Contractor outside the limits of construction. D Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Su bmittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. B Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these speci fication requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification C requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY ons under this Conti act in Contractor shall conduct all construction operate A oral Facilities and conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 —Temp y Controls. 02921 - 1 of 4 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil. F Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. D E G herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" Weed control agent: Pre-emergentB enefin" or approved 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start or perform work under conditions that are not satisfa due to inclement or impending inclement weather. ctory to perform tasks B Bank Sand: Conform to material requirements of Section 02255 — and Embankment Materials. Bedding, Backfill, C Seed: Conform to U.S Department Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law.Seed shall be certified 90 80 percent germination and meet the following requirementspercentpnre and furnish 1 • Rye: Fresh, clean, Italian e Rd in ye: Proportions.le,grass seed (lollium multi-florum) As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and 2• germination must be labeled Deliver in original unopened containers. Bermuda: Extra -fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon) Deliver in original, unopened container showin name of vender, and germination test results. g weight, analysis, 3Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. HYDROMULCH SEEDING Fertilizer: Dry and free flowing, inorganic, water soluble commercial fertilizer, is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged or o which will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall otherwise unsuitable fertilizer bear the elements: contain minimum percentages of the following Nitrogen: 10 Percent Phosphoric Acid: 20 Percent Potash: 10 Percent Mulch Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips havinga minimum percent fibers 0.42 inches (10.7 mm) in length and 0.01 inches (0.27 mm) in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification ui o of 20 P p ses. B 07/2006 After the areas to receive hydromulch seeding have been brought to grade, foreign organic or inorganic material, including stones, hard claps, debris. rake out any Y ps, and other 02921 - 2 of 4 RYDROMULCH SEEDING CITY OF PEARLAND C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer. D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. and com act a layer of topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 0291 0 E Place p — Topsoil. of to soil shall be smooth and free of weeds, rocks, and other foreign material F Surface P immediately before applying hydromulch seeding. 3.02 APPLICATION of seed and planting date: A Seed: Apply uniformly at the following rates for type APPLICATION RATE POUNDS/A Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) PLANTING DATE Apr 1 to Sep 30 B Fertilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. C Mulch: Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D Soil stabilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. g Wee d control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to Hydrornulching. high winds, or ain the Engineer's approval before resuming F Suspend all operations under conditions of drought, excessive moisture, ig extreme or prolonged cold. Ob toperations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE g as required to A Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, and trimming q establish and sustain 70% acceptable vegetative cove • until an B For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring acceptable lawn is established. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION around construction zone in accordance with A Perform clean-up and restoration in and Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 02921 - 3 of 4 07/2006 07/2006 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK HYDROMULCH SEEDING A Protect and maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required an acceptable lawn. q red to establish C Replace seeded areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION B Once a lawn is established, protect and maintain it until completion P of the Work. 02921 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 02922 SODDING SODDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES construction and not paved or A Sodding areas of residential lawns disturbed during designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans. B References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submittals Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 3. 4, Section 02910 — Topsoil 5. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises C Definitions: y 1. Lawn - ground covered with fine textured grass d. kept soilt neatly mowed. for 2. Sod - blocks, squares, strips of turf grass, and adhering vegetative planting. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for utility or paving' the units shown in ased on B If sodding is included as a Bid Itemi measurement ccordance with Secbtion 01200 —Measurement Section 00300 —Bid Proposal and and Payment Procedures. ment shall be made for sodding of restoration areas disturbed by Contractor C No pay outside the limits of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 -- Submittals. B Submit material sources and product quality information in accordance with this Section. specification C Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. 07/2006 02922 - 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this C t conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilitiesand in Controls. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS B Bank Sand: Conform to material requirements of Section 02255 — Beddin and Embankment Materials. g, Backfill, C Fertilizer: Available nutrient percentage by weight 12 percent nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and 8 percent potash; or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric g , 4 percent acid, and 10 percent potash. P p rc D Weed and Insect Treatment: Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed and insect infestation Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. Al insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Struct 1 Pest Control Board of the State of Texas ural E private resident's water. Water: Potable, available on -site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use 2.02 SOD A Species. Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon), Buffalo (Buchloe Dact loide Augustine to match existing or as directed. y s), or St. D being a normal, green color. Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. Do not start work during or impending inclement weather. Perform Sodding only when weather r and r soil conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement. 1 A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910 — To soil. P SODDING 07/2006 B Contents: 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses be placed; obnoxious grasses roots, stones and foreign materials. 'good texture, free from C Size: 12 inch wide strips, uniform in thickness (2 inch minimum with clean- cut edges. 02922 - 2 of 4 SODDING CITY OF PEARLAND After the areas to receive sodgrade, rake out any foreign organic or B stones,r hard clay lumps and other debris. inorganic material, including C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer. D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches. s of E Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requireem� rial i Section 0y2910 Topsoil. before Top soil shall be free of weeds and ore g sodding. Spread 2 inch (+1") layer of Bank Sand over prepared topsoil. Prior to placing sod, rake areas smooth, e ressions, and completely free from stones, hard clay lumps and other debris. ord p not F Pre - _ s ridges, h freefrom unsightly variations bump g G after raking soil surface and H Apply fertilizer at a rate of 25 lbs/1 od0 ApplyMixtho oughly into upper 2 inches of soil. more than 48 hours prior to laying Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer. 3.02 APPLICATION Lay sod with closely 1 ely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends A staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting. of sod strips B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil below sod. approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities a type C Tamp and roll sod with and watering. form close contact with soil bed rto bietely usedf torthe Engineer for approval, prior to of tamping and rolling equipment construction. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A Maintenance Period:ar each grass sod is installed 1. Begin maintenance immediaeteoyd from date of Substantial Completion. and continue for a 30-day p 2. Re -sod unacceptable areas ere lace 3. Water, fertilize, control disease �o �i insect procedurests, mow, es Gong istent with good unacceptable materials, and p healthy growth. All horticultural practice to ensure normal, hin guidelinesgorous and set forth by the Structural disease control shall be install Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. for inspection. 4. Notify Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period 1. Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first B Watering: weeks after area is sodded. 07/2006 02922 - 3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAIVD D Fertilizer and Pest Control: 1. Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5,000 square feet or as recommended by manufacturer. Fertilizer shall not be placeuntil 2 weeks after placement of sod 2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent s sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss. harp 3. Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick. 4. treatment manufacturer. Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in Section 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises. accordance with 3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK A Protect and maintain sod in good condition until 30 days after Substantial B Replace sod damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Completion. Owner. END OF SECTION SODDING 07/2006 2. After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each unless comparable amount has been provided by rain. time 3 Make weekly inspections to determine moisture in frozen condition. content of soil unless soil is 4. Water in the morning to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of with minimum evaporation. water C Mowing: 1 • Mow sod at intervals which will keep P grass height from exceeding 3-1/2 2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches. 3. 4. Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface. Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation shall mowed with a light -weight rotary type mower. The sod shall be mowed be 5 only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition. Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing. 02922 - 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND Section 02980 PAVEMENT REPAIR PAVEMENT REPAIR 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Repairing streets, highways, driveways, sidewalks, andotherpavements that have been cut, broken, or otherwise damagedconstructs during B Repairing areas of failed paving in preparation for resurfacing. C References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures 2. Section 01350 — Submit als Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls 3. 4. Section 02335 — Subgrade 5. Section 02710 — Base Course for Pavement 6. Section 02330 — Embankment 7. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT a ment will be made for pavement repair AUnless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate p under this section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. pavement repair is included as a Bid Item, measurement is on a square yard basis. as B If Pa follows: 1. Trench width plus 48 inches for utilities. 2. Trench width plus 10 feet for structures. 3. As marked in field for failed paving. ions of this Section, 3.O1D, require the limits of pavement repairs to be C If increased, then the payment limits shall be increased to the same extent. limits, in areas that are not D No payment will be made for work outside payment specifically called out as pay items and are incidental to the work or in areas removed for Contractors convenience. E Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS submittals required by this section under the provisions of Section 01350 — A Make su Submittals. 02980-1of3 05/2008 CITY OF PEARLAND 1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under in Section 01500 — Temporary this Contract in Controls. conformance with the practices describedp ary Facilities and 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Provide materials of the same character as existing materials encountered section of the area to be repaired, or as approved by the Engineer, in a cross C Base Course for Pavement. Base. Provide new base material as required by applicable portions of Section 02710 PAVEMENT REPAIR B Subgrade: Provide on site soil stabilized with lime, lime fly ash, etc., the testing laboratory under the provisions of Section 02335 — Sub rade. required by g D Pavement: Provide new paving materials as required by Technical applicable surface course treatments. Specifications of 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verify backfill is complete before repairing pavement over i structures, nst ailed utilities or B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of failed paving. 3.02 PREPARATION A For installation of utilities and utility appurtenances, saw cut and re move (including base material for asphalt paving) 24 inches beyond the width of e pavementxcavation, unless otherwise indicated on Plans. B For installation of structures, saw cut and remove pavement (including for asphalt paving) 5 feet beyond the width of excavation, unless otherwise material on Plans. c C For repair of areas of failed paving, saw cut and remove pavement material for asphalt paving) where indicated in the field or as directed byEngineer. Remove subgrade that is soft and yielding, or to depth(including base directed by Enginee as D If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, inches of a longitudinal Joint on concrete pavement replace pavement fo within 18 width or to nearest longitudinal Joint as approved by the Engineer. r full lane 05/2008 02980-2of3 PAVEMENT REPAIR CITY OF PEARLAND Protect edges of existing pavement to remain from damage during removals, utility E placement, backfill, and paving operations. For concrete pavement, leave and protect . minimum of 18 inches of undisturbed subgrade on each side of trench to support replacement slab. 3.03 EXAMINATION : erif backfill is complete before repairing pavement over installed utilities or A V y structures. B Verify remaining subgrade is ready to support imposed loads before repairing areas of failed paving. 3.04 INSTALLATION 2 OlB. Place and compact A Replace subgrade with material specified in this Section, the rovisions of Section 02330 — Embankment for areas under future paving to under p match lines and grade of surrounding subgrade. 2 pact B Rep lace base course with material specified in this Section, Pavement.O1C.Placeto and com and under the provisions of Section 02710 - Base Course grade of surrounding base course. pto the Re lace pavement with material specified in thisSection, treatment 01D,dso thataccording smooth, C Technical Specifications of the particular surfacerade of the surround hard, well cemented surface, conforming to the lines and g pavement is secured pavement, install size and length of reinforcing steel and pavement D For concrete p or as thickness indicated on Plans. Place types and spacing of joints to match existing indicated on Plans. E Whe re existing pavement consists of concrete pavement with asphaltic surfacing, pavement. resurface with minimum 2-inch depth asphaltic installed. ermit and F Repair state highway crossings in accordance with highway department p within 1 week after utility work is 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION construction zone in accordance with A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises. 3.06 PROTECTION OF THE WORK completion of Work. A Protect and maintain all pavement in good condition until comp B Replace pavement damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 02980 3 of 3 05/2008 CITY OF PEARLAND 07/2006 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Section 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES -in-place concrete building frame members, floors, shear walls, foundation walls, and supported Cast i orted slabs, vaults, manholes and wet wells. on B. Caplace concrete work for utility construction or rehnbilaceiin , suchs, inclas ding holu grade, small vaults, s small stpuctu�es.nits, headwalls and miscellaneou C. Floors and slabs on grade. D. Concrete seal slabs. of and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work, E. Contr , including joint sealants. Desi , construction, erection, and removal of structural concrete formwork. F g" G. Equipment pads, light pole base, thrust blocks. H. References to Technical Specifications: 1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment 2. Section 01350 - Submittals 3. Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings 4. Section 03600 - Structural Grout 5. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete 6. Section 03100 — Concrete Formwork 7. Section 01440 — Inspection Services Section 01460 — Testing Laboratory Services 8. I. Reference Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) and Materials (ASTM) 2. American Society for Steel nsting stitute (CRSI) 3. Concrete Reinforcing (AWS) 4. American Welding Society 5. Wire Reinforcement Institute (WRI) 6. Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis 03300 - 1 of 38 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for cast -in -place concrete is on lump -sum basis for each afo item as bid Payment includes related work performed on these items in accordance with related sections of these Technical Specifications. C. Refer to Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment for unit price roc p edures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Hot Weather: Any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity tending to impair quality of fresh or hardened concrete or otherwise resulting in abnormal properties. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with - 305R. th B. Cold Weather: Period when, for more than 2 successive days, mean daily is below 40 degrees F. Cold weather concreting shall be in accordancewitheA ture 306R. is B. Measurement for extra cast -in -place concrete is on cubic -yard basis. Pa related work performed in accordance with related sections. Yment includes 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01350 — Submittals. B. Shop Drawings: 5/2013 1 • Submit Shop Drawings detailing reinforcement fabrication, bar replace location, splices, spacing, bar designation,ar ment type, length, size b number of bars, bar support type, and other pe -ti ent information, in cnding, phiding dimensions. Provide sufficient detail for placement of reinforcement incending, use of Plans. Information shall correspond directly to data listed on bill of materials. 2. Use of reproductions of Plans by Contractor, Subcontractor, erector, fabricator or material supplier in preparation of Shop Drawings (or in lieu ofpreparation of Shop Drawings) signifies acceptance by that party thereon as correct, and acceptance of obligation topaor any job expense, of information � al or implied, arising due to errors that may occur thereon. Remove references to Design Engineer, including seals, when reproductions of Plans are used as Shop Drawings. 3. Detail Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315, Figure 6. 03300 - 2 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND Submit Shop Drawings showing location of proposed additional construction 4. prior to submitting reinforcing steel joints, and obtain approval of the Engineer, Shop Drawings. C. Bill of Materials: Submit with Shop Drawings. D. Product Data: 1. Mechanical Bar Splices: Submit manufacturer's technical literature, including specifications and installation instructions. Epoxy grout proposed for anchoring reinforcing dowels to hardened concrete: 2 p y Q recommended installation Submit manufacturer's technical literature including procedures. 3. Provide data on joint devices, attachment accessories and admixtures. E. Certificates: 1. Submi t steel manufacturer's certificates of mill tests giving properties of steel for use. List of manufacturer's test nentaer, heat e of elongation er, chemical proposed h and erc g analysis, yield point, tensile strength, P proposed location of steel in work. 2 gn bars Foreign -manufactured reinforcing shall be tested for conformance to testingent located in ASTM requirements by a certifiedanyother source snot laboratory acceptable. Submi United States. Certification from test reports for review. Do not begin fabrication of reinforcement until p material has been approved. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01350-Submittals. components which are B. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and coin p concealed from view. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perfor m Work in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications for Structural Concrete - IP. B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Conform appropriately to ACI 305R-99 Hot Weather Concreting or ACI 306R.1- 90:Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 03300 - 3 of 38 5/2013 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work under 01310 provisions of Section — pCoordination and Meetings. B. Coordinate the placement of Joint devices with erection of concrete placement of form accessories, formwork and 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM 50, Type I -Normal Portland Type II _Moderate Sulphate resistance Portland type. B Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM - C33. C. D. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. Use coarse limestone aggregate and crushed limestone for fine a of concrete alkalinity (A, as equivalent calcium carbonate) times the thicknessproduct cover over the reinforcing steel (Z, in inches) shall not be less than 0.54, i.e. concrete shall have an AZ factor greater than or equal to 0.54. Provide a minimumf cover 2" over reinforcing steel on the inside of the structures. concrete cover of 2.02 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM - C260. B Chemical: ASTM - C494, Type A Water Reducing TypD Retarding Type E - Water Reducing and Accelerating admi t r Water Reducing and 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Two component modified epoxy resin. B. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil clear f polyethylene film type recommended or below grade C. Non -Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting ofnon-metallic aggregate, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum ccomp revmeve strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. 2.04 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A. Joint Filler Type C: ASTM - D1752; Premolded sponge rubber, full with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent.Y compressible 03300 - 4 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND B. Sealant: ASTM - D1190; synthetic rubber. 2.05 CONCRETE MIX ive No. A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94,f concrete used3 ForA minimum of Contact with sewage use Portland Type II, ASTM - C150, Cement. Concrete in B. Provide concrete to the following criteria: 1. Compressive Strength 7 days: 2400 psi 2. Compressive Strength 28 days: 4000 psi 3. Slump: 3 to 4 inches for concrete cast againstconcrete h in slabs ra d d f ootings be and, where used as a topping. 5 to 6 inches for con columns and walls. 4. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.50. C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. admixtures duringhot weather onlywhen approved by Engineer. D. Use set retarding work d to E. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix fo3 r cent maxpmse for temperature lower than 40 degrees F. Air content shall urfaces and 3 5 percent fobother concrete. concrete with trowel finished 2.06 FORM MATERIAL 1 ood, metal, plastic, tempered concrete -form hardboard, A. Smooth Forms: New p yam' nel dressed lumber faced with plywood or lining,or metal-fsurfacesraFo m material shall be free material to provide continuous, straight, smoatches, dents or other defects. Furnish of raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, p whmaterial in largest practical sizes to minimize numb eer of joints sufficient rstrength Plans, conform to joint system indicated. Form material shall havelaced concrete without bow or and thickness to withstand pressure of newly p deflection. ber f knots B. Rough Forms: Plywood, metal, dressed or undressed um of fsree of nt strength and , splits or other defects, or other material acceptable to tEngineer thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection C. Plywood: Conform to PS 1, Class 1. D. Lumber: Conform to PS 20. 5/2013 03300 - 5 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND I. 5/2013 E Edge Forms and Intermediate Screed Strips: Type and strength com atibl screed equipment and methods used. p e with the CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE F Plastic Forms: One-piece forms for domes, beams and pan joists. Single lengths for columns not exceeding height of T-6". For columns over T-6", use 7'-6" sections and filler sections as needed. To facilitate removal of pan joist forms, taper' per foot. sides 1 inch G. Metal Pan Joist Forms: Removable piece between end closures. Adjustable type; orms not alllo ed minimum T pee g1 inch steer one to facilitate removal. inch per foot H. Earth Cuts for Forms: 1. Use earth cuts for forming unexposed sides of grade beams cast monolithically with slabs on grade. 2. Where sides of excavations are stable enough to prevent caving or sloughin following surfaces may be cast against neat -cut excavations: g, a. Sides of footings. b. Inside face ofperimeter grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When inside face is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated on Plans by 1 inch. c. Both faces of interior grade beams not monolithic with slab on grade. When grade beam is cast against earth, increase beam width indicated on Plans by 2 inches. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms: 1. Corrugated fiberboard carton forms, when called for, are intended to form void space beneath pile -supported and pier -supported slabs and other structural elements as shown. 2. Provide products of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in commercial production of double-faced corrugated fiberboard carton forms, constructed of waterproof paper and laminated with waterproof adhesive. 3. Fiberboard forms: Capable of supporting required dead load plus construction loads, and designed to lose their strength upon prolonged contact with moisture and soil bacteria. 4. Seal cuts and ends of each form section by dipping in waterproof wax unles liners and flutes are completely impregnated with waterproofing. s 03300 - 6 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND Size forms as indicated on Plans. Assemble as recommended by manufacturer, 5 at 4'-0" maximum on centers, or, where liners and either with steel banding with adequate stapling. flutes are impregnated with waterproofing, J. Circular Forms: or fiber tubes, constructed of 1. Form round -section members with paper wax -impregnated exterior laminated plies using water-resistant adhesiveProwith uni s wi h sufficient wall for weather and moisture protection. by wet concrete without deformation. thickness to resist loads imposedgaps manufacturer's seamless units to minimize spiral g ps and seams. 2. Fiberglass or steel forms may be used for round -section members. K. Shores: Wood or adjustable metal, with bearing plates; with double wedges at lower end. L. Form Ties: 1. Use commercially -manufactured ties, hangers and other accessories for embedding in concrete. Do not use wire not commercially fabricated for use as a form accessory. Fabricate ties so ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling 2 onion: of concrete faces. Depth from formed dimension of tiehwhichevder is greater. At least 1 inch, or twice the minimum 3 onProvide waterstop feature for form ties used on liquid -containing structures and on concrete walls which will have earth backfill on one side. Removable ties: Taper ties may be used when approved by the Engineer. In 4 preformed neoprene or the hole left by the removal of the taper tie, insert a polyurethane plug sized to seat at the center of the wall. M. Form Cg oatin : Commercial formulation of form oil or fd m-r lets n ogrenth having proven satisfactory performance. Coating shall not boaffect concrete surfaces, or impair their subsequent treatment, including adversely compounds, paint, protective liners and application of bonding agents, curing membrane waterproofing. N. Coating for Plastic Forms: Alkali -resistant gel -coat. Strips: Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, provide bi inch h1chamfir strips O. Chamfer p 3.0 in corners of forms to produce beveled edges whererequired "Execution". P. Form Gaskets: Polyethylene rod, closed cell, 1-inch diameter. 5/2013 03300 - 7 of 38 5/2013 C. Column Spirals: Bars conforming to ASTM - 60, ASTM - A82. A615, Grade or wire conforming to D. A775/A775M. s and Smooth Bars: Conform Deformed Bars, Column Spirals - form to ASTM E Welded Wire Fabric: A. INFORCING MATERIAL Reinforcing Bars: Deformed bars conforming to ASTM - A615, grade as indicate Plans, except column spirals and those shown on Plans to be smooth bars. Wd on re grade is not shown on Plans, use Grade 60. Where B. Smooth Bars: Where indicated on Plans, use smooth bars conform' A36; ASTM - A615, Grade 60; or ASTM - A675, Grade 70. mg to ASTM - 3. Provide wire size, type and spacing as shown. Where Plans, use welded smooth wire fabric. type is not shown on 1. Welded Smooth Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM - A185. 2. Welded Deformed Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM - A497. 4. Furnish welded wire fabric in flat sheets only. CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2.07 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. Conform to ACI 117, ACI 347 and building codes, unless more restrictive requirements are specified or shown on Plans. Contractor shall design and engineer concrete formwork, including shoring and bracing. Design formwork for applicable gravity loads, lateral pressure, wind loads and allowable stresses. Camber formwo compensate for anticipated deflection duringrk to of corequired maintain specified tolerances. Design formwork to be readilyncrete without w th to impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials out B Slip Forming: Permitted on written approval of the Engineer. C demonstrate suitability of method proposed. ontractor shall 2.08 F. epoxy -coated reinforcing steel. Tie Wire: 16-1/2 gage or heavier annealed steel wire. Use plastic -coate d tie wire with G. Bar Supports: Provide chairs. Use bar supports and accessories of sizes required to provide required concrete cover. Where concrete surfaces are exposed to weather, water or wastewater, provide plastic accessories only do not use galvanized orplastic- tipped metal in such locations Provide metal bar supports and accessories rated 1 or 2 conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Use e supports with epoxy -coated reinforcing bars. epoxy -coated bar Class 03300-8of38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND Slabs on Grade: Provide chairs with sheet metal bassr provide vteaprecastow concrete ece err H. and thickenough supports 3 inches wide, 6 inches long, Embed tie wires in 3-inch by 6-inch side. I. Mechanical Bar Splices: 1. Conform to ACI 318-05:Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; use where indicated on Plans. ate stress of reinforcing bar. a. Compression splices shall develop ultmof minimum yield pointb. Tension splices shall develop 125 percent stress of reinforcing bar. Regardless of chemical composition of steel, any heat effect shall not adversely 2• g bar. affect performance of reinforcing J. Welded Splices: 1. Provide welded splices where shown and where approve le dstr y the gth Engineer. d ng Welded splices of reinforcing steel shall develop a t125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing bars connected. 2. Provide materials for welded splices conforming to AWS D 1.4 — Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel. h rigid adhesive, conforming to ASTM - C881, Type K. Epoxy Grout High -strength g e Pox y IV manufactured for purpose of anchoring dowel�ientat'on of the hole to be filled into hardened concrete and the moisture condition, application temperature and o Unless otherwise shown, depth of embedment shall be but nas utreds to thane develop diameters. rll h of dowel, tensile strength (125 percent of yield strength) 2.09 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING on Plans by cold bending. Bends shall A. Bending: Fabricate bars to shapes indicated Code conform to minimum bend diameters specified in Do no CI gstOraightenor rebend Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. el to required shapes in a manner that will bars. Fabricate epoxy -coated reinforcing epoxy coating with patching material not damage epoxy coating. Repair any e p Y conforming to Item 4.4 of ASTM - A775/A775M. B. Splices: 1. Locate splices as indicated on Plans. Do nomlocate splices of splices located at without approval of the Engineer. Umin adjacent bars. points of minimum stress. Staggersplices 2. Length of lap splices: As shown on Plans. 5/2013 03300-9of38 CITY OF PEARLAND F. Marking: Clearly mark bars with waterproof tags showing number of bars, with same desi er size mark, occurs. length, and yield strength. Mark steel designation as member in which it 2.10 FINISHING MATERIALS A. Sealer/Dustproofer (VOC Compliant): under ultraviolet light after 200-hour test Wa in accodidan el wic th sealer; yellowing Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. ASTM - D4587. D. E. F Bonding Grout: Prepare bonding mixing approximately one part cement to one part fine sand meeting AS TM - C144 but with 100 percent passing sieve. Mix with water to consistency of thick cream. At Contractor's option, a 5/2013 mesh commercially -prepared bonding agent used in accordance with manufacturer's B Epoxy Floor Topping: Two -component epoxy resin meeting AS TM - resistant to wear staining and chemical attack, blended withC881 Type III, granite, quartz aggregate, trowel -applied over concrete floor. Toppingthickn ss shall an, trap rock or inch. Color shall be gray. be 1/8 C. Abrasive Aggregate for Nonslip Finish: Fused aluminum oxide grit, orcrushed aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide d not les than 25 percent ferric oxide. Material shall be facto nonglazing, and unaffected by freezing, moisture a dadecleaning materials.stproof and C. 3. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Prepare ends of bars at mechanical splices in accordance with splice manufacturer's requirements. p Construction Joints: Unless otherwise shown, continue reinforcing construction joints. through D. Bar Fabrication Tolerances: Conform to tolerances listed in ACI 315 Figures 4 and 5. an E Std d ar Hooks: Conform to the requirements of ACI 318-05 Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary. Building Code Epoxy Penetrating Sealer: Low -viscosity, two -component epoxy system des' give maximum penetration into concrete surfaces. Sealer shall completely s to al concrete surfaces from penetration of water, oil and chemicals; prevent dustingand deterioration of concrete surfaces caused by heavy traffic; and seal to floor surfaces subject to hydrostatic pressure from below. Color shall capable transparent adhering st amber or gray. Surface shall be non -slip. be transparent Latex Bonding Agent: Non-redispersable latex base liquid conformingto - C1059. When used in water and wastewater treatment sti uctures, bondingagent be suitable for use under continuously submerged Condit' ASTM suitability certification by manufacturer is required. g nt shall ions. Conformance and 03300 - 10 of38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND recommendations and instructions may be used. Whenused in water for use under continuously o wastewater treatment agent shall be suitable treatment structures, bonding gility manufacturer is submerged conditions. Conformances cal infnd ormation onproposedbonding agent. required. Submit manufacturer's tech G. Patching Mortar: approximately same 1. Make patching mortar of same materials and rof at pp Substitute white proportions as concrete, exceptortland it coarse aggregate. on exposed concrete in order Portland cement for part of gr y to match color of surrounding concrete. Determine color by making trial patch. Use minimum amount of mixing water required staf d handliix ng and placing. Mix patching mortar in advance and allow trowel until it has reached stiffest consistency that will permit placing. Do not add water. Pro rietary compounds for adhesion or specially repair mortars may addition to foregoing patching 2' p be used in lieu of or in rength meet or materials provided that properties of bond and copressive can betmatched where exceed the foregoing and color of surrounding con required. Use such compounds according to treatment f acmuresr om e shall be When used in water and wastewater su itable for use under continuously submerged condditions. Conformance and suitability certification by manufacturer is require. H. Epoxy Adhesive: Two -component 100 percent solids, 100 percent reactive compor und damp le for use on developing 100 percent of strength and asconcrete,f binder m epoxy mortar shall meet surfaces. Epoxy used to inject cracks for fresh concrete shall meet ASTM - C881, Type VI. Epoxy used as a bonding agent ASTM - C881, Type V. I. Non -shrink Grout: See Section 03600 - Structural Grout. Products "Thoroseal J. Spray -Applied Coating: Acceptable products are Thoro System P Plaster Mix" or approved equal. Color: Gray. K. Con crete Topping: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size, as specified in this Section. (Class Concrete Fill: Class H concrete with 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate size, L. placement), as specified in C where fill thicknessexceeds Concrete. inches throughout a Section 03310 - Structural Evaporation Retardant Confilm, manufactured by Master Builders; Eucobar, M. Evap equal. manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company; or eq 03300 - 11 of 38 5/2013 B. 5/2013 3. CITY OF PEARLA.ND 2.11 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Membrane -forming Curing Compound: Conform to ASTM - C309, following requirements.Type 1D, and 1. Minimum solids content: 30 percent. 2. Compound shall not permanently discolor concrete. containing structures, curing compound shall be white When used for liquid - pigmented. When used in areas that are to be coated, or that will receive toppin or floo covering, material shall not reduce bond of coating,topping,g r to concrete. Curing compound manufacturer's technical informationshall st to conditions under which compound will not prevent bond. 4. Conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. Co local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. nform to 5. White pigmented concrete curing compound shall be sprayed on in one coat with a hand or power sprayer as soon as the surface water disappears from concrete surface. B. Clear Curing and Sealing Compound (VOC Compliant): Conform to AS TM Type 1, Class B, and the following requirements: 30 percent solids content minimum; non -yellowing under ultraviolet light after 500-hour test in accordance with ASTM- D4587. Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. Conform to state federal solvent emission requirements. local, and C. Sheet Material for Curing Concrete: ASTM - C171; waterproof a e film or white burlap -polyethylene sheeting, p p r, polyethylene D. Curing Mats (for use in Curing Method 2): Heavy shag ruor carpets quilted at 4 inches on center; 12 ounce per square yard minimum wei' or cotton mats E Water for curing: Clean and potable. ght when dry. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into g are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship inlacing concrete. placing 03300 - 12 of38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND 3.02 PREPARATION bonding A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. rk B. In locations where new concrete is dowelled to exist wo ,drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non -shrink rout. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A. Earth Surfaces: grade, install vapor barrier. Lap joints at least 6 inches 1. Under interior slabs on gredges and and seal watertight with tape, or sealant applied between overlapping of reinforcing eand ends. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement inserts with vapor battier material; lap over damaged areas at least 6 inches and seal watertight. 2. Other Earth Surfaces: Thoroughly wet by sprinkling prior to placing concrete, and keep moist by frequent sprinkling up to time of placing concrete thereon Remove standing water. Surfaces shall be free from standing water, mud and debris at the time of placing concrete. B. Construction Joints: ete is to be 1. Definition: Concrete surfaces upon or againstbeen which iconcred o that,placed, where the placement of the concrete has the ud ent of the Engineer, new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with judgment � that previously placed. 2. Interruptions. When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for e e face the concrete to take a set, use forms or other means ake consptruct on J nt� only to secure proper union with subsequent work. where acceptable to the Engineer. 3 Preparation: Give horizontal joint surfaces a compacted, roughenbed surface coated, cl on r good bond. Except where the Plans call for Jo joint surfaces of laitance, loose or defective concrete oetrand ghen surface toforeign eexpose (exposing aggregate), hydroblasting or sandblasting(exp g aggregate to a depth of at least 1/4 inch it sudrface before ne wwash ycon rete is standing water from the construction J placed. 4. After surfaces have been prepared cover approximately horizontal construction joints with a 3-inch lift of a grout mix consisting tuniformly. s A concrete bat hed e ate; place and spread grout without coarse aggregate; concrete on the grout mix immediately thereafter. 03300 13 of 38 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND C. Set and secure reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and similar embedded items in the forms where indicated on Plans, Shop Drawings and as otherwise required Obtain the Engineer's acceptance before concrete is placed. Accuracy ofplacement is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. D. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer, place no concrete until at least 4 hours after formwork, inserts, embedded items, reinforcement and surface preparation have been completed and accepted by the Engineer. Clean surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with grout or previously -placed concrete before placing adjacent concrete, p g E Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old con (any concrete which is greater than 60 d Crete F. G. I Accurately set anchor bolts and maintain in position with templates while being embedded in concrete. they are J. Cleaning: Immediately before concrete is placed, thoroughly clean dirt, grease, mortar, loose scale, rust and other foreign substances from surfaces ofm talworkgrout, to be in contact with concrete. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE surface of the old concrete by hydro -blasting oge), thor ughly clean and roughen the te). Coat joint surface with epoxy bonding agent following man uosact rs isting (exing written instructions, unless indicated otherwise. Unless noted otherwise, this provision does not apply to vertical wall joints where waterstop is installed. Protection from Water: Place no concrete in any structure until water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or diverted and carried out of the forms, clear of the work Deposit no concrete underwater. Do not allow still water to rise on any concrete until concrete has attained its initial set. Do not allow water to flow over the surface of any concrete in a manner and at a velocity that will damage the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping, dewatering and other necessary operations for removing ground water, if required, are subject to the Engineer's review Corrosion Protection: Position and support pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous items to be embedded in concrete construction prior to placement of concrete so there is at least a 2 inch clearance between them and any Do not secure such items in position by wiring or weldi gt them to the reinforcement. H. Where practicable, provide for openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hanger brackets, and setting of anchors during placing of concrete. sand 3.04 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Formwork Construction 1. 5/2013 Construct and maintain formwork so that it will maintain correct sizes of members, shape, alignment, elevation and position during concrete placement and until concrete has gained sufficient strength. Provide for required 03300 - 14 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, anchorages, and inserts. 2. Construct forms for easy removal without damage to concrete surfaces. ag 3. Make formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leabe ofckcpement terpastel at jo during concrete placement Solidly butt joints andprovide as re uired to prevent leakage and fins. Provide gaskets for wall forms to prevent q concrete paste leakage at their base. ners sed 4. Place chamfer strips in forms to bevel edges and co permanently on Plans to be to view, except top edges of walls, and slabs w i are indicated ss tooled. Do not bevel edges of formed jointsticarl andd horizontal cornercorners s of indicated on Plans. Form beveled edges for equipment bases. Unless otherwise indicated on Plans, make bevels 3/4 inch wide. nd for s 5. Provide temporary openings at bases of column dia all bef ore con other points as required for observation and cleaning placed. support runways directly 6. Where runways are required for moving equipment,ec to on the formwork or structural members. Do not allow runways or supports rest on reinforcing steel. 7. Use smooth forms on formed concrete surfaces required to have smooth form finish or rubbed finish. Rough forms may be used on formed concrete surfaces indicated to have rough 8. g form finish. B. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish: concrete r 1. Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage hrizontal and vortacaa owd tie holes. Uniformly space form ties and align rno Install taper ties, if used, with the large end on the wet face of the wall. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or 2' joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square offsets. Back up j intersections. it 3. Form molding shapes, recesses and projections dta smooth tlnish materials and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent 4. Form exposed corners of beams and columns to produce square, smooth, solid, unbroken lines. 03300-15of38 5/2013 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND 6. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 5. Provide exterior exposed edges with 3/4-inch chamfer or 3/4-inch radius . Arrange facing material in orderly and symmetrical fashion Keep number of joints to practical minimum. Support facing material adequately to prevent deflection in excess of allowable tolerances. 7. For flush surfaces exposed to view in completed structure, overlappreviously- placed placed hardened concrete with form sheathingbyapproximately p Holdusl forms against hardened conct ete to maintain true surfaces, preventing t ng offsetson loss of mortar. C. Forms for Surfaces Requiring Rubbed Finish: Provide forms as specified in Section, 3.04B "Forms for Surfaces Requiring Smooth Form Finish'. Use esmooth plywood linings or forms, in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even en edges and close joints. D. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations andcontours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure supports for types of screeds required. E Circular Forms: Set forms in one piece for full height of member. G. Fireproofing Steel Member: Construct forms to provide not less than the thickness necessary, measured from face of steel member, to provide the requireconcrete rating. Forms for concealed surfaces may be unlined. d fire H. Tolerances: 1. Unless noted otherwise on Plans construct formwork so concrete surfaces conform to tolerance limits listed in Tables 03100A and 03100B at end of hwi isSection. 2. Establish sufficient control points and bench marks as references for tolerance checks. Maintain these references in undisturbed condition until final completion and acceptance of the Work. F. Surfaces to Receive Membrane Waterproofing: Coordinate surface finish reglets, and similar requirements with membrane waterproofing applicator . anchors, I Adjustment of Formwork: 1. Use wedges or jacks to provide positive adjustment of shores and struts. After final inspection and before concrete placement, fasten in position wedges used for final adjustment of forms. 2. Brace forms securely against lateral deflections. Prepare to com ensat settling during concrete placement. p e for 03300 - 16 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND 3. For wall openings, construct wood forms that facilitate necessary loosening to counteract swelling of forms. J Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms: 1. Place on smooth firm bed of suitable material to prevent nvertical di p1acembucklig of set tight to prevent horizontal displacement. Exercise care to forms. Install in accordance with manufacturer s directions and recommendations. 2. Fit carton forms tightly around piles and piers; completely fill the space between subgrade and concrete placement with carton forms to form a void space. 3. Protect carton forms from moisture and maintain in a dry condition until concrete is placed on them. If they become wet before lconecrete is placed. nt of concrete, allow them to dry and carefully inspect for strength before 4. Before concrete placement, replace damaged or deteriorated forms 1 ve l oawhich are incapable of supporting concrete dead loadp s. 3.05 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES Clean surfaces of forms and embedded materials before. placing concrete. Remove accumulated mortar, grout, rout, rust and other foreign Coat forms for exposed or painted concrete surfaces with form oil or form -release B. agent before placing reinforcement. Cover form surfaces with coating material in t all ow excess coating accordance with manufacturer's printed insthardenedlconcoret0 against which fresh material to accumulate in forms or to contact concrete will be placed. Remove coating material from reinforcement before placing concrete. C. Forms for unexposed surfaces, other than retained -in -place metal forms, may be wet with water immediately before concrete placement in lieu cos ing. When possibility of freezing temperatures exists, however, the use ofcoating 3.06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT intolerances of Table 03210A at the A. Placement Tolerances: Place reinforcement with end of this Section. Bend tie wire away from forms to maintain the specified concrete coverage. items. forc B. ing Interferences• Maintain 2-inch clearance from embedde dr embedded ee reinf s may interferes with location of other reinforcing steel, co itbe moved within specified tolerances or one bar diameter, whichever is greater. . 17 hf re 03300 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE greater movement of bars is required to avoid interference, notify the Engineer. Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduit, mechanical openings or other items without approval of the Engineer. C. Concrete Cover Provide clear cover measured from reinforcement to face as listed in Table 03210E unless at the end of this Section, otherwise indicated re Plansonn D. Placement in Forms: Use spacers, chairs, wire ties and other accessory items necessary to assemble, space and support reinforcing ro erl Provide accessories of sufficient number, size and strength to prevent deflection r displacement of reinforcement to construction loads or concrete placement. Use appropriate and support bolts, anchors and other embedded items. Tie reinforcing accessories to position due intersection, and to accessories. Blocking reinforcement with concrete o br ma asonry is at each prohibited. E Placement for Concrete on Ground* Support bar and wire reinforcement on chairs with sheet metal bases or precast concrete blocks spaced at approximately 3 feet on each way. Use minimum of one support for each 9 square feet. Tie supports nters reinforcing bars and wires. pp its to F. Vertical Reinforcement in Columns: Offset vertical bars by at least one bar splices. Provide accurate templates for column dowels to ensure proper diameter .at G. Splices: placement. 1. Do not splice bars, except at locations indicated on Plans or reviewe Drawings, without approval of the Engineer. d Shop 2. 3. Mechanical Bar Splices. Use only where indicated on Plans or approve Engineer. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. d by the a Couplers located at a joint face shall be of a type wch can be set either flush or recessed from the face as shown. Seal clouple s prior to from entering. concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste b. Couplers intended for future connections: Recess 1/2 inch minimum from concrete surface. After concrete is placed, plug coupler and fil recess with sealant to prevent contact with water or other corrosive materials. c. Unless noted otherwise, match mechanical coupler spacing and 5/2013 capacity to that shown for the adjacent reinforcing. Lap Splices: Unless otherwise shown or noted, Class B, conforming to ACI 318-89, Section 12.15.1. Tie securely with wire prior to concrete placement to prevent displacement of splices during concrete placement. 03300 - 18 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND 4. Construction Joints: Place reinforcing continuous through construction joints, unless noted otherwise. Welded Wire Fabric: Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Unless H. We1 feces at least 6 inches or one full mesh otherwise indicated on Plans, lap adjoining p o plus 2 inches, whichever is larger. Lace splices with wire. . Dont not make a eendlastructures. ps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beamsOff set end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. Conform to W - Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric.operations to conform to Shape enforcing bent during construction op Field Bending: P Tans. Bars shall be cold -bent, do not heat barsCClosely eld, or inspect otherwise�epaigfor i', as P is damaged, replace, breaks. When reinforcing directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinfoicement after it is embedded in concrete. J. Epoxy -coated Reinforcing Steel: Install in accordance cetthis Secaio , 3.06J Field pox Bending", and in a manner that will not damage epoxy c -Bending. coating with patching material as specified in Paragraph 2.09 A K. Field Cutting Cut reinforcing bars by shearing or sawing. Do not cut bars with cutting torch. L. Welding of reinforcing bars is prohibited, except where shown on Plans. 3.07 GROUTING OF REINFORCING AND DOWEL BARS existing concrete in A. Use epoxy grout for anchoring reinforcing and dowel steel to le 1/4 accorda nce with epoxy manufacturer's instructions Drill h ons of more tmehan bars) ih n larger than steel bar diameter (including height of defo existing concrete. Just before installation of steel, blow hole clean of all debris using compressed air. Partially fill hole with epoxy, using enough epoxy so when steel bar is ba insert, epoxy grout will completely fill hole aroundd bare. Dip end of steel bar in epoxy and twist bar while inserting into partially -filled 03300 - 19 of 38 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE 03210A CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT TOLERANCES Placement Clear Distance To formed soffit: To other formed surfaces: Minimum spacing between bars Clear distance from unformed surface to top reinforcement - Members 8 inches deep or less: Members more than 8 inches deep but less than 24 inches deep: Members 24 inches deep or greater: Uniform spacing of bars (but the required number of bars shall not reduced): Uniform spacing of stirrups and ties (but the required number of stirrups and ties shall not be reduced). Longitudinal locations of bends and ends of reinforcement - General: Discontinuous ends of members. Length of bar laps: Embedded length For bar sizes No. 3 through 11: For bar sizes No. 14 and 18: 5/2013 Tolerances (in inches) -1/4 +1/4 -1/4 ±2 ±1 03300 - 20 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE 03210B MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FORREINFR_- CEMENT CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Slabs and Joists - Top and bottom bars for dry conditions — No. 14 and No. 18 bars: No. 11 bars and smaller: Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth, water, n or weatork mhe , oo labsor in contact with, sewage; and for bottoms bearing supporting earth cover - No. 5 bars and smaller: No. 6 through No. 18 bars: Beams and Columns For dry conditions - Stirrups, spirals and ties: Principal reinforcement: Exposed to earth, water, sewage or weather Stirrups and ties: Principal reinforcement: Walls For dry conditions - No. 11 bars and smaller: No. 14 and No. 18 bars: Formed concrete surfaces exposed to earth, water, sewage or weather, or in contact with ground - Circular tanks with ring tension: All others: Footings and Base Slabs - on concrete work mat: At formed surfaces and bottoms bearing At unformed surfaces and bottoms in contact with earth: Over top of piles: Top of footings - - same as slabs 5/2013 Minimum Cover (in inches 03300 - 21 of 38 CITY OF PEARLA.ND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.08 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. Conform to applicable requirements of this Section and Chapter 8 of ACI 3- 99:Specifications for Structural Concrete --LP, Chapter 8. Use no aluminum matey als in conveying concrete. B. Rejected Work: Remove concrete found to be defective or non -conforming materials or workmanship. Replace rejected concrete with concrete me t ng requirements of Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Owner. g E 5/2013 D. Placement in Wall Forms: C. Unauthorized Placement: Place no concrete except in the presence of the Engineer. Notify the Engineer in writing at least 24 hours before placement of concrete.eer. 1. Do not drop concrete through reinforcing steel. 2. Do not place concrete in any form so as to leave an accumulation of mortar on form surfaces above the concrete. 3. Pump concrete or use hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas rubber or metal (other than aluminum) for placing concrete in forms so it reaches the place of final deposit without separation. Free fall of concrete shall not exceed 4 feet below the ends of pump hoses, ducts, chutes or buggies. Uniformly distribute concrete during depositing. 4. Do not displace concrete in forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction from place where it was originally deposited. 5. Deposit in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet; take care to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where required for sloping members. 6. Place each layer while the previous layer is still soft. 7 Provide sufficient illumination in form interior so concrete at places of de osit is visible from the deck or runway. p Conveyors and Chutes: Design and arrange ends of chutes, hopper gates and other points of concrete discharge in the conveying, hoisting and placing system so concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyors, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the Engineer. Do not use chutes longer than 50 feet. Slope chutes so concrete of specified consistency will readily flow. If a conveyor is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyors and chutes shall be covered. 03300 - 22 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND hr F. Pl acement of Slabs: In hot or windy weather, conducive to las is h i nufacracks, apply evaporation retardant to slab after screedmg in ase water instructions and recommendations. Do not use evaporation for sloping unifoe my from content of the surface cement paste. Place concrete of the or the k bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width slab re placement. S As w the progresses, vibrate and carefully work concrete around slab surface in an up -slope direction. quality of concrete, postpone concrete G. When adverse weather conditions affect q Tywhen the air erature is at or below 40 degrees F placement. Do not mix concrete ixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. and falling. Concrete may Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete om tem eratures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 fr p days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F. exceed s When concrete temperature is 85 degrees F orabove, scharge.t When the Oweatheri s between introduction of cement to the aggregates such that the concrete temperature would exceed 90 degrees F, employeffective means, such as pre -cooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice or placing at below 90 degrees F. night, as necessary to maintain concrete temperature, as placed, 3.09 PUMPING OF CONCRETE results, in the judgment of the A. If pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory En ineer, discontinue pumping operations and proceed with the placing of concrete g using conventional methods. Use a 2-cylinder pump designed to operate with only one B. pumping Equipment:um on site during pumping. cylinder if one is not functioning, or have a standby pump The minimum hose (conduit) diameter: Comply with ACI 304.2R-96:Placing C. T Concrete by Pumping Methods. Re lace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that do not function properly. D. P E. Do not use aluminum conduits for conveying concrete. and test cylinders at the F. Field Quality Control. Takeof the samples ne.f or slump, air content placement (discharge) end 3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT SEQUENCE Place concrete in a sequence acceptable to the Engineer. Tion jointso minimize nm ze effn.ects of aof A. Pla cons shrinkage, place concrete in units bounded by alternate units so each unit placed has curedat least 7 dure is are placed except do not ays for hydraulic structures, or 3 days for other structures, before contiguous unit or 03300 - 23 of 38 5/2013 3. 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND B Level the concrete surface whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To en sure straight and level joints on the exposed surface of walls, tack a wood strip at least 3/4-inc thick to the forms on these surfaces. Cae h abounderside of the strip. About one hour after concrete is placed, ut removet e 1/2 inch tbovleve irregularities in the edge formed by the strip with a trowel and remove laitance. l 3.11 TAMPING AND VIBNATING A. Thoroughly settle and compact concrete throughout the entire depth of the layer being consolidated, into a dense homogeneous mass; fill corners and angles, thoroughly embed reinforcement, eliminate rock pockets and bring only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Use ACI 309R-96:Guide for vibrators of Concrete, Group 3, immersion -type high-speed power (8,000 to 12,000 rpm) in sufficient number and with sufficient (at least one) standby units. Use Group 2 vibrators only when accepted by the Engineer for s eci locations. Do not transport concrete by vibrating. p fie B. C. Concrete in Walls: Internally vibrate, ram, stir, or work with suitable tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until concrete completely fills forms or e excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Do not appliances, sequent layers of concrete until previously -placed layers have been so worked. Provide vibrators in sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the results specified within 15 minutes after concrete of specified consistency is placed in the forms. Keep vibrating heads from contact with form surfaces. Take care not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents 3.12 PLACING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when placing mass concrete. 1. Use specified superplasticizer CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE place corner sections of vertical walls until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured least 14 days for hydraulic structures and 7 days for other structures. at Use care in placing concrete around waterstops. Carefully work concrete by rod and vibrating to make sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat-stripp type waterstops are placed horizontally, work concrete under waterstops by hand, making sure air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Give concrete surrounding the waterstops additional vibration beyond that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of waterstops in concrete. 2. Maximum temperature of concrete when deposited: 70 degrees F. Place in lifts approximately 18 inches thick. Extend vibrator heads into previously -placed layer. 03300 - 24 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND 4. Refer to Section 03310 - Structural Concrete for Mass Concreting. 3.13 CONCRETE FINISHING 3.14 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES cncealed in A. Unfinished Surfaces: Finish is not required on surr unless indicated otherwise view oncompleted structure by earth, ceilings or similar cover, Plans. B. Rough Form Finish: 1. No form facing material is required on rough form finish surfaces. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins exceeding 1/4 inch in. height. 3. Rough form finish may be used on concrete surfaces concealed surfaces required from view by earth in completed structure, except to have smooth form finish, as shown on Plans. C. Smooth Form Finish: 1. Form facing shall produce smooth, hard, unifo racticable, and with smooth, rm texture on concrete. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheetsasp even edges and close joints. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fins and joint marks with wooden blocks to leave smooth, unmarred finished sulfa 3. Provide smooth form finish on the wet surfaces not concealed from view by holding structures, and of other for earth in completed structure, except where on otherwiseat locations md� ated on Plans that will be exposed after future construct shall have smooth form finish. Smooth form lelevation.nish on teriExterior for faceor face of xof all walls shall extend below final top of ground perimeter grade beams shall have smooth form finish for full depth of grade beam. D. Rubbed Finish: 1. Use plywood linings or forms in as large sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. with 2. Remove forms as soon as practicable, repairdefects,f Continue sudffi bendy No. 16 carborundum stone or similar abrasive. to bring surface paste, remove form marks and fins, and produce smooth, dense 03300 - 25 of 38 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE surface of uniform color and texture Do not use cement paste other than that drawn from concrete itself. Spread paste uniformly over surface with brush. Allow paste to reset, then wash surface with clean water. 3. Use rubbed finish at locations indicated on Plans, except where rubbed finish is indicated for a wall which will be containing a liquid, use spray -applied coating. E Spray -applied Coating At Contractor's option, in lieu of rubbed finish, spray -applied coating may be applied after defects have been repaired and fins removed. Remove form oil, curing compound and other foreign coating. Apply coating in uniform texture and color thatn accordance prevet of manufacturer s instructions coating F. Related Unformed Surfaces: Tops of piers, walls, bent caps, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete placed. Float unformed surfaces to texture reasonably consistent with that of formed surfaces. Continue final treatment on formed surfaces uniformly across unformed surfaces. 3.15 HOT WEATHER FINISHING A. When hot weather conditions exist, as defined in the Section, 1.03A "Hot Weather", and as judged by the Engineer, apply evaporation retardant to the surfaces of slabs, process has been completed. topping and concrete fill placements immediately after each step in the finishing 3.16 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO CLASS A, B AND C TOLERANCES A. Apply Class A, B and C finishes at locations indicated on Plans. Class B or finish shall be applied if not shown otherwise by the Plans. better B C. D. 5/2013 Shaping to Contour: Use strike -off templates or approved compacting -type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour. See Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork for edge forms and screeds Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as stiff as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not permit manipulation of surfaces prior to finishing operations. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces. Check tolerances by specified length anywhere on slab. Gap between slab and straightedge shall not exceedof tolerance listed for specified class. 03300 - 26 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND Class A B C Straightedge Length in Feet 10 10 2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Tolerance in Inches 1/8 1/4 1/4 B. Rake d Finish: After concrete has been placed struck off, consolidated and leveled to Class C tolerance, roughen surface before final set. Roughen with stiff brushes or rakes to depth of approximately 1/4 inch. Notify the Engineer prior to placing concrete requiring initial raked surface finish so that acceptable framd finish standard until 1 time ay be requ g established for project. aked finish forraked following: finish of topping. Provide 1. Surfaces to receive bonded concrete topping or fill. 2. Steep ramps, as noted on Plans. 3. Additional locations as noted on Plans. F Float Finish: After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated ari lweveled, e sheen has 1. g, Begin floating work further until ready for floating. disappeared, or when mix has stiffened sufficienty to permit floatsa. pee hand on of power -driven float. Consolidate surface with power -driven floating with wood or cork -faced floats in locations inaccessible to power - driven machine and on small, isolated slabs 2. After initial floating, re -check tolerance of surface Cut down h gh spots and fill ldow ge applied at not less than two different angles. sots to Class B tolerance. Immediately re -float slab to a uniform, smooth, p granular texture. 3. Provide float finish at locations not otherwise specified and not otherwise indicated on Plans. G. Trowel Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. After power floating, use power ef trowel to produce smooth surface which is relatively nal troweingeby hand after cts but which may still contain some trowel marks. Do add l troweling when ringing sound is producedc hass stroharde l isd moped over surr'face.ciently. Do aThoroughly consolidate surface by trowel is m hand troweling operations. orm in texture and Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, unifOn surfaces intended to 2.to Class A tolerance. appearance and conforming 03300 - 27 of 38 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND 3.17 5/2013 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE support floor coverings, remove defects which might show through covering by grinding. 3. Provide trowel finish for floors which will receive floor coverin and additional locations indicated on Plans. g H. Broom or Belt Finish: 1. Apply float finish as previously specified. Immediately after completing floated finish, draw broom or burlap belt across surface to give coarse transverse scored texture. 2. Provide broom or belt finish at locations indicated on Plans. B. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as dry as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidate and level slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other approved means. After consolidation and leveling, do not manipulate surfaces prior to finishing operations. C. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces: Independent testing laboratory will check flatness and levelness in accordance with this Section, 3.23F "Field Quality Control". D. Float Finish: FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES TO "F-NUMBER SYS FINISH TEM" A. Shaping to Contour: Use strike -off templates or approved compacting -type screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to proper contour. Ede forms and screeds: Conform to Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. g 1. 2. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared, or when mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation ofpower-driven float. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork -faced floats in locations inaccessible to power - driven machine and on small, isolated slabs. Check tolerance of surface after initial floating with a 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Immediately refloat slab to uniform, smooth, FF20/FL1 7 tolerance, unless shown otherwise on Plans. granular texture to 3. Provide "F-Number System" float finish at locations indicated on Plans. 03300 - 28 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND E. Trowel Finish: 1 Apply float finish as previously specified. relatively rower flooating, use defectbut which power trowel to produce smooth surface which isby free may still contain some trowel marks. Do alatroweling when nal trowelingnging sodundis surface has hardened sufficiently. Do produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling operations. in texture and 2. Produce finished surface free of trowel marks, unabs on grade and appearance and confoiming to an FF25/FL20 tolerance for FF25/FL17 for elevated slabs, unless shown oveerwise oPlans.defectsnwhich mightn rshow faces intended to support floor coverings, through covering, by grinding. 3. Provide "F-Number System" trowel finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.18 BONDED CONCRETE TOPPING AND FILL A. Surface Preparation: 1. Protect raked, base -slab finish from contamination until clay time ins of toporping. Mechanically remove oil, grease, asphalt, paint, contaminants, leaving clean surface. 2. Prior to placement of topping or fill, thoroughly dampen roughened slab or surface and leave free of standing water. surface. i Do not allow gro u to sett or is placed, scrub coat of bonding grout into dry before topping or fill .s placed. B. Concrete Fill: 1. Where concrete fill intersects a wall surfaceat an angle te teeper wall than at nt45e degrees from vertical, provide a 1.5-inch deep keyway oint of intersection; size keyway so that no portion of the concrete fill is less than 1.5 inches thick. Foim keyway in new walls; create by saw cutting the top and bottom lines and chipping in existing walls. 2. Apply wood float finish to surfaces of concrete fill. 3. Provide concrete fill at locations shown on Plans. C. Bonded Concrete Topping in Bottom of Clarifiers and Thickeners: 1. Minimum thickness of concrete topping: 1 inch. Maximum thickness when swept in by clarifier and thickener equipment: 3 inches. 5/2013 03300 - 29 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. Compact topping and fill by rolling or tamping, bring to established grade, and float. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. Coat surface with evaporation retardant as needed between finishing operations to prevent plastic shrinkage cracks. 3. Screed topping to true surface using installed equipment. Protect equipment from damage during sweeping -in process. Perform sweeping -in process under supervision of equipment manufacturer's factory representative. After topping has been screeded, apply wood float finish. During finishing, do not apply water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand to the surface. 4. As soon as topping or fill finishing is completed, coat surface with curing compound. After the topping is set and sufficiently hard in clarifiers and where required by the Engineer fill the tank with sufficient water to cover the entire floor for 14 days. 5. Provide bonded concrete topping in bottom of all clarifiers and thickeners. 3.19 EPDXY PENETRATING SEALER A. Surfaces to receive epoxy penetrating sealer: Apply wood float finish. Clean surface and apply sealer in compliance with manufacturer s instructions. B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases: Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots: Apply minimum 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface. C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surface to prevent floor coating contact. E Provide epoxy penetrating sealer at locations indicated on Plans. D. When coving floor coating up vertical concrete walls, curbs, bases or wainscots, use masking tape or other suitable material to keep a neat level edge at top of cove. 3.20 EPDXY FLOOR TOPPING A. Surfaces to receive epoxy floor topping: Apply wood float finish unless recommended otherwise by epoxy floor topping manufacturer. Clean surface and apply epoxy floor topping in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Thickness of topping: 1/8 inch. 5/2013 B. Rooms with concrete curbs or bases Continue application of floor coating on curb or base to its juncture with masonry wall. Rooms with solid concrete walls or wainscots: apply 2-inch-high coverage of floor coating on vertical surface 03300 - 30 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND C. Mask walls, doors, frames and similar surfaces to prevent floor coating contact. D. When cooing floor coating up vertical concrete a neat level at top of cove, bases or s use keep masking tape or other suitable material to E. Finished surface shall be free of trowel marks and dimples. F. Provide epoxy floor topping at locations indicated on Plans. 3.21 SEALER/DUSTPROOFER just rior to completion of A. Where sealer or sealer/dustpr°°ffied clear sea er/dustproofmgr is indicated on Plans, p ompound to exposed construction, apply coat ofp interior concrete floors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.22 NONSLIP FINISH b 1 two-thirds of required abrasive aggregatey A Apply float finish as specified. Apply method that ensures even coverage without segregation and re -float. Apply remainder eavier of abrasive aggregate at right angles to first application, ng.happlicationf Re -float after second oof aggregate in areas not sufficiently covered by first application application of aggregate and complete operations with troweled finish. Perform abrasive aggregate to be exposed finishing operations in a manner that will allow and not covered with cement paste. B. Provide nonslip finish at locations indicated on Plans. 3.23 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ance A. Field inspection and testing will be performedinaccoidions of with CI 301- 99:Specificationsfnr Structural Concrete IP andunder o 1440 p Services. — — Inspection Services and Section 01450 Testing Laboratory B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. to C. Submit proposed mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior commencement of Work. D. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 cu yds or less of concrete or as directed by the Engineer. F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents 03300 - 31 of 38 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLA.ND H. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. Provide the results of alkalinity tests of concrete used in sanitary structures. Provide one test for each structure. These tests shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory. Perform the test on the concrete covering reinforcing steel on the inside of the pipe or structure. Alkalinity tests are to be in accordance with Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemical Analysis, Vol. 15, Page 230, Interscience Publishers Division, John Wiley and Sons. 3.24 PATCHING B. Engineer upon discovery, p Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301-99:Specifications Concrete - IP for Structural A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms . 3.25 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A tolerances or specified requirements. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensio ns, B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the En ineer g C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon direction of Engineer for each individual area. p express 3.26 CURING A. Comply with ACI 308.1-98:Standard Specifications for Curing Concrete. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type Ill cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather when artificial heat is not provided removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to twice the required number of curing days However, leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. B. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub -finished surface by leaving forms in place the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the curing period. Add water as 5/2013 03300 - 32 of 38 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF PEARLAND needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied. C. Rubbed Finish: 1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging the surface. 2. After rub -finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1. After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water of sheen apprhas disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniformcoating d curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer. Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check late of application of the compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For equi may application on small miscellaneous ofcompound between nozzledandaconcrepte ment surface be used. Prevent loss during spraying operations. 3. Do not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on a newly coated surface b omeo nd at thespecifiedlm has dried iirattly to resist e of coverage.mage, apply an additional coat of p 3.27 CURING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe the following additional restrictions when curing mass concrete. 1. Minimum curing period: 2 weeks. 2. When ambient air temperature falls below 32 degrees F, protect surface of concrete against freezing. 3. Do not use steam or other curing methods that will add heat to concrete. 4. Keep foims and exposed concrete continuously wet for at least the first 48 hours after placing and whenever surrounding air temperature is above 90 degrees F during final curing period. 5/2013 03300 - 33 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 5. During 2-week curing period, provide necessary controls to prevent ambient air temperature immediately adjacent to concrete from falling more than 30 degrees F in 24 hours. 3.28 REMOVAL OF FORMS 5/2013 A. B. Circular Paper or Spiral Tube Forms: Follow manufacturer's directions for form removal. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to concrete surface. When removal is done before completion of curing time, replace form, tie in place, and seal to retard escape of moisture C. Removal Strength: 1. Control Tests: Suitable strength -control tests will be required as evidence that concrete has attained specified strength for removal of formwork or shoring supporting weight of concrete in beams, slabs and other structural members. Furnish test cylinders and data to verify strength for early form removal. a. Field -cured Test Cylinders: When field -cured test cylinders reach specified removal strength, formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. Time Limits: 1. When repair of surface defects or finishing is required before concrete is aged, forms on vertical surfaces may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations. 2. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete Leave formwork for water -retaining structures in place for at least 2 days Formwork for non -water -retaining columns, walls, sides of beams and other formwork components not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after 12 hours, provided concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations, and provided removal of forms will not disturb members supporting weight of concrete. 3. Forms and shoring supporting weight of concrete of construction loads* Leave in place until concrete has reached minimum stt ength specified for removal of forms and shoring. Do not remove such forms in less than 4 days. b. Laboratory -cured Test Cylinders: When concrete has been cured as specified for structural concrete for same time period required by laboratory -cured cylinders to reach specified strength, formwork or shoring may be removed from respective concrete placements. 03300 - 34 of 38 CITY OF PEA CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE BLAND Determine length of time that concrete has been cured by totaling the days or fractions of days, not necessarily consecutive, during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 50 degrees F and concrete has been damp or thoroughly sealed against evaporation and loss of moisture. 2. Compressive Strengths: The minimum of concrete ncrete compressive percent of spec fi d h for removal of formwork supporting g minimum 28-day strength for class of concrete involved. 3.29 RESHORING A. When reshoring is permitted, plan operations in advance and obtain the Engineer's approval of such operations. While reshoring is under way, keep live load off new construction. Do not permit concrete in any beam, ab, column loads�n excess of loads r other structural member to be subjected to combined dead and construction permitted for developed concrete strength at time of reshoring. B. Place reshores as soon as practicable after form -stripping operations are complete but in no case later than end of day on which stripping occurs. Tighten reshores to carry required loads without over stressing construction. Leave reshores in place until tests representative of concrete being supported have ached specified strength at time of removal of formwork supporting weight of concrete. C. Floors supporting shores under newly -placed concrete: Leave original supporting shores in place, or re -shore. Locate reshores directly under shore position above. Extend reshoring over a sufficient number of livestories loadstondistribute manneweight that desilgn y- placed concrete, forms and construction superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded. 3.30 FORM REUSE A. Do not reuse forms that are worn or damaged bThe used for exposed oroughly clean and recoat forms before reuse. For wood and plywood forms to smooth finish, sand or otherwise dress concrete contact surface to original condition or provide form liner facing material. For metal forms, straighten, remove dents and clean to return forms to original condition. 03300 - 35 of 38 5/2013 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE TOLERANCES FOR FORMETABLE 03100A D SURFACES CONCRETE IN BUILDI NGS** Exposed Corner Columns, Control Joint Grooves, and Other Conspicuous Lines Slab Soffits, Ceilings, Beam Soffits, and Anises (measured before removal of shores), Exposed Lintels, Sills, Parapets, Horizontal Grooves and Other Conspicuous Lines Position of Linear Building Lines, Columns, Walls and Partitions Size and Location of Sleeves, Floor Openings and Wall Openings Cross Section of Columns, Beams, Slabs, and Walls Footing Misplacement or Eccentricity in Direction of Error (the lesser of) steel, dowels, or embedded items *Footing tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing g **Includes water and wastewater process structures 5/2013 03300 - 36 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND 5/2013 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE TABLE 03100B TOLERANCE FOR FORMED SURFACES CONCRETE IN BRIDGES, WHARVES AND MARINE STRUCTURES Surfaces of columns, piers and walls Top surfaces of curbs and railings Cross section of columns, caps, walls, beams, and similar members Thickness of deck slabs Size and location of slab and wall openings Footings in plan Footing misplacement or eccentricity in direction of error (the lesser of) Footing thickness decrease Step rise in flight of stairs Step tread in flight of stairs 03300 - 37 of 38 CITY OF PEARLAND CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.31 PROTECTION B Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow. Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner. C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 5/2013 03300 - 38 of 38 APPENDIX 1. Geotechnical Report prepared by QC Laboratories, Inc., dated .M2015ay 2 Brazoria Drainage District No.4 Permit Crossing (Permit #2015-08- 150028) u GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas Reported to: Brown & Gay Engineers Houston, Texas Prepared by: QC Laboratories, Inc. 10810 Northwest Freeway Houston, Texas 77092 (713) 695-1133 PROJECT NO.: 15G11805.FINAL May 2015 LABORATORIES, INC,.s Engineering and Testing Serve LABORATORIEngineering and jES, INing C. May 15, 2015 Brown & Gay Engineers 10777 Westheimer, Suite 400 Houston, Texas 77042 Attn: Mr. Emmanuel De Pau, P.E. Project Manager Re: Geotechnical Engineering Study Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL No 15G11805.FINAL Dear Mr. De Pau: We are pleased to submit our Geotechnical Engineering Report for the for &ve Gnc referencedEngineers, project. This study was authorized by Mr. Emmanuel De Pau, Project Manager2015 and Inc. (B&G), through signature of B&G's Subconsultant Agreement on January 13, 39 performed in general accordance with QCL Document No. 39381, dated August 12, 2014. We a reciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this phase of the project. If we may be pp of additional assistance, please call us. Sincerely, QC LABORATORIES, INC. (Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-3601) Constance Lin E.I.T. Project Manager Jofin D. Guida, P.E. Director of Geotechnical Engineering Services Copies Submitted: Addressee - (1) Electronic 10810 Northwest Freeway • Houston TX 77092 • Tel: 713-695-1133 • Fax: 713-695-0808 e• ciiitiiCiitiii iib♦t i60$tOMai s JOHN D. GUIDA if3t p9tY inotb•sptentlia 5/15/2015 100292 ENS 6:NA! Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No. 15G11805.FINAL Table of Contents Page i May 15 2015 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 Project Description 1 1.2 Scope of Services 1 2.0 INVESTIGATION TECHNIQUES 1 2.1 Field Exploration 2 2.2 Laboratory Tests 3 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3 3.1 Site Geology 3 3.2 Site and Subsurface Conditions 4 3.3 Water Conditions 4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1.1 Excavation 4.1.2 Temporary Groundwater Control 4.1.3 Utility Bedding and Backfill (Open Excavation Areas) 4.1.4 Trenchless Considerations 5.0 OBSERVATION DURING CONSTRUCTION 5.1 Construction Materials Testing 5 5 6 7 9 9 10 6.0 GENERAL COMMENTS Appendix Vicinity Map Plan of Borings Logs of Borings Key to Soil Symbols and Terms Plate 1 Plate 2 Plates 3 through 6 Plate 7 Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No. 15G11805.FINAL 1.0 INTRODUCTION Page 1 May 15, 2015 1.1 Project Description We understand the project consists of the installation of 8 and/or 12-inch dsiamee stwatprovidederline through Tom Bass Park in Pearland, Texas. A vicinity map of t project on Plate 1, in the Appendix of this report. Based on information provided by the Client, we understand the propose waterline side is t la park anned to traverse approximately 2,800 linear feet from the north side to where it will cross below Clear Creek and terminate about 300 to 400feeCsouth ssf Clear Creet k. We understand the waterline is planned to be installed primarily using e methods (Horizontal Auger Boring or Horizontal alonctional g the proposedlwaterline alignment. At thisg). However open excavation methods may be utilized at various locationslong the time, we understand the waterline will generally have a flow tine of Creek. about 5 feet, but will extend as deep as about 25 feet where the waterline crosses below 1.2 Scope of Services Our scope of services included drilling and sampling four soil borings, performing la eor is of our tests on selected soil samples, and providing services. Our writtenreport that presents report addresses excavation and engineering analyses and field and laboratory groundwater control and design considerations for trenchless construction. 2.0 INVESTIGATION TECHNIQUES 2.1 Field Exploration total of four soil The subsurface conditions at this site were evaluated by drilling and sampling 5lin a4feet along the borings (Borings B-1 through B-4) to depths bolat ringranged from aboutlocations are shown on the Plan of Borings, alignment of the proposed waterline. The Plate 2, in the Appendix of this report. The soil sample intervals are shown on continuously to a depth of about 12 feet, at the termination depth of the borings. the boring logs. Soil samples were obtained 13 to 15 feet, and at 5-foot intervals thereafter to Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No 15G11805.FINAL Cohesive soil samples were generally obtained penetrometer tests were performed in the field measure of consistency. Page 2 May 15, 2015 with a 3-inch diameter tube sampler. Pocket on extruded tube samples to serve as a general A cohesionless soil sample was obtained from Boring B-2 (from a depth of about 6 to 8 feet) using a split -spoon sampler by means of the Standard Penetration Test (SPT). The SPT test consists of measuring the number of blows required for a 140-pound hammer (falling 30 inches) to drive the split -spoon sampler 12 inches into the subsurface soils, after being seated 6 inches. For this project, a conventional hammer (cat head and rope) was used to perform the Standard Penetration Test. Each soil sample was removed (or extruded) from the sampler in the field, examined, and visually classified by an experienced technician At the completion of drilling, the boreholes were backfilled with soil cuttings and plugged at the surface with a concrete cylinder. Following completion of our field services, the Houston. Samples not consumed by testing will and then discarded unless the Client requests of 2.2 Laboratory Tests In the laboratory, each sample was observed and classified by an engineer. Laboratory tests were performed on selected soil samples to evaluate the physical properties of the soils. The following laboratory tests were performed for this project: samples were transported to our laboratory in be retained in our laboratory for at least 30 days herwise. • Moisture Content (ASTM D2216); • Atterberg Limits (ASTM D4318 - Method B); • Unconfined Compression (ASTM D2166); and • Percent Finer than No. 200 Sieve (ASTM D 1140). Detailed soil descriptions and results of the tests are presented on the boring logs, Plates 3 through 6, in the Appendix of this report. Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No. 15G11805.FINAL 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Page 3 May 15, 2015 3.1 Site Geology poorly The site is located on the Beaumont Formation. This formation clayey consists basinvery depositdeep, of the drained, and low permeable soils. These soils formed in Pleistocene Age (beginning about two million years ago and ending ilabout ten organic maousand tter, ago). The clay is generally interbedded with layers of fine sand and and zones that contain calcareous and ferrous nodules. The clay fraction is primarily composed of montmorillonite, illite, km finite we anding alydgrouind rous quartz. The clay has been pre -consolidated desiccation. closely -spaced joints. These small cycles have produced a network of small randomly oriented, joints frequently have a shiny appearance and are called slickensided. The slickensided joints can have an influence on the construction and engineering behavior of the soil. The coastal plain in this region has a complex geology. Several major features include geosynclines (elongated, basin -like depressions in the earth's crust where sediment den s nd/ r volcanic deposits have accumulated), salt domes major sea level fluctuations stages, subsidence and faulting activities. Most of the faulting activities have ceased for millions of years but there are still some active faults in the Gulf Coast area. ed surface fault to this site is Based on a cursory review the nearest known about 3%miles published and northwest ppof the site. In addition, the the Anderson Fault, which is located Pierce Junction salt dome is located approximately 2%Z miles north of the site and the Mykawa salt dome is located approximately 1'/Z miles east of the site. A fault investi ation and/or study of the site geology were beyond the scope of this report. 3.2 Site and Subsurface Conditions avements/flatwork, At the time of our field program, the alignment contained existing p maintained grass/weeds, scattered trees, and Clear Creek. h city The subsurface soils observed at Borings B-1 through B-3 generally consisted of higt p15 s i40 feet clays (CH) that extended from the ground surface to depths that rangedfromThese soils were below existing grade (grade existing at the time of our field exploration). interbedded with layers of low plasticity silty clays (CL-ML) and medium plasticity lean clays (CL). Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No. 15G11805.FINAL Page 4 May 15, 2015 In addition, fill soils were observed at Boring B-2 within the upper 8 feet. The fill generally consisted of medium to high plasticity lean clay soils (CL). However, a layer of sand and gravel (possible road base) was observed between depths of about 7 to 8 feet. At Boring B-4, the subsurface soils generally consisted of low to medium plasticity sandy lean clays (CL) and silty clays (CL-ML) with occasional layers of high plasticity fat clays (CH) that extended from the ground surface to a depth of about 15 feet. Based on our field and laboratory programs, the subsurface soils can be summarized as follows: 2. From unconfined compressive strength tests. 1' bpf = blows per foot. Percent Passing the No. 200 Sieve More detailed stratigraphic information is presented on the Logs of Borings attached to this report. The boring logs contain our field and laboratory test results, as well as our Field Technician s and Engineer's interpretation of conditions believed to exist between actual samples retrieved. Therefore, these boring logs contain both factual and interpretive information. Lines delineating subsurface strata on the boring logs are intended to group soils having similar engineering properties and characteristics. They should be considered approximate transition between soil types (strata) may be gradual. A key to the soil symbols and terms used on the boring logs is provided on Plate 7, in the Appendix of this report. 3.3 Water Conditions The borings at this site were drilled using both dry drilling and wet rotary drilling techniques. Dry drilling was generally used to the depth of free water. Upon reaching free water, drilling was suspended to facilitate observation of water levels prior to switching to wet rotary. Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No 15G11805.FINAL 1' Depth below existing grade. 2. Water level after waiting 15-Minutes. 3. Possible perched (trapped) water. It should be noted, however, that fluctuations in rainfall, surface water run-off, and/or nearby groundwater should be evaluated prior to constru Page 5 May 15, 2015 the water levels may occur due to variations in construction activities. The actual depth of ction. 4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The conclusions and recommendations contained in this report , our field and rebo laboratory brased dsultn conditions encountered in the borings onld�ions similar at this to those at this site. In the event that and our experience with geotechnicaed any changes in the nature, design, or location of the waterline are made hall notse bcons ussed herein, the conclusions and recommendationst he conclusions are vehifiedpnort swriting by QCL. valid until the changes are reviewed and 4.1.1 Excavation For this site, either excavated side slopes or vertical cut excavations for designated Competent must be performed and evaluated s defined by OSHAder the supervision (29of a CFRC Standard Number 1926.650 (b), Person. The Competent Person, a Subpart P), "must be capable of identifying existing and predictable erds in the mployeessand who has or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them." form lateral earth pressure Bracing for vertical excavation walls should be designed to resist feet niAdditional lateral pressure, of at least 36H psf, where H is the depth of the excavation Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No. 15G11805.FINAL Page 6 May 15, 2015 due to surcharge loads along the trench, should be considered by adding a lateral pressure of 50 percent of the surcharge pressure. Based on OSHA soil classifications, the soils within the planned excavation depths should be considered Type C soil. Therefore, a slope of 1.5 Horizontal (H) to 1 Vertical (V) or flatter should be maintained in open cut slopes for temporary construction. The OSHA slope criteria is valid for depths of 20 feet or less If the slope exhibits instability during excavation then the slope angle should be flattened. The surface slopes should be protected from deterioration, erosion and weathering if they are left open for significant periods of time. As a safety measure, no equipment should be operated within at least 5 feet of the edge of the excavation and no materials should be stockpiled within a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the excavation. Excavations should not approach closer than a horizontal distance equal to the excavation depth from existing structures without some form of protection for the existing facilities. Surface water should be diverted away from the excavation through proper berming or ditching. 4.1.2 Temporary Groundwater Control As mentioned previously, we anticipate the excavations to install the proposed waterline, including bore pit locations, are generally planned to extend to depths ranging from about 6 to 12 feet below existing grade. However, deeper excavations (bore pits) may be required at Clear Creek depending on the trenchless method utilized. The subsurface soils along the alignment generally consisted of variable plasticity clay soils. In addition, free water was generally observed between depths that ranged from about 12 to 15 feet below existing grade, except at Boring B-3 where free water was observed at a depth of about 61/2 feet. It is our opinion the shallow water at Boring B-3 is perched (trapped) between the high plasticity clays. Based on the soil and groundwater conditions observed during our field investigation, planned excavations within the upper 12 to 15 feet are anticipated to occur without advanced dewatering. Seepage that may occur is expected to be relatively minor and can be handled with sumps and pumps positioned in the bottom of the excavation. Excavations should be sloped such that water can be collected and removed from the excavation. Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No 15G11805.FINAL We recommend that construction to verify groundwater manage 4.1.3 Utility Bedding and Backfill (Open Excavation t on areas should conform to the City of Waterline bedding and backfill within open ePearland Standard Details (Sheet 1, Details 1 and 4) for Water as shown below. Page 7 May 15, 2015 FINISHED GRADE BANK SAND COMPACTED 10 95% MAX. DRY DENSITY test pits be exca the need for dewatering as well as to determine the best method of ment. vated to the planned trench/pit depth just prior to ON -SITE SOIL BACKEILL TO BE PLACED IN 6 LAYERS & COMPACTED TO 90% MAX. DRY DENSITY Typical Trench Section (Graded Area) REINFORCED CONCRETE Mitt THICKNESS 6" AROUND AU. 5AWJCUT EDGES ON -SITE SOIL BACK FILL TO BE PLACED IN 6" LAYERS & COMPACTED TO 95% MAX. DRY DENSITY 1.5 SACK CEMENT STABILIZED SAND95% MARLBACKFIDRY STY Y WITH MIN. 100 PSI COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH 14 Q 12" C/C. E.W. MIN, 1 1/2" TYPE 'D" HOT -MIX ASPHALTIC CONC, 7 24" IN. ASPHALT PAYING Typical Trench Section (Paved Area) BASE BASE REPLACEMENT SHALL BE CRUSHED LIMESTONE MINIMUM 6". BANK SAND BACKEILL COMPACTED TO 95X uwx. DRY DENSITY The type of fill placed above the utility bedding will depend on whetherthe surface the above bathei Yp ll utility line is paved or unpaved. If the surface ooutside the of debris and organics. The may consist of the excavated, on -site soils provided excavated on -site soils should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 3-incte 8-inches, at least moisture conditioned to within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content, and 95 percent of the Standard Proctor (ASTM D 698). consist Within pavement areas or within 3 horizontal feet of the pavement, the backfillrrshould at least of cement stabilized sand to within 12 inches of the top of the on -site rde soils compacted to at least 95 percent of the Standard Proctor (ASTM D 558). Excavated 5percent of the Standard Proctor (ASTM D 698) should be placed above the cement stabilized 9 p sand. Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No. 15G11805.FINAL Page 8 May 15 2015 4.1.4 Trenchless Considerations For this project, we anticipate either Horizontal Auger Boring (HAB) or Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) methods will be used to install the waterline at trenchless locations. HAB involves simultaneously jacking steel casing through the earth while removing the spoil from inside the casing with a rotating flight auger. After the spoil is removed from inside the casing, a pipe is installed and the annular space is filled with grout. HDD involves first drilling a small diameter pilot hole along the centerline of the proposed pipe. Then the pilot hole is enlarged to the diameter of the proposed pipe and the pipe is pulled through the enlarged hole. In general, pipes should be designed to resist significant bending moments, which should also include the forces exerted on the pipe during installation. In addition, allowances should be made for any external loads, other than soil loads, that may be exerted on the pipe. These include traffic loads, loads from adjacent foundations, and any possible future excavation to be performed near the pipe. Much of the stability of the pipe is due to the presence of relatively uniform stress conditions in the soil around the pipe. Relief of the earth loads on one side of the pipe due to subsequent adjacent excavation could cause an overstress of the pipe. Bore pits for horizontal auger boring methods should be shored or laid back to a stable slope to provide safety for workers and adjacent structures. The bracing and sheeting should be designed using the parameters presented in Section 4.1.1 of this report. As mentioned previously groundwater should be anticipated for bore pit excavations that extend below depths of about 12 to 15 feet. However, we anticipate seepage that may occur will be minor and can be handled with sumps and pumps positioned in the bottom of the excavation. Recommended engineering design parameters for the soils observed in the borings are outlined in the table below. Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No. 15G11805.FINAL Page 9 May 15, 2015 Soil Design Parameters (Clay Soils) Recommended Design Parameter Moist Unit Weight (pcf) Submerged Unit Weight (pcf) At -Rest Coefficient of Earth Pressure, Ko 65 Active Coefficient of Earth Pressure, Ka Average Undrained Shear Strength (psf) Poisson's Ratio 0.7 0.55 1,000 Young's Modulus (ksf) 0.3 to 0.4 300 5.0 OBSERVATION DURING CONSTRUCTION The recommendations are based on the subsoil data in the field exploration and laboratory testing. Due to the geological deposition of the soils in a QCL boring locations. Therefore, the excavations should be observed under the supervision of geotechnical engineer to confirm that the bearing soils are similar to those observed during our field exploration and that the footing areas have been properly prepared. ions be The QCL geotechnical engineer should be immediately notified should in this report. any subsil tFurther uncovered that will alter the conclusions and recommendationscontained investigation and supplemental recommendations may be required if such a condition is encountered. 5.1 Construction Materials Testing The recommendations provided in this geotechnical report were based on the assumption that QCL would be employed to monitor the installation of the planned structures. It may be occasionally required that QCL provide addendums theto original which geotechnical uncover site recommendations based on the CMT observations or CMT test ry issued. New or conditions that were not known when the geotechnical Geotecchnical Engineer of changed site information, which is not properly communicated to the Record, may result in a foundation that does not perform as originally intended. Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCL Project No. 15G11805.FINAL Page 10 May 15, 2015 6.0 GENERAL COMMENTS The recommendations provided in this report are based on the site -specific field and laboratory test data, our engineering analysis, information provided to us by our client and the design team, and our previous experience on similar projects in the locality. Interaction of the soil with the foundation system termed as soil -structure interaction most likely will affect the performance of the foundation system and the superstructure it supports. Recommendations presented in this report are collectively intended for use in the design and construction of the structures at this site. If the recommendations presented in this report are not followed properly, then it is very likely for foundation elements to move in excess of the acceptable service -state limits. If our recommendations are not clear or if the designers and contractors need more clarification(s), they are encouraged to contact us during the design and construction process. QCL has developed the recommendations contained in this report based on an understanding that QCL personnel will be retained to review construction specifications and drawings for compliance with our geotechnical recommendations. Therefore, it is recommended that QCL be retained to review the construction specifications for foundations and related structural elements to identify areas of conflict, if any, between the geotechnical recommendations and the final foundation design and construction specifications. During the course of using the recommendations in our report, person or the entity, who has ordered services for self, agent of others or builder for third party beneficiary from QCL acknowledges that the terms and conditions of services of QCL have been agreed, negotiated and explained to owner and/or the ultimate beneficiary of the work performed or ordered. Terms and conditions of QCL services are published in our website www.gclabs.com or contact us at (713) 695-1133, and a copy will be faxed to our client and the design team. APPENDIX VICINITY MAP PROJECT: Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas LABORATORIES, INC. Engineering and Testing Services am: aus$or -7lsvy is - . S sa n H PROJECT NO.: 15G11805 Plate 1 PROJECT: Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas LABORATORIES, INC. Engineering and Testing Services LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 PROJECT: Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas QCLABORATORIES, INC. Geotechnicai & Materials Engineers ELEVATION, fe d a. 0 0 0 co 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LAT/LONG: 29.586994, -95.378418 DESCRIPTION SURFACE ELEVATION* Existing Grade QCL NO.: 15G11805 FAT C_ L A_ Y CH� and dark firm to very stiff, dark gray, gray. brown, with root fibers - light gray and yellowish brown 4 to 8 feet • with calcareous nodules below 4 feet • with slickensides 6 to 8 feet - reddish brown, Tight gray, and yellowish brown below 8 feet SILTY CLAY ICL-MLI reddish brown FATCC HI very stiff, reddish brown, light gray, and yellowish brown Boring Terminated at 15 feet WATER OBSERVATIONS: YL 15' While Drilling 1 13' After waiting 10 minutes W 2 0) SPT N-VALUE (bpf) 4.5 4.5 3.0 3.0 1 25 DRY UNIT WEIGHT (pcf) w D 00 aW D F =Z < • 0 31 Sheet 1 of 1 DATE DRILLED: 2-19-15 ATTERBERG LIMITS (%) H g 0 0 a J 92 32 101 25 77 PLASTICITY INDEX 0 z f(n w a- w ZN 0 0 N a.z 60 93 57 0.7 24 27 20 DRILLING METHOD: Dry augered to 15 feet CC scC CC U) 9 0 OTHER TESTS Plate 3 ELEVATION, feet LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 PROJECT: Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas LABORATORIES, INC. Geotechnical & Materials Engineers 0 0 5 J 0 co >- 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LAT/LONG: 29.587859, -95.378976 DESCRIPTION SURFACE ELEVATION' Existing Grade FILL. LEAN CLAY wl SAND (CL dark gray and gray, with root fibers and sand seams - yellowish brown and gray below 4 feet FILL: SAND wl GRAVEL (SPl dark brown, with gravel and shell pieces QCL NO.: 15G11805 FATFAT C--Ht gray, to very stiff, light gray, g y, and yellowish brown, with calcareous nodules • with root fibers 8 to 12 feet - reddish brown and Tight gray below 13 feet with slickensides below 33 feet WATER OBSERVATIONS: Boring Terminated at 40 feet SL 15' While Drilling 1 14' After waiting 15 minutes N W 0 re 0 W Td 3.25 2.25 4.5 2.25 2.25 SPT N-VALUE (bpf) 2.5 4.0 4.0 4.5+ a h 0 1- z 0 O W CL Z z z0 Sheet 1 of 1 DATE DRILLED: 2-19-15 ATTERBERG LIMITS (%) 0 0 a J PLASTIC LIMIT I20 49 15 19 48 ■ 50 34 PLASTICITY INDEX 34 33 80 21 105 96 12 32 29 112 103 19 18 25 t0 Z 00 z zN W z a z0 �0 STRAIN AT FAILURE (% ) 78 78 6 ZW ? ZN ZcUJ CL o OTHER TESTS I EMS 15 0 11 0.9 14 0 100 3.5 14 4 0 0 1111111 II DRILLING METHOD: Dry augered to 15 feet; Wet rotary thereafter SPT HAMMER: Cat Head and Rope Plate 4 CSC ELEVATION, feet m w 0 0 5 LOG OF BORING NO. B-3 PROJECT: Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas LABORATORIES, INC. Geotechnical & Materials Engineers QCL NO.: 15G11805 0 w LAT/LONG: 29.590057, -95.379276 DESCRIPTION SURFACE ELEVATION Existing Grade FAT CLAY wl SAND (CHI stiff to very stiff dark gray and dark brown, with root fibers and calcareous nodules light gray and yellowish brown below 2 feet V4 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LEAN CLAY (CL) stiff, reddish brown and light gray, with silt seams and calcareous nodules FAT H firm to very stiff, reddish brown and light gray with calcareous nodules Boring Terminated at 15 feet WATER OBSERVATIONS: SL 6.5' While Drilling 51 0 z mw naw z o N • az 80 79 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.75 1.5 3.0 4.5 PLASTIC LIMIT 15 17 20 STRAIN AT FAILURE (% ) 2.3 0.5 36 34 DRY UNIT WEIGHT (pcf) Sheet 1 of 1 DATE DRILLED: 2-19-15 ATTERBERG LIMITS (%) 19 107 99 95 20 22 25 29 31 DRILLING METHOD: Dry augered to 15 feet 15 10 a ZK z= �um) N Z W oa OTHER TESTS 0 0 Plate 5 QcLABORATORIES, INC. Geotechnical & Materials Engineers ELEVATION, feet d r 0 5 - 10 5 LOG OF BORING NO. B-4 PROJECT: Tom Bass Park Loop Waterline Pearland, Texas LAT/LONG: 29.592088, -95.377963 co 2 DESCRIPTION SURFACE ELEVATION: Existing Grade N SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL) stiff to very stiff gray, dark gray, and dark brown, with root fibers • with calcareous nodules below 2 feet - light gray reddish brown, and yellowish brown below 4 feet FAT CLAY (CH) very stiff, light gray, yellowish brown, and reddish brown, with sand pockets SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL1 3.25 firm Tight gray with sand seams SILTY CLAY (CL-ML1 very stiff, Tight gray with sand seams QCL NO.: 15G11805 J a N FAT CLAY (CH) stiff, Tight gray and reddish brown Bor ng Terminated at 15 feet WATER OBSERVATIONS: SZ 13' While Drilling 1. Y 12' After waiting 10 minutes N. 4.5 1.25 3.0 4.5 2.25 1.75 SPT N-VALUE (bpf) DRY UNIT WEIGHT (pcf) 114 w 1- N o <z cc to z z o 112 13 20 18 23 19 30 Sheet 1 of 1 DATE DRILLED: 2-19-15 ATTERBERG LIMITS (%) F- 0 0 J 26 PLASTIC LIMIT 16 5 a 10 w z a'iw a.w z N 0 O • az 68 27 19 8 56 98 w z 00 zw w za zo 1.5 0.7 STRAIN AT FAILURE (% ) 14 o. Ow zD 11. N oLIJ 0 OTHER TESTS 4 0 DRILLING METHOD: Dry augered to 15 feet Plate 6 MATERIAL TYPES fn J z u)0w 0 w w w Z Z lA o C7 1.1.1 N CL u)0z 0 A U fn J Ofnw Ww> p CO w w uJ z d o N itg WAO E UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION (ASTM D-2487) CRITERIA FOR ASSIGNING SOIL GROUP NAMES GRAVELS >50% OF COARSE FRACTION RETAINED ON NO 4. SIEVE SANDS >50% OF COARSE FRACTION PASSES ON NO 4 SIEVE SILTS AND CLAYS LIQUID LIMIT<50 SILTS AND CLAYS LIQUID LIMIT>50 HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS 80 70 CLEAN GRAVELS <5% FINES GRAVELS WITH FINES >12% FINES CLEAN SANDS <5% FINES SANDS AND FINES >12% FINES INORGANIC ORGANIC INORGANIC ORGANIC Cu= 4 AND 1 t Cct 3 Cu<4 AND/OR 1 > Cc> 3 FINES CLASSIFY AS ML OR MH FINES CLASSIFY AS CL OR CH Cu* 6AND 1SCcf3 Cu < 6 AND/OR 1 > Cc > 3 FINES CLASSIFY AS ML OR MH FINES CLASSIFY AS CL OR CH PI > 7 AND PLOTS "A" LINE PI < 4 AND PLOTS < "A" LINE LL (oven dried); LL (not dried)<0.75 PI PLOTS s "A" LINE PI PLOTS < "A" LINE LL (oven dried); LL (not dried)<0.75 PRIMARILY ORGANIC MATTER, DARK IN COLOR, AND ORGANIC ODOR PLASTICITY CHART 60 x 50 0 z 0 5 40 30 20 10 7 4 00 FOR CLASSIFICATION OF FINE-GRAINED SOILS AND FINE-GRAINED FRACTION OF COARSE -GRAINED SOILS / / 0 / G� 2C1- G Ne ///'ai✓// ML OR OL 10 1620 30 40 50 60 70 80 LIOU D MD- (LL) Eauation of "A" Line Horizontal at PI=4 to LL=25.5, then PI=0.73 (LL-20) gauation of "U" Line Vertical at LL=16 to PI=7, then PI=0.9 (LL-8) PLASTICITY DESCRIPTION TERM NON -PLASTIC LOW MEDIUM HIGH OR PLASTICITY INDEX 0 1-10 11 - 30 OVER 30 OH 90 100 110 QCLABORATORIES, INC. Geotechnical & Materials Engineers GROUP SYMBOL GW GP GM GC SW SP SM SC CL ML OL CH MH OH PT SOIL GROUP NAMES & LEGEND WELL -GRADED GRAVEL POORLY -GRADED GRAVEL SILTY GRAVEL CLAYEY GRAVEL WELL -GRADED SAND POORLY -GRADED SAND SILTY SAND CLAYEY SAND LEAN CLAY SILT ORGANIC CLAY OR SILT FAT CLAY ELASTIC SILT ORGANIC CLAY OR SILT PEAT SOIL CLASSIFICATION Soil classification is based on the Unified Soil Classification System (as presented in ASTM D2487). Coarse -grained soils have more than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; their principal descriptors are: boulders, cobbles, gravel or sand. Coarse -grained soils are described on the basis of their in -place RELATIVE DENSITY. Fine-grained soils have less than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; they are described as clays if they plot above the "A" line and silts if the plot below the "A" line; they are further described as low or high plasticity, depending upon their liquid limit (below or above 50) Clays are defined on the basis of their CONSISTENCY. Silts are defined on the basis of their in -place RELATIVE DENSITY. RELATIVE DENSITY OF COARSE -GRAINED SOILS RELATIVE DENSITY VERY LOOSE LOOSE MEDIUM DENSE DENSE VERY DENSE N-VALUE (BLOWS/FOOT') 0-3 4-9 10-29 30 - 50 OVER 50 CONSISTENCY OF FINE-GRAINED SOILS CONSISTENCY VERY SOFT SOFT FIRM STIFF VERY STIFF HARD BLOWS/FOOT' 0-2 2-4 4-8 8-15 15-30 OVER 30 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (TSF) 0 - 0.25 0.25 - 0.50 0.50 - 1.0 1.0 - 2.0 OVER 4.0 NUMBER OF SAMPLER THE BLOWS 12FI140 LB NCHES OF AN 18-INCH DRIVEMER FALLING 30 INCHES TO DRIVE A 2 INCH 0.D. (1-3/8 INCH LD.)SPLIT-BARREL (ASTM-1586 STANDARD PEN. TEST). SAMPLE TYPES Shelby Tube ®Standard Penetration Test OTHER MATERIAL SYMBOLS Asphalt Base Material •.4i-.::.:d Concrete Fill (Man Made) i�i�i+i�i�i i ��itie 41.4 KEY TO SOIL SYMBOLS AND TERMS Plate 7 May 8, 2015 Mr, Emmanuel De Pau, P.E. Brown & Gay Engineers, Inc. 10777 Westheimer, Suite 400 Houston, Texas 77042 viaemail: edepau@browngay.com RE: 12" Waterline Crossing Clear Creek Crossing Permit BDD 4 Ref ID: 150028 LE-15004 t1rr ' AGrASEeIaG Engineering Your Satisfaction Dear Mr. De Pau: Enclosed is one (1) set of the original executed permit for the followingitemn. 2015-08-150028 — Clear Creek A100-00. As a reminder, you must contact Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 (281) 485-1434 a minimum of 48 hours prior to beginning within Brazoria Drainage District No. 4 right-of-ways or easements. If you have any questions or require any further information, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, Lentz Engineering, LLC Tarrod D. Aden, P E , C.F.M. President cc: Mr. Mike Yost Mr. John Genaro Mr. Tom Daniel 5909 West Loop South • Suite 200 • Bellaire: Texas 77401 • Phone: (713) 839-8900 • Fax (713) 839-9020 • www.lentzengineering.nei TBPE Registration No. F-1378 Brazoria Drainage District No.4 PERMIT # 2015-08-150028 AUTHORIZING ACTIVITIES WITHIN BOUNDARIES OF DISTRICT DRAINAGE FACILIT(IS PROJECT NAME City of Pearland 12" Waterline — Clear Creek Crossing NAME/UNIT # OF DISTRICT FACILITY: Clear Creek A100-00-00 DATE PERMIT ISSUED April 21, 2015. DATE PERMIT EXPIRES April 21, 2016 PROJECT OWNER/DEVELOPER City of Pearland PROJFCT ENGINEER Brown &. Gay Engineers, Inc — Emmanuel De Pau PROJECT CONTRACTOR: NA SPECIFIC ACTIVITIES AUTHORIZED BY PERMIT• I " Waterline — Directional. bore. • Please be advised that Brazoria Drainage District No. 4, regulates all activities within the boundaries of District drainage facilities, in accordance e with the District'sa48 Rules, Reprior totions, and commencing ermtted activity This permit must be mailable on project lines. Permitted activities shall be limited to those ns to while any and all actie must be vities aven re beingct at least t hours pThr g p conducted thereon. The District assumes no liability associated with or resulting from any autivities conducted by permit upon District facilities. TS, SORS, D IN INVITEES AGREE OYRELEASE QUIT, FOREVER DISCHARGE DEFENDEVELOPER, ITS OFFICERS, IINDEMNIFYOAND HOLD EIARMLESS DIS ASSIGNS, S INVITEES AG OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS,. ASSIGNS, AND IN\'I1EES, AGAINST AND FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, ACTIONS CAUSES OR A A SUITS, DEMANDS, DAMAGES, S]LC LIMITEDING BUT NOT TO REASONABLE Al IORNEY AND FEES AND INVESTIGATION COSI ARISINGOUT OF INCIDENTAL TO, IN Y AY TO HE USE OF THIS PERMIT Y DEVELOPER. TS OFFICERS, PLOYEES, 0 RRRASSIGNSRELATED AND INVITEES, WHETHER SUCH CLAIMS ARE3CAUSED BY OKICONI'RIBUTED TO BYSTHEms• JOINT OR SUCCESSORS, A CONCURRING NEGIGENCE OF DISTRICT, ITS OFFICERS. AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES. ISSUED BY: (EX113IT "A"TO BDDNA RESOLUTION NO. 2001-013) ACKNOWLEDGED I3Y 14A. PP--e;,4 i,V -t- Special Conditions to Permit No. 2015-08-150028 1. The approvals / permissions granted by this permitted are limited to the ditch maintained by Brazoria Drainage District No. 4. Additional agencies may need to be contacted to obtain approvals for the proposed work 2. No permanent equipment is to be place within the high banks of any District facility without prior approval. 3 Any damage to the channel caused by applicant or their authorized agents shall be repaired by the applicant at no cost to the District. The area is to be regraded and vegetation is to be re-established to the satisfaction of the District after the work is complete. 4. No excavation will be allowed without prior approval of the District within the District s channel. 5. The Operator must insure that sediment and silt are not released into the District' ditch. 6. Applicant shall notify the District at least 48 hours prior to any significant operational changes into or within the District's facility. a� it 1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES VA ff 5552 ag 8. t E Et 49 Is 90 of _g Eg g. sz 'Sa re " : 3^0` t rift 2 :I n is a ggf .Ct Et E E2eo3 ag - g Y 8 Hii! -Cw <9 8K I "" EE Ei og Ev 29 'gk F 5s .. t_ ga El .1 €5 A" ha r Ed ago 4F;d5 mg E -3 4` :='p ge age ux b @v, tax �§a> 23 "q g; a gEa 9590 K car 45 Egg cc e h g € > doe .6 a ea x=G o� :raga g5 e e € ' s• t j. S1-8 '4°C atIg i ow KV E a G 'd 4 gg`Fd dd 2E ? §`"r� 5 d 6 a p dC _v. ^5er7. .9g R€agg I- € � En sae° G 3 e 4 P4�ar E 4a k gs -1'- gshec tag «- �7 Fad F 5§ E E n^ Cn 55 Ea 3g I„- No tegat C"- xa €.0 u€§ 2 G NV d"k 50. ft Igt Egg. E 2 egad 6gl NKr yet $g. S °:e" aam e 4E rr b: $� gd: 5`' od g�Y^ ;4 511 i` "4sa I1"P a#41-'L`d 3 15 dE Yi -n a5 � QG iM� SE r An Et E EL a gr ef gg It Eh g If g R8 WI hi fp Vg Er ga !! !i gEti 552 ti va A AAA vgc se Et g VV AV au au y 0% ter rl gm iv gO if gh xi Es NM ag ip vg N. Et ! i ;AE Ig! 0 444.5 Ili • a eft 442 144 gg 44 EPEE g SE fa re a III 1 grta EVE 525 g. Nxt in! II:10 g3 gat: Entp r. gg 0 722 atom a tont; SW NOTWI vono � 1 _a� ^`.73:110 0 oo ° -�� y • AgeaDOrN OACIMIUW AN+ An As TIPS UL C. () _ LURK DATA Tb X );t ({/ R \le )! ) 0, !8° §.. Pc \ c \ Imu ra -10 o Eltj 51.12. g 11 gejg 111 tit 22 0 YRY Ewg 8152 o te a. 0 o hi OWMIX Amaroma to 0 ta te so so ta .ala WTI I iR to • tt • TilPt gen TOM BASS PARK WATERLINE/FELLOWS LOOP o 0 lOCC co OAT Orr to ferr orsr tan- miss- 0 0